United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Office of
Solid Waste and
Emergency Response
9285.9-24A
EPA/540/R-95/143
PB96-963208
Supertund
EMERGENCY RESPONSE TO
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INCIDENTS
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Region 5, Library (PL-12J)
77 West Jackson Bpulevard, 12th Floor
Chicago, IL 60604-3590
REPRODUCED BY: N 11&
U.S. Department of Commerce """
National Technical Information Service
Springfield. Virginia 221(1
Recycled/Recyclable
Printed with Soy/Canoia Ink on paper lhat
contain* at Kast 50% rac,ded 6ba-
-------
.-•A -i
-------
9285.9-24A
EPA540/R-95/143
PB96-963208
FOREWORD
This manual is for reference use of students enrolled in scheduled training courses of the U.S.
. Environmental Protection Agency. While it will be useful to anyone who needs information on
the subjects covered, it will have its greatest value as an adjunct to classroom presentations
involving give-and-take discussions among the students and the instruction staff.
This manual has been developed with a goal of providing the best available current information.
Individual instructors may provide additional material to cover, special aspects of their
presentations.
Due to the limited availability of the manual, it should not be cited in bibliographies or other
publications.
References to products and manufacturers are for illustration only; they do not imply
endorsement by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
Constructive suggestions for improvement in the coverage, content and format of the manual are
welcomed.
-------
-------
EMERGENCY RESPONSE TO HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INCIDENTS
(165.15)
5 Days
This course provides emergency response personnel, primarily firefighters, police officers, and emergency
medical services personnel, with the information and skills needed to recognize, evaluate, and control an
incident involving the release or potential release of hazardous materials. It is intended for members of
hazardous materials response teams.
The focus of the course is on recognizing and evaluating a hazardous materials incident, organizing the
response team, protecting response personnel, identifying and using response resources, implementing basic
control measures, refining decision-making skills, and protecting the public. Firefighting techniques are not
part of the course.
Topics that are discussed include chemical and physical properties of hazardous materials, toxicology,
recognition and identification of hazardous materials, direct-reading instruments, standard operating
procedures, personnel protection and safety, and sources of information.
Instructional methods used are lectures, class problem-solving sessions, and exercises. Emphasis is on the
hands-on use of equipment to practically apply lecture information. Class members will participate in two
simulations designed to apply and test the lessons learned during the week. Participants will wear fully
encapsulating suits and chemical splash gear. Individuals who are not participating in a medical surveillance
program should consult their physician prior to attending this course.
After completing the course, participants will be able to:
• Select the appropriate personal protective equipment for responding to an incident involving
hazardous materials.
• Use combustible gas detectors, oxygen meters, and detector tubes to evaluate the hazards present
at a hazardous materials incident.
• Use confinement and containment techniques to control the release of a hazardous material.
• Identify the importance of an incident command system for effectively managing an incident
involving hazardous materials.
• Develop procedures for the decontamination of emergency response personnel.
•^ Use size-up techniques to develop strategies and select the appropriate tactics for mitigating
hazardous material incidents.
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Emergency and Remedial Response
Environmental Response Team
-------
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION NAME SECTION NUMBER
STANDARD ORIENTATION AND INTRODUCTION 1
EMERGENCY RESPONSE OVERVIEW 2
SAFETY PLANS AND STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES 3
THE INCIDENT COMMAND SYSTEM 4
CHARACTERISTICS OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 5
TOXICOLOGY 6
INFORMATION RESOURCES 7
IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS , 8
SIZE UP, STRATEGY, AND TACTICS 9
LEVELS OF PROTECTION 10
CHEMICAL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING 11
INITIAL SCENE SURVEY AND RECONNAISSANCE 12
CONFINEMENT AND CONTAINMENT 13
REGULATORY OVERVIEW -. 14
DIRECT-READING INSTRUMENTS AND RADIATION SURVEY
INSTRUMENTS 15
RESPONSE ORGANIZATION 16
DECONTAMINATION 17
SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS 18
GLOSSARY 19
-------
-------
ACRONYMS
AAR - Association of American Railroads
ACGIH - American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists
AC - Area Committee
ACP - Area Contingency Plans
AIChE - American Institute of Chemical Engineers
AIHA - American Industrial Hygiene Association
ANSI - American National Standards Institute
API - American Petroleum Institute
APF - Assigned Protection Factor
APR - Air-Purifying Respirator
ARC - American Red Cross
ARES - Amateur Radio Emergency Services
ASCS - Agricultural Stabilization and Conservation Service
ASME - American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASSE - American Society of Safety Engineers
ASR - Atmosphere Supplying Respirator
ASTM - American Society of Testing and Materials
ATA - American Trucking Association
•> ATM - Atmosphere
ATSDR - Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Register, Department of Health and
, Human Services
ATTIC - Alternative Treatment Technology Information Center
autoign - Autoignition
11/95 1 Acronyms
-------
Avg - Average
aw - Atomic Weight
BAT - Battery
BBS - Bulletin Board System - Dataport
BC & G - Boot Covers and Gloves
BEIfs) - Biological Exposure Indices
BLEVE - Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapor Explosion
BOE - Bureau of Explosives
B of M - Bureau of Mines
BOD - Biological Oxygen Demand
B£ - Boiling Point
*g - Degrees Celsius
£ - Ceiling
C£ - Close Cup Test
cc. - Cubic Centimeter
CAA - Clean Air Act of 1977, as Amended
CAG - Carcinogen Assessment Group
CAER - Community Awareness and Emergency Response - Developed By Chemical
Manufactures association
CAMEO - Computer Aided Management of Emergency Operations
CAS - Chemical Abstract Service
CCD - Condensed Chemical Dictionary
Acronyms 2 11/95
-------
CCIRS - Chemical Carcinogenesis Research Information System, information on GENETOX
V
with genetic assay studies; ACQUIRE with Aquatic toxicity information; DERMAL with
dermal toxicity information.
CDC - Center for Disease Control
CEPP - Chemical Emergency Preparedness Program
CERCLA - Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (1980)
CESARS - Chemical Evaluation Search and Retrieval System
CFR - Code of Federal Regulations
CGA - Compress Gas Association
CGI - Combustible Gas Indicator
CHEMNET - A mutual aid network between chemical shippers and for hire contractors that
advice and assist at incidents.
CHEMTREC - Chemical Transportation Emergency Center
CHLOREP - Chlorine Emergency Plan
CHRIS - Chemical Hazard Response Information System, by Coast Guard
CIS - Chemical Information System
CL - Ceiling Concentration
cm? - Square Centimeter
CMA - Chemical Manufacturers' Association
CNS - Central Nervous System
CO7 - Carbon Dioxide
COG - Cleveland Open Cup Test
COFC - Container On Flat Car
compd - Compound(s)
11/95 3 Acronyms
-------
cone - Concentration, Concentrated
C..PR - corrosive
CPC - Chemical Protective Clothing
CPE - Chlorinated Polyethylene (Chloropel)
CPM - Counts Per Minute
CPR - Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
CRC - Chemical referral center - A publisher of scientific reference books
CRC - Contamination Reduction Corridor
CRGS - Chemical Regulations and Guidelines Systems
CRP - Community Relations Plan
CRZ - Contamination Reduction Zone
CSIN - Micro-Chemical Substances Information Network
CTC - Canadian Transport Commission
cu ft - Cubic Foot
cu m - Cubic Meter
CWA - Clean Water Act
2.4-D - Dichlorophenoxy = acetic acid
d - Density
D - Day
dBA - Decibels-A-weighted
DBCP - Dibromochloropropane
DBIR - Directory of Biotechnology Information Resources
decomprdec - Decomposition
dil - Dilute
Acronyms 4 11/95
-------
DDT - Dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane
PEA - U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration
DECON - Decontamination
DEM - Department of Emergency Management
PEP - Division of Environment Protection
DES - Diethylstilbestrol
DES - Department of Emergency Services
DFM - Diesel Fuel Marine
DHHS - Department of Health and Human Services
DIALCOM - EPA's access into E-Mail for technical reports collected information on various
hazardous waste treatment technologies.
DNA - Deoxyribonucleic acid
DMSO - Dimethyl sulfoxide
DOC - Department Of Commerce
POD - Department of Defense
DOE - Department of Energy
DPI - Department of the Interior
DQJ - Department Of Justice
POL - Department of Labor
DOS - Department Of State
DOT - Department of Transportation
DOT-ERG - Department of Transportation - Emergency Response Guidebook
PRI - Direct-Reading Instruments
E - Excellent
22/95 5 Acronyms
-------
EAG - Emergency Action Guides, ARR and BOB
EBS - Emergency Broadcasting System
EC - Effective Concentration
ECHME - Emergency Care for Hazardous Materials Exposures
EERU - Environmental Emergency Response Unit
EENET - Emergency Education Network, FEMA
EL - Exposure Limit
EMA - Emergency Management Agency
EMI - Emergency Management Institute
EMICBACK - Environmental Mutagen Information Center Backfill
EMS - Emergency Medical Service
EMT - Emergency Medical Technician
EOC - Emergency Operations Center
EOF - Emergency Operation Plan
EOS - Emergency Operations Service
EPA - Environmental Protection Agency
EPA "400 LIST" - 1986 EPA Published list "of substances subject to the reporting and
emergency planning requirement of the superfund.
ERCS - Emergency Response Cleanup Services, under EPA contract
ERD - Emergency Operation Division, EPA
ERG - Emergency Response Guidebook
Acronyms 6 11/95
-------
ERQS - A central computer complex which controls a data base of over 6 million images and
photographs of the earth's surfaces, it provides a chronological overview of an area, and
includes research and training in the interpretation and application of remotely sensed data.
Run by the U.S. Geological Survey.
ERT - Environmental Response Team
ESP - Emergency Service Directors
ETICBACK - Environmental Teratology Information Center Backfill
eV - Electron Volt
EWS - Early Warning System
EXP - Explosive materials
F - Fair
F - False
F - Fast
^F - Degrees Fahrenheit
FAA - Federal Aviation Administration
FCP - Federal Contingency Plan
FEMA - Federal Emergency Management Agency
FES - Fully Encapsulating Suit
FHWA - Federal Highway Administration
FID - Flame lonization Detector
FIT - Field Investigation Team, under contract to EPA
flam - Flammable
flash p - Flash Point
FM - Factory Mutual
11/95 7 Acronyms
-------
FP - Flashpoint
IE - Freezing Point or Fusion Point
FB - Federal Register
FRERP - Federal Radiological Emergency Response Plan
F.S.O.P. NO. 7 - Field Standard Operations Procedures for Decon by EPA
FWPCA - Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, as Amended
Q- Good
GAR - Governor's Authorized Representative
GATX - General American Transportation Company
g/cc - Grams per cubic centimeter
GC - Gas Chromatograph
j
GC -EC - Gas Chromatography Electron
GC - FID - Gas Chromatography Flame lonization Dectection
GEMS - Graphical Exposure Modeling System
GFCI - Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter
glc's - Ground Level Concentration
GM - Geiger - Mueller
gm - Grams
gran - Granular, granules
GSA - General Service Administration
gm/mL - Grams per Milliliter
H - Hour(s)
H+ - Hydrogen ions
HACS - Hazard Assessment Computer System
Acronyms 8 11/95
-------
HASP - Site - Specific Health and Safety Plan, by Environmental Protection Agency
HAZARDLINE - For response personnel, it provides information on physical/chemical
properties of chemicals and their toxicity.
HazCom - Federal Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200
HAZMAT - Hazardous Material
HAZOP - Hazard and Operability Study
HAZWOPER - Hazardous Waste Operation and Emergency Response, 29 CFR 1910.120
HCS - Hazard Communication Standard
HEPA - Common use: "HEPA Filter" High Efficiency Paniculate Air filter.
HIT - Hazardous Information Transmission
HLW - High Level Waste
HMIS - Hazardous Materials Identification System
hmn. - Human
HMRT - Hazardous Materials Response Team
HMTA - Hazardous Material Transportation Act of 1975
H.hr - Hour(s)
HR - Hazard Rating
HRS - Hazard Rating System
HSDB - Hazardous Substance Data Bank
htd - Heated'
htg - Heating
hygr - Hygroscopic
IAEA - International Atomic Energy Agency
IATA - International Air Transport Association
11/95 9 Acronyms
-------
1C. - Incident Commander
ICAO - International Civil Aviation Organization
ICC - Interstate Commerce Commission
ICI - Information Consultants, INC's
ICIS - Information Consultants, Inc System
ICS - Incident Command System
ID - Identification
IDLH - Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health
IEMS - Integrated Emergency Management System
IIHS - Insurance Institute for Highway Safety
ihL - Inhalation
IM - Intermodal Tanks
IMDO CODE - International Maritime Dangerous Goods
IME - Institute of Makers of Explosives.
immisc - Immiscible
IMP - International Maritime Organization
incomp - Incompatible
insol - Insoluble
i
IP - lonization Potential
IPY - Inch per Year
IR - Infrared Radiation
IRAP - Interagency Radiological Assistance Plan
IRIS - Integrated Risk Information System
IUPAC - International Union of Pure and Applied Chemists
Acronyms 10 11/95
-------
kg - Kilograms (1000 grams)
LJ - Light of Liter
LC - Lethal Concentration
- Lethal Concentration Low
- Lethal Concentration, 50%
LD - Lethal Dose
- Lethal Dose Low
- Lethal Dose, 50%
LEL - Lower Explosive Limit
LEVEL A - Personal protective equipment to be selected when the HIGHEST LEVEL of
SKIN, RESPIRATORY and EYE protection is REQUIRED.
LEVEL B - Personal protective equipment to be selected when the HIGHEST LEVEL of
RESPIRATORY protective is NECESSARY but a lesser level of skin protection is needed.
LEVEL C - Personal protective equipment to be selected when concentration(s) type(s) of
airborne substance(s) is KNOW and the CRITERIA for using APR's are met.
LEVEL D - A work uniform affording minimal protection: used for nuisance contamination
only.
LFL - Lower Flammable Limit
LiOH - Lithium Hydroxide
Ug - Liquid
LLW - Low Level Waste
LNG - Liquid Natural Gas
LPG - Liquid Petroleum Gas
LSA - Low Specific Activity
11/95 11 Acronyms
-------
M - Month
M - Meter
m3 - Cubic Meter
MATC - Maximum Acceptable Toxicant Concentration
MACs - Maximum Allowable Concentration
MAX - Maximum
MC - Motor Carrier
MESA - Mining Enforcement and Safety Administration
mfd - Manufacture
rnf - Molecular Formula
mg - Milligram
mg/cm3 - Milligrams per Cubic Centimeter
mg/cm2 - Milligrams per Square Centimeter
mg/kg - Milligrams per Kilogram
mg/L - Milligrams per Liter
mg/m3 - Milligrams per Cubic Meter
mj - Miles
Min - Minute(s) or Minimum
MIRAN - Trade name for series of Foxboro Miniature Infrared Analyzers
misc - Miscible
mL.ml - Milliliter
MLD - Mild or Median Lethal Dose
mm - Millimeter
mmHg - Millimeter of Mercury
Acronyms 12 11/95
-------
mod - Moderate(ly)
MOS - Metal Oxide Semiconductor
MOU - Memorandum of Understanding
MP - Melting Point
MpH - Miles per Hour
mR/hr - Milliroentgens per Hour
MSDS - Materials Safety Data Sheets
MSHA - Mine Safety and Health Administration ;
MSST -Maximum Safe Storage Temperature
MTB - Materials Transportation Bureau, DOT
MUC - Maximum Use Concentration
MUL - Maximum Use Limits
mw - Molecular Weight
NN. N. nn. n - Ratings in A.D. Little book Guidelines for the Selection of Chemical
Protective Clothing, ACGIH, 1985
NA / UN - North American / United Nation = Hazardous Materials four digit Numbers.
NACA - National Agricultural and Chemical Association
NACE - National Association of Corrosive Engineers
Nal. m) - Sodium Iodide Crystals
NBR - Nitrile-Butadiene Rubber (syn. Buna-N)
NCP - National Contingency Plan
NCRIC - National Chemical Response and Information Center
NCRP - National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurement
ND - None Detected
11/95 13 Acronyms
-------
NEC - National Electric Code
NETC - National Emergency Training Center
NFA - National Fire Academy
NFPA - National Fire Protection Association
NFPA 704-M - National Fire Protection Association, hazard identification system
NHTSA - National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
NIEHS - National Institute for Environmental Health Sciences
NIOSH - National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
NIOSH (T) - National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Pocket guide
NMFC - National Motor Freight Classifications
NOAA - National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
nonflam - Nonflammable
NOS or n.o.s. - Not Otherwise Specified
NPAC - National Poison Antidote Center
NPIRS - National Pesticide Information Retrieval System
NPL - National Priorities List
NPRM - Notice of Proposed RuleMaking
NR - Not Rated or Not Recommended
NRC - National Response Center
x
_ NRC - Nuclear Regulatory Commission
NRR - Noise Reduction Rating
NRg - National Response System
NRT - National Response Team
NSF - National Strike Force, U.S. Coast Guard
Acronyms 14 11/95
-------
NTP - National Toxicology Program
NTSB - National Transportation Safety Board
NWPA - National Waste Policy Act of 1982
Qj - Oxygen
QBS - Obsolete
PC - Open Cup Test
OSHACIS - Occupational Safety and Health Administration Computerized Information
System
OH - Hydroxide ions
OHSMSDS - Occupational Health Services Material Safety Data Sheets
QHMT - Office of Hazardous Materials Transportation Administration, DOT
OHMTADS - Oil and Hazardous Materials Technical Assistance Data System
O.I. - Odor Index
OPA - Oil Pollution Act
OPD - Overpack Drum or Recovery Drum
OPPSD - Organic Peroxide Producers Safety Division
OPS - Operation Officer
org - Organic
or.orl - Oral
ORP - Office of Radiation Program, Environmental Protection Agency
QRM - Other Regulated Material. Various specific classes such as ORM-A,B,C,D,E,.
OSC - On-Scene Coordinator
OSC/RPM - On-Scene Coordinator/Remedial Project Manger
QSHA- Occupational Safety and Health Administration
22/95 15 Acronyms
-------
OSWER - Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response
OVA - Organic Vapor Analyzer
OTA - U.S. Office of Technology Assessment
OXY - Oxidizer or Oxidizing properties
P - Poor
PA - Public Address System
PA/SI - Preliminary Assessment and Site Investigation
PATRAM - Packaging and Transportation of Radioactive Materials
PCS - Polychlorinated Biphenyl
PDS - Personnel Decontamination Station(s)
PE_ - Polyethylene
PI - Preliminary Investigation
PEL - Permissible Exposure Limit
petr - Petroleum
PJF - Protection Factor
Eg - Picogram (trillionth of a gram)
Pg - Page
PH - a unit of measurement for corrosive materials
PHC - Principal Hazardous Constituent
PIAT - Public Information Assist Team, United States Coast Guard
PIP - Photoionization Detector
PIO - Public Information Officer
PIRS - Pollution Incident Reporting System
Pk - Peak Concentration
Acronyms 16 11/95
-------
PL - Public Law
p.m. - Paniculate Matter or time
PPE - Personal/Personnel Protective Equipment
PMS - Photoionization Mass Spectrometer
ppb - Parts Per Billion
pph - Parts Per Hundred
ppm - Parts Per Million
BPJ - Parts Per Trillion
powd - Powder
PROP - Properties
PSIA - Pounds Per Square Inch of Area
PSIG - Pounds Per Square Inch Gauge
PSTM - Pesticide Safety Team Network
PTD - Programmed Thermal Desorber
PVA- Poly Vinyl Alcohol
PVC - Poly Vinyl Chloride
OA/OC - Quality Assurance/Quality Control
RR. R. rr. r - Ratings from A.D. Little, Guidelines for selection of Chemical Protective
Clothing ACGIH, 1985
- RAT - Radiological Assistance Team, DOE
RAD - Radiation
RBC - Red Blood Count
RCP - Regional Contingency Plan
R.C.R. - Relative Chemical Reactivity
11/95 17 Acronyms
-------
RCRA - Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
RDjo - Concentration Associated with 50 % Decrease in Respirtory Rate.
REL - Recommended Exposure Limits
REM - Roentgen Equivalent to Man <
REMFIT - Field Investigation Team for remedial actions under contract to EPA
RES - Reset
R/Hr - Roentgen per Hour
RI/FS - Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study
/
ROD - Record of Decision
RO - Reportable Quantity
RRP - Regional Response Plan
RRT - Regional Response Team
RSPA - Research and Special Programs Administration, Dartment Of Transportation - Office
of Hazardous Material Tranportation
RTECS - Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemicals
RV - Residual Volume
§ - Slow
S'.sec - Second(s)
SADT - Self-Accelerating Decomposition Temperature Test
SAR - Supplied Air Respirator
SARA - Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986
Sat. Cone. - Saturation Concentration in Air
Sat. Vap - Saturated Vapor
SAX - Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials
Acronyms 18 11/95
-------
SBA - Small Business Administration
§BR - Styrene-Butadiene Rubber
SCBA - Self Contained Breathing Apparatus
Sec - Seconds
SERC - State Emergency Response Commission
SEV - SEVERE
SHMED - State Hazardous Materials Enforcement Development Programs, Department Of
Transportation
SIC - Standard Industrial Codes
sl.slt.sltlv - Slightly
SQL - Solubility
soln - Solution
solv(s') - Solvent(s)
SOPs - Standard Operating Procedures
SOSGs - Standard Operating Safety Guides
SpG - Specific Gravity
SPCC - Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures
SPHERE - Scientific Parameters for Health and the Environment, Retrieval and Estimation,
contains three databases under its umbrella. ACQUIRE deals with data on aquatic
organisms, DERMAL contains information on human and test animals via the dermal route,
GENETOX contains information on mutagenicity assays have been performed and published.
spont - Spontaneous(ly)
SOG - Small Quantity Generator
SSC - Scientific Support Coordinator
11/95 19 Acronyms
-------
STARA - Studies on Toxicity Applicable to Risk Assessment
STC - Single Trip Container, Department Of Transportation
STCC - Standard Transport Commodity Code, Assoication of Amercian Railroads
STEL - Short Term Exposure Limit
STP - Standard Temperature and Pressure
subl - Sublimes
SWDA - Solid Waste Disposal Act
T- TRUE
112 - Half Life
TAC - Tactical
TAT - Technical Assistance Team, under contract to Envornmental Protection Agency
2.3.7.8-TCDD - Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
TC - Testing and Certification / Toxic Concentration
TC.L,, - Toxic Concentration Low
TCm - Toxic Concentration HI
TCC - Tag Closed Cup Test
TCDD - Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
TCE - Trichloroethylene
TDG - Transportation of Dangerous Goods
TDI - Toluene-2,4,-diisocynate
TDLff - Toxic Dose Low
TDm - Toxic Dose Hi
TEAP - Technical Emergency Assistance Plan, Canada
Tech - Technical
Acronyms 20 11/95
-------
TECP - Totally Encapsulated Chemical Protective Suit
TEMP - Temperature
THR - Toxic Hazard Rating
TIER I/II - SARA Title HI reporting requirements of hazardous chemicals that facilities must
submit for each applicable OSHA category of health and physical hazard of chemicals at each
location.
TITLE III - Part of SARA of 1986 known as emergency planning and community
right-to-know.
TIP - Total lonizable Present
TLC - Total Lung Capacity
TLD - Thermo luminescent Dosimeter
TLp, - Median Threshold Limit
TLVs - Threshold Limit Values
TLV/C - Threshold Limit Value - Ceiling
TLV/STEL - Threshold Limit Value - Short Term Exposure Limit
TLV/TWA - Threshold Limit Value - Time Weighted Average
T.O.C. - Threshold Odor Concentration
TNT - Trinitrotoluene
TOC - Tag Open Cup Test or Total Organic Carbon
TOFC - Trailer On Flat Car
T.O.N. - Threshold Odor Number
TOXNET - Toxicology Data Network
TRADE - Training Recourse And Data Exchange
TRI - Toxic Release Inventory
11/95 21 Acronyms
-------
TSCA - Toxic Substances Control Act
TSD - Treatment, Storage, and Disposal
TSDF - Treatment, Storage, and Disposal Facility
TV - Television
TWA - Time Weighted Average
2. 4. 5-T - 2, 4, 5-Trichlorophenoxyacetic acid
U, - Uranium
u - Micro
U.unk - Unknown, Unreported
UEL - Upper Explosive Limit
UFL - Upper Flammable Limit
ug - Microgram
ug/cm2 - Micrograms per square meter
ug/cm - Micrograms per Centimeter
UL - Underwriters Laboratories
UN - United Nations
UP - Union Pacific
uR/Hr - Micro - Roentgen per Hour
USCG - United States Coast Guard
. USGS- United States Geological Survey
USN - United States Navy
UST - Underground Storage Tank
UV - Ultraviolet
vac - Vacuum t
Acronyms 22 12/95
-------
vap - Vapor
vap d - Vapor Density
VP.vap press - Vapor Pressure
VD - Vapor Density
VQ - Very Good
vol - Volume
vise - Viscosity
vsol - Very Soluble
W - Week(s) / Water Reactive
WEEL - Workplace Environmental Exposure Levels
WT - Water Tight
wt/gal - Weight per Gallon
Y - Year(s)
%. - Percent(age)
>_ - Greater Than
<, - Less Than
= > - Equal to or Greater Than
< = - Equal to or Less Than
11/95 23 Acronyms
-------
-------
Emergency Response to Hazardous
Material Incidents
(165.15)
Orientation and Introduction
Student Guide
-------
EMERGENCY RESPONSE TO
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
INCIDENTS
(165.15)
Presented by:
Halliburton NUS Corporation
EPA Contract No. 68-C2-0121
TP-l
Orientation and Introduction
Agenda:
• Environmental Response Training Program (ERTP) overview
Synopsis of ERTP courses
• Course layout and agenda
• Course materials
• Facility information
Emergency Responie to Hazardous Material Incidents 11 '95
Orientation and Introduction
-------
Notes
Emergency Response to Hazardous Matanal Incident* 11/95
Onentabon and Introduction l»9« 3
-------
ERTP OVERVIEW
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation
and Liability Act of 1980
(CERCLA)
Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986
(SARA)
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA)
Environmental Response Training Program
(ERTP)
TP-2
ERTP Overview
In 1980, the U.S. Congress passed the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act (CERCLA), also known as Superfund. In 1986, the Superfund Amendments and
Reauthorization Act (SARA) was passed. This act reauthorized CERCLA. CERCLA provides for
liability, compensation, cleanup, and emergency response for hazardous substances released into the
environment and for the cleanup of inactive waste disposal sites. The Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) allocated a portion of Superfund money to training. EPA's Environmental Response Team (ERT)
developed the Environmental Response Training Program (ERTP) in response to the training needs of
individuals involved in Superfund activities.
Emergency RMPOKM to Hazardoua Material Incident*
Orientation and Introduction
11/65
page4
-------
s »6e4
-------
OVERVIEW
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA)
Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response
(OSWER)
Environmental Response Team
(ERT)
Environmental Response Training Program
(ERTP)
TP-3
ERTP Overview
ERTP is administered by ERT, which is part of OSWER. ERT offices and training facilities are located in
Cincinnati, Ohio, and Edison, New Jersey. ERT has contracted the development of ERTP courses t'o
Halliburton NUS Corporation (EPA Contract No. 68-C2-0121). ERTP provides education and training
for environmental employees at the federal, state, and local levels in all regions of the United States.
Training courses cover areas such as basic health and safety and more specialized topics such as air
sampling and treatment technologies.
Emeigency Response to Hazardous Material Incidents
Orientation and Introduction
11/95
pagee
-------
Notes
Emergency R«»pon«« to Hazardou* Matenal Inddenta
Onentation and Introduction
-------
Types of Credit Available
Continuing Education Units
(3.6 CEUs)
CEU Requirements
• 100% attendance at this course.
• >70% on the exam.
American Board of Industrial Hygiene
(4.5 Certification Maintenance [CM] points, ABIH approval #9629)
Emergency Response to Hazardous Material Incidents
Onentation and Introduction
11/95
pages
-------
Notes
Em«B«ncy Response to Hazardous Material Incident*
Orientation and Introduction
-------
ERTP Courses
Health and Safety Courses
Hazardous Materials Incident Response Operations (165.5)
Safety and Health Decision-Making for Managers (165.8)
Emergency Response to Hazardous Material Incidents (165.15)
Technical Courses
Treatment Technologies for Superfund (165.3)
• A ir Monitoring for Hazardous Materials (165.4)
• Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund (165.6)
• Introduction to Groundwater Investigations (165.7)
• Sampling for Hazardous Materials (165.9)
Radiation Safety at Superfund Sites (165.11)
Special Courses
Health and Safety Plan Workshop (165.12) . •
Design of Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites (165.16)
• Removal Cost Management System (165.17)
Inland Oil Spills (165.18)
Courses Offered in Conjunction with Other EPA Offices
v' Chemical Emergency Preparedness and Prevention Office (CEPPO)
• Chemical Safety Audits (165.19)
S Site Assessment Branch
Preliminary Assessment
Site Investigation
Federal Facilities Preliminary Assessment/Site Investigation
Hazard Ranking System
Hazard Ranking System Documentation Record
Emergency Response to Hazardous Matenal Incidents 11 '85
Orientation and Introduction • "
-------
Notes
Emargency Re«ponae to HazanJoua Material Incident* " "
Onentabon and Introduction ^°^
-------
Course Goals
Identify the importance of an incident command system for effectively
managing an incident involving hazardous materials.
Use size-up techniques to develop strategies and select the appropriate
tactics for mitigating hazardous materials incidents.
Select the appropriate personal protective equipment for responding to
an incident involving hazardous materials.
Use confinement and containment techniques to control the release of
a hazardous material.
Use combustible gas detectors, oxygen meters, and detector tubes to
evaluate the hazards present at a hazardous materials incident.
Develop procedures for the decontamination of emergency response
personnel.
Emergency Response k> Hazardous Material Incidents
Onentatoon and Introduction
11/95
P«9«12
-------
Notes
Emergency ResponM to Hazinloul Material lnod«ntB
Onentabon and Introduction
-------
Course Layout and Agenda
Key Points:
• Agenda times are only approximate. Every effort is made to complete units, and to
finish the day, at the specified time.
Classes begin promptly at 8:00 am. Please arrive on time to minimi?** distractions
to fellow students.
• Breaks are given between units.
• Lunch is 1 hour.
• Each student must take the examination given on Thursday at 1:00 pm.
• Direct participation in field or lab exercises is optional. Roles are randomly assigned
. to ensure fairness.
• Attendance at each lecture and exercise is required in order to receive a certificate.
Attire all week should be comfortable, and cool or warm as weather dictates.
Write your name in all your books for identification purposes.
Emergency Rmporce to Hazardou* Material Incidents 11/95
Onentataon and Introduction . page 14
-------
Notes
Emergency Re*ponM to Haiardoui Material Incidents 11/6S
Onentation »nd Introduction W 15
-------
CHEMICALS USED IN THIS COURSE
• Acetone
• Alcohol
• Ammonia
• Propane
• Rosco Smoke Oil (vegetable oil)
TP-12
For your safety, please speak with the Course Director regarding
any health concerns that may prohibit your direct participation in
exercises or labs involving use or close proximity to these
chemicals. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) are available for
review.
Chemical Use and Health-Related Considerations
Direct Reading
Instruments (workbook)
Chemical "Health Hazard"
Ammonia Skin contact can cause burns to skin and eyes.
Irritating to mucous membranes, can cause eye
damage in contact with contact lens.
Propane If inhaled will cause dizziness, difficulty breathing, or
loss of consciousness. Liquid can cause frostbite.
Field & Radiation
Survey Instruments
(workbook)
Acetone May cause irritation to nose and throat. If inhaled
may cause difficulty in breathing or loss of
consciousness in large concentration.
Alcohol
1 mR/hr Radiation
Sources
May be poisonous if inhaled or absorbed through skin.
Vapors may burn or irritatie skin and eyes. Fire may
produce irritating or poisonous gases. Can cause
water pollution.
Emergency Rosponw to Hazardous Material Incident*
Orientation and Introduction
1 1/95
page 16
-------
Notes
Em«gen<^R«*ponMBHu»rdOMM«tBri«l Incident 11/e5
Omntttion ind Introduction **»• 17
-------
Training Evaluation
The Training Evaluation is a tool to collect valuable feedback from YOU
about this course.
We value YOUR comments!! Important modifications have been made to
this course based on comments of previous students.
DO
Write in your comments at the end of
each unit!
Tell us if you feel the content of the
course manual (and workbook) is clear
and complete!
Tell us if you feel the activities and
exercises were useful and helpful!
Tell us if you feel the course will help
you perform related duties back on the
job!
Complete the first page at the end of
the course before you leave!
Write comments in ink.
DON'T
Holdback!
Focus exclusively on the presentation
skills of the instructors.
Write your name on the evaluation, if
it will inhibit you from being direct
and honest.
Emergency RespwiM to Hazardou* Material Incident!
Onentation and Introduction
11/95
page 18
-------
Notes
Emergency Re«pon»« to Hazardou* Material lnad«nti 11/95
Orientation and Introduction P*g« 18
-------
Facility Information
Please put beepers in the vibrate mode and
turn off radios. Be courteous to fellow
students and minimize distractions.
Emergency
Telephone
Numbers
Emergency Exits
Alarms
Sirens
Emergency Responte to Hazardous Material Incident!
Orientation and Introduction
11/85
-------
Notes
Emergency Response to Hazardous Matenal Incidents 11/95
Orientation ind Introduction P*0* 21
-------
-------
EMERGENCY RESPONSE
OVERVIEW
STUDENT PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
At the conclusion of this unit, students will be able to:
1. Identify the four major components of an effective response
organization
2. Identify at least three components of U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency's (EPA) incident response model
3. Describe EPA's purpose in providing this training
4. Identify the regulation under which this training program
falls.
NOTE: Unless otherwise stated, the conditions for
performance are using all references and materials
provided in the course, and the standards of
performance are without error.
11/95
-------
-------
NOTES
EMERGENCY RESPONSE
OVERVIEW
COMPONENTS OF AN EFFECTIVE
RESPONSE ORGANIZATION
• Response organization
• Personnel
• Training
• Equipment
TP-2
THE U.S. EPA INCIDENT
RESPONSE MODEL
• Recognition
• Evaluation
• Control
• Information
• Safety
TP-S
11/95
Emergency Response Overview
-------
-------
EMERGENCY RESPONSE OVERVIEW
TOPIC PAGE NO.
I. INTRODUCTION 1
II. RECOGNITION 2
III. EVALUATION 3
IV. CONTROL 4
V. INFORMATION 4
VI. SAFETY 5
VII. RELATIONSHIP OF ELEMENTS 5
11/95
-------
-------
EMERGENCY RESPONSE OVERVIEW
1. INTRODUCTION
A hazardous material incident is a situation in which a hazardous material is or may be
released into the environment. Hundreds of thousands of different chemicals are produced,
stored, transported, and used annually. Because of the hazardous nature of many of these
chemicals, safeguards are established to prevent them from causing harm. If these safeguards
are accidentally or purposefully disregarded, the material is no longer under effective control
and a situation is established that can have dangerous effects. Hazardous material incidents
vary considerably by chemicals and quantities involved, types of hazard, response efforts
required, number of responders needed, and effects produced. They may require immediate
control measures (emergency) or long-term cleanup activities (remedial action) to restore
acceptable conditions.
All activities that are required when responding to incidents can be divided into five broad,
interacting elements.
• Recognition: identification of the substance involved and the characteristics
that determine its degree of hazard.
• Evaluation: impact or risk the substance poses to public health and the environment.
• Control: methods to eliminate or reduce the impact of the incident.
• Information: knowledge acquired concerning the conditions or circumstances
relative to an incident. Information is often called intelligence. In a response,
intelligence is gathered and disseminated.
• Safety: protection of responders from harm.
These elements comprise a system — an orderly arrangement of components that interact
to accomplish a task (Figure 1). In response work, the task is to prevent or reduce the
impact of the incident on people, property, and the environment, and to restore conditions
to as near normal as possible. To achieve this goal, response personnel undertake a variety
,of activities; for example, firefighting, sampling, developing safety plans, erecting fences,
installing a physical treatment system, recordkeeping, and evaluation. These activities are
- all related; what occurs in one affects or is affected by the others.
These five elements can be used to classify all response activities. Recognition, evaluation,
and control describe performance-oriented elements. In each, there is an outcome; a sample
is collected, a treatment system is installed, a chemical is identified, or a risk is determined.
Information and safety are supportive elements. They are inputs to and/or outcomes from
recognizing, evaluating, and controlling.
12/95 1 Emergency Response Overview
-------
INFORMATION
4—>
RECOGNITION
EVALUATION
CONTROL
SAFETY
FIGURE 1
THE INCIDENT RESPONSE SYSTEM
Understanding the system provides some insight into how response activities relate to each
other. It helps explain, in broad terms, the processes involved in responding to a hazardous
material incident.
RECOGNITION
Recognizing the type and degree of the hazard present is usually one of the first steps in
responding to an incident. The substance involved must be identified. Then the physical and
chemical properties that may make it hazardous — capable of causing harm — can be
determined. These inherent properties can be used, on a preliminary basis, to predict the
behavior and anticipated problems associated with a material.
Recognition may be easy; for example, the placard on a railroad tank car carrying a
hazardous material can be used to quickly identify its contents. At a hazardous waste site
that may contain hundreds of different chemicals, complete identification is more difficult.
Emergency Response Overview
11/95
-------
The element of recognition involves using all available information, sampling results,
historical data, visual observation, instruments, package labels, shipping manifests, existing
documentation, witnesses, and other sources to identify the substance(s).
An incident involves more than just the presence of a hazardous material. It is a situation
in which the normal safeguards associated with the materials are compromised, creating the
possibility of undesirable effects. Gasoline can do harm because its vapors can ignite and
explode, but the usual safety techniques for handling gasoline prevent this from happening.
Problems caused by the release of gasoline into the environment can be anticipated based on
its chemical and physical properties. The harm mat gasoline will do if released, however,
depends on site-specific conditions.
Thousands of substances exhibit one or more characteristics of flammability, radioactivity,
corrosiveness, toxicity, or other properties which classify them as hazardous. For any
particular hazardous category, the degree of hazard varies depending on the substance. The
degree of hazard is a relative measure of how hazardous a substance is. For instance, the
immediately dangerous to life or health (IDLH) concentration of butyl acetate in air is 10,000
parts per million (ppm); the IDLH for sulfur dioxide is 100 ppm. Sulfur dioxide is therefore
much more acutely toxic (has a higher degree of hazard) when inhaled at IDLH
concentrations than butyl acetate. Vapors from butyl acetate, however, have a higher degree
of explosive hazard than tetrachloroethane vapors, which are not explosive.
Once the substance(s) has been identified, its hazardous properties and its degree of hazard
can be determined using reference material. Although appropriate references give information
about the substance's physical/chemical properties and may give indications of its
environmental behavior, additional data are required. Most frequently, monitoring and
sampling are needed to identify substances, determine concentrations, confirm dispersion
patterns, and verify the presence of material.
III. EVALUATION
Recognition provides basic data concerning the substance. Evaluation is determining its
effects or potential impact on public health, property, and the environment. A hazardous
substance is a threat because of its physical and chemical characteristics. Its actual impact,
however, depends on the location of the release, on weather, and on other site-specific
conditions. One measure of impact is the adverse effects that have occurred. Another is the
potential impact if the substance is released. Risk is the probability of harm being done, a
measure of the potential impact or effect. The presence of a hazardous substance constitutes
a risk, but if the material is under control, the risk is low; if uncontrolled, the risk increases.
For harm to be done, a critical receptor must be exposed to the uncontrolled material. For
example, when people live in the area, property may be impacted or a sensitive ecological
habitat may be affected. Chlorine gas, for instance, is highly toxic and represents a risk.
If chlorine gas is released in a densely populated area, the risk to people is very great,
whereas the human risk associated with a release of chlorine gas in an unpopulated area is
very low. If the substance were carbon dioxide rather than chlorine, the human risk in both
. situations would be substantially less, because carbon dioxide is much less toxic than
chlorine.
11/95 3 Emergency Response Overview
-------
Evaluating risk in these two examples is relatively simple. Much more complex are those
episodes where many compounds are involved and a higher degree of uncertainty exists
regarding their behavior in the environment and their contact with and effects on receptors.
The completeness of information must also be assessed. Is additional sampling and
monitoring of air, water, and soil necessary to provide more comprehensive information on
what the material is, where it is, how it moves through the environment, what it will contact,
and what the associated risk is? To completely evaluate the effects of a hazardous materials
incident, all substances must be identified, their dispersion pathways established, and for
toxic chemicals, concentrations determined. Risk is then assessed based on exposure (or
potential exposure) of the public or other critical receptors.
Identifying the materials involved in an incident and evaluating the impact the incident may
have is frequently termed site characterization. Site characterization may be easy and rapid,
or, as in the case of an abandoned waste site, a process that may take a long time to
completely accomplish.
IV. CONTROL
Control is those methods which prevent or reduce the impact of the incident. Preliminary
control actions are generally instituted as rapidly as possible in emergency situations. As
additional information is developed through recognition and evaluation, initial control actions
are modified or others instituted. Releases that do not require immediate action allow more
time for planning and instituting remedial measures. Control measures include physical,
chemical, and biological treatment and cleanup techniques for restoring the area to prerelease
conditions. It also includes public health countermeasures, for example, evacuation or the
shutdown of a drinking water supply to prevent the public from coming in contact with the
substance.
V. INFORMATION
An integral component of response is information. All response activities are based on
having information that is readily available or subsequently obtained. Information is a
support element to recognition, evaluation, and control. It is an input to these performance
.elements, providing data for decision-making. It is also an outcome of these elements. A
sample is collected and analyzed. The results provide an input to determine treatment
* options, which is an outcome. Information comes from three sources:
• Intelligence: Information obtained from existing records or documentation,
placards, labels, signs, special configuration of containers, visual
observations, technical reports, and other sources.
• Direct-reading instruments: Information relatively quickly obtained from
instruments.
Emergency Response Overview 4 11/95
-------
• Sampling: Information obtained from collecting representative portions of
appropriate media or material and subsequent laboratory analysis.
Information acquisition, analysis, and decision-making are iterative processes that define the
extent of the problem and the array of possible response actions. For incident response to
be effective, an information base must be established which is accurate, valid, and timely.
Throughout the lifetime of the incident, a continuous stream of information is collected,
processed, and applied. Sound decisions are predicated on having good information and
developing a knowledge base concerning the situation.
VI. SAFETY
All hazardous material responses pose -varying dangers to responders. An important
consideration in all response activities is to protect the health and safety of the responders.
To do this requires that the chemical and physical hazards associated with each operation be
assessed and methods implemented to prevent or reduce harm to responders. Safety
considerations are an input to every activity that is undertaken and are an outcome of each
response activity. For example, an outcome of identifying a specific chemical may be
changes in safety requirements. Each response organization must have an effective health
and safety program, including medical surveillance and health monitoring, appropriate safety
equipment, standardized safety procedures, and an active training program.
VII. RELATIONSHIP OF ELEMENTS
Recognition, evaluation, control, information, and safety describe the five elements of
response. Each includes a variety of activities or operations. Elements are not necessarily
sequential steps for responding. In some situations, control measures may be started before
the substances are completely identified. In others, a more thorough evaluation of the
material's dispersion is needed before effective control actions can be determined. Likewise,
safety measures for responders may be instituted before the materials are identified or all the
hazardous conditions are fully known.
Each element and activity is interrelated. For example, a dike (control) is built to contain
the runoff water from fighting a fire at a warehouse suspected of containing pesticides. Once
it has been determined that the runoff contains no hazardous chemicals (recognition), or that
concentrations in the runoff are below acceptable values (evaluation), no treatment is
necessary and the dike can be removed. This knowledge (information) also changes the
" safety requirements for responders (safety).
A constant flow of information is needed to characterize the incident and make decisions.
For example, an option to use carbon absorption for water treatment may require additional
sample collection and analysis to completely identify the substances involved. In turn, this
would require Devaluating the effectiveness of carbon absorption for the identified chemicals.
Additional information regarding where and how the substance is migrating may change the
requirements for sampling.
11/95 5 Emergency Response Overview
-------
The response system is a concept explaining, in general terms, the processes involved in
incident response. All responses require the performance elements of recognizing,
evaluating, and controlling. To support these elements, information is needed and responder
safety must be considered.
The material in this training manual and the lectures given in the course are directed toward
a more thorough treatment of selected elements and activities in the response system. The
course provides basic information upon which students can build their expertise and
competence through additional training, study, and experience.
Emergency Response Overview 6 11/95
-------
SAFETY PLANS AND
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
STUDENT PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
At the conclusion of this unit, participants will be able to:
1. Identify the components of an effective safety program
2. Identify the items included in a set of safety plans and
standard operating procedures
3. Identify the regulation governing the necessity for a scene
safety plan
4. Discuss the importance of a safety briefing prior to taking
action.
Safety plans and standard operating procedures are located in the
U.S. EPA's Standard Operating and Safety Guides
NOTE: Unless otherwise stated, the conditions for
performance are using all references and materials
provided in the course, and the standards of
performance are without error.
11/95
-------
-------
SAFETY PLANS AND SOPs
TP-1
KEYS TO A SAFE
RESPONSE
Safety program
Standard operating procedures
Development of a scene safety
plan
TP-2
SAFETY PROGRAM
PERSONNEL
• Medical surveillance
• Physical fitness
• Training and education
NOTES
11/95
Safety Plans and Standard
Operating Procedures
-------
NOTES
SAFETY PROGRAM
EQUIPMENT
Equipment selection and
maintenance
Operator training
Protective clothing program
TP-4
STANDARD OPERATING
PROCEDURES
Organizational directives that
establish a standard course of
action
Should address the major
aspects of a hazardous material
response
TP-5
STANDARD OPERATING
PROCEDURES (cont.)
• Command
• Delegation of authority
• Scene safety officer
• Communications
Safety Plans and Standard
Operating Procedures
11/95
-------
NOTES
STANDARD OPERATING
PROCEDURES (cont.)
• Tactical priorities
• Support functions
• Scene safety plan
TP-7
STANDARD OPERATING
PROCEDURES (cont.)
• Written
• Official
• Applied to all situations
• Enforced
TP-8
SCENE SAFETY PLANS
• Detailed plan that addresses all
safety issues
• Must resemble the SOPs
• Must describe the known and
unknown hazards present
• Must identify incident-specific
variations in the SOPs
TP-B
11/95
Safety Plans and Standard
Operating Procedures
-------
NOTES
ADVANTAGES OF A
SAFETY PLAN
• Hazardous conditions are less likely
to be overlooked
• Personnel will be trained to perform
hazardous tasks safely
• Response groups will function more
efficiently and consistently
TP-10
Safety Plans and Standard
Operating Procedures
11/95
-------
INCIDENT COMMAND SYSTEM
STUDENT PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
At the conclusion of this unit, students will be able to:
1. List three reasons for using an Incident Command System
(ICS)
2. Identify the law that requires the use of an ICS at a
hazardous material incident
3. State the different components of an ICS
4. Explain the differences between single and unified command
5. Explain when a consolidated action plan (CAP) is needed
6. Explain the term span of control
7. State the different levels of the ICS and the associated job
function
8. Describe the different types of contingency plans an Incident
Commander (1C) may have to follow at any hazardous
material incident
NOTE: Unless otherwise stated, the conditions for
performance are using all references and materials
provided in the course, and the standards of
performance are without error.
11/95
-------
STUDENT PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES (cont.)
9. Relate how the ICS interfaces with the Federal Contingency
Plan
10. Explain how the Federal On-Scene Coordinator (FOSC)
functions within the ICS.
NOTE: Unless otherwise stated, the conditions for
performance are using all references and materials
provided in the course, and the standards of
performance are without error.
11/95
-------
INCIDENT COMMAND SYSTEM
ENTRY TEAM
1C Ml* COMMAND »T*FF
ON
WHEN IS AN INCIDENT COMMAND
SYSTEM (ICS) NEEDED?
• Any emergency, small or large
• Any number of responders
• To organize the response
Without it, effectiveness is reduced
REASONS FOR ICS
S-2
Special hazards present
Large number of personnel
Multiple agency involvement
Large number of civilians affected
Legal requirement
S-3
NOTES
11/95
Incident Command System
-------
NOTES
REGULATIONS REQUIRING ICS
Superfund Amendments and
Reauthorization Act of 1986 (SARA), Title I,
Section 126
- Requires establishment of an ICS
Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) 29 CFR 1910.120(q)
- Requires the use of an ICS beyond the
Awareness Level response
REGULATIONS REQUIRING
ICS (cont.)
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) 40 CFR 311
- Applies 29 CFR 1910.120
requirements to non-OSHA states
National Contingency Plan (NCP) 40 CFR
300.135
- Requires the use of a Unified Command
System
S-5
DEFINITION OF ICS
A system for organizing a response in a
manner that is systematic and easily
expandable to meet incident requirements
S-6
Incident Command System
11/95
-------
NOTES
HISTORY OF ICS
• Developed in the 1970s in the western
United States
• Established to handle large brush fires and
other large-scale operations
• Addresses difficult problems encountered
at multiagency responses
S-7
COMPONENTS OF ICS
• Common terminology
- Standard terms
- Consistent
• Modular organization
- Top-down structure
- Used at any incident
• Integrated communication
- Common terminology
- Clear text
s-8
COMPONENTS OF ICS (cont.)
• Unified Command Structure
- Shared responsibility
— One person in charge
* • Manageable Span of Control
- Ranges from 3 to 7
- Optimum is 5
• Consolidated Action Plan (CAP)
- Needed at every incident
- Has to be written
5-9
11/95
Incident Command System
-------
NOTES
COMPONENTS OF ICS (cont.)
• Comprehensive resource management
- Depends on incident needs
- Must be performed effectively
- Should maximize resources
S-10
ICS CHART
Incident Commander (1C) and Command Staff
s-n
ICS CHART
1C and Planning
INCIDENT
COMMANDER
1
PLANNING
1
BRANCH
1
DIVISION/
GROUPS
1
UNITS
S.12
Incident Command System
11/95
-------
NOTES
ICS CHART
1C and Logistics
LOGISTICS
BRANCH
I
DIVISION/
GROUPS
UNITS
8-13
ICS CHART
1C and Finance
FINANCE
BRANCH
I
DIVISION/
GROUPS
UNITS
S-14
ICS CHART
1C and Operations
OPERATIONS
BRANCH
BRANCH
DIVISION/
GROUPS
DIVISION/
GROUPS
UNITS
UNITS
S-15
11/95
Incident Command System
-------
NOTES
ICS CHART
Overall
INcltfiMt
COMMANDER
OPERATIONS
LOGISTICS
JL
FINANCE
BRANCH
BRANCH
JL
BRANCH
BRANCH
BRANCH
OMSK*/
GROUPS.
DIVBCN/
JP8
IQUPS II SROt
BVWOH/
6BO
OIVBION/
OMSOH/
GflQUPS
GBQUP8 J I GflQUI
UNITS
WITS
UNITS
IMITt
UNITS
S-16
r
RECORDER
OPERATIONS
i
ENTRY
I
DECON
1
BACKUP
1
BACKUP
DECON
1C "' '
-_ SAFETY
1 1
RESOURCE SCIENCE SECURITY
COMMAND STRUCTURE
TRANSPORTATION EXERCISE
S-1S
Incident Command System
11/95
-------
INCIDENT
RESPONSE
CHART
Oil or
Hazardous
Substance
Spill
NRC Notifies
Federal OSC
Further
Special
Assistance
Needed?
OSC Assesses
Can/Will
Responsible
Party Handle
Incident?
Can/Will
Locality or
State Handle
Incident?
Further
Assistance
Needed?
Incident
Cleaned up
S-19
NOTES
11/95
Incident Command System
-------
Reference
40 CFR 300 • 399
NATIONAL
RESOURCE
' TRUSTEES
C
4
NATIONAL RESPONSE TEAM
SECTION 300.110
REGIONAL RESPONSE TEAM
SECTION 300.115
RESOURCES AVAILABLE
TO SUPPORT OSC/HPM
/
UNIFIED COMMAND STRUCTURE
AS DEVELOPED BY AREA COMMITTEE
V
/
-""^^T^X NATIONAL
OCCURS ) RESPONSE
"**"""• -*^*"^
1 NOTIFICATION SYSTEM
CONCEPTS
CENTER !
\ NOTIFICATION
FEDERAL
ncr> / DCU INITIAL ASSESSMENT/FIRST
Ubty / MrM : RE3PON8E
1 FEDERAL/STATE/LOCAL/RP
FEDERAL MEASURES AS PER SECTION
300.1 SO
ASSISTANCE
REQUIRED? STATE/LOCAL/RP
I RESPONSE
' /N. SPECIAL FORCES
/ \ SECTION 300. 14S
/ OSC \ NSF ^
/ RPM \ ssc "^
X
SUP8ALV ^ nn
NOTES
Incident Command System
11/95
-------
NOTES
FEDERAL ON-SCENE COORDINATOR
General Guidelines
• Investigate, report, and determine potential
outcome
• Monitor situation, making sure removal is
being done properly
• Assess the situation and assist the 1C
S-21
FEDERAL ON-SCENE COORDINATOR
General Guidelines (cont.)
• May take over the incident if necessary
• May activate the RRT or any other federal
agency as needed
S-22
CONTINGENCY PLANS
FEDERAL
REGIONAL
AREA
COUNTY
J-OCAL
S-23
11/95
Incident Command System
-------
-------
INCIDENT COMMAND SYSTEM
TOPIC PAGE NO.
I. THE NEED FOR AN ICS 1
II. LAWS THAT REQUIRE AN ICS 1
III. HISTORY OF ICS 1
IV. ELEMENTS OF AN EFFECTIVE ICS 1
V. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES APPLIED TO ICS 2
VI. FACTORS THAT AFFECT ICS 3
VII. COMPONENTS OF AN ICS 3
VIII. ICS POSITIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 4
ICS CHARTS FOR BOTH SCENARIOS 10
IX. INTERFACING THE ICS WITH THE FEDERAL
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTINGENCY PLAN (NCP) 12
X. SUMMARY 17
11/95
-------
-------
I. THE NEED FOR AN ICS
At any emergency, small or large, involving emergency responders, one person must be in
command. This person, the Incident Commander (1C), must assess the situation and available
resources, determine an appropriate action plan, monitor the plan's effectiveness, and continually
modify the plan to meet the realities of the situation.
Without an ICS to coordinate the procedures for effective control and communication throughout all
the responding resources, chaos would result. If response personnel are not functioning as part of
an emergency management system, effectiveness is reduced, as is potential communication and
coordination with other agencies that may respond to the scene.
Many systems exist throughout the nation for the command and control of resources at emergency
incidents.
II. LAWS THAT REQUIRE AN ICS
All agencies must have an ICS to handle the operations at any incident. There are several laws that
require a system to manage emergencies. For example
• The Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (SARA) requires organizations
that handle hazardous material incidents to operate with an ICS
• The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) (29 CFR 1910.120) rules and
regulations state: "ICS shall be established by those employers for the incident that will be
under their control and shall be interfaced with the other organizations or agencies who may
respond to such an incident."
• Non-OSHA states are required under U.S. Environmental Protective Agency (EPA) rules to
use an ICS at hazardous material incidents (40 CFR 311).
III. HISTORY OF ICS
The ICS was developed as a consequence of fires that consumed large portions of wildland, including
structures, in Southern California in 1970. Difficulties in fighting these fires included ineffective
communications, lack of accountability, and lack of a well-defined command structure. Fire
response agencies' efforts were to address these difficulties. Although originally developed for a
wildland setting, the system ultimately evolved into an "all-risk" system, appropriate for all types
of emergency responses.
IV. ELEMENTS OF AN EFFECTIVE ICS
To be effective, an ICS must be suitable for use regardless of the type of jurisdiction or agency
involvement. This may include single jurisdiction/single agency, single jurisdiction/multiagency, and
multijurisdiction/multiagency involvement. The organizational structure must be adaptable,
1 Incident Command System
-------
applicable and acceptable to users throughout a community or region, readily adaptable to new
technology, and capable of logical expansion from the initial scope to the complexities of a major
emergency.
Common elements in organization, terminology, and procedures are necessary for maximum
application of a system and should use existing qualifications and standards. These same elements
ensure the ability to quickly and effectively move resources committed to the incident with the least
disruption. Fulfillment of these requirements combined with simplicity will help ensure low
operational maintenance costs.
V. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES APPLIED TO ICS
Tasks that business managers and leaders perform include planning, directing, organizing,
coordinating, communicating, delegating, and evaluating.
Responsibilities of the Incident Commander (1C) include gathering and evaluating information relative
to preplanning and sizeup, as well as development and communication of an Incident Action Plan.
The 1C must be involved with directing available resources to accomplish incident goals through
operational and command responsibilities. To ensure proper incident management by coordination
of overall operations, tactical operations, and support functions, a responsive organization must be
developed.
The 1C must be able to communicate effectively within the organization and assess feedback from
an incident. Using terms that are understood by all resources is critical to his or her ability to
manage the incident. Gathering and assigning resources functionally and geographically are also
included in the IC's responsibilities. Continual evaluation of the overall effectiveness of the Incident
Action Plan must be based on the results of previous operational decisions. As conditions change,
the Incident Action Plan must be modified to achieve the goal and objective.
Although the 1C may delegate functional authority, he or she always retains ultimate responsibility
for the incident. If the 1C chooses not to delegate one or more functions, he or she must perform
that function(s) as required by the incident.
CONTROL THE SITUATION OR IT WILL CONTROL YOU!
Emergency response personnel must consider the physical environment, command structure, and
proper ICS procedures during preplanning. Positive incident outcomes may be forecast with
adequate preplanning and constant monitoring during an incident.
Command activities during preplanning may include strategic goal-setting, which may include
1) developing and implementing Incident Action Plans, 2) controlling/coordinating incident
operations, 3) using all available resources, 4) considering safety in decision-making, 5) providing
logistical support, and 6) evaluating the Incident Action Plan. The 1C is responsible for managing
or delegating medical consideration, liaison with other agencies, safety of personnel, media requests,
property conservation, and advising the cleanup contractor of the nature of the incident.
Incident Command System 2 11/95
-------
VI, FACTORS THAT AFFECT ICS
Although many similarities exist between business and emergency management, several factors make
emergency management more difficult. One unique factor to emergency management is danger.
Emergency response is performed in a constantly changing environment. Although the situation may
get better or worse, it seldom stays the same. The dynamics of a constantly changing environment
present additional challenges to the 1C. For example, it may be difficult to assess or confirm content
in the building just by looking at the building construction. Risk increases due to flashover,
backdraft, or the presence of hazardous contents. Combined dynamics of the incident may create
difficulty in gathering accurate and current information.
Changing situations may require frequent shifts from offensive to defensive modes. The offensive
mode is an aggressive approach that quickly stabilizes the incident, but puts personnel at a higher
risk of exposures to toxic environments. The defensive mode includes exposure protection and
resource gathering, but reduces risk of toxic exposure to personnel. The transition from defensive
to offensive operations may cause changes in priority concerning life safety, incident stabilization,
and property conservation.
Emergency responders should be ready for any type of incident. Because there are no guarantees
that adequate resources will be available, preparation to handle each incident, regardless of size or
complexity, is needed.
VII. COMPONENTS OF AN ICS
The ICS has a number of components. Together, these components provide the basis for an effective
ICS concept of operation:
Common terminology Incident action plans
Modular organization Manageable span of control
Integrated communication Designated incident facilities
Unified command structure Comprehensive resource management
Common terminology in any ICS is essential. Major organizational functions and units are
predesignated and titled in the ICS, and the system's terminology is standard and consistent. This
will prevent confusion during multiple incidents, either within the same jurisdiction or on the same
radio frequency.
/ •
Modular organization develops a structure from the top down at any incident. The command
function must always be established, and the five functional areas: command, operations, logistics,
planning and finance, must be implemented as the incident develops.
Integrated communications involves managing communications at all incidents through the use of a
common communications plan. Standard operating procedures containing common terminology and
clear text should be established. It is important that messages are not only received, but that they are
also acknowledged and understood.
21/95 3 Incident Command System
-------
The command structure can be formed in two general ways, single command and unified command.
Single command may be used when there is no overlap of jurisdictional boundaries or when a single
1C is designated by the agency with overall management responsibility for the incident. Unified
command may be applied when the incident is within one jurisdictional boundary, but more than one
agency shares management responsibility. When the incident is multijurisdictional in nature, or when
more than one individual is designated by their jurisdiction or agency, they may share overall
management responsibility. Unified command should not be confused with unity of command.
Unified command is shared responsibility for overall incident management as a result of a
multijurisdictional or multiagency incident. Unity of command indicates that one individual reports
to only one supervisor.
An Incident Action Plan (LAP) is needed at every incident and-is implemented under the unified
command under responsibility of the Incident Commander and can be assigned to the Command
Staff. The 1C usually represents the agency with the greatest jurisdictional involvement. Written
IAP is required when resources from multiple agencies are used, when several jurisdictions are
involved, or when changes in personnel or equipment are required. The IAP should cover all
strategic goals, all tactical objectives, and all support activities needed during the entire operational
period.
Manageable span of control is an important component of an effective ICS. Effective management
is difficult if too many people are reporting to one supervisor. Span of control is defined as the
number of subordinates one supervisor can manage effectively. Guidelines for the desirable range
are from three to seven persons; the optimum number is five subordinates per supervisor. The
Incident Commander must anticipate span-of-control problems and prepare for them, especially
during rapid buildup of incident organization.
Designated incident facilities, such as Command Post or Staging Area (SA), may be established
depending on the requirements of the incident. The 1C determines when establishment of these
facilities is necessary.
Comprehensive resource management may be accomplished using three different methods: single
resources, task force, and strike team. The method chosen depends on the needs of the incident.
When performed effectively, comprehensive resource management should maximize resources,
consolidate control of large numbers of single resources, and reduce the communications load.
There are many.reasons to implement and use an ICS. The primary reason is to provide for the
safety of operating forces. ICS is an "all risk" system, based on the application of business
management techniques in emergency management.
VIII. ICS POSITIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
In most day-to-day incidents, approximately 90-95% could be managed with a simple ICS structure.
Various companies may be assigned various positions based on incident situations. By law, the two
basic positions and responsibilities that must be included in any ICS are the Incident Commander and
the Safety Officer. All of the other positions are on and as-needed basis.
Incident Command System 4 11/95
-------
INCIDENT COMMANDER (1C) = The 1C is responsible for overall management of the incident.
Some of these responsibilities include:
• Establish command of the incident
• Establish Command Post (CP) and Staging Area (SA)
• Assess the incident priorities
• Develop an incident command system appropriate for the incident
• Assign an incident Safety Officer
• Develop or approve and implement the Incident Action Plan and scene safety plan
• Determine the strategic goals and tactical objectives for the incident
• Authorize information release to the media.
COMMAND STAFF (CS) = At large-scale or complex incidents, consideration may have to be
given to safety, liaison, and information. If the CS cannot effectively handle any of these three
functions, he or she must appoint a Safety Officer (SO) and may appoint a Public Information Officer
(PIO) and a Liaison Officer (LO).
SAFETY OFFICER (SO) = Must monitor and assess the safety hazards and unsafe situations to
develop measures for ensuring personnel safety. This person has the authority to bypass the chain
of command when it is necessary to correct unsafe acts immediately then inform the 1C of the
situation and establish corrective actions. The SO is responsible for the scene safety plan.
LIAISON OFFICER (LO) = The contact point for assisting or coordinating agencies. The LO
is essential to avoid the duplication of effort and to increase the control necessary to give strong
direction to agencies involved in the response. The agency representatives with whom the LO
interacts need to have decision-making authority, and the LO needs to establish a specific area for
agencies to report to, work in, and communicate with each other.
PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER (PIO) = Responsible for interfacing with the media and
other appropriate agencies. The PIO gets his or her information from the 1C and relays it to the
media, thereby relieving the 1C of this responsibility. To provide accurate and consistent information
to the media, the PIO establishes a press area away from the CP and all incident activities. The PIO
acts as a central clearing point for the dissemination of information, reducing the risk of forwarding
conflicting information from multiple sources.
STAGING AREA MANAGER (SAM) = As the incident escalates and the 1C requests additional
resources, the additional responding units need to report to a given location for assignments. A
staging area has to be established as the 1C may not know immediately which unit to assign to what
task, ^f an Operations Officer is not staffed, SAM would report directly to the 1C. An incident may
have more than one staging area. The SAM should establish a check-in procedure, respond to
requests for resources, and keep the 1C or Operations Officer informed of the status of resources in
the staging area. Staging provides significant advantages, including: Personnel accountability,
eliminates premature deployment of units, minimizes communication, reinforces unity of command,
prevents freelancing, and buys 1C time to properly assign and deploy resources.
PLANNING OFFICER (PO) = Proactive incident-management is highly dependent on the PO
making an accurate assessment of the incident's potential and prediction of likely outcomes. It is
critical that the PO maintain information about resources committed to the incident and projected
11/95 5 Incident Command System
-------
resource requirements. Development of an effective Incident Action Plan, or modification of an
existing plan, must be based on knowledge of what has happened and a prediction made of probable
future outcomes.
Some of these responsibilities include:
• Collect information regarding the incident and resources
• Evaluate information received from a variety of sources
• Disseminate information to the 1C, Operations, and incident personnel, as necessary
• Use information in preparation of the Incident Action Plan
• Modify the Incident Action Plan to meet changing needs
• Anticipate changing resource needs
• Prepare alternate strategies and tactical options based on incident potential.
LOGISTICS OFFICER = Manages service and support resources required for the incident.
Logistics should establish functional units when needed to maintain an acceptable workload and span
of control. Responsible for all logistics needs for the incident.
Some of these responsibilities include:
• Establish service branches for all incident activities, communications, emergency medical
service, fire, rescue, and provisions for feeding operating forces
• Provide personnel, equipment, and supplies to support incident operations
• Provision for fixed incident facilities, and ground support such as fuel and equipment
maintenance.
FINANCE = Must provide the documentation of all incident cost, and the guidance to the 1C on
financial issues that may have an impact on incident operations. Financial considerations are not a
major factor during most incidents operations. The financial considerations can be extensive
however, when an agency is involved in any incident that requkes the use of private sector resources
or any incidents where agencies involved in the response will be seeking reimbursement.
Some of these responsibilities include:
• Pay future costs and budget
• Pay personnel costs
• Cost recovery
• Purchase replacement equipments.
OPERATIONS OFFICER (OPS) = Is assigned when the 1C is faced with a complex incident having
major demands in one or more areas in a rapidly escalating incident or when there is a significant
need to evaluate strategy and to develop alternative tactical options. When the 1C is faced with a
major functional tactical responsibility the OPS Officer may be assigned to maintain span-of-control
or sector control. The OPS Officer is responsible for the direction and coordination of all tactical
operations.
Incident Command System 6 11/95
-------
Some of these responsibilities include:
• Assist the 1C in planning and developing strategic goals and tactical objectives for the
incident
• Develop operation plans
• Request or release resources through the 1C, unless SAM is assigned to OPS
• Consult with Command Staff about the overall Incident Action Plan
• Keep the 1C informed of the tactical situation and resource status within operations.
BRANCHES = At large scale or complex incidents, which may create a significant span-of-control
problem, consideration should be given to the implementation of Branches. Branches are of great
value also when large numbers of resources are committed to a specific functional activity. A
Branch is an organizational level between divisions/groups and OPS, Logistics and the 1C. A Branch
is responsible for performing the portion of the Incident Action Plan appropriate for that particular
Branch. Branches are managed by a Branch Director. They are used most commonly in the
Operations or Logistics sections.
.Some of the responsibilities are:
• Implement the portion of the Incident Action Plan appropriate to the Branch function
• Coordinate the activities of the units within the Branch
• Evaluate goals and objectives and requests additional resources, if needed
• Keep his or her supervisor, either the Operation Officer or the Incident Commander informed
of the status in the Branch's area of responsibility
• Assign specific tasks to Divisions or Groups within the Branch
• Resolve logistical problems associated within the units deployed in the Branch.
DIVISION/GROUPS = An organizational level responsible for operations in a specified functional
assignment at an incident. It is essential to understand that Division/Group operates at the same
command level; one does not work for the other, but may cross established boundaries. Each
function assignment does not need to be commanded by a Division/Group supervisor. In fact, any
activity that only requires one unit to effectively handle the situation would not necessitate the
implementation of a Division/Group. Such situations include when there is not a coordination
problem, when the assignment obviously does not cover a large area, or when it does not require
deployment of several single resources.
Division/Groups affect the following three significant management principles:
• . Reduce/solve span-of-control problems at an incident
• Provide essential coordination at a designated area or for a specific function
• Fix personnel accountability.
Some of these responsibilities include:
• Provide accountability and coordination of the unit
• Ensure maximum safety and survival of response personnel
• Implement of their assigned portion of the overall Incident Action Plan
11/95 1 Incident Command System
-------
• Coordinate activities within their assignment
• Inform the next-higher-level of command of the status of resources within their area
• Evaluate the resource needs and make adjustments as needed.
The functional positions that are staffed depend on the needs of the incident. As a general rule, the
larger or more complex the incident, the more need to delegate functional responsibilities.
Functional responsibilities for any position that are not staffed remain with the 1C. Some functional
assignments must not be combined, due to their critical impact on safety or incident control. There
are functions, however, that can be combined on smaller incidents.
Incident Command System 8 11/95
-------
OPERATIONS
OFFICER (OPS)
STAGING
I
DIVISION/
GROUP
I
ENTRY TEAM
BRANCH
I
DIVISION/
CROUP
I
ID TEAM
BACKUP TEAM SURVEY TEAM
DECON TEAM SUPPORT TEAM
INCIDENT COMMAND SYSTEM CHART
INCIDENT COMMANDER (1C)
SAFETY OFFICER fSO)
LIAISON OFFICER
PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER (PIO1
PLANNING
OFFICER (PO)
LOGISTICS
OFFICER (LO1
FINANCE
OFFICER
BRANCH
DIVISION/
GROUP
FIGURE 1
-------
INCIDENT
COMMANDER
SAFETY OFFICER
RECORDER
1
RONS
CER
RESOURCE
OFFICER
1
SCIE1
OFFK
ENTRY
TEAM
BACKUP
TEAM
DECON
TEAM
FIGURE!
COMMAND STRUCTURE FOR SMALL INCIDENT
This is the command structure we will use in the course for the warehouse incident on Thursday.
Incident Command System
10
11/95
-------
£
INCIDENT
COMMANDER
RECORDER
OPERATIONS
OFFICER
ENTRY
TEAM#1
J_
ENTRY
TEAM #2
ENTRY
BACKUP
SAFETY
OFFICER
PIO OFFICER
RESOURCES
OFFICER
SECURITY
OFFICER
SCIENCE
OFFICER
DECON
OFFICER
I
DECON
TEAM
FIGURES
COMMAND STRUCTURE FOR A MAJOR INCIDENT
s This is the command structure we will use in the course for the Transportation incident on Friday.
-------
IX. THE INCIDENT COMMAND SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH THE FEDERAL
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTINGENCY PLAN (NCP)
A . If the incident exceeds the training and/or the equipment of the local jurisdiction, or
the incident is more than the jurisdiction can handle, the incident commander should
then use the local and state contingency plans for assistance.
Once passed, the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (SARA)
or public law 99-499, required all states to establish State Emergency Response
Commissions (SERC) and Local Emergency Planning Committees (LEPC). The
SERCs are responsible for designating an official to serve as coordinator of all SERC
and LEPC actives in the respective state. The SERCs are required to establish
procedures for receiving and processing the facilities Tier I and II reports. The Tier
I and II reports are used to help establish contingency plans that can be used for
emergency responses and for information on public access to the facility. The
SERCs must review all plans to ensure these plans follow the National Contingency
Plan (NCP). This information should be part of the Local Emergency Response
standard operation procedures so it may be used at any emergency.
Some incidents are so serious that local authorities must call in additional help. State
agencies can provide expertise and management over a wider area. If additional help
is still needed, or if several states are involved, a single call to the National Response
Center (NRC) will activate the National Response System (NRS).
The National Response System (NRS) is the mechanism for coordinating response
actions by all levels of government in support of the Federal On-Scene
Coordinator/Remedial Project Manger (OSC/RPM). The NRS is composed of the
National Response Team (NRT), Regional Response Team (RRT), Federal
OSC/RPM Area Committees (AC), and special teams and related support entities.
During oil spill response or a hazardous substance removal action, the NRS functions
as an Incident Command System (ICS) under the direction of the Federal OSC,
typical of an ICS, the NRS is capable of expanding or contracting to accommodate
the response effort required by the size or complexity of the discharge or release.
Notification of an oil discharge, or of a release of a hazardous substance in an
amount equal to or greater than the Reportable Quantity (RQ)» niust be made
immediately to the NRC in accordance, respectively, with 33 CFR part 153, subpart
b, and 40 CFR part 302.
v-
The NRC acts as the single point-of-contact for all pollution-incident reporting and
as the National Response Team (NRT) communications center.
The NRC receives and immediately relays telephone notices of discharges or releases
to
1. The appropriate predesignated Federal OSC and/or RPM, and
2. Advises Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) of a
potential major disaster or evacuation situation.
Incident Command System 12 11/95
-------
The first federal official affiliated with an NRT member agency to arrive at the scene
of a discharge or release should coordinate activities under the National Contingency
Plan (NCP). The federal official is authorized to initiate, in consultation with the
predesignated OSC, any necessary action normally carried out by the federal
OSC/RPM until the arrival of the predesignated federal OSC/RPM.
B. There are three levels of the Federal Contingency Plans (FCP) that an Incident
Commander must beware of. A federal EPA OSC/RPM, depending on incident
status, may act as a resource, or may take charge of the incident and activate federal
response resources as needed.
1. The National Contingency Plan (NCP) is officially called the National Oil and
Hazardous Substance Pollution Contingency Plan. It provides the
organizational structure and procedures for preparing for and responding to
discharges of oil and releases of hazardous substances, pollutants, and
contaminants. The NCP is a guidance document for EPA and other federal
agencies with response authority and responsibility under the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability act of 1980
(CERCLA), and certain portions of the Clean Water Act (CWA). This plan
is comprehensive in relating how these agencies are involved in a spectrum
of pre-event plans for the on-scene response, the study, analysis and
remediation, the financing, and the accountability.
2. The Regional Contingency Plans (RCP) are developed by the RRT, working
with the states. RCPs were developed for each RCP standard federal region,
Alaska, Oceanic in the Pacific, and the Caribbean to coordinate timely,
effective response by various federal agencies and other organizations to
discharges of oil or releases of hazardous substances, pollutants, or
contaminants. RCPs shall, as appropriate, include information on all useful
facilities and resources in the region, such as government, commercial,
academic, and many other sources. To the greatest extent possible, RCPs
shall follow the format of the NCP, the Area Contingency Plans (ACP) and
coordinate with SERP, and SARA Title III LERPs. RCPs shall contain lines
of demarcation between the inland and coastal zones, as mutually agreed upon
by USCG and EPA.
3. The ACP, under the direction of an OSC and subject to approval by the lead
agency, each Area Committee, in consultation with the appropriate RRTs,
Coast Guard DRGs, NSFCC, SSCs, SERCs, and LEPCs, shall develop an
ACP for its designated area. This plan, when implemented in conjunction
with other provisions of the NCP, shall remove a worst-case discharge under
40 CFR 300.324, and to mitigate or prevent a substantial threat of such a
discharge from a vessel, offshore facility, or onshore facility operating in or
near the area.
>
The areas responsible may include several Title III Local Planning Districts,
or parts of such districts. In developing the ACP, the OSC shall coordinate
with affected SERCs and LEPCs. The ACP shall provide for a well-
11/95 13 Incident Command System
-------
coordinated response that is integrated and compatible, to the greatest extent
possible, with all appropriate response plans of state, local, and non-federal
entities, and especially the various response plans.
The ACPs shall include the available resources to respond to a multi-media incident,
where such resources can be obtained, the waste disposal methods and facilities
consistent with local and state plans developed under the Solid Waste Disposal Act
(SWDA), and the local structure for responding to discharges or releases.
C. Multi-regional responses:
1. If a discharge or release moves from the area covered by one ACP or RCP
or into another area, the authority for response actions should shift. If a
discharge or release affects areas covered by two or more ACPs or RCPs, the
response mechanisms of each applicable plan may be activated. In this case,
response actions of all regions concerned shall be fully coordinated as detailed
in the ACPs and RCPs.
2. There shall be only one OSC and/or RPM at anytime during the course of a
response operation. Should a discharge or release affect two or more areas,
the EPA, USCG, DOD, DOE, or other lead agency, as appropriate, shall give
prime consideration to the area vulnerable to the greatest threat, in
determining which agency should provide the OSC and/or RPM. The RRT
shall designate the OSC and/or RPM if the RRT member agencies, who have
response authority within the affected area, are unable to agree on the
designation. The NRT shall designate the OSC and/or RPM if members of
one RRT or two adjacent RRTs are unable to agree on the designation.
3. Where the USCG has initially provided the OSC for response to a release
from hazardous waste management facilities located in the coastal zone, the
responsibility for response action will shift to the EPA or another federal
agency, as appropriate.
D. Once the federal EPA OSC has been contacted by the NRC, you can expect the OSC
to follow these general guidelines. When the OSC receives a report of a discharge,
actions normally should be taken in the following sequence:
1.
Investigate the report to determine pertinent information, such as the type and
quantity of polluting material, the source of the discharge, and the threat
posed to public health or welfare or the environment.
2. Officially classify the size of the discharge as minor, medium, or major and
the type of hazard as either a substantial threat to the public health or welfare,
or worst-case discharge. These will determine the course of action to be
followed to ensure effective and immediate removal, mitigation, or prevention
of the discharge. Some discharges or spills may be further classified as
national significance by the administrator of the EPA or the Commandant of
the USCG.
Incident Command System 14 11/95
-------
3. When the reported discharge is an actual or potential major discharge,
immediately notify the RRT, including the affected state, if appropriate, and
the NRC, and ensure notification of the Natural Resource Trustees, as
required by 40 CFR 300.305(D).
4. When the investigation shows that an actual or potential medium discharge
exists, the OSC shall recommend activation of the RRT, if appropriate.
5. When the investigation shows that an actual or potential minor discharge
exists, the OSC shall monitor the situation to ensure that proper removal
action is being taken.
6. If the OSC determines that effective and immediate removal, mitigation, or
prevention of a discharge can be achieved by private party efforts, and when
the discharge does not pose a substantial threat to the public health or welfare
of the United States, determine whether the responsible party or other person
is properly carrying out removal. Removal is being done properly when:
a. The cleanup is fully sufficient to minimize or mitigate threat(s) to
public health and welfare, and the environment. Removal efforts are
improper to the extent that federal efforts are necessary to minimize
further threats or mitigate those threats.
b. The removal efforts are in accordance with applicable regulation,
including the NCP.
7. Where appropriate, determine whether a state or political subdivision has the
capability to carry out response actions and/or all removal actions. If they
have, the OSC may arrange funding to support these actions.
8. Ensure prompt notification of the trustees of affected natural resources in
accordance with the applicable RCP and ACP.
9. Removal shall be considered complete when it is determined by the OSC in
consultation with the governor or governors of the affected states. When the
OSC considers removal complete, OSLFT removal funding shall not preclude
applicable state law.
10. EPA OSCs have access to very large amounts of equipment and working
capital to be used to control a discharge or release. OSCs have approximately
$150,000.00 immediately available to use, as necessary, in a discharge or
release. If the OSC expends these funds on the incident, they have access to
an additional $2,000,000.00, after completing an "Action Memo," to use on
the scene. If circumstances show a need for more funds to stabilize the
incident, the OSC can obtain unlimited funds through a justification to EPA
headquarters in Washington D.C.
H/95 15 Incident Command System
-------
11. If the discharge or release is some type of oil, the OSC can access the Oil
Pollution Act Funds through the USCG, and receive all the necessary funding
required to immediately stabilize the incident.
12. During all phases of response, the lead agency shall complete and maintain
documentation to support all action taken under the NCP and to form the basis
for cost recovery. All information and reports must be transmitted to the
Chair of the RRT. Also the OSC is required to submit reports of the incident.
13. The OSC/RPM shall submit a complete report on the removal operation and
the actions taken to the NRT or RRT. This report shall record the situation
as it developed, the actions taken, the resources committed, and the problems
encountered. Once the RRT has received the OSC report, they have 30 days
in which to review the comments or recommendations.
E. Special response teams:
1. On-Scene Coordinator (OSC): Manages these federal responses.
2. Remedial Project Managers (RPM): Directs response efforts and coordinates
all other efforts at the scene of a discharge or release. RPM shall be assigned
by the lead agency to manage remedial or other response actions.
3. National Response Team (NRT): This body of 15 federal agency
representatives with expertise related to handling incidents, coordinates the
NRT system.
4. EPA's Office of Radiation Programs (ORP) Radiological Assistance Teams
(RAT): Provides response and support for incident or sites containing
radiological hazards. They provide expertise in radiation monitoring,
radionuclide analysis, radiation health physics, and risk assessment. RAT can
provide on-site support including mobile monitoring laboratories for field
analysis of samples and fixed laboratories for radiochemical sampling and
analysis. The team provides multimedia sampling and analysis, hazard
evaluation, environmental assessment, and cleanup technique information.
5. The Coast Guard's Public Information Assist Team (PIAT): This is a unit of
public affairs specialists that concentrates on maintaining a flow of timely
information from the OSC to the public.
6. The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's (NOAA) Scientific
Support Coordinators (SSC) serve as members of the coastal zone OSC's staff
as technical and scientific advisors. They also serve as the principal contact
point for members of the scientific community. The EPA supplies SSC for
the inland regions.
Incident Command System 16 11/95
-------
F. The National Response Team (NRT) is comprised of representative of 15 federal
agencies which are as follows:
1. Environmental Protection Agency.(EPA)
2. United States Coast Guard (USCG)
3. Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)
4. Department of Justice (DOJ)
5. Department of Defense (DOD)
6. Department of Interior (DOT)
7. Department of Commerce (DOC)
8. Department of Agriculture (USDA)
9. Research and Special Programs Administration (RSPA)
10. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC)
11. Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS)
12. Department of State (DOS)
13. Department of Energy (DOE)
14. Department of Labor (DOL)
15. General Service Administration (GSA)
X. SUMMARY
The Incident Command System is a resource that can be applied on an as-needed basis that provides
a practical, realistic approach to incident management. If fully understood, it will not only make
each job easier, it also will make it possible for everyone to be professional, emergency incident
managers.
It is good to understand the entire system, but only apply what is necessary in a day-to-day incident.
Regular use of the ICS provides the training for future expansion. When die correct terms are used,
relationships are established and procedures are practiced so that the management of larger incidents
can be built on a strong foundation. It is necessary to have justification for each level of expansion
of the system.
Except for the simplest incident, there is more than one way to organize an incident, so flexibility
and imagination are important. A thorough knowledge of the ICS and an agency's familiarity with
ft, will ensure a safer, more effective approach to emergency incident management.
An Incident Commander must be well aware of the LEPC, SERC, and Federal Contingency Plans
(FCF) that apply to their jurisdiction and how the federal agencies interface with the incident
Command System (ICS).
As the incident exceeds the capabilities of the local authorities, they should call for additional
assistance from the NRS. The NCP is there to provide efficient, coordinated, and effective response
to discharge of oil and releases of hazardous substances, pollutants, and contaminants in accordance
with the authorities of CERCLA and CWA.
In implementing the NCP, consideration shall be given to international assistance plans and
agreements, security regulations and responsibilities based on international agreement, federal
11/95 17 Incident Command System
-------
statutes, and executive orders. Actions taken pursuant to the NCP shall conform to the provisions
of International Joint Contingency Plans, where they are applicable. The Department of State shall
be consulted, as appropriate, prior to taking any action which may affect its activities.
Response actions undertaken by participating agencies shall be carried out under existing programs
and authorities, when available. Federal agencies are to make resources available, expend funds,
or participate in response to discharge and releases under their existing authority. Interagency
agreements may be signed when necessary to ensure that the federal resources will be available for
a timely response to a discharge or release.
Additional information may be found in the following references:
National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP) September
15,1994, 40 CFR 300
Occupation Safety and Health Agency's (OSHA) Hazardous Waste Operation and
Emergency Response (HAZWOPER), March 1990, 29 CFR 1910.120 (Q)
Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (SARA) Public Law 99-499 42
U.S.C. 11022
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980
(CERCLA), Public Law 96-510, 40 CFR 305.103
National Fire Academy. 1993. The Incident Command System. National Emergency
Training Center, Emmitsburg, MD.
Fire Protection Publication. 1983. Incident Command System. First Edition. Fire
Protection Publications Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, OK.
National Interagency Fire Center. 1995 Incident Command System National Training
Curriculum. National Interagency Fire Center, National Fire Training Support Group, Boise,
ID.
Incident Command System 18 11/95
-------
INCIDENT COMMANDER
The Incident Commander is responsible for incident activities including the development and
implementation of strategic decisions and for approving the ordering and releasing of resources.
DUTIES
1. Assess incident situation.
2. Discuss objectives and strategy with Command Staff and section chiefs.
3. Conduct initial briefing using Haz-Mat Response forms and Tactical command sheet.
4. Insure planning meeting is conducted.
5. Approve and authorize implantation of Scene Safety Plan.
6. Determine information needs and inform command personnel of needs.
7. Coordinate staff activity.
8. Manage incident operations.
9. Approve requests for additional resources and request for release of resources.
10. Authorize release of information to news media.
11. Approve plans for Incident Termination and Demobilization.
21/95 19 Incident Command System
-------
RECORDER
The Recorder reports to the Incident Commander. The Recorder is responsible for the collection
and organization of incident status and situation information. Responsible evaluation, analysis, and
display of information for use by ICS personnel, agency dispatchers, and the Incident Command
Post.
DUTIES
1. Obtain briefing from Incident Commander.
2. Prepare and maintain command post displays.
3. Collect incident data at earliest possible opportunity and continue
for duration of incident.
4. Prepare predictions at periodic intervals or upon request of Incident Commander
5. Participate in incident planning meetings.
6. Maintain incident unit log, ICS 214.
7. Obtain information from Science Officer and Resource Officer.
Incident Command System 20 11/95
-------
PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER
The Public Information Officer, a member of the Command Staff, is responsible for the formulation
and release of information about the incident to the news media and other appropriate agencies and
organizations.
DUTIES
1. Obtain briefing from the Incident Commander.
2. Contact other jurisdictional agencies to coordinate public information
activities.
3. Establish Single Incident Information Center whenever possible.
4. Arrange for necessary work space, materials, telephone, and staffing.
5. Prepare initial information summary as soon as possible after arrival.
6. Observe constraints on the release of information imposed by the Incident Commander.
7. Obtain approval for releases to the news media from the Incident Commander.
8. Release news to the media, and post relative information on the
incident in the command post and other appropriate areas.
9. Attend meeting to update informational releases.
10. Respond to special requests for information.
11/95 21 Incident Command System
-------
SECURITY OFFICER
During a major incident, a Security Officer will assume the duties as section leader for law
enforcement activities. The Security Officer will contribute to determining overall objectives and
the selection of a strategy to achieve those objectives. The Security Officer is responsible for all
evacuation, on-and-off scene control, and traffic control.
DUTIES
1. Assess incident situation.
2. Discuss objectives and strategy with the Incident Commander.
3. Attend initial briefing.
.4. Assign law enforcement officer as Assistant Security Officer. Brief Assistant Security
Officer on responsibilities and provide direction for incident evacuation, on site control, and
traffic control.
5. Brief Command and General Staff.
6. Attend planning meetings.
Incident Command System 22 11/95
-------
ASSISTANT SECURITY OFFICER
The Assistant Security Officer is under the command of the Incident Security Officer and coordinates
operations with the Operations Section Chief. The Assistant Security Officer is responsible for on-
scene control, traffic control and incident evacuation.
The law enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the incident shall provide a field supervisor as
the Assistant Security Officer.
DUTIES
1. Obtain briefing and directions from the Security Officer and Operations Section Chief.
2. Appoint and brief staff, as needed.
3. Establish radio communications capability.
4. Direct on-scene control, traffic control and incident evacuation procedures.
11/95 23 Incident Command System
-------
OPERATIONS OFFICER
The Operations Section Chief, a Member of the General Staff, is responsible for the management
of all operations directly applicable to the primary mission. The Operations Chief activates and
supervises organizational elements in accordance with the establish goals and objectives and directs
its execution. The Operation Chief also directs the preparation of unit operational plans, requests
or releases resources, makes expedient changes to the goals and objectives as necessary; and reports
such to the Incident Commander.
DUTIES
1. Obtain briefing from the Incident Commander.
2. Brief tactical operations personnel with goals and objectives.
3. Supervise tactical operations.
4. Determine and review suggested list of resources to be released and initiate
recommendation for release of resources.
5. Report information about special occurrences to Incident Commander.
6. Complete Operation Officer Worksheet.
7. Prior to entry of the Hot Zone, the following will be completed:
a. Hazardous materials safety briefing.
b. Personnel decontamination procedures established and entry team is briefed.
c. Back-up team is ready. ( decontamination leader will ensure that back-up team is
assisted with final donning of protective clothing before when needed.)
d. Check entry team equipment before entering Hot Zone.
e. Check communications equipment.
f. Complete Entry Team Checklist. .
8. ' Carry out incident termination and demobilization procedures.
Incident Command System 24 11/95
-------
SAFETY OFFICER
The Safety Officer, a member of the Command Staff, is responsible for monitoring and assessing
hazardous and unsafe situation and developing measures for assuring personnel safety. Although the
Safety Officer may exercise emergency authority to stop or prevent unsafe acts when immediate
action is required, the officer will generally correct unsafe acts or conditions through the regular line
of authority. The officer maintains awareness of active and developing situations, approves the
Medical Plan, and includes safety messages in each Scene Safety Plan.
DUTIES
1. Obtain briefing from Incident Commander.
2. Identify hazardous situation associated with the incident.
3. Participate in planning meetings and attend all briefings on scene.
4, Develop and review Scene Safety Plans and brief operation personal of all items.
5. Exercise emergency authority to stop and prevent unsafe acts.
6. Investigate accidents that have occurred within incident area.
7. Review and approve Medical Plan.
9. Determine with Science Officer the level of protection and
proper decontamination procedures and solution.
11/95 25 Incident Command System
-------
ASSISTANT SAFETY OFFICER
The Assistant Safety Officer reports to the Incident Safety Officer as an Assistant Safety Officer.
The Assistant Safety Officer coordinates safety activities directly related to the Hazardous Materials
Group operations as mandated by 29CFR part 1910.120. This position advises the incident Safety
Officer on all aspects of health and safety and has the authority to STOP OR PREVENT UNSAFE
ACTS. It is mandatory that an Assistant Safety Officer be appointed at all hazardous materials
incidents. In a multi-activity incident the Assistant Safety Officer does not act as safety for the
overall incident.
DUTIES
1. Obtain briefing from Incident Safety Officer.
2. Participates in the preparation of, and implements the Scene Safety Plan.
3. Advises the Incident Safety Officer of deviations from the Scene Safety Plan or any
dangerous situation. . -
4. Has full authority to alter, suspend, or terminate any activity that may be
judged to be unsafe.
5. Ensure protection of the Hazardous Materials Group personnel from physical, environmental,
and chemical hazard/exposures.
6. Ensure provision of required emergency medical services for assigned
personnel and coordinates with Medical Branch Director.
7. Ensures that medical related records for the Hazardous Materials Group
personnel are maintained.
Incident Command System 26 11/95
-------
SCIENCE OFFICER
The Science Officer reports to the Incident Commander. The SO is responsible for management of
the Identification Team, and reporting on progress of identification of unknown or known substances.
DUTIES
1. Obtain briefing from the Command Staff.
2. Establish ID Station near the Command Post area.
3. Attend command staff briefing and provide technical information as needed.
4. Based on incident information, advise command staff of the degree of hazard and level of
required protection. Specifically, chemical properties, fire,health hazards, type of protective
clothing needed,medical considerations, environmental considerations, and run off hazards.
5. Submit update information to Incident Commander as it becomes available.
6. Fill out chemical worksheet and Haz-Mat response form.
7. Ascertain and record any and all information on substance, and provide
this information to the Safety Officer and Decontamination Officer.
8. Communicate with reference networks, such as CHEMTREC.
11/95 27 Incident Command System
-------
RESOURCE OFFICER
The Resource Officer reports to the Incident Commander. The Resource Officer is primarily
responsible for ordering personnel, equipment, and supplies; receiving and staging all supplies for
the incident; maintaining an inventory of supplies; and servicing nonexpendable supplies and
equipment.
DUTIES
1. Obtain briefing from the Incident Commander.
2. Determine the type and amount of supplies in route.
3. Order, receive, distribute,and store supplies and equipment.
4. Receive and respond to requests for personnel, supplies, and equipment on site.
5. Maintain inventory of supplies and equipment.
6. Submit cost recovery reports to the Incident Commander.
7. Participate in the termination procedures and demobilization.
Incident Command System 28 11/95
-------
ENTRY TEAM
The Entry Team reports to the Operation Officer. The Entry Team will be the only personnel
allowed into the Hot Zone (Exclusion Zone). Under the direction of the Operation Officer, the Entry
Team will control, sample, contain, and any other appropriate actions required to mitigate the results
of the uncontrolled release of the hazardous materials.
DUTIES
1. Obtain briefing from the Operation Officer.
2. Attend Safety briefing, avoid contact with spilled material(s) if at all possible.
3. Maintain proper monitoring procedures throughout entry.
4. Check communications.
5. Take vital signs before donning proper protective clothing.
6. Establish and properly brief personnel on decontamination procedures.
7. Attend final incident goals and objectives briefing before going into exclusion zone (Hot
Zone).
8. Maintain communications with Operation Officer.
9. Take vital signs after doffing personal protective equipment.
10. After personnel wash Entry Team members, attend debriefing with Command Staff and Back-
up Team and provide necessary site Information and diagram to Command Staff.
11/95 29 Incident Command System
-------
BACK-UP TEAM
The Back-up Team reports to the Operation Officer. The Back-up Team personnel may only enter
into the Hot Zone (Exclusion Zone) when instructed by the Operation Officer. Under die direction
of the Operation Officer, they may assume the Entry Team responsibilities. The Back-up Team will
stay in the ready position as long as the Entry Team is in the exclusion zone, or until assigned by
the Operation Officer.
DUTIES
1. Follow dressout procedure and dress to ready position with same level and type of protective
clothing as Entry Team.
2. Stage in support zone by entry port.
3. Assemble and prepare rescue equipment in stage at their location.
4. Monitor Entry Team radio communication.
5. Know the Entry Team responsibilities and duties.
Incident Command System 30 11/95
-------
DECONTAMINATION TEAM LEADER
The Decontamination Team Leader is responsible to the Operation Officer. The Team Leader
supervises and controls all phases of the Contamination Reduction Zone (CRZ).
DUTIES
1. Obtains briefing from Operation Officer.
2. Locates, organizes, and supervises the Contamination Reduction Zone (CRZ).
3. Coordinates operations with the Operation Officer.
4. Coordinates with Safety Officer, District Health Department, Science Officer,
Operation Officer to select appropriate decontamination procedures for
both incident personnel and victims. Final decision will be made by the
Command Staff.
5. Ensure that contaminated equipment is appropriately decontaminated at
the site, or properly documentation, containerized and labeled for off-scene
decontamination or disposal.
6. Ensure proper level and type of protective clothing is worn by the
decontamination team as selected by the command staff.
7. Ensure extra breathing air supply is available.
8. Order sufficient water supply with required pressure at scene to provide
the necessary water for washing as well as a protection water line and
dermal shower.
9. Have Medical Branch do medical evaluation on Decon personnel and record.
10. Ensure decontaminate protective clothing is ready for future use.
11. - Monitor workers for safety issues in CRZ.
12. Complete decontamination checklist.
11/95 31 Incident Command System
-------
DECONTAMINATION TEAM MEMBER
The Decontamination Team Member is responsible for appropriate decontamination procedures as;
assigned to them within the Contamination Reduction Corridor. These duties may vary, but must
include the following:
DUTIES
1. Obtain briefing from Decontamination Team Leader.
2. Set up decontamination Reduction Corridor as described, check and ensure all equipment is
in proper working order, and go through decontamination process with all decon personnel.
3. Suitup to appropriate level of protection.
'4. Assist Entry Team, one by one, through the Decontamination Corridor. Wash off
contaminants, remove protective clothing and equipment (remember "DON'T" place your
hands inside of suit; just touch outside) and place in proper container. Remove SCBA
backpack. The team member will take off their own mask.
5. Carefully use a minimum amount of water as each person advances from pool to pool. The
objective is to keep all of the contaminants contained in the pools.
6. Before Decontamination Team Members leave decon they "MUST DECON
THEMSELVES." Each Decon Team Member helps to decontaminate their own team
members.
Incident Command System 32 11/95
-------
CHARACTERISTICS OF
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
STUDENT PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
At the conclusion of this unit, participants will be able to:
1. Describe the difference between the fire triangle and the fire
tetrahedron
2. Define the following terms relative to flammability:
a. Flash point
b. Upper explosive limit (UEL)
c. Lower explosive limit (LEL)
d. Flammable range
e. Ignition temperature
f. LEL/UEL
3. Determine whether an unknown hazardous material is acidic
or basic when given the pH value
4. Explain how the following characteristics can affect the
behavior of a hazardous material:
a. Boiling point
b. Melting point/freezing point
c. Vapor pressure
d. Specific gravity
e. Vapor density
f. Solubility.
NOTE: Unless otherwise stated, the conditions for
performance are using all references and materials
provided in the course, and the standards of
performance are without error.
11/95
-------
-------
CHARACTERISTICS OF
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
FIRE TRIANGLE
Energy
Ignition Source
Fuel
Oxygen
S-1
HpT TYPES OF HAZARDS
Toxic
Flammable
Carcinogenic
Reactive
Radioactive
Teratogenic
Irritation
Sensitization
Explosive
Biological
Corrosive
Mutagenic
3-2
3-3
NOTES
11/95
Characteristics of Hazardous Materials
-------
NOTES
FIRE TETRAHEDRON
Heat
Fuel
Oxygen
Uninhibited
Chemical Reaction
S-4
FLASH POINT
The temperature at which a liquid gives
off flammable vapors just above its
surface
S-5
FLAMMABLE LIMITS
0%
100%
LEL
UEL
TOO LEAN
FIRE OR EXPLOSION
TOO RICH
S-6
Characteristics of Hazardous Materials
11/95
-------
IGNITION TEMPERATURE
The minimum temperature to which a
substance must be raised in order to
ignite
CORROSIVITY
pH - SCALE
Strong
Acid
Strong
Base
0 3
11 14
3.
5
Coke
Pepsi
Neutral
3-7
The ability of a substance to generate
hydronium (+) or hydroxyl (-) ions
in sufficient concentrations to
cause material or tissue degradation
S-8
s-9
NOTES
11/95
Characteristics of Hazardous Materials
-------
NOTES
EXAMPLES OF CORROSIVES
Acids
Acetic acid
Hydrochloric acid
Sulfuric acid
Bases
Sodium hydroxide
Potassium hydroxide
Calcium carbonate
S-10
PHYSICAL STATES
Gas
S-11
SPECIFIC GRAVITY
A relative measure of the density of a
liquid in comparison to water given that
water has a relative value of 1
9-12
Characteristics of Hazardous Materials
11/95
-------
NOTES
MELTING POINT
The temperature at which a substance's
liquid phase is in equilibrium with its solid
phase
• Freezing point
• With a flammable solid, may be the
same as flash point or ignition
temperature
S-13
BOILING POINT
The temperature of a liquid at which its vapor
pressure is equal to the atmospheric pressure
• Condensation point
S-14
VAPOR DENSITY
The relative measure of the density of
a vapor compared to air given that air
has a relative value of 1
S-15
11/95
Characteristics of Hazardous Materials
-------
NOTES
VAPOR PRESSURE
The pressure exerted by a vapor at a
given temperature, usually expressed in
millimeters of mercury (mmHg) at a
specific temperature
8-18
SOLUBILITY
The ability of a substance to blend
uniformly with another, usually
expressed as a percent by volume (%)
or ppm or ppb
3-17
Characteristics of Hazardous Materials
11/95
-------
CHARACTERISTICS OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
TOPIC PAGE NO.
I. INTRODUCTION 1
II. BIOLOGICAL HAZARDS 1
III. RADIATION HAZARDS 2
IV. CHEMICAL HAZARDS 2
A. FIRE HAZARDS 2
1. COMBUSTIBILITY 2
2. FLAMMABILITY 5
3. GAS OR VAPOR EXPLOSIONS 5
4. PRACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS 6
B. EXPLOSIVE HAZARDS 7
1. EXPLOSIVES 7
2. TYPES OF EXPLOSIVE HAZARDS 7
, 3. PRACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS 7
C. TOXIC HAZARDS 8
D. CORROSIVE HAZARDS 8
1. CORROSION 8
2. PRACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS 9
E. HAZARDS DUE TO CHEMICAL REACTIVITY : 10
1. REACTIVITY HAZARDS 10
11/95
-------
CHARACTERISTICS OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
2. CHEMICAL REACTIONS 10
3. COMPATIBILITY 10
4. PRACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS 11
F. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF CHEMICALS 12
1. SOLUBILITY 12
2. DENSITY/SPECIFIC GRAVITY 13
3. VAPOR DENSITY 13
4. VAPOR PRESSURE 13
5. BOILING POINT 13
6. MELTING POINT 14
7. FLASHPOINT 14
11/95
-------
CHARACTERISTICS OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
I. INTRODUCTION
At an incident, response personnel may be exposed to a number of substances that are
hazardous because of their biological, radiological, or chemical characteristics.
Biological agents are living organisms (or their products) that can cause sickness or death in
exposed individuals.
Radiological materials are considered hazardous because of their ability to emit various types
of radiation at intensities that may be harmful if response personnel are either inadequately
shielded from the radiation source or exposed to the radiation for too long a time.
Chemical hazards are classified into several groups, including fire, toxic, corrosive, and
reactive hazards. A material may elicit more than one chemical hazard during an incident.
For example, toxic vapors can be released during chemical fires. The hazards can be a result
of the physical/chemical properties of a material or of its chemical reactivity with other
materials or the environment to which it is exposed.
Many hazards may be present at any one incident. It is important to understand the
fundamentals of each hazard and their relationships so that effective safety practices may be
employed to reduce the risk to the public and to response personnel.
II. BIOLOGICAL HAZARDS
There are five general categories of biological agents that are capable of causing infection
or disease in exposed individuals. These categories are viral, rickettsial/chlamydial,
bacterial, fungal, and parasitic. These agent types may be present at hazardous waste sites
and hazardous material spills. Like chemical hazards, biological agents may be dispersed
throughout the environment via wind and water.
Many biological agents have complex life cycles that require host and intermediate (carrier)
host organisms to complete their growth cycles. Rodents, for example, which are commonly
-found at landfills, act as carriers for the rabies virus. Likewise, the Rocky Mountain Spotted
Fever tick can carry the bacillus that produces this disease in man.
The same personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements that are used against a hazard
can be applied to biological hazards. Body coverings and respiratory protective equipment
should be used. Personal cleanliness is especially important. Showering after removing
• protective clothing and thoroughly washing exposed body parts, including hands and face,
should help remove any residual contamination.
11/95 1 Characteristics of Hazardous Materials
-------
III. RADIATION HAZARDS
Radioactive materials that may be encountered at a site can emit three types of harmful
radiation: alpha particles, beta particles, and gamma waves. All three forms harm living
organisms by imparting energy which ionizes molecules in the cells. Hence, the three are
referred to as ionizing radiation. lonization may upset the normal cellular function, causing
cell dysfunction or death.
An alpha particle is positively charged. A beta particle is an electron possessing a negative
charge. Both particles have mass and energy. Both are emitted from the nucleus. They
travel short distances in material before interactions with the material causes them to lose
their energy. The outer layers of the skin and clothing generally protect against these
particles. Therefore, they are considered hazardous primarily when they enter the body
through inhalation or ingestion.
Gamma radiation is pure electromagnetic energy and is wave-like rather than paniculate.
Gamma waves pass through all materials to some degree. Clothing, including protective
gear, will not prevent gamma radiation from interacting with body tissue.
Unlike many hazardous substances that possess certain properties which can alert response
personnel to overexposures (odor, irritation, or taste), radiation has no such warning
properties. Hence, preventing the radioactive material from entering the body or protecting
against external radiation is the best protection. As with biological and chemical hazards,
the use of respiratory equipment and PPE, coupled with scrupulous personal hygiene, will
afford good protection against radioactive particulates.
IV. CHEMICAL HAZARDS
A. Fire Hazards
1. Combustibility
Combustibility is the ability of a material to act as a fuel. Materials that can
be readily ignited and sustain a fire are considered combustible, whereas
those that do not are noncombustible. Three elements are required for
combustion to occur: fuel, oxygen, and heat. The concentration of the fuel!
and the oxygen must be high enough to allow ignition and maintain the
burning process. Combustion is a chemical reaction that requires heat to
proceed. Heat is either supplied by the ignition source and is maintained by
the combustion, or is supplied from an external source. The relationship of
these three components of fire is illustrated by the triangle in Figure 1.
Most fires can be extinguished by removing one of the three components.
For example, water applied to a fire removes the heat, thereby extinguishing
the fire. When a material by itself generates enough heat to self-ignite and
combust, spontaneous combustion occurs, either as a fire or an explosion.
Characteristics of Hazardous Materials 2 11/95
-------
Fuel / \ Heat
Oxygen
FIGURE 1
THE FIRE TRIANGLE
Although oxygen is the usual oxidizing agent during the combustion process,
there are chemicals that can burn without oxygen being present. For
example, calcium and aluminum will burn in nitrogen. So, the first side of
the tetrahedron (Figure 2) is an oxidizing agent that permits the fuel to burn.
The fuel is the material that is oxidized. Because the fuel becomes
chemically charged by the oxidizing process, it is called a reducing agent.
This is the second side of the tetrahedron. Fuels can be anything from
elements (carbon, hydrogen, magnesium) to compounds (cellulose, wood,
paper, gasoline, petroleum compounds).
Some mixtures of reducing agent and oxidizing agent remain stable under
certain conditions. However, when there is some activation energy, a chain
reaction is started, which causes combustion. The factor that can trigger this
chemical reaction can be as simple as exposing the combination to light. Once
the chain reaction begins, extinguishment must take place by interrupting the
chain reaction.
11/95 3 Characteristics of Hazardous Materials
-------
HEAT
FUEL
(Reducing agent)
OXYGEN OR
OXIDIZER
UNINHIBITED
CHEMICAL REACTION
FIGURE 2
FIRE TETRAHEDRON
Scientists have known for many years that certain chemicals act as excellent
extinguishing agents. However, they were at a loss to explain how these
chemicals actually accomplished extinguishment, given the triangle of fire
model. With the development of the tetrahedron model and the inclusion of
the uninhibited chain reaction, a scientifically sound theory could be
postulated. With this as a basis, the extinguishing capabilities of the halons
and certain dry chemicals were possible.
The final side of the tetrahedron is temperature. The fact that temperature
is used instead of heat is deliberate. Temperature is the quantity of the
disordered energy, which is what initiates combustion. It is possible to have
a high heat as indicated by a large reading of Btu and still not have
combustion. Temperature, therefore, is the key ingredient and the one that
influences the action of the tetrahedron.
Characteristics of Hazardous Materials
11/95
-------
2. Flammability
Flammability is the ability of a material (liquid or gas) to generate a sufficient
concentration of combustible vapors under normal conditions to be ignited
and produce a flame. It is necessary to have a proper fuel-to-air ratio
(expressed as the percentage of fuel in air) to allow combustion. There is a
range of fuel concentrations in air for each material that is optimal for the
ignition and the sustenance of combustion. This is called the flammable
range. The lowest concentration of fuel in this range is the lower flammable
limit (LFL). Concentrations less than the LFL are not flammable because
there is too little fuel; that is, the mixture is too "lean." The highest ratio
that is flammable is the upper flammable limit (UFL).
Concentrations greater than the UFL are not flammable because there is too
much fuel displacing the oxygen (resulting in too little oxygen). This mixture
is too "rich." Fuel concentrations between the LFL and UFL are optimal for
starting and sustaining fire. Example: the LFL for benzene is 1.3% (13,000
ppm); the UFL is 7.1% (71,000 ppm). Thus, the flammable range is 1.3%
to 7.1%. UFL and LFL are the same as UEL and LEL (UEL - upper
explosive limit, LEL - lower explosive limit).
A flammable material is considered highly combustible if it can burn at
ambient temperatures (Table 1). But a combustible material is not
necessarily flammable, because it may not be easily ignited or the ignition
may not be maintained. Pyrophoric materials will ignite at room temperature
in the presence of a gas or vapor or when a slight friction or shock is applied.
3. Gas or Vapor Explosions
A gas or vapor explosion is a very rapid, violent release of energy. If
combustion is extremely rapid, large amounts of kinetic energy, heat, and
gaseous products are released. The major factor contributing to the explosion
is the confinement of a flammable material. When vapors or gases cannot
freely dissipate, they enter the combustion reaction more rapidly.
Confinement also increases the energy associated with these molecules, which
enhances the explosive process. Poorly ventilated buildings, sewers, drums,
and bulk liquid containers are examples of places where potentially explosive
atmospheres may exist.
4. Practical Considerations
Fires and explosions require fuel, air (oxygen), and an ignition source (heat).
At a hazardous material incident, the first two are not easily controlled.
Consequently, while working onsite where a fire hazard may be present, the
concentration of combustible gases in air must be monitored, and any
potential ignition source must be kept out of the area.
11/95 5 Characteristics of Hazardous Materials
-------
TABLE 1
FLAMMABLE COMPOUNDS AND ELEMENTS
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS
FLAMMABLE SOLIDS
Aldehydes
Ketones
Amines
Ethers
Aliphatic hydrocarbons
Aromatic hydrocarbons
Alcohols
Nitroaliphatics
Water-Reactive Flammable Solids
Potassium
Sodium
Lithium
Phosphorus
Magnesium dust
Zirconium dust
Titanium dust
Aluminum dust
Zinc dust
Pyrophoric Liquids
Organometallic compounds
Dimethyl zinc
Tributyl aluminum
Note: The U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT), the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA), the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), and the
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) have established strict definitions for flammability
based on the flash point of a material.
The most dangerous flammable substances:
• Are easily ignited (e.g., pyrophorics)
• Require little oxygen to support combustion
• Have low LFL/LEL and a wide flammable/explosive range.
Hazards that are related to fires and explosions include the following:
• Physical destruction due to shock waves, heat, and flying objects
• Initiation of secondary fires or creation of flammable conditions '
• Release of toxic and corrosive compounds into the surrounding
environment.
B. Explosive Hazards
1. Explosives
An explosive is a substance that undergoes a very rapid chemical
transformation producing large amounts of gases and heat. The gases that are
produced (e.g., nitrogen, oxygen, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, and
Characteristics of Hazardous Materials
11/95
-------
steam) rapidly expand because of the heat produced by the explosion at
velocities exceeding the speed of sound. This creates both a shock wave
(high-pressure wave front) and noise.
2. Types of Explosive Hazards
• High or detonating: Chemical transformation occurs very rapidly
with detonation rates as high as 4 miles per second. The rapidly
expanding gas produces a shock wave that may be followed by
combustion.
Primary high explosive: detonating wave < produced in an
extremely short period of time. May be detonated by shock,
heat, or friction. Examples are lead azide, mercury
fulminate, and lead styphnate.
Secondary high explosive: generally needs a booster to cause
them to detonate. Relatively insensitive to shock, heat, or
friction. Examples are tetryl, cyclonite, dynamite, and TNT.
• Low or deflagrating: Rate of deflagration up to 1250 feet per second.
Generally combustion followed by a shock wave. Examples are
smokeless powder, black powder, and solid rocket fuel.
3. Practical Considerations
The high or low categories of explosion hazards do not indicate the explosion
hazard (or power), but only the rate of chemical transformation.
Explosions can occur as a result of reactions between many chemicals not
ordinarily considered explosives. Ammonium nitrate, a fertilizer, can
explode under the right conditions. Alkali metals and water explode, as will
water and peroxide salts. Picric acid and certain ether compounds become
highly explosive with age. Gases, vapors, and finely divided particulates,
when confined, can also explode if an ignition source is present.
C. Toxic Hazards
Toxic materials cause local or systemic detrimental effects in an organism.
Exposure to such materials does not always result in death, although that is
often the most immediate concern. Toxic hazards can be categorized by the
physiological effect they have on the organism. A material may induce more
than one physiological response, including asphyxiation, irritation allergic
sensitization, systemic poisoning, mutagenesis, teratogenesis, and
carcinogenesis.
The likelihood that any of these effects will be experienced by an organism
depends not only on the inherent toxicity of the material itself (as measured
21/95 7 Characteristics of Hazardous Materials
-------
by its lethal dose) but also on the magnitude of the exposure (acute or
chronic) and the route of exposure (ingestion, inhalation, or skin absorption).
These concepts will be described in greater detail in a later chapter.
D. Corrosive Hazards
1. Corrosion
Corrosion is a process of material degradation. Upon contact, a corrosive
material may destroy body tissues, metals, plastics, and other materials.
Technically, corrosivity is the ability of material to increase the hydrogen ion
or hydronium ion concentrations of another material. It may have the
potential to transfer electron pairs to or from itself or another substance. A
corrosive agent is a reactive compound or element that produces a destructive
chemical change in the material upon which it is acting. Common corrosives
are halogens, acids, and bases (Table 2). Skin irritation and burns typically
result when the body contacts an acidic or basic material.
The corrosiveness of acids and bases can be compared on the basis of their
ability to dissociate (form ions) in solution. Those that form the greatest
number of hydrogen ions (H*) are the strongest acids, while those that form
the most hydroxide ions (OH') are the strongest bases. The H* ion
concentration in solution is called pH. Strong acids have a low pH (many H+
in solution), whereas strong bases have a high pH.
The pH scale ranges from 0 to 14 as follows:
1
0 3
Strong
Acid
Coke Neutral
Pepsi
3.5 7
11 14
Strong
Base
Measurements of pH are valuable because they can be quickly done onsite,
providing immediate information on the corrosive hazard.
Characteristics of Hazardous Materials
11/95
-------
TABLE 2
CORROSIVES
HALOGENS
Bromines
Chlorine
Flourine
Iodine
Oxygen (ozone)
ACIDS
Acetic acid
Hydrochloric acid
Hydrofluoric acid
Nitric acid
Sulfuric acid
BASES (CAUSTICS!
Potassium hydroxide
Sodium hydroxide
2. Practical Considerations
When dealing with corrosive materials in the field, it is imperative to
determine:
• How toxic is the corrosive material? Is it an irritant or does it cause
severe burns?
• What kind of structural damage does it do, and what other hazards
can it lead to? For example, will it destroy containers holding other
hazardous materials, releasing them into the environment?
E. . Hazards Due to Chemical Reactivity
1. Reactivity Hazards
A reactive material is one that can undergo a chemical reaction under certain
specified conditions. Generally, the term "reactive hazard" is used to refer
to a substance that undergoes a violent or abnormal reaction in the presence
of water, or under normal ambient atmospheric conditions. Among this type
of hazard are 1) the pyrophoric liquids that will ignite in air at or below
normal room temperature in the absence of added heat, shock, or friction and
2) the water-reactive flammable solids that will spontaneously combust upon
contact with water (Table 1).
2. Chemical Reactions
A chemical reaction is the interaction of two or more substances, resulting in
chemical changes. Exothermic chemical reactions, which give off heat, can
be the most dangerous. A separate source of heat is required to maintain
endothermic chemical reactions. Removing the heat source stops the
reaction.
11/95
Characteristics of Hazardous Materials
-------
Chemical reactions usually occur in one of the following ways:
• Combination A + B > AB
• Decomposition AB > A + B
• Single replacement A + BC > B + AC
• Double replacement AB + CD > AD + CB
The rate at which a chemical reaction occurs depends on the following
factors:
• Surface area of reactants available at the reaction site - for example,
a large chunk of coal is combustible, but coal dust is explosive.
• Physical state of reactant - solid, liquid, or gas
• Concentration of reactants
• Temperature
• Pressure
• Presence of a catalyst.
3. Compatibility
If two or more hazardous materials remain in contact indefinitely without
reaction, they are compatible. Incompatibility, however, does not necessarily
indicate a hazard. For example, acids and bases (both corrosive) react to
form salts and water, which may not be corrosive.
Many operations on waste or accident sites involve mixing, or unavoidable
contact between, different hazardous materials. It is important to know ahead
of time if such materials are compatible. If they are not, then any number
of chemical reactions could occur. The results could range from the
formation of an innocuous gas to a violent explosion. Table 3 illustrates what
happens when some incompatible materials are combined.
Characteristics of Hazardous Materials 10 11/95
-------
TABLE 3
HAZARDS DUE TO CHEMICAL REACTIONS
Result
Heat generation
Fire
Explosion
Toxic gas or vapor production
Flammable gas or vapor production
Formation of a substance with greater
toxicity than the reactants
Formation of shock- or friction-sensitive
compounds
Overpressurization of closed vessels
Solubilization of toxic substances
Dispersal of toxic dusts and mists
Ammonia and acryonitrile
Incompatible Materials
Acid and water
Hydrogen sulfide and calcium hypochlorite
Picric acid and sodium hydroxide
Sulfuric acid and plastic
Acid and metal
Chlorine and ammonia
Peroxides and organics or liquid oxygen and
petroleum products
Fire
Hydrochloric acid and chromium
Sodium or potassium cyanide and water or
acid vapor
Violent polymerization
The identity of unknown reactants must be determined by chemical analysis
to establish compatibility. On the basis of their properties, a chemist then
should be able to anticipate any chemical reactions resulting from mixing the
reactants. Judging the compatibility of more than rwo reactants is very
difficult; analysis should be performed on a one-to-one basis.
Response personnel who must determine compatibilities should refer to A
Method for Determining the Compatibility of Hazardous Wastes (EPA 600/2-
80-076), published by EPA's Office of Research and Development. Final
decisions about compatibilities should only be made by an experienced
chemist.
Sometimes the identity of a waste is impossible to ascertain because of
monetary and time constraints. In this event, simple tests must be performed
to determine the nature of the material or mixture. Tests such as pH,
oxidation-reduction potential, and flashpoint are useful. In addition, very
small amounts of the reactants may be carefully combined to determine
compatibility.
11/95
11
Characteristics of Hazardous Materials
-------
4. Practical Considerations
If materials are compatible, they may be stored together in bulk tanks or
transferred to tank trucks for ultimate disposal. It is necessary, then, to
establish the compatibility of the materials through analyses prior to bulking
them. Compatibility information is also very important in evaluating an
accident involving several different hazardous materials. The ultimate
handling and treatment of the materials may be partially based on such
information.
F. Physical Properties of Chemicals
Chemical compounds possess inherent properties that determine the type and degree
of the hazard they represent. Evaluating risks of an incident depends on
understanding these properties and their relationship to the environment.
1. Solubility
The ability of a solid, liquid, gas, or vapor to dissolve in a solvent is
solubility. An insoluble substance can be physically mixed or blended in a
solvent for a short time but is unchanged when it finally separates. The
solubility of a substance is independent of its density or specific gravity.
The solubility of a material is important when determining its reactivity,
dispersion, mitigation, and treatment. Solubility can be given in parts per
million (ppm) or milligrams per liter (mg/L).
2. Density/Specific Gravity
The density of a substance is its mass per unit volume, commonly expressed
in grams per cubic centimeter (g/cc). The density of water is 1 g/cc because
1 cc has a mass of 1 g.
Specific gravity (SpG) is the ratio of the density of a substance (at a given
temperature) to the density of water at the temperature of its maximum
density (4°C).
Numerically, SpG is equal to the density in g/cc, but is expressed as a pure
number without units. If the SpG of a substance is greater than 1 (the SpG
of water), it will sink in water. The substance will float on water if its SpG
is less than 1. This is important when considering mitigation and treatment
methods.
3. Vapor Density
The density of a gas or vapor can be compared to the density of the ambient
atmosphere. If the density of a vapor or gas is greater than that of the
Characteristics of Hazardous Materials 12 11/95
-------
ambient air, then it will tend to settle to the lowest point. If vapor density is
close to air density or lower, the vapor will tend to disperse in the
atmosphere. Vapor density is given in relative terms similar to specific
gravity.
In settling, dense vapor creates two hazards. First, if the vapor displaces
enough air to reduce the atmospheric concentration of oxygen below 16%,
asphyxia may result. Second, if the vapor is toxic, then inhalation problems
predominate even if the atmosphere is not oxygen deficient. If a substance
is explosive and very dense, the explosive hazard may be close to the ground
rather than at the breathing zone (normal sampling heights).
4. Vapor Pressure
The pressure exerted by a vapor against the sides of a closed container is
called vapor pressure. Vapor pressure is temperature dependent. As
temperature increases, so does the vapor pressure. Thus, more liquid
evaporates or vaporizes. The lower the boiling point of the liquid, the greater
the vapor pressure it will exert at a given temperature. Values for vapor
pressure are most often given as millimeters of mercury (mmHg) at a specific
temperature.
5. Boiling Point
The boiling point is the temperature at which a liquid changes to vapor; that
is, it is the temperature where the pressure of the liquid equals atmospheric
pressure. The opposite change in phases is the condensation point.
Handbooks usually list temperatures as degrees Celsius (°C) or Fahrenheit
(°F). A major consideration with toxic substances is how they enter the body.
With high-boiling-point liquids, the most common entry is by body contact.
With low-boiling-point liquids, the inhalation route is the most common and
serious.
6. Melting Point
The temperature at which a solid changes phase to a liquid is the melting
point. This temperature is also the freezing point, because a liquid can
change phase to a solid. The proper terminology depends on the direction of
the phase change.
If a substance has been transported at a temperature that maintains a solid
phase, then a change in temperature may cause the solid to melt. The
particular substance may exhibit totally different properties depending on
phase. One phase could be inert while the other highly is reactive. Thus, it
is imperative to recognize the possibility of a substance changing phase due
to changes in the ambient temperature.
11/95 13 Characteristics of Hazardous Materials
-------
7. Flashpoint
The minimum temperature at which a substance produces sufficient flammable
vapors to ignite is its flashpoint. If the vapor does ignite, combustion can
continue as long as the temperature remains at or above the flashpoint. The
relative flammability of a substance is based on its flashpoint. An accepted
relation between the two is:
Highly flammable: Flashpoint less than 141°F
Moderately flammable: Flashpoint greater than 141°F but
less than 200°F
Relatively inflammable: Flashpoint greater than 200°F
Characteristics of Hazardous Materials 14 11/95
-------
TOXICOLOGY
STUDENT PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
At the conclusion of this unit, students will be able to:
1. List the four most common routes of exposure to hazardous
materials
2. Define the following terms:
a. LD50
b. LC50
c. LDLO
d. TLV-TWA
e. TLV-STEL
f. TLV-C
g. IDLH
h. PEL
3. Describe the difference between an acute and a chronic
exposure to a hazardous material
4. List four factors that may account for the response variances
in humans to toxic materials
NOTE: Unless otherwise stated, the conditions for
performance are using all references and materials
provided in the course, and the standards of
performance are without error.
11/95
-------
STUDENT PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES (cont.)
5. Describe the following reactions caused by the exposure to
combinations or mixtures of chemicals:
a. Additive
b. Synergistic
c. Potentiation
d. Antagonistic
e. Mutagenic
f. Teratogenic
g. Carcinogenic
6. Define dose-response relationship
7. Define toxicity.
NOTE: Unless otherwise stated, the conditions for
performance are using all references and materials
provided in the course, and the standards of
performance are without error.
11/95
-------
NOTES
TOXICOLOGY
S-1
TOXICITY
The capacity of a substance to
harm an organism
9-2
DOSE
The quantity of a substance
administered to an organism
by a specific route
S-3
11/95
Principles of Toxicology
-------
NOTES
DOSE-RESPONSE
RELATIONSHIP
A quantitative relationship
between dose and effect
3-4
DOSE-RESPONSE TERMS
LD The amount of a substance expected to
50 cause death in 50% of a test
population
LC The concentration of a substance in air
50 that is expected to cause death in 50% of
a test population
S-6
LD
LC
LO
DOSE-RESPONSE TERMS (cont.)
The lowest amount of a substance
that has been reported to cause
death in humans or animals
The lowest concentration of a
LO substance in air that has been
reported to cause death in humans
or animals
S-fl
Principles of Toxicology
11/95
-------
FACTORS INFLUENCING TOXICITY
Duration and frequency
- Acute
- Chronic
- Latent effect
3-7
INFLUENCING FACTORS (cont.)
• Route of entry
- Inhalation
— Ingestion
- Absorption
- Injection
INFLUENCING FACTORS (cont.)
• Interspecies variation
Human vs. mouse
s-a
S-B
NOTES
11/95
Principles of Toxicology
-------
NOTES
INFLUENCING FACTORS (cont.)
Intraspecies variation
- Age
- Gender
- Genetic makeup
INFLUENCING FACTORS (cont.)
Environment
- Past exposure
- Daily exposure
INFLUENCING FACTORS (cont.)
• Chemical interactions
- Addition (2+2=4)
- Synergism (2+2=6)
- Potentiation (0+2=4)
- Antagonism (2+2=2) ~
S-10
S-11
S-12
Principles of Toxicology
11/95
-------
NOTES
PHYSIOLOGICAL EFFECTS
OF EXPOSURE
Respiratory tract
• Simple asphyxiants
• Chemical! asphyxiants
• Irritants
• Necrosis
• Fibrosis
8-13
PHYSIOLOGICAL EFFECTS
OF EXPOSURE (cont.)
Central nervous system
- Anoxia
- Direct action on neurons
S-14
PHYSIOLOGICAL EFFECTS
OF EXPOSURE (cont.)
Target organ effects
- Liver
- Kidneys
- Blood
- Reproductive system
S-1S
11/95
Principles of Toxicology
-------
NOTES
PHYSIOLOGICAL EFFECTS
OF EXPOSURE (cont.)
Toxic effects
- Teratogenic
- Mutagenic
- Carcinogenic
3-18
EXPOSURE GUIDELINES
Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA)
- Permissible exposure limits (PEL)
- Enforces standards
S-17
EXPOSURE GUIDELINES (cont.)
National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health (NIOSH)
- Research agency
- Recommendations to OSHA
- Health hazard alerts
- Immediately dangerous to life
and health (IDLH)
9-18
Principles of Toxicology
11/95
-------
NOTES
EXPOSURE GUIDELINES (cont.)
United States Environmental Protection
Agency (U.S. EPA)
- Enforces standards in non-OSHA
states, 40 CFR 311
3-IS
THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE
Workers may be exposed to airborne
concentrations of substances in work areas
daily without adverse effects
- Industrial experience
- Experimental human studies
- Experimental animal studies
- Combination of all three
S-JO
THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE
Time-Weighted Average
• TLV-TWA
- The time-weighted average
^ concentration for an 8-hour work day,
100 40-hour work week
TLV-
TWA
8 am
12 noon
5 pm
S-21
11/95
Principles of Toxicology
-------
NOTES
THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE (cont.)
Short-Term Exposure Limit
TLV-STEL-maximum concentrations
- Continuous worker exposure for
up to 15 minutes without suffering:
- Irritation
- Chronic or irreversible tissue
change
- Narcosis
S-22
THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE (cont.)
SHORT-TERM EXPOSURE LIMIT
Worker limitations
- No more than four excursions
per day into concentration level
- At least 60 minutes between
excursions
- TLV-TWA must not be exceeded
S-23
100
TLV-C
THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE {cont.)
Ceiling
• TLV-C
- The concentration that should
not be exceeded even instantaneously
8 am
12 noon
5 pm
S-24
Principles of Toxicology
11/95
-------
NOTES
IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO
LIFE AND HEALTH
• IDLH
- The maximum concentration level from which
workers could escape after respiratory
failure and 30 minutes exposure without any
escape-impairing symptoms or irreversible
health effects. The intent being to escape
immediately
Reference: NIOSHiOSHA PocM GuU» 1C CtMtnltml Hutfdl
S-25
11/95
Principles of Toxicology
-------
-------
PRINCIPLES OF TOXICOLOGY
TOPIC PAGE NO.
I. INTRODUCTION 1
II. ROUTES OF EXPOSURE 1
III. DOSE-RESPONSE RELATIONSHIP 2
A. DOSE TERMS 2
B. DOSE-RESPONSE CURVES 3
C. DOSE-RESPONSE TERMS 3
D. LIMITATIONS OF DOSE-RESPONSE TERMS 5
E. FACTORS INFLUENCING TOXICITY 6
1. DURATION AND FREQUENCY OF EXPOSURE 6
2. ROUTES OF EXPOSURE 6
3. INTERSPECIES VARIATION 7
4. INTRASPECIES VARIATION 7
a. AGE AND MATURITY 7
b. GENDER AND HORMONAL STATUS 8
c. GENETIC MAKEUP . . 8
d. STATE OF HEALTH 8
5. ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS 8
6. CHEMICAL COMBINATIONS 8
a. SYNERGISTS 8
b. POTENTIATION , 8
11/95
-------
PRINCIPLES OF TOXICOLOGY
c. ANTAGONISTS 9
IV. SOURCES OF TOXICITY INFORMATION 9
A. TOXICITY TESTS 9
B. EPIDEMIOLOGICAL AND CLINICAL STUDIES 10
V. USES OF TOXICITY INFORMATION 10
A. COMPARISON OF TOXICITY DATA 10
B. ESTABLISHING EXPOSURE GUIDELINES 11
VI. HEALTH EFFECTS 13
A. RESPIRATORY TRACT 13
1. STRUCTURE 13
2. PARTICLE DEPOSITION 14
3. TYPES OF INHALED TOXICANTS . '. 14
B. SKIN 16
1. STRUCTURE 16
2. NATURAL DEFENSES 16
3. ABSORPTION CHARACTERISTICS 17
C. EYES 18
D. CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM ' ! . . . 19
1. ANOXIA AS A BASIC ACTION 19
2. DIRECT ACTION ON NEURONS 19
E. LIVER 20
F. KIDNEYS 21
11/95
-------
PRINCIPLES OF TOXICOLOGY
G. BLOOD 22
1. BONE MARROW 22
2. BLOOD COMPONENTS 22
3. OXYGEN TRANSPORT 23
4. SPLEEN 23
H. REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM 24
VII. TYPES OF TOXIC EFFECTS 24
A. TERATOGENIC 24
1. CAUSES OF CONGENITAL MALFORMATIONS 24
2. GESTATION PERIOD . 25
3. ANIMAL STUDIES 25
4. TERATOGENS KNOWN TO AFFECT HUMANS 26
B. MUTAGENIC 26
C. CARCINOGENIC .-- 27
VIII. REFERENCES 29
APX. I EXPOSURE GUIDELINES 31
I. INTRODUCTION 31
II. GENERAL GUIDELINES 31
/
III. . SOURCES FOR SPECIFIC GUIDELINES FOR AIRBORNE
CONTAMINANTS 32
A. AMERICAN CONFERENCE OF GOVERNMENTAL
INDUSTRIAL HYGBENISTS (ACGIH) 32
B. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI) .... 33
C. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
ADMINISTRATION (OSHA) 33
11/95
-------
PRINCIPLES OF TOXICOLOGY
D. NATIONAL INSTITUTE FOR OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY
AND HEALTH (NIOSH) 33
E. AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE ASSOCIATION (AIHA) ... 34
IV. TYPES OF EXPOSURE GUIDELINES 34
A. TIME WEIGHTED AVERAGE (TWA) 34
B. SHORT-TERM EXPOSURE LIMIT (STEL) 35
C. CEILING (C) 36
D. PEAKS 37
E. "SKIN" NOTATION 37
F. IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE OR HEALTH (IDLH) . . 38
V. MIXTURES 38
VI. APPLICATION OF EXPOSURE GUIDELINES 39
A. ENGINEERED CONTROLS AND WORK PRACTICES 39
B. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 39
C. MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE 40
VII. LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS OF USE 40
VIII. DISPERSION OF CHEMICALS IN THE ENVIRONMENT 40
A. INTRODUCTION 40
B. INFORMATION NEEDED TO DETERMINE DISPERSION
PATHWAYS 41
1. CHARACTERISTICS OF CHEMICALS INVOLVED 41
2. LAND USE 41
3. PHYSICAL SETTING 41
4. BIOLOGICAL SETTING 42
11/95
-------
PRINCIPLES OF TOXICOLOGY
5. CLIMATE 42
C. BASIC DISPERSION PATHWAYS 43
1. ATMOSPHERE 43
2. SURFACE WATER 43
3. SOIL AND UNDERLYING ROCK 44
4. GROUNDWATER 44
D. FATE OF CHEMICALS IN THE ENVIRONMENT 45
1. DILUTION AND DEGRADATION 45
2. ENVIRONMENTAL ISOLATION 45
3. CHEMICAL TRANSPORT 46
11/95
-------
-------
PRINCIPLES OF TOXICOLOGY
I. INTRODUCTION
"All substances are poisons; there is none which is not a poison. The right dose
differentiates a poison and a remedy."
This early observation concerning the toxicity of chemicals was made by Paracelsus (1493-
1541). The classic connotation of toxicology was "the science of poisons." Since that time,
the science has expanded to encompass several disciplines. Toxicology is the study of the
interaction between chemical agents and biological systems. While the subject of toxicology
is quite complex, it is necessary to understand the basic concepts in order to make logical
decisions concerning the protection of personnel from toxic injuries.
Toxicity can be defined as the relative ability of a substance to cause adverse effects in living
organisms. This "relative ability" is dependent upon several conditions. As Paracelsus
suggests, the quantity or the dose of the substance determines whether the effects of the
chemical are toxic, non-toxic or beneficial. In addition to dose, other factors may also
influence the toxicity of the compound such as the route of entry, duration and frequency of
exposure, variations between different species (interspecies) and variations among members
of the same species (intraspecies).
To apply these principles to hazardous materials response, the routes by which chemicals
enter the human body will be considered first. Knowledge of these routes will support the
selection of personal protective equipment and the development of safety plans. The second
section deals with dose-response relationships. Since dose-response information is available
in toxicology and chemistry reference books, it is useful to understand the relevance of these
values to the concentrations that are actually measured in the environment. The third section
of this chapter includes the effects of the duration and frequency of exposure, interspecies
variation and intraspecies variation on toxicity. Finally, toxic responses associated with
chemical exposures are described according to each organ system.
II. ROUTES OF EXPOSURE
There are four routes by which a substance can enter the body: inhalation, skin (or eye)
absorption, ingestion, and injection.
• Inhalation: For most chemicals in the form of vapors, gases, mists, or particulates,
inhalation is the major route of entry. Once inhaled, chemicals are either exhaled or
deposited in the respiratory tract. If deposited, damage can occur through direct
contact with tissue or the chemical may diffuse into the blood through the lung-blood
interface.
11/95 1 Principles of Toxicology
-------
Upon contact with tissue in the upper respiratory tract or lungs, chemicals may cause
health effects ranging from simple irritation to severe tissue destruction. Substances
absorbed into the blood are circulated and distributed to organs which have an affinity
for that particular chemical. Health effects can then occur in the organs which are
sensitive to the toxicant.
• Skin (or eye) absorption: Skin (dermal) contact can cause effects that are relatively
innocuous such as redness or mild dermatitis; more severe effects include destruction
of skin tissue or other debilitating conditions. Many chemicals can also cross the
skin barrier and be absorbed into the blood system. Once absorbed, they may
produce systemic damage to internal organs. The eyes are particularly sensitive to
chemicals. Even a short exposure can cause severe effects to the eyes or the
substance can be absorbed through the eyes and be transported to other parts of the
body causing harmful effects.
• Ingestion: Chemicals that inadvertently get into the mouth and are swallowed do not
generally harm the gastrointestinal tract itself unless they are irritating or corrosive.
Chemicals that are insoluble in the fluids of the gastrointestinal tract (stomach, small,
and large intestines) are generally excreted. Others that are soluble are absorbed
through the lining of the gastrointestinal tract. They are then transported by the
blood to internal organs where they can cause damage.
• Injection: Substances may enter the body if the skin is penetrated or punctured by
contaminated objects. Effects can then occur as the substance is circulated in the
blood and deposited in the target organs.
Once the chemical is absorbed into the body, three other processes are possible: metabolism,
storage and excretion. Many chemicals are metabolized or transformed via chemical
reactions in the body. In some cases, chemicals are distributed and stored in specific organs.
Storage may reduce metabolism and therefore, increase the persistence of the chemicals in
the body. The various excretory mechanisms (exhaled breath, perspiration, urine, feces, or
detoxification) rid the body, over a period of time, of the chemical. For some chemicals
elimination may be a matter of days or months; for others the elimination rate is so low that
they may persist in the body for a lifetime and cause deleterious effects.
III. THE DOSE-RESPONSE RELATIONSHIP
In general, a given amount of a toxic agent will elicit a given type and intensity of response.
The dose-response relationship is a fundamental concept in toxicology and the basis for
measurement of the relative harmfulness of a chemical. A dose-response relationship is
defined as a consistent mathematical and biologically plausible correlation between the
number of individuals responding and a given dose over an exposure period.
A. Dose Terms
In toxicology studies the dose given to test organisms is expressed in terms of the
quantity administered:
Principles of Toxicology 2 11/95
-------
• ^ Quantity per unit mass (or weight). Usually expressed as milligram per
kilogram of body weight, (mg/kg)
• Quantity per unit area of skin surface. Usually expressed as milligram per
square centimeter, (mg/cm2)
• Volume of substance in air per unit volume of air. Usually given as
microliters of vapor or gas per liter of air by volume (ppm). Particulates and
gases are also given as milligrams of material per cubic meter of air.
(mg/m3)
The period of time over which a dose has been administered is generally specified.
For example, 5 mg/kg/3 D is 5 milligrams of chemical per kilogram of the subject's
body weight administered over a period of three days. For dose to be meaningful it
must be related to the effect it causes. For example, 50 mg/kg of chemical "X"
administered orally to female rats has no relevancy unless the effect of the dose, say
sterility in all test subjects, is reported.
B. Dose-Response Curves
A dose-response relationship is represented by a dose-response curve. The curve is
generated by plotting the dose of the chemical versus the response in the test
population. There are a number of ways to present this data. One of the more
common methods for presenting the dose-response curve is shown in Chart 1. In
this example, the dose is expressed in "mg/kg" and depicted on the "x" axis. The
response is expressed as a "cumulative percentage" of animals in the test population
that exhibit the specific health effect under study. Values for "cumulative
percentage" are indicated on the "y" axis of the graph. As the dose increases, the
percentage of the affected population increases.
Dose-response curves provide valuable information regarding the potency of the
compound. The curves are also used to determine the dose-response terms that are
discussed in the following section.
C. Dose-Response Terms
The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) defines a number
of general dose-response terms in the "Registry of Toxic Substances" (1983, p.
xxxii). A summary of these terms is contained in Table 1.
Toxic dose low (TDuo): The lowest dose of a substance introduced by any
route, other than inhalation, over any given period of time, and reported to
produce any toxic effect in humans or to produce tumorigenic or reproductive
effects in animals.
Principles of Toxicology
-------
CD
LU
LU LU
C5 DC
2 g
Lu S2
o z
a: <
LU o
0. DC
100
50
INCREASING DOSE
DOSE (mg/kg)
CHART 1
HYPOTHETICAL DOSE-RESPONSE CURVE
Toxic concentration low (TCuj): The lowest concentration of a substance in
air to which humans or animals have been exposed for any given period of
time that has produced any toxic effect in humans or produced tumorigenic
or reproductive effects in animals.
Lethal dose low (LDu,): The lowest dose, other than LDM, of a substance
introduced by any route, other than inhalation, which has been reported to
have caused death in humans or animals.
Lethal dose fifty (LD^): A calculated dose of a substance which is expected
to cause the death of 50 percent of an entire defined experimental animal
population. It is determined from the exposure to the substance by any route
other than inhalation.
Lethal concentration low (LQjo): The lowest concentration of a substance in
air, other than LCso, which has been reported to have caused death in humans
or animals.
Lethal concentration fifty (LCso): A calculated concentration of a substance
in air, exposure to which for a specified length of time is expected to cause
the death of 50 percent of an entire defined experimental animal population.
Principles of Toxicology
11/95
-------
TABLE 1
! SUMMARY OF DOSE-RESPONSE TERMS
CATEGORY
TD'uo
: TCLO
LDLQ
LDso
LCnj
LCJO
EXPOSURE
TIME
Acute or chronic
Acute or chronic
Acute or chronic
Acute
Acute or chronic
Acute
ROUTE OF
EXPOSURE
All except inhalation
Inhalation
All except inhalation
All except inhalation
Inhalation
Inhalation
TOXIC EFFECTS
HUMAN ANIMAL
Any non-lethal
Any non-lethal
Death
Not applicable
Death
Not applicable
Reproductive,
Tumorigenic
Reproductive,
Tumorigenic
Death
Death
(statistically
determined)
Death
Death
(statistically
determined)
D. Limitations of Dose-Response Terms
Several limitations must be recognized when using dose-response data. First, it is
difficult to select a test species that will closely duplicate the human response to a
specific chemical. For example, human data indicates that Arsenic is a carcinogen,
while animal studies do not demonstrate these results. Second, most lethal and toxic
dose data are derived from acute (single dose, short-term) exposures rather than
chronic (continuous, long-term) exposures. A third shortcoming is that the LD50 or
LCso is a single value and does not indicate the toxic effects that may occur at
different dose levels. For example, in Chart 2, Chemical A is assumed to be more
toxic than Chemical B based on LD^, but at lower doses the situation is reversed.
At LD20, Chemical B is more toxic than Chemical A.
11/95
Principles of Toxicology
-------
100-1
111
CO
&r SO — -
CO
LLJ
o:
50
20-
0.
DOSE (mg/kg)
CHART 2
COMPARISON OF DOSE-RESPONSE CURVES FOR TWO SUBSTANCES
E. Factors Influencing Toxicity
Many factors effect the reaction of an organism to a toxic chemical. The specific
response that is elicited by a given dose varies depending on the species being tested
and variations that occur among individuals of the same species. These must be
considered when using information such as that found in Table 2.
1. Duration and Frequency of Exposure
There is a difference in type and severity of effects depending on how rapidly
the dose is received (duration) and how often the dose is received
(frequency). Acute exposures are usually single incidents of relatively short
duration - a minute to a few days. Chronic exposures involve frequent doses
at relatively low levels over a period of time ranging from months to years.
If a dose is administered slowly so that the rate of elimination or the rate of
detoxification keeps pace with intake it is possible that no toxic response will
occur. The same dose could produce an effect with rapid administration.
Principles of Toxicology
11/95
-------
Routes of Exposure
Biological results can be different for the same dose, depending on whether
the chemical is inhaled, ingested, applied to the skin, or injected. Natural
barriers impede the intake and distribution of material once in the body.
These barriers can attenuate the toxic effects of the same dose of a chemical.
The effectiveness of these barriers is partially dependent upon the route of
entry of the chemical.
Interspecies Variation
For the same dose received under identical conditions, the effects exhibited
by different species may vary greatly. A dose which is lethal for one specie
may have no effect on another. Since the toxicological effects of chemicals
on humans is usually based on animal studies, a test species must be selected
that most closely approximates the physiological processes of humans.
TABLE!
CLASSIFICATION OF FACTORS INFLUENCING TOXICTTY
TYPE
Factors related to the
chemical
Factors related to exposure
Factors related to person
exposed
Factors related to
environment
EXAMPLES
Composition (salt, free base, etc.); physical characteristics
(particle size, liquid, solid, etc.); physical properties
(volatility, solubility, etc.); presence of impurities; break
down products; carrier.
Dose; concentration; route of exposure (ingestion, skin
absorption, injection, inhalation); duration.
Heredity; immunology; nutrition; hormones; age; sex; health
status; pre-existing diseases.
Carrier (air, water, food, soil); additional chemical present
(synergism, antagonism); temperature; air pressure.
4. Intraspecies Variation
Within a given species, not all members of the population respond to the
same dose identically. Some members will be more sensitive to the chemical
and elicit response at lower doses than the more resistant members which
require larger doses for the same response.
11/95
Principles of Toxicology
-------
a. Age and Maturity
Infants and children are often more sensitive to toxic action than
younger adults. Elderly persons have diminished physiological
capabilities for the body to deal with toxic insult. These age groups
may be more susceptible to toxic effects at relatively lower doses.
b. Gender and Hormonal Status
Some chemicals may be more toxic to one gender than the other.
Certain chemicals can effect the reproductive system of either the
male or female. Additionally, since women have a larger percentage
of body fat than men, they may accumulate more fat-soluble
chemicals. Some variations in response have also been shown to be
related to physiological differences between males and females.
c. Genetic Makeup
Genetic factors influence individual responses to toxic substances. If
the necessary physiological processes are diminished or defective the
natural body defenses are impaired. For example, people lacking in
the G6PD enzyme (a hereditary abnormality) are more likely to suffer
red blood cell damage when given aspirin or certain antibiotics than
persons with the normal form of the enzyme.
d. State of Health
Persons with poor health are generally more susceptible to toxic
damage due to the body's decreased capability to deal with chemical
insult.
5. Environmental Factors
Environmental factors may contribute to the response for a given chemical.
For example, such factors as air pollution, workplace conditions, living
conditions, personal habits, and previous chemical exposure may act in
conjunction with other toxic mechanisms.
6. Chemical Combinations
Some combinations of chemicals produce different effects from those
attributed to each individually:
a. Synergists: chemicals that, when combined, cause a greater than
additive effect. For example, hepatotoxicity is enhanced as a result
of exposure to both ethanol and carbon tetrachloride.
Principles of Toxicology 8 11/95
-------
b. Potentiation: is a type of synergism where the potentiator is not
usually toxic in itself, but has the ability to increase the toxicity of
other chemicals. Isopropanol, for example, is not hepatotoxic in
itself. It's combination with carbon tetrachloride, however, increases
the toxic response to the carbon tetrachloride.
c. Antagonists: chemicals, that when combined, lessen the predicted
effect. There are four types of antagonists.
• functional: Produces opposite effects on the same physiologic
function. For example, phosphate reduces lead absorption in
the gastrointestinal tract by forming insoluble lead phosphate.
• chemical: Reacts with the toxic compound to form a less
toxic product. For example, chelating agents bind up metals
such as lead, arsenic, and mercury.
• dispositional: Alters absorption, metabolism, distribution, or
excretion. For example, some alcohols use the same enzymes
in their metabolism:
Ethanol > Acetaldehyde > Acetic acid
Methanol > Formaldehyde > Formic acid
The aldehydes cause toxic effects (hangover, blindness).
ethanol is more readily metabolized than Methanol, so when
both are present, methanol is not metabolized and can be
excreted before forming formaldehyde. Another dispositional
antagonist is antabuse which, when administered to alcoholics,
inhibits the metabolism of acetaldehyde, giving the patient a
more severe prolonged hangover.
• receptor: Occurs when a second chemical either binds to the
same tissue receptor as the toxic chemical or blocks the action
of receptor and thereby reduces the toxic effect. For
example, atropine interferes with the receptor responsible for
the toxic effects of organophosphate pesticides.
IV. SOURCES OF TOXICITY INFORMATION
Information on the toxic properties of chemical compounds and dose-response relationships
is obtained from animal studies, epidemiological investigations of exposed human
populations, and clinical studies or case reports of exposed humans.
11/95 9 Principles of Toxicology
-------
A. Toxicity Tests
The design of any toxicity test incorporates:
/
• A test organism, which can range from cellular material and selected strains
of bacteria through higher order plants and animals.
• A response or biological endpoint, which can range from subtle changes in
physiology and behavior to death.
• An exposure or test period.
• A dose or series of doses.
The objective is to select a test species that is a good model of humans, a response
that is not subjective and can be consistently determined for a given dose, and a test
period that is relatively short.
B. Epidemiological and Clinical Studies
Epidemiological investigations and clinical cases are another means of relating human
health effects and exposure to toxic substances. Epidemiological investigations are
based upon a human population exposed to a chemical compared to an appropriate,
non-exposed group. An attempt is made to determine whether there is a statistically
significant association between health effects and chemical exposure. Clinical cases
involve individual reports of chemical exposure.
V. USES OF TOXICITY INFORMATION
A. Comparison of Toxicity Data
Comparing the LDjo of chemicals in animals gives a relative ranking of potency or
toxicity of each. For example, DDT (LDM for rats = 113 mg/kg) would be
considered more toxic than ethyl alcohol (LDM for rats = 14,000 mg/kg). Using the
LDso (mg/kg) for a test species and multiplying by 70 kg (average mass of man)
gives a rough estimate of the toxic potential of the substance for humans, assuming
that humans are as sensitive as the subjects tested.
Since the extrapolation of human data from animal studies is complex, this value
should only be considered as an approximation for the potency of the compound and
used in conjunction with additional data (Table 3; Table 4).
Principles of Toxicology 10 , 11/95
-------
TABLE 3
TOXICITY RATING TABLE
TOXldtY RATING OR CLASS
ORAL ACUTE LD« FOR RATS
Extremely toxic
Highly toxic
Moderately toxic
Slightly toxic
Practically nontoxic
1 mg/kg or less (Dioxin, Botulinum toxin)
1 to 50 mg/kg (Strychnine)
50 to 500 mg/kg (DDT)
0.5 to 5 g/kg (Morphine)
5 to 15 g/kg (Ethyl alcohol)
B. Establishing Exposure Guidelines
Toxicity data from both animal experimentation and epidemiological studies is sued
to establish exposure guidelines. The method for deriving a guideline is dependent
upon the type of chemical as well as duration and frequency of exposure. It is also
important to make the distinction between an experimental dose (mg/kg) and an
environmental concentration (mg/m3 or ppm). In order to make safety decisions,
exposure guidelines are presented as concentrations so that these values can be
compared to concentrations measured by air monitoring instrumentation.
11/95
11
Principles of Toxicology
-------
TABLE 4
TABLE OF LDj, VALUES FOR RATS FOR A
GROUP OF WELL-KNOWN CHEMICALS
CHEMICAL
Sucrose (table sugar)
Ethyl alcohol
Sodium chloride (common salt)
Vitamin A
Vanillin
Aspirin
Chloroform
Copper sulfate
Caffeine
Phenobarbital, Sodium salt
DDT
Sodium nitrite
Nicotine
Aflatoxin Bl
Sodium cyanide
Strychnine
LD»
29,700
14,000
3,000
2,000
1,580
1,000
800
300
192
162
113
85
53
7
6.4
2.5
Principles of Toxicology
12
11/95
-------
VI. HEALTH EFFECTS
Human health effects caused by exposure to toxic substances fall into two categories: short-
term and long-term effects. Short-term effects (or acute effects) have a relatively quick onset
(usually minutes to days) after brief exposures to relatively high concentrations of material
(acute exposures). The effect may be local or systemic. Local effects occur at the site of
contact between the toxicant and the body. This site is usually the skin or eyes, but includes
the lungs if irritants are inhaled or the gastrointestinal tract if corrosives are ingested.
Systemic effects are those that occur if the toxicant has been absorbed into the body from its
initial contact point, transported to other parts of the body, and cause adverse effects in
susceptible organs. Many chemicals can cause both local and systemic effects.
Long-term (or chronic) effects are those with a long period of time (years) between exposure
and injury. These effects may occur after apparent recovery from acute exposure or as a
result of repeated exposures to low concentrations of materials over a period of years
(chronic exposure).
The health effects manifested from acute or chronic exposure are dependent upon the
chemical involved and the organ it effects. Most chemicals do not exhibit the same degree
of toxicity for all organs. Usually the major effects of a chemical will be expressed in one
or two organs. These organs are known as target organs which are more sensitive to that
particular chemical than other organs. The organs of the body and examples of effects due
to chemical exposures are listed below.
A. Respiratory Tract
The respiratory tract is the only organ system with vital functional elements in
constant, direct contact with the environment. The lung also has the largest exposed
surface area of any organ on a surface area of 70 to 100 square meters versus 2
square meters for the skin and 10 square meters for the digestive system.
1. Structure
The respiratory tract is divided into three regions:
• Nasopharyngeal: Extends from nose to larynx. These passages are
lined with ciliated epithelium and mucous glands. They filter out
large inhaled particles, increase the relative humidity of inhaled air,
and moderate its temperature.
• Tracheobronchial: Consists of trachea, bronchi, and bronchioles and
serves as conducting airway between the nasopharyngeal region and
alveoli.
13 Principles of Toxicology
-------
• These passageways are lined with ciliated epithelium coated by
mucous, which serves as an escalator to move particles from deep in
the lungs back up to the oral cavity so they can be swallowed. These
ciliated cells can be temporarily paralyzed by smoking or using cough
suppressants.
• Pulmonary acinus: is the basic functional unit in the lung and the
primary location of gas exchange. It consists of small bronchioles
which connect to the alveoli. The alveoli, of which there are 100
million in humans, contact the pulmonary capillaries.
2. Particle deposition
Inhaled particles settle in the respiratory tract according to their diameters:
• 5-30 micron are deposited in the nasopharyngeal region.
• 1-5 micron are deposited in the tracheobronchial region.
• less than 1 micron are deposited in the alveolar region by diffusion
and Brownian motion.
In general, most particles 5-10 microns in diameter are removed.
However, certain small inorganic particles, settle into smaller regions
of the lung and kill the cells which attempt to remove them. The
result is fibrous lesions of the lung.
3. Types of inhaled toxicants
Many chemicals used or produced in industry can produce acute or chronic
diseases of the respiratory tract when they are inhaled (Table 5). The
toxicants can be classified according to how they affect the respiratory tract.
• Asphyxiants: gases that deprive the body tissues of oxygen
simple asphyxiants are physiologically inert gases that at high
concentrations displace air leading to suffocation. Examples:
nitrogen, helium, methane, neon, argon.
chemical asphyxiants are gases that prevent the tissues from
getting enough oxygen. Examples: carbon monoxide and
cyanide. Carbon monoxide binds to hemoglobin 200 times
more readily than oxygen. Cyanide prevents the transfer of
oxygen from blood to tissues by inhibiting the necessary
transfer enzymes.
Principles of Toxicology 14 11/95
-------
Irritants: chemicals that irritate the air passages. Constriction of the
airways occurs and may lead to edema (liquid in die lungs) and
infection. Examples: Hydrogen fluoride, Chlorine, Hydrogen
chloride, and Ammonia.
TABLE 5
EXAMPLES OF INDUSTRIAL TOXICANTS THAT PRODUCE
DISEASE OF THE RESPIRATORY TRACT
TOXICANT
Ammonia
Arsenic
Asbestos
Chlorine
Isocyanates
Nickel carbony
Ozone
Phosgene
Toluene
Xylene
SITE OF
ACTION
Upper airways
Upper airways
Lung parenchyma
Upper airways
Lower airways,
alveoli
Alveoli
Bronchi, alveoli
Alveoli
Upper airways
Lower airways
ACUTE EFFECT
Irritation, edema
Bronchitis, irritation,
pharyngitis
Cough, irritation, asphyxiant
(by muscle cramps in larynx)
Bronchitis, pulmonary
edema, asthma
Edema (delayed symptoms)
Irritation, edema,
hemorrhage
Edema
Bronchitis, edema,
bronchospasm
Edema, hemorrhage
CHRONIC
EFFECT :
Bronchitis
Cancer, bronchitis,
laryngitis
Fibrosis, cancer
Emphysema,
bronchitis
Bronchitis, fibrosis,
pneumonia
Necrosis producers: Chemicals that result in cell death and edema:
Examples: Ozone and Nitrogen dioxide.
Fibrosis producers: Chemicals that produce fibrotic tissue which, if
massive, blocks airways and decreases lung capacity. Examples:
Silicates, Asbestos, and Beryllium.
11/95
15
Principles of Toxicology
-------
• Allergens: Chemicals that induce an allergic response characterized
by bronchoconstriction and pulmonary disease. Examples:
Isocyanates and Sulfur dioxide.
• Carcinogens: Chemicals that are associated with lung cancer.
Examples: cigarette smoke, coke emissions, asbestos, and arsenic.
Not only can various chemicals affect the respiratory tract, but the tract is
also a route for chemicals to reach other organs. Solvents, such as benzene
and tetrachloroethane, anesthetic gases, and many other chemical compounds
can be absorbed through the respiratory tract and cause systemic effects.
B. Skin
The skin is, in terms of weight, the largest single organ of the body. It provides a
barrier between the environment and other organs (except the lungs and eyes) and is
a defense against many chemicals.
1. Structure
The skin consists of the epidermis (outer layer) and the dermis (inner layer).
In the dermis are sweat glands and ducts, sebaceous glands, connective tissue,
fat, hair follicles, and blood vessels. Hair follicles and sweat glands penetrate
both the epidermis and dermis. Chemicals can penetrate through the sweat
glands, sebaceous glands, or hair follicles.
Although the follicles and glands may permit a small amount of chemicals to
enter almost immediately, most pass through the epidermis, which constitutes
the major surface area. The top layer is the stratum corneum, a thin cohesive
membrane of dead surface skin. This layer turns over every 2 weeks by a
complex process of cell dehydration and polymerization of intracellular
material. The epidermis plays the critical role in skin permeability. Below
the epidermis lies the dermis, a collection of cells providing a porous, watery,
nonselective diffusion medium.
2. Natural Defenses
Intact skin has a number of functions:
• Epidermis: Prevents absorption of chemicals and is a physical barrier
to bacteria.
• Sebaceous glands: Secrete fatty acids which are bacteriostatic and
fungistatic.
Principles of Toxicology 16 11/95
-------
• Melanocytes (skin pigment): Prevent damage from ultraviolet
radiation in sunlight.
• Sweat glands: Regulate heat.
• Connective tissue: Provides elasticity against trauma.
• Lymph-blood system: Provide immunologic responses to infection.
3. Absorption Characteristics
The ability of skin to absorb foreign substances depends on:
• Properties and health of the skin.
• Chemical properties of the substances.
Absorption is enhanced by:
• Breaking top layer of skin by abrasions or cuts.
• Increasing hydration of skin.
• Increasing temperature of skin which causes sweat cells to open up
and secrete sweat, which can dissolve solids.
• Increasing blood flow to skin.
• Increasing concentrations of the substance.
• Increasing contact time of the chemical on the skin.
• Increasing the surface area of affected skin.
• Altering skin's normal pH of 5.
• Decreasing particle size of substance.
• Adding agents which will damage skin and render it more susceptible
to penetration.
• Adding surface-active agents or organic chemicals. DMSO, for
example, can act as a carrier of the substance.
• Inducing ion movement by an electrical charge.
11/95 17 Principles of Toxicology
-------
Absorption of a toxic chemical through the skin can lead to:
• Local effects, such as irritation and necrosis, through direct contact.
• Systemic effects.
Many chemicals can cause a reaction with the skin resulting in inflammation
called dermatitis. These chemicals are divided into three categories:
• Primary irritants: Act directly on normal skin at the site of contact
(if chemical is in sufficient quantity for a sufficient length of time).
Skin irritants include: Acetone, benzyl chloride, carbon disulfide,
chloroform, chromic acid and other soluble chromium compounds,
ethylene oxide, hydrogen chloride, iodine, methyl ethyl ketone,
mercury, phenol, phosgene, styrene, sulfur dioxide, picric acid,
toluene, xylene.
• Photosensitizers: Increase in sensitivity to light, which results in
irritation and redness. Photosensitizers include: Tetracyclines,
acridine, creosote, pyridine, furfural, and naphtha.
• Allergic sensitizers: May produce allergic-type reaction after repeated
exposures. They include: Formaldehyde, phthalic anhydride,
ammonia, mercury, nitrobenzene, toluene diisocyanate, chromic acid
and chromates, cobalt, and benzoyl peroxide.
C. Eyes
The eyes are affected by the same chemicals that affect skin, but the eyes are much
more sensitive. Many materials can damage the eyes by direct contact:
• Acids: Damage to the eye by acids depends on pH and the protein-combining
capacity of the acid. Unlike alkali burns, the acid burns that are apparent
during the first few hours are a good indicator of the long-term damage to be
expected. Some acids and their properties are:
Sulfuric acid: In addition to its acid properties, it simultaneously
removes water and generates heat.
Picric acid and tannic acid: No difference in damage they produce in
entire range of acidic pHs.
Hydrochloric acid: Severe damage at pH 1, but no effect at pH 3 or
greater.
Principles of Toxicology 18 11/95
-------
• Alkalies: Damage that appears mild initially but can later lead to ulceration,
perforation, and clouding of the cornea or lens. The pH and length of
exposure have more bearing on the amount of damage than the type of alkali.
Some problem alkalies are:
Sodium hydroxide (caustic soda) and potassium hydroxide.
Ammonia penetrates eye tissues more readily than any other alkali;
Calcium oxide (lime) forms clumps when it contacts eye tissue and is
very hard to remove.
• Organic solvents: Organic solvents (for example, ethanol, toluene, and
acetone) dissolve fats, cause pain, and dull the cornea. Damage is usually
slight unless the solvent is hot.
• Lacrimators: Lacrimators cause instant tearing at low concentrations. They
are distinguished from other eye irritants (hydrogen chloride and ammonia)
because they induce an instant reaction without damaging tissues. At 'very
high concentrations lacrimators can cause chemical burns and destroy corneal
material. Examples are chloroacetophenone (tear gas) and mace.
In addition, some compounds act on eye tissue to form cataracts, damage the optic
nerve, or damage-the retina. These compounds usually reach the eye through the
blood system having been inhaled, ingested or absorbed rather than direct contact.
Examples of compounds that can provide systemic effects damaging to the eyes are:
/
• Naphthalene: Cataracts and retina damage.
• Phenothiazine (insecticide): Retina damage
• Thallium: cataracts and optic nerve damage.
• Methanol: Optic nerve damage.
D. Central Nervous System
1. Anoxia as a Basic Action
Neurons (nerve cells) have a high metabolic rate but little capacity for
anaerobic metabolism. Subsequently, inadequate oxygen flow (anoxia) to the
brain kills cells within minutes. Some may die before oxygen or glucose
transport stops completely.
Because of their need for oxygen, nerve cells are readily affected by both
simple asphyxiants and chemical asphyxiants. Also, their ability to receive
adequate oxygen is affected by compounds that reduce respiration and thus
reduce oxygen content of the blood (barbiturates, narcotics). Other examples
include compounds that reduce blood pressure or flow due to cardiac arrest,
11/95 19 Principles of Toxicology
-------
extreme hypotension, hemorrhaging, or thrombosis such as arsine, nickel,
ethylene chlorohydrin, tetraethyl lead, aniline, and benzene.
2. Direct Action on Neurons
Some compounds damage neurons or inhibit their function through specific
action on parts of the cell. The major symptoms from such damage include:
dullness, restlessness, muscle tremor, convulsions, loss of memory, epilepsy,
idiocy, loss of muscle coordination, and abnormal sensations. Examples are:
• Fluoroacetate: Rodenticide.
• Triethyltin: Ingredient of insecticides and fungicides.
• Hexachlorophene: Antibacterial agent.
• Lead: Gasoline additive and paint ingredient.
• Thallium: Sulfate used as a pesticide and oxide or carbonate used in
manufacture of optical glass and artificial gems.
• Tellurium: Pigment in glass and porcelain.
• Organomercury compounds: Methyl mercury used as a fungicide; is
also a product of microbial action on mercury ions. Organomercury
compounds are especially hazardous because of their volatility and
their ability to permeate tissue barriers.
Some chemicals are noted for producing weakness of the lower extremities
and abnormal sensations (along with previously mentioned symptoms):
• Acrylamide: Soil stabilizer, waterproofer.
• Carbon disulfide: Solvent in rayon and rubber industries.
• n-Hexane: Used as a cleaning fluid and solvent. Its metabolic
product, hexanedione, causes the effects.
• Methyl butyl ketone: Same as for hexane.
• Organophosphorus compounds: Often used as flame retardants
(triorthocresyl phosphate) and pesticides (leptofor and mipafox).
Agents that prevent the nerves from producing proper muscle contraction and
may result in death from respiratory paralysis are DDT, lead, botulinum
toxin, and allethrin (a synthetic insecticide). DDT, mercury, manganese, and
monosodium glutamate also produce personality disorders and madness.
Principles of Toxicology 20 11/95
-------
E. Liver
Liver injury induced by chemicals has been known as a toxicologic problem for
hundreds of years. It was recognized early that liver injury is not a simple entity,
but that the type of lesion depends on the chemical and duration of exposure. Three
types of response to hepatotoxins can be identified:
• Acute:
Cell death from:
Carbon tetrachloride: solvent, degreaser.
Chloroform: Used in refrigerant and the manufacture of solvent.
- ,• Trichloroethylene: solvent, dry cleaning fluid, degreaser.
Tetrachloroethane: Paint and varnish remover, dry cleaning fluid.
Bromobenzene: solvent, motor oil additive.
Tannic acid: Ink manufacture, beer and wine clarifier.
Kepone: pesticide.
• Chronic:
Cirrhosis: a progressive fibrotic disease of the liver associated with
liver dysfunction and jaundice. Among agents implicated in cirrhosis
cases are carbon tetrachloride, alcohol, and aflatoxin.
Carcinomas: malignant, growing tissue. For example, vinyl chloride
(used in polyvinyl chloride production) and arsenic (used in pesticides
and paints) are associated with cancers.
• Biotransformation of toxicants: the liver is the principal organ that
chemically alters all compounds entering the body. For example:
Ethanol—> Acetaldehyde—> Acetic acid—> Water+Carbon dioxide ''
This metabolic action by the liver can be affected by diet, hormone activity,
and alcohol consumption. Biotransformation in the liver can also lead to
toxic metabolites. For example:
Carbon tetrachloride— > Chloroform
11/95 21 Principles of Toxicology
-------
F. Kidneys
The kidney is susceptible to toxic agents for several reasons:
• The kidneys constitute 1 percent of the body's weight, but receive 20-25
percent of the blood flow (during rest). Thus, large amounts of circulating
toxicants reach the kidneys quickly.
• The kidneys have high oxygen and nutrient requirements because of their
work load. They filter 1/3 of the plasma reaching them and reabsorb 98-9996
of the salt and water. As they are reabsorbed, salt concentrates in the
kidneys.
• Changes in kidney pH may increase passive diffusion and thus cellular
concentrations of toxicants.
• Active secretion processes may concentrate toxicants.
• Biotransformation is high.
A number of materials are toxic to the kidneys:
• Heavy metals, may denature proteins as well as produce cell toxicity. Heavy
metals (including mercury, chromium, arsenic, gold, cadmium, lead, and
silver) are readily concentrated in the kidneys, making this organ particularly
sensitive.
• Halogenated organic compounds, which contain chlorine, fluorine, bromine,
or iodine. Metabolism of these compounds, like that occurring in the liver,,
generates toxic metabolites. Among compounds toxic to the kidneys are
carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, 2,4,5-T (a herbicide), and ethylene
dibromide (a fumigant).
• Miscellaneous, including carbon disulfide (solvent for waxes and resins) and
ethylene glycol (automobile antifreeze).
G. Blood
•*•
The blood system can be damaged by agents that affect blood cell production (bone
marrow), the components of blood (platelets, red blood cells, and white blood cells),
or the oxygen-carrying capacity of red blood cells.
1. Bone marrow
Bone marrow is the source of most components in blood. Agents that
suppress the function of bone marrow include:
Principles of Toxicology 22 11/95
-------
• Arsenic, used in pesticides and paints.
• Bromine, used to manufacture gasoline antiknock compounds,
ethylene dibromide, and organic dyes.
• Methyl chloride, used as a solvent, refrigerant, and aerosol
propellant.
• Ionizing radiation, produced by radioactive materials and x-rays is
associated with leukemia.
• Benzene, a chemical intermediate associated with leukemia.
2. Blood components
Among platelets (thrombocytes) are blood components that help prevent blood
loss by forming blood clots. Among chemicals that affect this action are:
• Aspirin, which inhibits clotting.
• Benzene, which decreases the number of platelets.
• Tetrachloroethane, which increases the number of platelets.
Leukocytes (white blood cells) are primarily responsible for defending the
body against foreign organisms or materials by engulfing and destroying the
material or by producing antibodies. Chemicals that increase the number of
leukocytes include naphthalene, magnesium oxide, boron hydrides, and
tetrachloroethane. Agents that decrease the number of leukocytes include
benzene and phosphorous.
Erythrocytes (red blood cells) transport oxygen in the blood. Chemicals that
destroy (hemolyze) red blood cells include arsine (a gaseous arsenic
compound and contaminant in acetylene), naphthalene (used to make dyes),
and warfarin (a rodemicide).
3. Oxygen Transport
Some compounds affect the oxygen carrying capabilities of red blood cells.
A notable example is carbon monoxide which combines with hemoglobin to
form carboxyhemoglobin. Hemoglobin has an affinity for carbon monoxide
200 times greater than that for oxygen.
While carbon monoxide combines reversibly with hemoglobin, some
chemicals cause the hemoglobin to change such that it cannot combine
reversibly with oxygen. This condition is called methemoglobinemia. Some
chemicals that can cause this are:
11/95 23 Principles of Toxicology
-------
• Sodium nitrite, used in meat curing and photography.
• Aniline, used in manufacture of rubber accelerators and antioxidants,
resins, and varnishes.
• Nitrobenzene and dinitrobenzene, used in manufacture of dyestuffs
and explosives.
• Trinitrotoluene (TNT), used in explosives.
• Mercaptans, used in manufacture of pesticides and as odorizers for
hazardous odorless gases.
• 2-nitropropane, used as a solvent.
4. Spleen
The spleen filters bacteria and particulate matter (especially deteriorated red
blood cells) from the blood. Iron is recovered from the hemoglobin for
recycling. In the embryo, the spleen forms all types of blood cells. In the
adult, however, it produces only certain kinds of leukocytes. Examples of
chemicals that damage the spleen are:
• Chloroprene, used in production of synthetic rubber.
• Nitrobenzene, used as chemical intermediate.
H. Reproductive System
Experimental results indicate that certain agents interfere with the reproductive
capabilities of both sexes, causing sterility, infertility, abnormal sperm, low sperm
count, and/or affect hormone activity in animals. Many of these also affect human
reproduction. Further study is required to identify reproductive toxins and their
effects. Some examples of chemicals that have been implicated in reproductive
system toxiciry include:
• Male: Anesthetic gases (halothane, methoxyflurane), cadmium, mercury,
lead, boron, methyl mercury, vinyl chloride, DDT, kepone, chlordane,
PCB's, dioxin, 2,4-D, 2,4,5-T, carbaryl, paraquat, dibromochloropropane,
ethylene dibromide, benzene, toluene, xylene, ethanol, radiation, heat.
• Female: DDT, parathion, carbaryl, diethylstilbestrol (DES), PCB^'s,
cadmium, methyl mercury, hexafluoroacetone, anesthetic gases.
Principles of Toxicology 24 11/95
-------
VII. TYPES OF TOXIC EFFECTS
A. Teratogenic
Teratology is derived from Latin and means the study of monsters. In a modern
context, teratology is the study of congenital malformations. Teratology is a
relatively new discipline that started in 1941 with the correlation of German measles
to birth defects. In the 1960's, the first industrial link to teratogens was discovered.
The chemical involved was methyl mercury.
1. Causes of congenital malformations
The following conditions have been associated with congenital malformations:
• Heredity.
• Maternal diseases such as German measles and viral infections during
pregnancy.
• Maternal malnutrition.
• Physical injury.
• Radiation.
• Exposure to chemicals.
2. Gestation period
Most major structural abnormalities occur during the embryonic period, 5-7
weeks, while physiologic and minor defects occur during the fetal period, 8-
36 weeks. Studies using lab animals show the need to evaluate exposure of
chemicals for each day of pregnancy. Thalidomide, for example, caused
birth defects in rats only when administered during the 12th day of gestation.
A number of chemicals are reactive or can be activated in the body during the
gestation period. The degree and nature of the fetal effects men depend
upon:
• Developmental state of embryo or fetus when chemical is
administered.
• Dose of chemical, route, and exposure interval.
• Transplacental absorption of chemical and levels in tissues of
embryo/fetus.
11/95 25 Principles of Toxicology
-------
• Ability of maternal liver and placenta to metabolize or detoxify
chemical.
• Biologic half-life of chemical or metabolites.
• State of cell cycle when chemical is at toxic concentrations.
• Capacity of embryonic/fetal tissues to detoxify or bioactivate
chemicals.
• Ability of damaged cells to repair or recover.
3. Animal Studies
Teratogenic potential has been suggested by animal studies under various
conditions:
• Dietary deficiency: Vitamins A, D, E, C, riboflavin, thiarnine,
nicotinamide, folic acid, zinc, manganese, magnesium, cobalt.
• Hormonal deficiency: Pituitary, thyroxin, insulin.
• Hormonal excess: Cortisone, thyroxin, insulin androgens, estrogens,
epinephrine.
• Hormone and vitamin antagonists: 3-acetylpyridine,
6-aminonicotinamide, thiouracils.
• Vitamin excess: Vitamin A, nicotinic acid. ,
• Antibiotics: Penicillin, tetracyclines, streptomycin.
• Heavy metals: Methyl mercury, mercury salts, lead, thallium,
selenium, chelating agents.
• Azo dyes: Trypan blue, evans blue, niagara sky blue 6B.
• Producers of anoxia: Carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide.
• Chemicals: Quinine, thiadiazole, salicylate, 2,3,7,8-TCDD, caffeine,
nitrosamines, hydroxyurea, boric acid, insecticides, pesticides,
DMSO, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, xylene,
cyclohexanone, propylene glycol, acetamides, formamides,
sulfonamides.
• Physical conditions: hypothermia, hyperthermia, radiation, anoxia.
Principles of Toxicology 26 11/95
-------
• Infections: Ten viruses (including German measles and
cytomegalovirus), syphilis, gonorrhea.
4. Teratogens Known to Affect Humans
Far fewer agents have been conclusively shown to be teratogenic in humans:
• Anesthetic gases.
• Organic mercury compounds.
• Ionizing radiation.
• German measles.
• Thalidomide.
B. Mutagenic
Mutagens are agents that cause changes (mutations) in the genetic code, altering
DNA. The changes can be chromosomal breaks, rearrangement of chromosome
pieces, gain or loss of entire chromosomes, or a changes within a gene.
Among agents shown to be mutagenic in humans are:
• Ethylene oxide, used in hospitals as a sterilant.
• Ethyleneimine, an alkylating agent.
• Ionizing radiation.
• Hydrogen peroxide, a bleaching agent.
• Benzene, a chemical intermediate.
• Hydrazine, used in rocket fuel.
The concern over mutagenic agents covers more than the effect that could be passed
into the human gene pool (germinal or reproductive cell mutations). There is also
interest in the possibility that somatic cell mutations may produce carcinogenic or
teratogenic responses.
C. Carcinogenic
Two types of carcinogenic mechanisms have been identified.
• Genotoxic: Electrophilic carcinogens that alter genes through
interaction with DNA. There are three types:
11/95 27 Principles of Toxicology
-------
— direct or primary carcinogens: Chemicals that act without any
bioactivation - for example, bis (chloromethyl) ether, ethylene
dibromide, and dimethyl sulfate.
procarcinogens: Chemicals that require biotransformation to activate
them to a carcinogen - for example, vinyl chloride and 2-
naphthylamine.
inorganic carcinogen: Some of these are preliminarily categorized as
genotoxic due to potential for DNA damage. Other compounds in the
group may operate through epigenetic mechanisms.
Epigenetic: These are carcinogens that do not act directly with
genetic material. Several types are possible:
•• Cocarcinogen: Increases the overall response of a carcinogen
when they are administered together - for example, sulfur
dioxide, ethanol, and catechol.
•• Promoter: Increases response of a carcinogen when applied
after the carcinogen but will not induce cancer by itself - for
example, phenol, dithranol.
•• Solid-state: Works by unknown mechanism, but physical
form vital to effect (asbestos, metal foils).
•• Hormone: Usually is not genotoxic, but alters endocrine
balance; often acts as promoter (DES, estrogens).
•• Immunosuppressor: Mainly stimulates virally induced,
transplanted, or metastatic neoplasms by weakening host's
immune system (antilymphocytic serum, used in organ
transplants).
Genotoxic carcinogens are sometimes effective after a single exposure, can act in a
cumulative manner, or act with other genotoxic carcinogens which affect the same
organs. Some epigenetic carcinogens, however, only cause cancers when
concentrations are high and exposure long. The implication is that while there may
be a "safe" threshold level of exposure for some carcinogens, others may have "zero"
threshold - that is, one molecule of the chemical can induce a cancer.
1. Role of DNA
Various considerations indicate that DNA is a critical target for carcinogens:
Principles of Toxicology < 28 11/95
-------
• Many carcinogens are or can be metabolized so that they react with
DNA. In these cases, the reaction can usually be detected by testing
for evidence of DNA repair.
• Many carcinogens are also mutagens.
• Inhibitors and inducers of carcinogens affect mutagenic activity.
• Chemicals often are tested for mutagenic and carcinogenic activity in
the same cell systems.
• Defects in DNA repair predispose to cancer development.
• Several inheritable or chromosomal abnormalities predispose to cancer
development.
• Initiated dormant tumor cells persist, which is consistent with a
change in DNA.
• Cancer is inheritable at the cellular level and, therefore, may result
from an alteration of DNA.
• Most, if not all, cancers display chromosomal abnormalities.
Although cancer ranks as the second most common cause of death in the United States, the
process of carcinogenesis is not yet clearly defined. As a result, there are several problems
encountered when evaluating the carcinogenic potential of various agents in the environment.
First, human health can be affected by a wide range of factors including the environment,
occupation, genetic predisposition and lifestyle (i.e., cigarette smoking, diet). Therefore, it
is often difficult to determine the relationship between any one exposure and the onset of
cancer. Second, many cancers are latent responses - mat is, the disease may not be
manifested until many years after the initial exposure. Third, the mechanisms for
carcinogenesis may differ according to the type and the site of cancer.
VIII. REFERENCES
1. Ariens, Everhard, A.M. Simonis, and J. Offermeir. Introduction to General
Toxicology. Academic Press, New York, NY. (1976).
2. Doull, John, Curtis D. Klaassen, Mary 0. Amdur. Casarett and Doull's Toxicology:
The Basic Science of Poisons. Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc., New York, NY.
(1986).
3. Loomis, Ted A., Essentials of Toxicology. Lea and Febiger, Philadelphia, PA.
(1970).
11/95 29 Principles of Toxicology
-------
4. National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Registry of Toxic Effects of
Chemical Substances. DHHS (NIOSH) Publication No. 83-107, volumes 1-3, U.S.
Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, 1983.
5. National Institute for Occupational "Safety and Health. The Industrial Environment -
Its Evaluation and Control. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington,
DC(1973).
6. National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Occupational Diseases: A
Guide to Their Recognition. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC.
(1977).
7. Proctor, Nick H., and James P. Hughes. Chemical Hazards of the Workplace. J.B.
Lippincott Co., Philadelphia, PA. (1978).
8. U.S. Department of Labor. Occupational Safety and Health Toxicology Training
Course 100-124-9, December 8-16, 1981, Chicago, IL.
Principles of Toxicology 30 11/95
-------
APPENDIX I
EXPOSURE GUIDELINES
INTRODUCTION
During response activities involving hazardous materials, it is necessary to acknowledge and
plan for the possibility that response personnel will be exposed to the materials present at
some time and to some degree. Since most materials have levels of exposure which can be
tolerated without adverse health effects, it is important to determine not only the identity of
the materials involved, but also the type and extent of exposure, possible health effects from
overexposure, and most important, the exposure levels that are considered safe for each
material encountered.
There are several reference sources available which contain information about toxicological
properties and safe exposure limits for many different materials. These sources can be
grouped into two general categories: 1) Those sources that provide toxicological data and
general health hazard information and warnings and 2) references that describe specific legal
exposure limits or recommended exposure guidelines. Both source categories, when
considered together, provide useful information that can be used to assess the exposure
hazards that might be present at a hazardous materials incident. In the following discussion,
these source categories are described in greater detail.
II. GENERAL GUIDELINES
The effects of chemical exposure with the route and dosage required can be found in
NIOSH's Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances. However, because most of the
data is for animal exposures, there may be problems in trying to use the data for human
exposure guidelines.
Other sources give some general guides on chemical exposure. They may say that the
chemical is an irritant or corrosive, or they may give a warning like "AVOID CONTACT"
or "AVOID BREATHING VAPORS". This gives the user information about the possible
route of exposure and effects of the exposure. However, this does not give a safe exposure
limit. One may question if the warning means to "AVOID ANY POSSIBLE CONTACT"
jor if there is a certain amount that a person can contact safely for a certain length of time.
- Two sources of information go a little further and use a ranking system for exposure to
chemicals. Irving Sax, in Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials, gives a Toxic Hazard
Rating (THR) for certain chemicals. These ratings are NONE, LOW, MODERATE, and
HIGH. The route of exposure is also given. For example, Butylamine is listed as a HIGH
toxic hazard via oral and dermal routes and a MODERATE toxic hazard via inhalation.
HIGH means that the chemical is "capable of causing death or permanent injury due to the
exposures of normal use; incapacitating and poisonous; requires special handling".
In their book, Fire Protection Guide on Hazardous Materials, the National Fire Protection
Association (NFPA) also uses a ranking system to identify the toxic hazards of a chemical.
11/95 31 Appendix I
-------
These numbers are part of the NFPA 704 M identification system, which is discussed further
in Hazard Recognition - Part I. The numbers used range from 0 to 4 where 0 is for
"materials which on exposure under fire conditions would offer no health hazard beyond that
of ordinary combustible material" and 4 is for materials where "a few whiffs of the gas or
vapor could cause death; or the gas, vapor, or liquid could be fatal on penetrating the fire
fighters' normal full protective clothing which is designed for resistance to heat". The
degree of hazard is based upon the inherent properties of the chemical and the hazard thai:
could exist under fire or other emergency conditions. This rating is based on an exposure
of "a few seconds to an hour" and the possibility of large quantities of material being present.
Thus it is not completely applicable to long-term exposure to small quantities of chemicals.
It is more useful for spills or fires where a person could come in contact with a large amount
of the chemical.
The Sax and NFPA sources provide information about the routes of exposures and some
effects along with a rating system which indicates which chemicals require extra precaution
and special protective equipment.
III. SOURCES FOR SPECIFIC GUIDELINES FOR AIRBORNE CONTAMINANTS
While there are many sources for general exposure guidelines, there are only a few that give
more specific information about what is considered a safe exposure limit. Many of the
following organizations have exposure guidelines for exposures to hazards other than airborne
contaminants (e.g., heat stress, noise, radiation). This part will deal only with chemical
exposures.
A. American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH)
One of the first groups to develop specific exposure guidelines was the American
Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH). In 1941, ACGIH
suggested the development of Maximum Allowable Concentrations (MACs) for use
by industry. A list of MACs was compiled by ACGIH and published in 1946. In
the early 1960's, ACGIH revised those recommendations and renamed them
Threshold Limit Values (TLVs*).
Along with the TLVs*, ACGIH publishes Biological Exposure Indices (BEIs). BEIs
are intended to be used as guides for evaluation of exposure where inhalation is not
the only possible route of exposure. Since the TLVs* are for inhalation only, they
may not be protective if the chemical is ingested or is absorbed through the skin.
Biological monitoring (e.g., urine samples, breath analysis) can be used to assess the
overall exposure. This monitoring uses information about what occurs in the body
(e.g., metabolism of benzene to phenol) to determine if there has been an unsafe
exposure. The BEIs serve as a reference for biological monitoring just as TLVs*
serve as a reference for air monitoring.
The TLVs* are reviewed yearly and are published in their booklet, Threshold Limit
Values and Biological Exposure Indices.
Appendix I 32 11/95
-------
B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
The American National Standards Institute (ANSI) has published standards that are
a consensus of the people who have a concern about the subject the standard covers
(e.g., hardhats, respirators). An ANSI standard is intended as a guide to aid
manufacturers, consumers, and,the general public. ANSI has standards covering
many aspects of the working environment. Many of these have been adopted by
OSHA (see later discussion) as legal requirements.
Some of the standards were exposure guidelines. They gave "acceptable
concentrations" which were "concentrations of air contaminants to which a person
may be exposed without discomfort or ill effects". These exposure limits were
withdrawn in 1982. However, some were adopted by OSHA before the withdrawal
and still may be in use.
C. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
In 1971, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) promulgated
Permissible Exposure Limits (PELs). These limits were extracted from the 1968
TLVs®, the ANSI standards, and other Federal standards. The PELs are found in
29 CFR 1910.1000 (see Appendix I). Since then, additional PELs have been adopted
and a few of the originals have been changed. These have been incorporated into
specific standards for chemicals (e.g., 29 CFR 1910.1028 - benzene). There are also
standards for thirteen carcinogens in which there is no allowable inhalation exposure.
In 1989, OSHA published major revisions to the PELs. Since only a few of the
PELs had been updated since 1971, it was decided to updated the entire list of PELs
by changing existing ones and adding new ones. Again, OSHA looked to the TLVs,
but also considered recommendations from the National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health (NIOSH).
Since OSHA is a regulatory agency, their PELs are legally enforceable standards and
apply to all private industries and Federal agencies. They may also apply to state and
local employees depending upon the state laws.
D. National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH)
The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) was formed at
the same time as OSHA to act as a research organization. It is changed in part, with
making recommendations for new standards and revising old ones as more
information is accumulated. The exposure levels NIOSH has researched have been
used to develop new OSHA standards, but there are many Recommended Exposure
Limits (RELs) that have not been adopted. Thus, they are in the same status as the
exposure guidelines of ACGIH and other groups. The RELs are found in the
"NIOSH Recommendations for Occupational Health Standards".
11/95 33 - Appendix I
-------
E. American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA)
The American Industrial Hygiene Association has provided guidance for industrial
hygienists for many years. In 1984, AIHA developed exposure guidelines that it calls
Workplace Environmental Exposure Level Guides (WEELs). These are reviewed and
updated each year. Appendix III has the current list of WEELs. While the list is not
as large as others, AIHA has chosen chemicals for which other groups do not have
exposure guidelines. Thus, they are providing information to fill the gaps left by
others.
IV. TYPES OF EXPOSURE GUIDELINES
While there are different organizations that develop exposure guidelines, the types of
guidelines they produce are similar.
A. Time Weighted Average (TWA)
A time weighted average exposure is determined by averaging the concentrations of
the exposure with each concentration weighted based on the duration of exposure.
For example, an exposure to acetone at the following concentrations and durations:
1000 ppm for 3 hours
500 ppm for 2 hours
200 ppm for 3 hours
would have an 8 hour time weighted average exposure of
(3 faMlOOO ppm » (2 ArcXSOO ff»Q * (3
1000 ppm , m __ „
8 hrs 8
This exposure would be compared to an 8 hour TWA exposure limit.
While a TWA can be the average concentration over any period of time, most TWAs
are the average concentration of a chemical most workers can be exposed to during
a 40-hour week and a normal 8-hour work day without showing any toxic effects.
NIOSH TWA recommendations, on the other hand, can also be based on exposures
up to 10 hours. The time weighted average pennits exposure to concentrations above
the limit, provided they are compensated by equal exposure below the TWA.
Chart 1 shows an example that illustrates this point for a chemical with a TWA
exposure limit of 750 ppm.
Appendix I 34 11/95
-------
TIME WEIGHTED AVERAGE
(TWA)
750
ID
O
O
O
TWA-EL
6AM
10AM
TIME
3PM
CHART 1
EXAMPLE OF AN EXPOSURE COMPARED TO A TWA EXPOSURE LIMIT
B. Short Term Exposure Limit (STEL)
Because the excursions allowed by the TWA could involve very high concentrations
and cause an adverse effect, but still be within the allowable average, some
organizations felt there was a need for some limit to these excursions. In 1976,
ACGIH added STELs to its TLVs*. The STEL is a 15 minute time-weighted
average exposure. Excursions to the STEL should be at least 60 minutes apart, no
longer than 15 minutes in duration and should not be repeated more than 4 times per
day. Because the excursions are calculated into the 8-hour TWA, the exposure must
be limited to avoid exceeding the TWA. Chart 2 illustrates an exposure that exceeds
the 15 minute limit for an STEL of 1000 ppm.
11/95
35
Appendix I
-------
SHORT TERM EXPOSURE LIMIT
(STEL)
o
I
1000
750
LU
o
1
TWA-EL
A
0AM
10AM
TIME
3PM
CHART 2
EXAMPLE OF AN EXPOSURE COMPARED TO A STEL AND A TWA
The STEL supplements the TWA and reflects an exposure limit protecting against
acute effects from a substance which primarily exhibits chronic toxic effects. This
concentration is set at a level to protect workers against irritation, narcosis, and
irreversible tissue damage. OSHA added STELs to its PELs with the 1989 revisions.
AIHA has some short-term TWAs which are similar to the STELs. The times used
vary from 1 to 30 minutes. These Short-Term TWAs are used in conjunction with,
or in place of, the 8-hour TWA. There is no limitation on the number of these
excursions or the rest period between each excursion.
C. Ceiling (C)
Ceiling values exist for substances which exposure results in a rapid and particular
type of response. It is used where a TWA (with its allowable excursions) would not
be appropriate. ACGIH and OSHA state that a ceiling value should not be exceeded
even instantaneously. They denote a ceiling value by a "C" preceding the exposure
limit.
NIOSH also uses ceiling values. However, their ceiling values are more like a
STEL. Many have time limits (from 5 to 60 minutes) associated with the exposure.
Chart 3 illustrates an exposure that does not exceed a ceiling value of 5 ppm.
Appendix I
36
11/95
-------
o
i
UJ
o
o
o
CEILING
(C)
Celling
e AM
10AM
TIME
3 PM
CHART 3
EXAMPLE OF AN EXPOSURE COMPARED TO A CEILING EXPOSURE LIMIT
Peaks
Until recently ANSI, and OSHA where they have adopted ANSI standards, had used
a peak exposure limit. This peak exposure is an allowable excursion above their
ceiling values. The duration and number of exposures at this peak value is limited.
For example, ANSI allowed the 25 ppm ceiling value for Benzene to be exceed to
50 ppm but only for 10 minutes during an 8 hour period. ANSI withdrew its
exposure limit standards in 1982. With the revision of the PELs in 1989, OSHA has
dropped most of its peak values.
"Skin" Notation
While these exposure guidelines are based on exposure to airborne concentrations of
chemicals, the organizations recognize that there are other routes of exposure in the
workplace. In particular, there can be a contribution to the overall exposure from
skin contact with chemicals that can be absorbed through the skin. Unfortunately,
there is very little data available that quantifies the amount of allowable skin contact.
But some organizations provide qualitative information about skin absorbable
chemicals. When a chemical has the potential to contribute to the overall exposure
by direct contact with the skin, mucous membranes or eyes, it is given a "skin"
notation.
This "skin" notation not only points out chemicals that are readily absorbed through
the skin, but also notes that if there is skin contact, the exposure guideline for
inhalation may not provide adequate protection. The inhalation exposure guidelines
are designed for exposures only from inhalation. If additional routes of exposure are
added, there can be detrimental effects even if the exposure guideline is not exceeded.
11/95
37
Appendix I
-------
F. Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH)
In the May 1987 "NIOSH Respirator Decision Logic", IDLH is defined as a"
condition "that poses a threat of exposure to airborne contaminants when thai:
exposure is likely to cause death or immediate or delayed permanent adverse health.
effects or prevent escape from such an environment. The purpose of establishing an
IDLH exposure level is to ensure that the worker can escape from a given
contaminated environment in the event of failure of the respiratory protection
equipment." Other organizations, such as ANSI, OSHA, and the Mine Safety and
Health Administration (MSHA), have defined IDLH similarly. It is accepted by all
of these groups that IDLH conditions include not only toxic concentrations of
contaminants, but also Oxygen deficient atmospheres and explosive, or near-
explosive, (above, at, or near the lower explosive limits) environments.
At hazardous material incidents, IDLH concentrations should be assumed to represent
concentrations above which only workers wearing respirators that provide the
maximum protection (i.e., a positive-pressure, full-facepiece, self-contained breathing
apparatus [SCBA] or a combination positive-pressure, full-facepiece, supplied-air
respirator with positive-pressure escape SCBA) are permitted. Specific IDLH
concentrations values for many substances can be found in the NIOSH "Pocket Guide
to Chemical Hazards". Guidelines for potentially explosive, Oxygen deficient, or
radioactive environments can be found in the U.S. EPA "Standard Operating Safety
Guidelines" and the NIOSH/OSHA/USCG/EPA " Occupational Safety and Health
Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Activities.
V. MIXTURES
The exposure limits that have been discussed are based upon exposure to single chemicals.
Since many exposures include more than one chemical, values are adjusted to account for the
combination. When the effects of the exposure are considered to be additive, a formula can
be used to determine whether total exposure exceeds the limits. The calculation used is:
E. = (Q+LV + Cj-LJ + . . . (C.+LJ
Where: Em is the equivalent exposure for the mixture.
C is the concentration of a particular contaminant.
L is the exposure limit for that substance.
The value of Em should not exceed unity (1).
An example using this calculation would be as follows.
Chemical A C = 200 ppm L = 750 ppm
Chemical B C = 100 ppm L = 500 ppm
Chemical C C = 50 ppm L = 200 ppm
Em = 200-r750 + 100-5-500 + 50-200
Appendix I 38 11/95
-------
£„, = 0.27 + 0.20 + 0.25
E. = 0.72
Since £„, is less than unity, the exposure combination is within acceptable limits.
This calculation applies to chemicals where the effects are the same and are additive. If the
combination is not additive, the calculation is not appropriate.
VI. APPLICATION OF EXPOSURE GUIDELINES
In 29 CFR 1910.120, "Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response" standard,
OSHA specifies the use of certain exposure limits. The exposure limits specified are
OSHA's permissible exposure limits (PELs) and "published exposure levels". The
"published exposure levels" are used when no PEL exists. A "published exposure level" is
defined as "the exposure limits published in 'NIOSH Recommendations for Occupational
Health Standards' dated 1986 incorporated by reference. If none is specified, the exposure
limits published in the standards specified by the American Conference of Governmental
Industrial Hygienists in their publication "Threshold Limit Values and Biological Exposure
Indices for 1991-92' dated 1991 incorporated by reference."
A. Engineered Controls and Work Practices
29 CFR 1910.120 (g) (1) (i) states "Engineering controls and work practices shall be
instituted to reduce and maintain employee exposure to or below the permissible
exposure limits for substances regulated by 29 CFR Part 1910, to the extent required
by Subpart Z, except to the extent that such controls and practices are not feasible."
(emphasis added) Whenever engineering controls and work practices are not feasible,
personal protective equipment shall be used to reduce and maintain exposures.
For those substances or hazards where there is no PEL, the published exposure
levels, published literature and MSDS will be used for evaluation. In these
circumstances, a combination of engineering controls, work practices and PPE shall
be used to reduce and maintain exposures.
B. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
Since PPE must be selected based on the hazards present at the site, the exposure
limits are used to evaluate the effectiveness of the PPE. Comparing the actual or
expected exposure to the PEL or other exposure limits gives the wearer information
on selection of the proper PPE. A discussion of the use of exposure limits for the
selection of PPE is found in Section 3 of this manual.
C. Medical Surveillance
29 CFR 1910.120(f)(2)(i) requires a medical surveillance program for all employees
exposed to substances or hazards above the PEL for 30 or more days per year. If
there is no PEL, then the published exposure levels are used for evaluation. The
exposures are considered even if a respirator was being used at the time of exposure.
11/95 39 ]j Appendix I
-------
VII. LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS OF USE
The exposure guidelines discussed in this part are based on industrial experience,
experimental human studies, experimental animal studies, or a combination of the three. The
guidelines were developed for workers in the industrial environment. Thus, they are not
meant to be used for other purposes. ACGIH in its Threshold Limit Values and Biological
Exposure Indices for 1991-1992 states -
These limits are intended for use in the practice of industrial hygiene as
guidelines or recommendations in the control of potential health hazards and
for no other use, e.g., in the evaluation or control of community air pollution
nuisances, in estimating the toxic potential of continuous, uninterrupted
exposures or other extended work periods, as proof or disproof of an existing
disease or physical condition, or adoption by countries whose working
conditions differ from those in the United States of America and where
substances and processes differ. These limits are nor fine lines between safe
and dangerous concentration nor are they a relative index of toxicity, and
should not be used by anyone untrained in the discipline of industrial
hygiene".
As can be seen from this qualifier, these exposure limits are not intended as exposure limits
for exposure by the public.
There is the limitation on the use of the exposure guideline as a relative index of toxicity.
This is because the exposure limits are based on different effects for different chemicals. For
example, the TLV*-TWA for Acetone is chosen to prevent irritation to the eyes and
respiratory system. The TLV®-TWA for Acrylonitrile is chosen to reduce the risk to cancer.
Exposures to these chemicals at other concentration levels could lead to other effects. Thus,
when evaluating the risk of chemical exposure, all toxicological data should be consulted.
VIII. DISPERSION OF CHEMICALS IN THE ENVIRONMENT
A. introduction
Whether a chemical is accidentally spilled or is slowly leaking from an old rusfy
drum, it is important to determine its dispersion characteristics and its ultimate fate
in the environment. In general, the pathways for dispersion are air, surface water,
groundwater, and soil. If the specific pathways of various materials can be identified
from their chemical/physical characteristics, potential threats to human health and the
environment can be anticipated and appropriate response actions taken. The
interaction of the natural setting of an incident and the specific compounds involved
will ultimately determine dispersion and dictate the response actions needed.
Appendix I 40 11195
-------
B. Information needed to determine dispersion pathways
1. Characteristics of Chemicals Involved
The more important dispersion pathways can be determined, at least
tentatively, from the identity of the chemical(s) if known. The
physical/chemical properties such as reactivity, physical state, phase-change
temperatures, vapor pressure, density, specific gravity, and viscosity, will
help to determine how a chemical behaves when released into a specific
environment. The physical/chemical properties of the receiving environment
are equally important. In addition to the above considerations, both the
amount of material released and the rate of release factor into the
determination of potential pathways.
Determining specific pathways will require a further evaluation of factors
such as land use, physical setting, biological setting, and climate. All these
factors are interrelated and should be evaluated as a whole.
2. Land Use
Land use of the site and adjoining properties can affect dispersion of the
materials from the site. If the site is located near a town or large
metropolitan area, the number of potential pathways of dispersion may be
greater than in an agricultural or natural setting. Urbanized areas may
contain natural as well as manmade (e.g. storm or sanitary sewers) pathways
of dispersion. A spill in or adjacent to an irrigated field could result in the
eventual spreading of the spill across the whole field. Without irrigation, it
would tend to converge due to natural drainage patterns.
V
3. Physical Setting
The physical setting of the site controls what pathways a chemical may
follow. There are four major aspects to consider: topography, geology,
surface hydrology, and groundwater hydrology. A topographic map of the
area is very useful, not only in discerning variations in surface elevation, but
also in locating surface water features and patterns. The topography of an
area affects how fast material disperses and the primary direction of transport.
A topographic map may also serve as an indicator of regional groundwater
flow patterns.
The geology of the area, including soil and underlying rock, may dictate the
speed and direction of dispersion of a material released to the ground. Sandy
soil permits faster infiltration than does a tightly packed clay soil. Previously
undetected zones of variable permeability, solution channels, and fractures in
underlying soil and rock may divert the material in directions not originally
anticipated.
11/95 41 Appendix!
-------
Geological and hydrologic maps of the area may assist in estimating depth to
the water table and regional groundwater flow patterns. Local water well
drillers may provide valuable information when assessing local groundwater
conditions.
4. Biological Setting
The ecosystem in which an incident occurs may considerably affect dispersion
pathways. Many contaminants may be dispersed through the food chain. As
an example, vegetation which has absorbed a contaminant could be consumed
by a rodent which in turn may be eaten by a bird of prey. The concentration
of the contaminant may progressively increase in the tissues of the organisms
at each successive step in the food chain. Such a phenomenon, known as
bioaccumulation, can be detected particularly when the chemicals tend to be
environmentally and biologically persistent.
The ecosystem type can also affect the rate of dispersion. A sparsely
vegetated area will not contain a spill as well as a densely vegetated area.
5. Climate
The local climatological and meteorological conditions influence dispersion
of a contaminant in the environment. Temperature has a direct effect on a
chemical's physical/chemical behavior. For example, an increased
temperature may cause a volatile chemical to vaporize faster and the reaction
rate among chemicals to increase.
Changes in precipitation patterns and volumes can affect surface runoff and
soil absorption rates. Dispersion is also affected by wind direction, wind
speed, and atmospheric conditions.
General climatic conditions can impact the rates and pathways of dispersion.
A hot, arid climate and a temperate, wet climate would cause the same
chemical to behave differently during transport. When studying a local
weadier forecast, the general climate of the area should also be considered.
For example, a different evaluation of the situation is needed when 2 days of
rain are forecast in a season when rain is expected every day, as compared
to 2 days of rain in a relatively dry season.
C. Basic Dispersion Pathways
1. Atmosphere
In order for a material to become airborne, it must be gaseous or paniculate.
Paniculates are microscopic (less than 100 micrometers in size) solid or liquid
panicles dispersed in air. As a material is emitted to the atmosphere,
Appendix I 42 11/95
-------
dispersion of the material is influenced by local atmospheric phenomena (e.g.
effects of air currents around buildings) as well as larger scale wind
circulation phenomena such as land/sea breezes and terrain effects.
A volatile liquid (one which has a high vapor pressure) will vaporize more
rapidly as the ambient temperature approaches the boiling point of that liquid.
If the vapor density of contaminant is greater than that of air, it will tend to
sink and follow the terrain, flowing downhill and collecting in valleys. A
substance with a vapor density less than air will tend to rise and disperse
readily. The dispersion of a substance in the atmosphere is dependent on
many factors, including the change in atmospheric temperature with
increasing altitude.
When a substance becomes airborne, it may behave in several different ways.
It may react with other contaminants in the air, forming a new substance (e.g.
photochemical smog). It may react with or dissolve in water droplets, which
will ultimately return to the earth as precipitation (one theory of acid rain
formation). If the substance is either a large particle or a collection of
particles (an agglomerate), its weight may cause it to fall back to the earth's
surface as fallout (a process known as dry deposition). Finally, if it is
chemically or physically unstable, its presence in the atmosphere may be
localized and shortlived (for example, carbon monoxide).
Therefore, the fate of substance emitted to the atmosphere is dependent on
both the characteristics of the substance and the local atmosphere.
2. Surface Water
A chemical can be introduced to surface water directly via spills and/or
runoff or indirectly by contaminated groundwater via surface expressions of
groundwater such as springs and seeps, or by groundwater recharge to larger
bodies of water. Climate can affect the size and number of streams, rivers,
lakes, and marshes in a region. An area with high annual precipitation rates
will tend to have a greater number of these while a more arid area may have
just one large river, originating in the mountains, carrying runoff and snow
melt towards lower elevations.
The transport of a material in water is based primarily on its solubility
(tendency to dissolve in water) and specific gravity (its weight relative to
water). A highly soluble solid or liquid will readily dissolve and disperse in
the water. An insoluble material may remain intact and travel downstream
as a concentrated slug. A material having a specific gravity of one will be
suspended in the body of water. The material will float if its specific gravity
is less than one, and sink it its specific gravity is greater than one. This
tendency to float or sink can be very important when determining how to
contain or remove a material from a body of water.
11/95 43 Appendix I
-------
To help characterize the dispersion of a material in surface water, the volume
and flow rate of the body of water should be known. That information, along
with the amount of substance released, permits a good estimate of its
dispersion pattern.
The movement of materials that sink will be affected by other physical
characteristics of the stream in addition to flow rate. The presence of natural
barriers (i.e. dams, sandbars, large rocks, fallen trees) will Inhibit a uniform
dispersion of the contaminants along the stream bed and may facilitate
containment.
3. Soil and Underlying Rock
A material spilled or released into the environment may enter the soil and be
dispersed both vertically and horizontally. A solid must be dissolved or
suspended in a liquid to be transported into the subsurface. An insoluble
solid can be broken into smaller pieces or particulates and be dispersed by
wind. Eventually, these particles may find their way into the soil.
A liquid spilled onto the ground may penetrate the soil and disperse quickly
if it has low viscosity. A liquid with a higher viscosity, such as motor oil,
may take many years to disperse a few feet in the ground as it tends to adhere
or "stick to" soil particles. The solubility of the liquid also affects the rate
of dispersion. Highly soluble materials will disperse more rapidly.
Substances can also have an affinity for soil particles due to their
physical/chemical properties (e.g. dioxin).
The type of soil can directly control the rate and degree of infiltration of a
chemical. Less permeable geologic formations such as clay slow down
penetration rates and can alter the direction of dispersion. Solution channels,
fractures and faults in the rock can further alter dispersion pathways. Rates
of groundwater flow and subsequent contaminant dispersion in unconsolidated
formations (sand, gravel, clay) depend upon the permeability of each
formation.
4. Groundwater
Eventually, a chemical introduced to the soil may reach groundwater. How
that chemical disperses in groundwater is based on its chemical and physical
characteristics such as solubility, Ph, temperature and specific gravity, as well
as the chemistry and hydrology of the area. Some behavior patterns in
groundwater are similar to those in surface water, however the rate of
dispersion in groundwater is generally much slower. The nature of
groundwater flow tends to be laminar (streamlined and even) whereas surface
water flow is more turbulent. Also, fluids in groundwater must flow around
individual particles in the geologic formation whereas surface water flow is
relatively unimpeded. The combination of these factors results in slower
dispersion in groundwater.
Appendix I 44 11/95
-------
The hydrology of the area is dependent upon subsurface strata, topography,
and source of water. The depth to groundwater is variable and is influenced
by local geology and local rate of groundwater recharge. The proximity to
bodies of water also influences location, velocity, and direction of
groundwater flow. Groundwater and bodies of surface water can interact
directly. Streams and lakes can be fed by groundwater discharge in addition
to surface runoff from precipitation.
D. Fate of chemicals in the environment
Knowing how a chemical disperses is essential. Even more important is to be able
to predict where the chemical is transported to at the end of a specified tie period,
how it affects the environment, and what are its potential impacts to human health.
Being aware of the ultimate fate of chemicals in the environment helps prevent
adverse effects by facilitating effective management of the problem. The following
sections describe potential fates of chemicals in the environment.
1. Dilution and Degradation
Once a chemical enters and interacts with the environment it may undergo
physical and/or chemical changes, such as dilution or degradation, so that
either its concentration is diluted or its chemical composition is altered
irreversibly. Dilution may reduce the potential threat to human health and the
environment. A change in chemical composition (that is, the formation of a
new chemical) may or may not reduce the impact on human health. A new
chemical may be formed that is either more or less toxic than the original
chemical.
2. Environmental Isolation
Another scenario is environmental isolation of a chemical. Once released, the
material may not be able to disperse readily due to the transport limitations
of the setting. A chemical introduced into an environment that has severely
restricted flow patterns may not be able to move anywhere after its initial
introduction. In this case, the chemical's potential hazard to human health
may be localized.
3. Chemical Transport
Chemicals which persist in the environment are those which resist
degradation. Barring environmental isolation, persistent chemicals will be
transported. Persistent chemicals which are toxic or produce adverse effects
when present at certain concentrations are of great concern. Their pathways
should be well defined, based on their inherent properties and the setting in
which they are released.
The most direct pathway to humans is by atmospheric dispersion. Some
substances can be easily dispersed in the air and eventually be inhaled.
W95 45 Appendix I
-------
Winds can carry contaminated air a great distance before the contaminant is
diluted to a safe concentration.
Direct consumption of contaminated water is another exposure path for
humans. Contaminated streams or wells should be identified and their use as
a drinking water source halted. If a persistent chemical is released and finds
its way into a storm sewer or sanitary sewer, problems may result. A storm
sewer may lead to a stream which is used for drinking water. Hazardous
chemicals in a sanitary sewer system can render the treatment system
inoperable.
Chemicals which are allowed to disperse in the environment may eventually
enter the food chain. A chemical entering a lake or stream may be ingested
by a fish, which may become sick or die. If the chemical accumulates in the
fish and that fish is caught and eaten, the chemical is ingested in a
concentrated form. If a chemical is spilled on a field, vegetation can take up
the chemical and accumulate it. If an animal eats a large amount of the
contaminated vegetation, the person consuming that animal will also be
ingesting a food source containing an increased concentration of that
chemical. The effects of the contaminant may be immediate and severe
unless the chemical is excreted or inactivated.
Chemicals released at a hazardous waste site or spill may cause adverse
impacts on humans and the environment. Prevention of such damage requires
immediate action. All potential pathways of dispersion must be identified.
Overlooking just one can have severe repercussions. Pathways can be
properly evaluated only if the behavior of the chemical is known and a
thorough description of the setting is available.
Appendix I 46 11/95
-------
INFORMATION RESOURCES
STUDENT PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
At the conclusion of this unit, students will be able to:
1. Recognize the various response reference resources available
for use in the field at hazardous materials incidents/accidents
2. Recognize the various information resources available in the
field for use at hazardous materials incidents/accidents
3. Describe the use of computer databases in emergency
response
4. List five reference books that could be included in a basic
reference library.
NOTE: Unless otherwise stated, the conditions for
performance are using all references and materials
provided in the course, and the standards of
performance are without error.
11/95
-------
-------
NOTES
INFORMATION
RESOURCES
TP-1
U.S. DOT EMERGENCY
RESPONSE GUIDEBOOK
Useful in identifying hazardous
materials involved in transportation
incidents
Contains an indexed listing of
identification numbers (UN/NA)
Contains an indexed listing of DOT
regulated materials
1*3
U.S. DOT EMERGENCY
RESPONSE GUIDEBOOK (cont.)
-• Emergency action guidelines are
provided for indexed listings
• Guidelines summarize potential
health and fire hazards
TP-3
11/95
Information Resources
-------
NOTES
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN
SURFACE TRANSPORTATION
• Commodity-specific emergency
response information for each
hazardous material regulated by
DOT
• Environmental considerations:
- Land and water spills
- Air emissions
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN
SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (cont.)
• Standard transportation commodity
codes (STCC)
• DOT identification numbers
TP-S
NIOSH POCKET GUIDE
• Organized, concise, alphabetical
format
• Physical/chemical properties of 398
chemicals
• Carcinogen listing
• Identifies IDLH
Information Resources
11/95
-------
NOTES
N1QSH POCKET GUIDE (cont.)
• Chemical incompatibilities/reactions
• Trade names and synonyms
• Health hazard data
• Respirator selection criteria
• lonization potential
EMERGENCY ACTION GUIDE
• Chemical emergency planning
information
• Accident assessment
• Evacuation recommendations
TP-6
EMERGENCY ACTION GUIDE
(cont.)
• Personal protective clothing
requirements
• General spill site safety precautions
• Subscription Action Guide updates
for chemical data sheets
TP-B
11/95
Information Resources
-------
NOTES
CHEMICAL HAZARD RESPONSE
INFORMATION SYSTEM
• Volume 1
- Condensed Guide to Chemical
Hazards
- First responders
• Volume 2
- Hazardous Substance Data Manual
- The most useful of the manuals
CHEMICAL HAZARD RESPONSE
INFORMATION SYSTEM (cont.)
• Volume 3
- Hazard Assessment Handbook
• Volume 4
- Response Methods Handbook
FIRE PROTECTION GUIDE ON
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
• Hazardous chemical data - health, fire,
and reactivity hazards for approximately
325 chemicals (49)
• Fire hazard properties of flammable
liquids, gases, and volatile solids
(325M)
- Greater than 1300 substances
- Alphabetical order
TIM2
Information Resources
11/95
-------
NOTES
FIRE PROTECTION GUIDE ON
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS (cont.)
• Manual of Hazardous Chemical
Reactions (491M)
- 3550 reactive mixtures of two or
more chemicals in alphabetical
order
• Recommended system for
implementation of fixed facility hazard
marking (704M)
TP-13
FARM CHEMICAL
HANDBOOK
• Provides information on farm
chemicals used in the United States
Published annually
• Compounds listed by chemical and
trade names
CONDENSED CHEMICAL
DICTIONARY
Chemical compounds, raw materials,
and processes
Physical/chemical properties
Health hazards, brief description
I.D. by trade name of many products
used in the chemical industry
11/95
Information Resources
-------
NOTES
DANGEROUS PROPERTIES OF
INDUSTRIAL MATERIALS "SAX"
• Hazard description for 18,000
industrial and laboratory materials
• Emphasis on toxicological
information
• Synonyms
• First-aid information
RAPID GUIDE TO HAZARDOUS
CHEMICALS IN THE WORKPLACE
• Provides information on 700
common chemicals
• Synonym listing provides information
on over 1000 chemicals
• Condensed and limited information
INFORMATION SOURCES
U.S. Geological Service survey maps
On-line computer systems
Aerial photography
Remote sensing
TP-18
Information Resources
11/95
-------
NOTES
INFORMATION SOURCES (cont.)
• Technical assistance organizations
- IRAP
- U.S. Coast Guard National Strike
Force
- U.S. EPA Emergency Response
Team
- CHEMTREC
- CHLOREP
- Pesticide Safety Team Network
- TEAP
TP-19
11/95
Information Resources
-------
-------
INFORMATION RESOURCES
TOPIC PAGE NO.
I. INTRODUCTION 1
II. BASIC REFERENCES 1
A. A COMPENDIUM OF SUPERFUND FIELD OPERATIONS
METHODS 1
B. CHRIS 1
1. CONDENSED GUIDE TO CHEMICAL HAZARDS 2
2. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE DATA MANUAL 2
C. CONDENSED CHEMICAL DICTIONARY 2
D. DANGEROUS PROPERTIES OF INDUSTRIAL MATERIALS 2
E. DOCUMENTATION OF THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES 3
F. EMERGENCY ACTION GUIDESHEETS (AAR) 3
G. EMERGENCY HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN
SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (AAR) 3
H. U.S. DOT EMERGENCY RESPONSE GUIDEBOOK 3
I. FARM CHEMICAL HANDBOOK 4
J. FIREFIGHTERS HANDBOOK OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS .... 4
K. FIRE PREVENTION GUIDE ON HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
(NFPA) 4
L. GATX TANK CAR MANUAL 5
M. HANDBOOK OF CHEMICAL PROPERTY ESTIMATION
METHODS 5
N. HANDBOOK OF ENVIRONMENTAL DATA ON ORGANIC
CHEMICALS 5
11/95
-------
INFORMATION RESOURCES
O. HANDBOOK OF REACTIVE CHEMICAL HAZARDS 5
P. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INJURIES: A HANDBOOK FOR
PREHOSPITAL CARE 6
Q. THE MERCK INDEX 6
R. NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND
HEALTH 6
1. NIOSH POCKET GUIDE TO CHEMICAL HAZARDS 6
2. NIOSH/OSHA OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH GUIDELINES
FOR CHEMICAL HAZARDS 6
S. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH GUIDANCE
MANUAL EOR HAZARDOUS WASTE SITE ACTIVITIES 7
T. OHMTADS 7
U. RAPID GUIDE TO CHEMICAL HAZARDS IN THE
WORKPLACE 7
V. REGISTRY OF TOXIC EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL
SUBSTANCES 7
III. TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE 7
A. ON-LINE DATABASES 8
1. ALTERNATIVE TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY
INFORMATION CENTER (ATTIC) 8
2. CHEMICAL EVALUATION SEARCH AND RETRIEVAL
SYSTEM (CESARS) 8
3. CHEMICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM (CIS) 8
4. CHEMICAL REGULATIONS AND GUIDELINES
SYSTEMS (CRGS) 8
5. DATAPORT BULLETIN BOARD 9
11/95
-------
INFORMATION RESOURCES
6. HAZARD ASSESSMENT COMPUTER SYSTEM (HACS) ... 9
7. HAZARDLINE 9
8. ICI/ICIS/CIS 9
9. INTEGRATED RISK INFORMATION SYSTEM (IRIS) 9
10. NATIONAL PESTICIDE INFORMATION RETRIEVAL
SYSTEM (NPIRS) 10
11. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH SERVICES MATERIAL
SAFETY DATA SHEETS (OHSMSDS) 10
12. OIL AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS-TECHNICAL
ASSISTANCE DATA SYSTEM (OHM-TADS) 10
13. OFFICE OF SOLID WASTE AND EMERGENCY
RESPONSE BULLETIN BOARD (OSWER) 10
14. SCIENTIFIC PARAMETERS FOR HEALTH AND THE
ENVIRONMENT, RETRIEVAL AND ESTIMATION
(SPHERE) 11
15. STUDIES ON TOXICITY APPLICABLE TO RISK
ASSESSMENT (STARA) 11
16. TOXICOLOGY DATA NETWORK (TOXNET) 11
17. TSCA INITIAL INVENTORY AND TSCA PLUS 12
B. ASSISTED DATA BASE SERVICES AND MICROCOMPUTER
SERVICES 12
1. COMPUTER AIDED MANAGEMENT OF EMERGENCY
OPERATIONS (CAMEO) 12
2. GRAPHICAL EXPOSURE MODELING SYSTEM (GEMS) . . 12
3. MICRO-CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES INFORMATION
NETWORK (CSIN) 13
12/95
-------
INFORMATION RESOURCES
4. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
ADMINISTRATION COMPUTERIZED INFORMATION
SYSTEM (OCIS) 13
C. AGENCIES (PUBLIC AND PRIVATE) 13
1. CHEMICAL EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS
PROGRAM (CEPP) 13
2. CHEMICAL REFERRAL CENTER (CRC) 13
3. CHEMICAL TRANSPORTATION EMERGENCY
CENTER (CHEMTREC) 13
4. CHLOREP/CHLORINE EMERGENCY PLAN 13
5. COAST GUARD NATIONAL STRIKE FORCE (NSF) 14
6. ENVIRONMENTAL PHOTOGRAPH INTERPRETATION
CENTER/ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND
SUPPORT LABORATORY 14
7. ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSE TEAM (ERT) 14
8. U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (DOT) .... 14
9. INTERAGENCY RADIOLOGICAL ASSISTANCE PLAN
(IRAP) 14
10. SUPERFUND AND RESOURCE CONSERVATION AND
RECOVERY ACT INFORMATION (CERCLA) 15
11. U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY (USGS) 15
IV. REMOTE SENSING AND MAP INTERPRETATION 15
A. AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHY 15
1. ENVIRONMENTAL PHOTOGRAPH INTERPRETATION
CENTER 15
2. EROS DATA CENTER . . 15
11/95
-------
INFORMATION RESOURCES
B. U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY MAPS 16
1. TOPOGRAPHIC QUADRANGLE MAPS 16
2. HYDROLOGIC MAPS 16
3. LAND USE AND LAND COVER MAPS 16
4. SOURCES OF MAPS 16
V. FEDERAL HAZARD COMMUNICATION STANDARD
(HAZCOM) 17
A. 29 CFR 1910.1200 HAZCOM 17
1. DETERMINING CHEMICAL HAZARDS IN THE
WORKPLACE 17
2. LABELING REQUIREMENTS 18
3. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS 18
4. WRITTEN TRAINING PROGRAM 18
B. HAZCOM IDENTIFICATION SYSTEMS 18
1. NFPA 704 SYSTEM 19
2. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM
(HMIS) 20
3. US DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (DOT)
LABELS 20
APX. I REFERENCES AND RESOURCES 21
I. INTRODUCTION 21
II. REFERENCES 21
A. INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE 21
11/95
-------
INFORMATION RESOURCES
B. CHEMICAL DATA 22
C. EPA METHODS MANUALS FOR SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS . . 24
D. SAFETY AND PERSONNEL PROTECTION 24
E. PLANNING GUIDES 25
III. TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND POTENTIAL
RESPONSE/INFORMATION SOURCES 27
APX. II PROPERTIES AND REFERENCE SOURCES 35
11/95
-------
INFORMATION RESOURCES
I. INTRODUCTION
Many reference texts and organizations can provide response personnel with technical data
and physical assistance regarding both the hazards associated with an incident and methods
to deal with them. It is necessary to be aware of these resources and know how to use them.
The information, which may include data on sites, topography, meteorology,
physical/chemical properties of the material, applicable treatment methods, and available
cleanup resources, can be provided by various agencies, maps, reference books, and
manuals. It is advisable to get data from at least two sources and use the latest edition of any
reference, especially when searching for hygienic standards or lexicological data.
Access to on-line computer files may be possible at the site if a telephone, portable terminal,
and 120-volt outlet are available. Aerial photographs can also provide useful information
when properly interpreted.
II. BASIC REFERENCES
A. A Compendium of Superfund Field Operations Methods: Developed by the U.S.
EPA Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, EPA/540/P-87/001.
The compendium was written primarily to assist the site manager as he/she conducts
site investigations and assessments. It discusses record keeping, site safety,
sampling, laboratories, geology, hydrology, quality assurance and a number of other
important topics. The information is presented in an easy to understand format, but
is not arranged for quick reference (an index is not included).
B. CHRIS: Chemical Hazard Response Information System, developed by the U.S.
Coast Guard. Access through the National Response Center, telephone 800/424-
8802.
CHRIS consists of four manuals, a regional contingency plan, a Hazard Assessment
Computer System (HACS), and an organizational entity at Coast Guard Headquarters.
Volume 1 (CG-446-1) is designed to be used by the first responders at an incident.
Volumes 2, 3, and 4 (CG-446-2, CG-446-3, and CG-446-4, respectively) are
intended for use by the On-Scene Coordinator's (OSC) office along with the Regional
and National Response Centers. Main Coast Guard stations will usually have these
manuals.
11/95 1 Information Resources
-------
1. Volume 1: Condensed Guide to Chemical Hazards
Volume 1 is intended for use by the first responders on the scene of an
incident. The chemicals involved must be known, however, before the
appropriate information can be obtained from the manual. This volume also
contains a list of questions needed to access Volume 3. All information in this
volume can be found in Volume 2.
2. Volume 2: Hazardous Substance Data Manual, (also available from the U.S.
Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402, GPO slock number
050-012-00147-2)
Volume 2 is probably the most useful in responding to spills/ waste sites. It
contains information on hazardous chemicals shipped in large volume by
water and is intended to be used by port security personnel and others who
may be first to arrive at the scene. The easily understood information
regarding chemical, physical, and lexicological properties can help quickly
determine the actions to be taken immediately to safeguard life, property, and
the environment.
C. Condensed Chemical Dictionary. Gessner G. Hawley, Van Nostrand Reinhold Co.,
135 W. 50th St., NY, NY 10020
This book, a compendium of technical data and descriptive information covering
many thousands of chemicals and reactions, is designed for use in industrial situations
and can be helpful in assessing a hazardous waste site or spill. However, information
pertaining to environmental behavior of chemicals is limited and can be misleading.
Three distinct types of information are presented:
1. Technical descriptions of compounds, raw materials, and processes.
2. Expanded definitions of chemical entities, phenomena, and terminology.
3. Description or identification of a wide range of trade-name products used in
the chemical industry.
D. Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials, edited by N. Irving Sax, Van Nostrand
Reinhold, Co., 135 W. 50th St., NY, NY 10020
*
This book provides a single source of concise information on the hazards of nearly
13,000 common industrial and laboratory materials. Descriptive information and
technical data are given in the three sections of the book. The main section "General
Information" is designed to expedite retrieval of hazard information. The three
sections are:
1. "General Information": synonyms, description, formula, physical constants.
2. "Hazard Analysis": toxicity, fire hazard, explosive hazard.
Information Resources 1 11/95
-------
3. "Countermeasures": handling, storage, shipping, first aid, firefighting,
personnel protection.
This book is not intended for use on site. It can be useful later, however, to verify
hazards associated with the emergency.
E. Documentation of the Threshold Limit Values (TLV*). ACGIH Publications Office,
6500 Glenway Avenue, Building D-5, Cincinnati, OH 45211
This reference includes pertinent scientific information about each substance with
references to literature sources used to determine each TLV. Each documentation
also defines the type of toxic response for which the limit is used. This book should
be consulted for a better understanding of TLVs.
F. Emergency Action Guidesheets. Hazardous Materials Systems, Association of
American Railroads, 50F Street, NW; Washington, DC, 20001.
Contains detailed information on the 134 hazardous commodities most often shipped
by volume. The commodities listed make up 95% of all hazardous material
shipments, by volume, in North America. The book is available either on Tyvek,
or paper.
\
G. Emergency Handling of Hazardous Materials in Surface Transportation. Hazardous
Materials Systems, Association of American Railroads, 50 F Street, NW;
Washington, D.C. 20001.
Provides commodity specific response information for over 3,900 hazardous
materials. The book also includes emergency environmental mitigation procedures
for each EPA-named hazardous substance. This book is considered one of the
standards used by emergency response personnel for dealing with incidents involving
hazardous materials.
H. U.S. Dot Emergency Response Guidebook: developed under the supervision of the
Office of Hazardous Materials Transportation, Research and Special Programs
Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation.
The guidebook is intended to assist first responders in making informed judgements
during the initial phases of a transportation incident involving hazardous materials.
It lists the UN/NA numbers designated for hazardous materials, identifies potential
hazards associated with the materials and recommends emergency actions to be taken
following a spill. It also makes recommendations as to when areas should be
evacuated or isolated in the event of a spill. The guidebook is available through
UNZ&CO, 190 Baldwin Avenue, Jersey City, NJ 07306.
11/95 3 Information Resources
-------
I. Farm Chemical Handbook. Meister Publishing Company, 37841 Euclid Avenue,
Willoughby, OH 44094.
This reference provides information on pesticides and chemicals used in agriculture.
It also provides information by both generic and trade names.
J. Firefighters Handbook of Hazardous Materials. Maltese Enterprises, Inc., 8309 W.
Morris Street, Indianapolis, IN 46231, 317/243-2211.
Provides chemical and physical properties of common and brand name chemicals.
The potential hazards and immediate action for chemicals are cross-referenced under
the "Remarks" column. The immediate action guidelines provide general
recommendations for the hazard; actions to be taken in the event of a fire, spill or
leak; and general first aid information.
K. Fire Prevention Guide on Hazardous Materials. National Fire Protection Association
(NFPA), Quincy, MA 02269
The four NFPA documents that make up this guide can be used to identify the
hazardous properties of most of the chemicals in commercial use today, as well as
many that are available in laboratory sample quantities. These four sections present
information on:
1. Hazardous Chemicals Data NFPA 49 1991 Edition
Data for approximately 325 chemicals on their health, fire and reactivity
hazards. Recommendations on storage and fire fighting. Hazard index
markings (see NFPA 704) for all entries. Chemicals arranged alphabetically
by DOT shipping names. Common names are listed by a cross-reference
index at the end of the document.
2. Fire Hazard Properties of Flammable Liquids, Gases, and Volatile Solids
NFPA 325M 1991 Edition
The fire hazard properties of more than 1,300 flammable substances are listed
alphabetically by chemical name. The values selected are representative
figures suitable for general use. Hazard index markings (see NFPA 704) are
included for most entries.
3. Manual of Hazardous Chemical Reactions NFPA 491M 1991 Edition
Includes 3,550 mixtures of two or more chemicals reported to be potentially
dangerous in that they may cause fires, explosions, or detonations at ordinary
or moderately elevated temperatures. Arranged alphabetically by chemical
name. Reactions referenced.
Information Resources 4 11/95
-------
4. Recommended System for the Identification of The Fire Hazards of Materials
NFPA 704 1990 Edition
This identification system simplifies determining the degree of health,
flammability, and reactivity hazard of materials. The system also permits
identification of reactivity with water, radioactivity hazards, and fire control
problems.
This manual presents a large amount of information, but deals with pure
chemicals, not mixtures. Some experience is required to interpret the manual
properly.
L. GATX Tank Car Manual. General American Transportation Corporation, 120 S.
Riverside Plaza, Chicago, IL 60606.
This reference provides information on railroad tank car shape, design and DOT
specifications. Also, the common materials carried in each type of railcar.
M. Handbook of Chemical Property Estimation Methods: by Warren J. Lyman, William
F. Reehl and David H. Rosenblatt, published by McGraw-Hill Book Company, New
York, NY.
This handbook is designed to assist environmental scientists in estimating the fate of
specific chemicals when they are released into the environment. The properties
covered by this book include a variety of conventional properties of pure materials
such as density, boiling point, and refractive index, and some properties that describe
how a chemical behaves with a second substance. The fate of trace concentrations
of certain chemicals in specific environmental situations is also discussed.
N. Handbook of Environmental Data on Organic Chemicals: by Karen Verschueren,
published by Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, Inc. 115 Fifth Avenue, New York,
NY 10003.
This handbook provides information on: properties of organic chemicals; air
pollution factors; water pollution factors; and biological effects. Where entries are
hot complete, it may be assumed that no reliable data were provided by the
references utilized. The author uses numerous abbreviations which are explained in
the first section of the book. Individuals who are not familiar with the abbreviations
will find themselves referring to the first section frequently in order to understand
listings of specific chemicals.
O. Handbook of Reactive Chemical Hazards: by L. Brethrerick, published by
Butterworths of London.
The information presented on reactive hazards is of two main types, specific or
general, and these types of information have been arranged differently in their
respective separate sections. Specific information on instability of individual
chemical compounds, and on hazardous interactions of elements and/or compounds,
5 Information Resources
-------
is contained in the main formula-based section of the handbook. General information
relating to classes or groups of elements or compounds possessing similar structural
or hazardous characteristics is contained in a separate section. Both theoretical and
practical hazard topics, are included.
p. Hazardous Materials Injuries: A Handbook for Prehosnital Care. Bradford
Communications Corp., 7500 Greenway Center Drive, Greenbelt, MD 20770.
This reference provides information on prehospital care. The handbook is set-up
similar to the US DOT Guidebook.
Q. The Merck Index. Merck and Co.. Inc., Rahway. NJ 07065
The Merck Index is a comprehensive, interdisciplinary encyclopedia of chemicals,
drugs, and biological substances. It describes 9,856 chemicals in a structured format.
An extensive index and cross index make the manual easy to use. It is designed to
serve a variety of purposes. For response personnel, it provides information on
physical/chemical properties of chemicals and their toxicity.
R. National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health
1. NIQSH Pocket Guide to Chemical Hazards. U.S. Government Printing
Office, Washington, DC 20402
Information in this pocket guide comes from the NIOSH/OSHA Occupational
Health Guidelines. Presented in a tabular format, it is a reference for
industrial hygiene and medical surveillance practices. Included are chemical
names and synonyms, permissible exposure limits, chemical and physical
properties, signs and symptoms of overexposure, environmental and medical
monitoring procedures, recommended respiratory and personal protective
equipment, and procedures for treatment.
2. NTQSH/OSHA Occupational Health Guidelines for Chemical Hazards. U.S.
Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402
This three-volume document provides technical data for most of the
substances listed in the "NIOSH/OSHA Pocket Guide". The information is
much more detailed and is designed primarily for use by industrial hygienists
and medical surveillance personnel. In addition to the information found in
the "Pocket Guide", "Occupational Health Guidelines" includes recommended
medical surveillance practices, air monitoring and measurement procedures,
protective equipment, and spill and disposal techniques.
Information Resources 6 11/95
-------
S. Occupational Safety and Health Guidance Manual for
Activities: developed by NIOSH/OSHA/USCG/EPA, U.S. Government Printing
Office, Washington, DC 20402.
This manual is a guidance document for managers responsible for occupational safety
and health programs at inactive hazardous waste sites. It is intended for federal,
state, and local officials and their contractors. It may be used: as a planning tool
by government or private individuals; as a management tool by upper level or field
managers; as an educational tool to provide a comprehensive overview of all aspects
of safety and health protection at hazardous waste sites; or as a reference document
for site personnel who need to review important aspects of health and safety.
T. OHMTADS: Oil and Hazardous Materials Technical Assistance Data System,
developed by the EPA. Access through EPA Regional Offices.
OHMTADS is a computerized data retrieval system available in the form of a
computer printout, manuals, or microfiche. For each of more than 1,000 oil and
hazardous substances, there are 126 possible information segments on, for example,
toxicity and associated hazards, personnel safety precautions, cleanup and disposal
methods, materials handling, and fire fighting. However, not all information is
available for all materials.
U. Rapid Guide to Chemical Hazards in the Workplace, edited by N. Irving Sax and
Richard J. Lewis, Sr. Published by Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, 115 Fifth
Avenue, New York, NY 10003.
This book provides a concise summary of the harmful health effects of almost 700
common chemicals. It also includes over 1,000 synonyms.
V. Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances. U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, DC 20402.
This annual publication is sponsored by NIOSH and contains toxic dose data with
references to source documents and major standards and regulations for 35,000
chemicals.
III. TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE:
" Technical assistance is available from many sources and in a variety of forms. Listed below
are on-line databases, where you can dial into a host-computer and search for information
and database services where you call and ask someone to search their computer for you.
Addresses and phone numbers of several access providers are listed at the end of this section.
11/95 7 Information Resources
-------
A. On-line Databases
1. The Alternative Treatment Technology Information Center (ATTIC):
ATTIC is a comprehensive automated information retrieval system that
integrates existing hazardous waste data sources into a unified, searchable
resource. Through ATTIC the user will be able to central resource to collect
information on various hazardous waste treatment technologies. ATTIC
contains several resident databases such as the RREL Treatability Database,
and the Hazardous Waste Collection Database. Attic can also access the
Record of Decision (ROD) Database, the OSWER Bulletin Board and EPA
DIALCOM system for access into E-Mail. At present, over 600 technical
reports have been evaluated, summarized, and entered into the ATTIC
system. Presently, the system is distributed on floppy diskette. In December
'90, the full system should be accessible by modem.
2. Chemical Evaluation Search and Retrieval System (CESARS):
Contains lexicological data on approximately 195 chemicals. Data items
covered include physical and chemical properties, toxicity, carcinogenicity,
mutagenicity, teratogenicity and environmental fate. This database is updated
on a quarterly basis. The data are obtained from literature, textbooks,
journals, documents and computerized information searches.
3. Chemical Information System (CIS):
This data base provides cross-reference to all citations of a chemical or class
of chemicals cited in the Federal Register (FR) since January 1, 1978. Each
mention of a substance in the Register results in a citation in the data base,
with a description of the FR article as it concerns the cited substance or
substances, the agency or agencies involved, the actions being taken or
proposed, significant dates and the affected section of the CFR (Code of
Federal Regulations).
4. Chemical Regulations and Guidelines System (CRGS):
CRGS provides an index to U.S. Federal regulatory material on the control
of chemical substances and covers federal statutes, promulgated regulations;
available federal guidelines, standards and support documents. CRGS follows
the regulatory cycle and includes an up-to-date reference to each document,
including main documents and revisions published in the Federal Register.
Each chemical cited in a regulatory document is indexed by name, CAS
Registry Number and a chemical role tag. The latter shows the context in
which the substances appear in the document. Citations show publication
title, date, abstract, index terms and chemical identifiers.
Information Resources 8 11/95
-------
S. Dataport Bulletin Board:
Dataport is an electronic bulletin board system (BBS) operated by EPA's
Environmental Response Team (ERT). The purpose of Dataport is to serve
as a means of communications and information transfer among OSC's,
RPM's and other Superfund response personnel. Dataport serves as a forum
for exchanging technical information such as computer programs used in the
field, EPA Standard Operating and Safety Guidelines and chemical
information databases.
6. Hazard Assessment Computer System (HACS):
MACS is the computerized version of the CHRIS manual which makes it
possible to obtain very detailed hazard evaluations through the computer at
Coast Guard Headquarters. 1-800-424-8802.
7. HAZARDLINE:
HAZARDLINE contains regulatory, health, and precautionary data on about
5000 hazardous chemicals. Users can retrieve data on specific chemical
substances by searching on various criteria, including chemical name,
synonym, keyword, chemical formula, CAS Registry Number, RTECS
NUMBER, DOT UN/PLACARD number or symptoms of exposure.
HAZARDLINE includes a chemical database and the Material Safety Data
Sheets system developed for the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA). In addition, it includes the Environmental Health
Newsletter. It contains extensive information on regulatory requirements and
first responder guidance such as protective clothing and respiratory
protection. Sources of data include OSHA and EPA standards and
regulations, National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH)
criteria documents, important and relevant court decisions and selected
relevant standards and guidelines from such other organizations as the
American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
8. ICI/ICIS/CIS:
Information Consultants, Inc.'s Chemical Information System (ICIS) and
Chemical Information System, Inc.'s (Fein Marquart Associates) System
(CIS) are two competing companies which offer approximately 35 databases
each, some similar, others different. Databases available for searching
include, for example: Oil and Hazardous Materials Technical Assistance
Data Systems (OHMTADS); Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical
Substances (RTECS); Chemical Carcinogenesis Research Information System
(CCRIS); GENETOX with genetic assay studies; AQUIRE with aquatic
toxicity information; DERMAL with dermal toxicity information.
U/95 9 Information Resources
-------
9. Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS):
The EPA developed IRIS to assist in risk assessment and risk management
activities. IRIS is an on-line database of chemical specific risk information
the relationship between chemical exposure and estimated human health
effects. The database presents a summary of information on chemical hazard
identification and dose-response assessment, and provides quantitative risk
values and qualitative health effects information. The quantitative risk values
and supporting explanations are based upon available studies on a substance
and have been reviewed and agreed upon by scientists from across the
Agency. Currently IRIS includes over 380 chemical risk summaries. The
database is updated monthly.
10. National Pesticide Information Retrieval System (NPIRS):
NPIRS contains information on about 60,000 pesticide products registered by
the EPA and with U.S. state agencies that have registration programs. The
system also covers some pest control products that have been canceled by the
EPA and are no longer legally sold or used. Full text of the newsletters
(since 1984) of the EPA Office of Pesticide Programs (OPP) are available.
Also contains EPA fact sheets, providing summaries on a pesticide product
formulation and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) providing information
on hazardous chemical substances. The system is soon to include EPA's
Pesticide Data Management System Database which will contain information
on 160,000-*- different scientific studies and related documents submitted to
EPA by companies seeking pesticide production registration.
11. Occupational Health Services Material Safety Data Sheets (OHSMSDS):
This database contains chemical and safety information required by OSHA for
more than 75,000 substances. Includes substance identification, physical
data, fire and explosion data, toxicity and health effects and spill and teak
procedures.
12. Oil and Hazardous Materials - Technical Assistance Data System (OHM-
TADS):
OHM-TADS was developed in 1971 by the EPA to aid spill response teams
by providing rapid retrieval of chemical-specific resource information for the
identification, containment, and disposal of oil and hazardous materials. The
original emphasis was on harmful effects to water quality, but now all media
and biota are included. It also provides general information about each
chemical. It contains all types of chemical substances, with no exclusions,
based on spill history, high volume production, exposure data and toxicity
data. OHM-TADS data records contain 126 data elements and currently
present 1,402 chemical profiles. The system has somewhat limited
application given that the data is several years out of date.
Information Resources 10 11/95
-------
13. Office of Solid Wastes and Emergency Response Bulletin Board (OSWER):
The OSWER electronic bulletin board is intended to facilitate communications
and the dissemination of information among EPA Regional staffs, OSWER
headquarter and EPA's research laboratories. It includes specialized
information in eight mini-bulletin boards. A few of these deal with field
operations, QA/QC, groundwater, treatment methods, enforcement practices
and risk assessment.
14. Scientific Parameters for Health and the Environment, Retrieval and
Estimation (SPHERE):
SPHERE was developed to support risk assessment of chemicals under
Sections 4, 5, 6 and 8 of the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA). It
contains three databases under its umbrella. AQUIRE deals with data
pertaining to toxic effects of over 2500 chemical substances on aquatic
organisms. DERMAL contains information on the qualitative and quantitative
health effects of approximately 650 chemical substances administered to
humans and test animals via the dermal route. GENETOX database includes
those chemicals for which mutagenicity assays have been performed and
published.
15. Studies on Toxicity Applicable to Risk Assessment (STARA):
STARA has been created to aid in the development of risk assessment
methodology and to facilitate the evaluation of potential public health dangers
due to uncontrolled hazardous waste site releases and chemical spills.
STARA focuses on toxicity studies containing quantitative as well as
descriptive information on a test animal or human study group, exposure and
type of effects. It is specifically designed for easy access by statistical
routines and mathematical modelling programs. Thus, it is especially suitable
for development on testing or risk assessment algorithms and extrapolation
models.
16. Toxicology Data Network (TOXNET): A component of the National Library
of Medicine's database, TOXNET is a computerized collection of
toxicological oriented data banks, the TOXNET files include:
Hazardous Substances Data Bank (HSDB) - A scientifically reviewed and
edited data bank containing toxicological information and other data related
to environmental, emergency, safety and handling and regulatory issues for
over 4200 chemicals.
Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemicals (RTECS) - RTECS contain toxic
effects data on 90,000 chemicals. Both acute and chronic effects are covered
and skin/eye irritation, carcinogenicity, mutagenicity and reproductive
consequences.
11/95 11 Information Resources
-------
Chemical Carcinogenesis Research Information System (CCRIS) - A
scientifically evaluated and fully referenced data bank developed and
maintained by the National Cancer Institute containing carcinogenicity, tumor
promotion and mutagenicity test results for over 100 chemicals.
Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) - Contains information on the annual estimated
releases into the environment and is based upon data collected by EPA on
SARA Title Ill's form Rs.
Environmental Teratology Information Center Backfile (ETICBACK) -
ETICBACK is a you database covering literature on teratology and
developmental and reproductive toxicology. It contains approximately 46,000
citations to literature published from 1950 - 1988.
Environmental Mutagen Information Center Backfile (EMICBACK) ••
EMICBANK is a bibliographic database on chemical biological and physical
agents that have been tested for genotoxic activity. It contains approximately
67,000 citations to literature published from 1950 - 1988.
Directory of Biotechnology Information Resources (DBIR) - DBIR contains
information on a wide range of resources related to biotechnology. Among
these are online databases and networks, publications, organizations,
collections and repositories of cells and subcellular elements.
17. TSCA Initial Inventory and TSCA Plus: Contains information on the
approximately 56,000 chemical substances in commerce in the U.S. covered
in the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) initial inventory published June
1, 1979. TSCA Plus includes the additional chemicals listed in the inventory
since 1981.
B. Assisted Data Base Services and Microcomputer Services
1. Computer-Aided Management of Emergency Operations (CAMEO):
CAMEO is a computer program designed by the National Atmospheric and
Oceanic Administration (NOAA) to help emergency planners and first
responders plan for, and safely handle, chemical accidents. CAMEO II
contains response information and recommendations for 2,629 commonly
transported chemicals; an air dispersion model to assist in evaluating release
scenarios and evacuation options; and several easily adaptable databases and
computational programs that address the emergency planning provisions of
Title II, the Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act of
1986.
2. Graphical Exposure Modeling System (GEMS):
GEMS supports exposure and risk assessments by providing access to single
medium and multimedia fate and exposure models, physical/chemical property
estimation techniques, and statistical analysis, graphics, and mapping
programs with related data on environments, sources, receptors and
Information Resources 12 11/95
-------
populations. Available model types include atmospheric, surface water, land
unsaturated and saturated zones, and multimedia models.
3. Micro-Chemical Substances Information Network (CSIN):
The Micro-CSIN Workstation is designed to translate a user's request for
bibliographic, factual/numeric, and/or chemical identification information into
the proper form for interaction with a large number of commercial database
vendors.
4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration
Computerized Information System (OCIS):
OCIS is designed to aid OSHA, State OSHA and OSHA Area office staff in
responding by maintaining quick access to various computerized information.
Current OCIS files include Chemical Information File, Standards
Interpretations File, Hazard Abatement File, Hazard Waste Site File, Federal
Register Reference File and Memorandums of Understanding/Speeches.
C. Agencies (Public and Private)
1. Chemical Emergency Preparedness Program (CEPP): A toll free hotline to
provide technical assistance for chemical emergencies; 1-800-535-0202.
2. Chemical Referral Center (CRC): The Chemical Manufacturers Association
(CMA) makes available to the general public information that pertains to non-
emergency health and safety related issues on chemicals. 1-800-CMA-8200.
3. Chemical Transportation Emergency Center (CHEMTREC):
The Chemical Manufacturers Association set up the CHEMTREC system to
provide immediate assistance to those at the scene of an accident, 24 hours
a day. CHEMTREC requires an immediate response and the manufacturer
is unable to respond promptly, CHEMTREC can activate CHEMNET.
CHEMNET is an industry wide mutual aid program established to provide
chemical expertise at the scene of more than 77 chemical producers, their
response teams, and more than 50 private contractor emergency response
teams. It can also provide emergency responders with a product during
emergencies. The HIT (Hazardous Information Transmission) program
requires that response personnel be preregistered and have access to a
personal computer with a modem and printer. CHEMTREC 1-800-424-9300.
4. CHLOREP/Chlorine Emergency Plan:
CHLOREP was established by the Chlorine Institute to handle chlorine
emergencies in the U.S. and Canada. The system operates through
CHEMTREC. Upon receiving an emergency call, CHEMTREC notifies the
nearest manufacturer in accordance with a mutual aid plan. This
11/95. 13 Information Resources
-------
manufacturer then contacts the emergency response scene to determine if a
technical team should be sent to assist. Each participating manufacturer has
trained personnel and equipment available for emergencies.
5. Coast Guard National Strike Force (NSF):
The NSF is a part of the National Response Team. It consists of high seas
oil cleanup equipment and trained personnel available to assist the OSC upon
request during the containment and countermeasures phase, the cleanup,
mitigation and disposal and the documentation and cost recovery phase of
cleanup. Access through the National Response Center; 1-800-424-8801.
6. Environmental Photograph Interpretation Center (Regions I-IV);
Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory (Regions V-X):
Aerial photography can provide a means to monitor facilities that produce or
store chemicals. Once photographs have been interpreted, spill prevention
personnel can use the results to inspect areas or facilities in a minimum
amount of time because they can concentrate on those areas with the spill
problem.
7. Environmental Response Team (ERT)
The National Contingency Plan directed EPA to establish the ERT to advise
OSC's and Regional Response Teams on environmental issues related to spill
containment, cleanup and damage assessment. The Team provides expertise
in biology, chemistry and engineering of environmental emergencies. The
Team is EPA's focal point for technical assistance to the Regions and
Program Offices during emergency episodes involving hazardous substances.
ERT is located in Edison, NJ and Cincinnati, OH. ERT is responsible for
coordinating the Environmental Emergency Response Unit (EERU), a
cooperative effort between the Team, the Office of Research and
Development's Oil and Hazardous Materials Spills Branch and contractor
personnel. Services available through the Response Unit include prototype
spill control equipment such as the mobile flocculation/sedimentation system,
contract laboratory analytical services and pilot plant treatment studies.
8. U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT):
A hotline was established to assist those requesting information on
interpreting U.S. DOT regulations, as defined in Chapter 49 of the Code of
Federal Regulations. 1-202-426-2975.
9. Interagency Radiological Assistance Plan (IRAP):
IRAP is designed to assist in coping with radiation emergencies. It operates
through DOE, but works closely with other Federal, State, military and
regional groups. If a spill or leak is serious, IRAP assistants will contact the
Information Resources 14 11/95
-------
Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC). The main functions of the response
team are to assess the hazard, inform the public, and recommend emergency
actions to minimize the hazard. 1-800-424-9300.
10. Superfund and Resource Conservation and Recovery Act Information
(CERCLA):
EPA established the toll free technical assistance hotline in 1980 to answer
questions and provide documents to those needing information on the
Superfund and Resource Conservation and Recovery Act. 1-800-424-9346.
11. U.S. Geological Survey (USGS):
The U.S. Geological Survey is responsible for using remote-sensing
techniques to inventory, manage and monitor natural resources. This can
provide a chronological overview of an area, thereby establishing the extent
of damage over time. The U.S. Geological Survey also provides several
types of maps: topographical, hydrological, land use and land cover.
IV. REMOTE SENSING AND MAP INTERPRETATION
A. Aerial Photography
1. Environmental Photograph Interpretation Center, Warrenton, VA 22186,
telephone 703/557-3110 (EPA Regions I-IV).
Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, Las Vegas, NV 89114,
telephone 702/798-2237 (EPA Region V-X).
Aerial photography can also provide a means to monitor facilities that
produce or store chemicals. Spill and spill-threat conditions that exist in
many such facilities may also be photographically documented. Aerial
photographers can assist with the monitoring of chemical facilities for
compliance with the spill prevention regulations issued under the Federal
Water Pollution Act as amended in 1977. Aerial reconnaissance missions
effectively and economically augment compliance monitoring efforts of EPA
Regions or other regulatory agencies. An airplane can fly over a large
number of areas and facilities in a brief period of time. Once the
photographs have been interpreted, spill prevention personnel can use the
results to inspect areas or facilities in a minimum amount of time because
they can concentrate on those areas with the spill problem.
2. EROS Data Center, User Services, Sioux Falls, SD 57198
The EROS system, run by the U.S. Geological Survey, uses remote-sensing
techniques to inventory, monitor, and manage natural resources. EROS
includes research and training in the interpretation and application of remotely
sensed data and provides these data at nominal cost.
11/95 15 Information Resources
-------
At the heart of the EROS Data Center is a central computer complex which
controls a data base of over 6 million images and photographs of the earth's
surface features, searches for geographic data on areas of interest, and serves
as a management tool for the entire data reproduction process. The
computerized data storage and retrieval system is based on latitude and
longitude, supplemented by information about image quality, cloud cover, and
type of data.
Information received from the EROS Data Center can be used in much the
same way as information received from the Environmental Monitoring and
Support Laboratory. EROS data provide a chronological overview of an
area, thereby establishing the extent of damage over time.
B. U.S. Geological Survey Maps
1. Topographic quadrangle maps
Topographic maps are useful in that they show the contours of the land, the
network of water features, and elevations. They also show cities and urban
areas and can be used to determine the proximity of a spill or waste site to
a lake, river, stream, or population centers.
2. Hydrologic maps
Hydrologic maps show water in or beneath the land surface. They are very
useful when evaluating water supply and water related hazards such as
flooding. They also show drainage areas, depth to ground water, and the
thickness of water bearing formations. In the case of a spill or waste site, a
hydrologic map can indicate any possible contamination of the ground water
and/or drainage area.
3. Land use and land cover maps
Land use and land cover maps have been prepared by using the standard
topographic quadrangle maps or larger-scale low altitude aerial photographs
as a base. These maps provide detailed information about the use of land or
about the vegetation cover. This information could be useful at a spill or
waste site. For example, if chemicals enter an area being used for crops,
authorities should be advised of the chemical(s) involved and their possible
effects.
4. Sources of maps
Maps are available in areas east of the Mississippi River, including
Minnesota, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands, from:
Branch of Distribution
U.S. Geological Survey
1200 South Eads St.
Arlington, VA 22202
Telephone: 703/557-2751
Information Resources 16 11/95
-------
Maps of areas west of the Mississippi River, including Alaska, Hawaii,
Louisiana, Guam, and American Somoa, available from:
Branch of Distribution
U.S. Geological Survey
Box 25286, Federal Center
Denver, CO 80225
Telephone: 303/234-3832
V. FEDERAL HAZARD COMMUNICATION STANDARD (HazCom)
A. In 1983, OSHA announced its Federal Hazard Communications Standard, 29 CFR
1910.1200, referred to as HazCom. The Occupational Safety and Health
Administration administers this program. The law guarantees the right to information
about hazardous chemicals in the workplace. This law is referred to as the "Right
to Know" law.
The Federal Hazard Communication Standard, HazCom, establishes requirements in
the following areas:
• Determining the chemical hazards in a workplace.
• Labeling chemicals that are hazardous.
• Maintaining Material Safety Data Sheets that provide information about the
hazardous chemicals.
• Providing a written hazardous chemical training program.
1. Determining chemical hazards in a workplace
There are many different hazardous chemicals. HazCom groups hazardous
chemicals into two (2) types: physical hazards and health hazards.
Chemicals that are physical hazards are flammable, corrosive, or reactive.
Flammable chemicals can cause fires; corrosive chemicals can cause chemical
burns; and reactive chemicals can cause explosions or release toxic fumes.
Chemicals that are health hazards are toxic chemical poisons. Overexposure
to these chemicals can cause acute, or immediate, effects such as nausea or
vomiting. Overexposure to some of these chemicals can cause chronic, or
long-term, effects such as liver damage or cancer.
2. Labeling requirements
HazCom requires that all containers of hazardous chemicals entering or
leaving the workplace must be labeled. The label must show the identity of
the hazardous chemical, appropriate hazard warnings (i.e. flammable,
11/95 17 Information Resources
-------
corrosive), and the name and address of the manufacturer, distributor or
importer.
The label may also include picture symbols that help to identify the hazard
and show the proper personal safety equipment to use when working with the
chemical.
Labeling is also required for portable containers filled with chemicals from
other containers. Tanks and other non-movable containers may be labeled by
using the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) fire diamonds or the
Hazardous Materials Identification System (HMIS) labels.
3. Material Safety Data Sheets
Material Safety Data Sheets required by HazCom must contain the following
information:
• The identity of the material
• Am emergency telephone number
• A list of hazardous ingredients
• Fire and explosion data
• Health hazard data
• Precautions for safe handling and use
• Proper employee protection measures
4. Written Training Program
Written training programs are required by HazCom. The training program
details how a company intends to implement HazCom, and the type and kinds
of training the company intends to conduct.
B. HazCom Identification Systems
Labeling for hazardous chemicals entering or leaving the workplace are governed by
federal regulations. HazCom and Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations
govern labels, placards, and warning signs for shipping hazardous chemicals.
Each of the different types of signs and labels serves a purpose. One type of
chemical labeling are written warnings such as:
• Corrosive - Chemicals that cause chemical burns
• Flammable - Chemicals that can cause fires
Information Resources 18 11/95
-------
• Toxic - Poisonous chemicals
• Oxidlzer - Chemicals that support combustion
• Dangerous when wet - Chemicals that react with water and explode or
produce toxic fumes
Another type of labeling is color coding. Three systems that are used in color coding
are the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), the Hazardous Materials
Identification System (HMIS) and Department of Transportation (DOT).
1. NFPA 704 System (NFPA) labels are referred to as the fire diamonds
because they are in the shape of a diamond. Four small diamonds make up
a fire diamond label. The smaller diamonds are colored red, blue, yellow,
and white. Numbers inside these diamonds are used to identify the severity
of different types of hazards. The numbers range from "0" to "4". The
higher the number, the more severe the hazard. For example:
• The red diamond identifies the fire hazard. A "0" in the red diamond
indicates that the material in the tank or vessel will not burn, while
a "4" indicates that the material may explode when heated.
• The blue diamond indicates a materials health hazard. A "0"
indicated that a material is non-toxic, while a "4" indicates a material
that can be lethal.
• The yellow diamond indicates a materials reactivity. A "0" indicates
a material that is non-reactive, while a "4" indicates a material that
is unusable at normal temperatures.
• The white diamond provides special information about a hazardous
chemical. Letters or symbols are used instead of numbers to indicate
the hazard. For example: COR in the white diamond indicates a
corrosive, while a "W" with a line through it means no water,
because the material reacts with water and explodes or produces toxic
fumes.
2. The Hazardous Materials Identification System (HMIS) labels also use the
colors red, blue, yellow and white and number 0 through 4. HMIS labels are
rectangular, with the colors in horizontal stripes. As with the NFPA system,
the red, blue, and yellow stripes indicate fire, health, and reactivity
respectively, and higher numbers show more severe hazards. The white
section is used to show the proper personal protection gear to be used when
working with the hazardous chemical.
11/95 19 Information Resources
-------
3. U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) labels are similar to the picture
symbols discussed earlier. DOT labels are color coded squares or diamonds
that are attached to hazardous chemicals being shipped. Some examples of
DOT labels are:
• Red
• Yellow
• Orange
• Green
Flammable liquid or gas
Oxygen or oxidizer
Explosive
Compressed gas
Flame
Flame circled at base.
Explosion
Gas cylinder
Black & White
• Blue
Corrosive/
Miscellaneous
Dangerous when wet
Drops eating a hole in
a person's hand/
vertical black and
white stripes
Flame
U.S. DOT placards are fixed to the outside of the vehicles that carry
hazardous chemicals. They are similar to the warning labels, but they may
not carry a written warning. Instead, they may contain a four-digit number
that is the United Nations identification code for that material being shipped.
Information Resources
20
11/95
-------
APPENDIX I
REFERENCES AND RESOURCES
I. INTRODUCTION
This list provides the titles of references and organizations which may be of value to those
responding to hazardous material incidents. Other resources are available which are not
names here. This list can be expanded based on personal preferences and requirements.
The references are categorized by subject. The title, author, publisher, and place of
publication are given for each. The year of publication is not always given because many
are revised annually. The user should attempt to obtain the most recent edition.
The last section lists sources of these references as well as other information that might be
useful. Usually, these agencies or associations will provide a catalogue on request. Where
available, phone number are listed.
Items identified with an asterisk (*) may be particularly useful in "emergency response"
situations.
II. REFERENCES
A. Industrial Hygiene (Air Sampling and Monitoring, Respiratory Protection,
Toxicology).
1. Air Sampling Instruments for Evaluation of Atmospheric Contaminants.
American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, Cincinnati, OH.
2. Basic Industrial Hygiene. Richard Brief, American Industrial Hygiene
Association, Akron, OH.
3. Direct Reading Colorimetric Indicator Tubes Manual. American Industrial
Hygiene Association, Akron, OH.
4. Documentation of the Threshold Limit Values (TLV). American Conference
of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, Cincinnati, OH.
5. Fundamentals of Industrial Hygiene. National Safety Council, Chicago, IL.
6. Health Aspects of the Disposal of Waste Chemicals. Grisham, J.W.,
Pergamon Press.
7. The Industrial Environment - It's Evaluation and Control. National Institute
for Occupational Safety and Health, Rockville, MD.
11/95 21 Appendix I
-------
8. Industrial Hygiene and Toxicology. Frank A. Patty, John Wiley and Sons,
Inc., New York, NY.
9. Industrial Toxicology - Safety and Health in the Workplace^ Williams and
Burson, ACGIH.
10. Manual of Recommended Practice for Combustible Gas Indicators an4
Portable, Direct Reading^ Hydrocarbon Detectors,. American Industrial
Hygiene Association, Akron, OH.
11. NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods. Volumes 1-7. NIOSH, Department
of Health and Human Services, Cincinnati, OH.
*12. NIQSH/OSHA Pocket Guide to Chemical Hazards. DHHS No. 85-114,
NIOSH, Department of Health and Human Services, Cincinnati, OH.
13. Occupational Health Guidelines for Chemical Hazards. DHHS No. 81-123,
NIOSH, Department of Health and Human Services, Cincinnati, OH.
14. Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances. DHHS No. 83107,
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Rockville, MD.
15. Respiratory Protective Devices Manual. American Industrial Hygiene
Association, Akron, OH.
16. TLVs Threshold Limit Values and Biological Exposure Indices (Threshold
Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents in the Workroom
Environment). American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists,
Cincinnati, OH.
17. Toxicology - The Basic Science of Poisons. John Doull, Curtis D. Klaasen
and Mary O. Amdur, Macmillan Publishing Co., New York, NY (1980).
B. Chemical Data
*1. Chemical Hazard Response Information System (CHRISI. U.S. Coast Guard,
Washington, DC. Commandant Instruction M. 16565.12A.
2. CHRIS - A Condensed Guide Chemical Hazards. U.S. Coast Guard,
Commandant Instruction M16565.11a.
3. Chemical Hazards of the Workplace. Proctor and Hughes, J.B. Lippincott
Company.
4. Chemistry of Hazardous Materials. Eugene Meyer, Prentice-Hall, Englewood
Cliffs, NJ.
Appendix I 22 11/95
-------
5. Clinical Toxicology of Commercial Products. Gosselin, R.E., William and
Wilkins.
*6. The Condensed Chemical Dictionary. G. Hawley, Van Nostrand
Reinhold Co., New York, NY.
7. CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Phvsics. CRC Press-Boca Raton, FL.
*8. Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials. N. Irving Sax, Van Nostrand
Reinhold Co., New York, NY.
*9. Effects of Exposure to Toxic Gases. Matheson.
*10. Emergency Handling of Hazardous Materials in Surface Transportation.
Student, P.J., Bureau of Explosives, Association of American Railroads.
*11. Farm Chemicals Handbook. Farm Chemicals Magazine, Willoughby, OH
*12. Firefighter's Handbook of Hazardous Materials. Baker, Charles J., Maltese
Enterprises, Indianapolis, IN.
*13. Fire Protection Guide to Hazardous Materials. National Fire Protection
Association, Boston, MA.
14. Handbook of Chemical Property Estimation Methods. Lyman. W.J.,Reehl,
W.F., and Rosenblatt, D.H.; McGraw Hill Book Company.
15. Handbook of Environmental Data on Organic Chemicals. Verschueren, K.,
Van Nostrand Reinhold Co.
16. Handbook of Reactive Chemical Hazards. Bretherick, L., Butterworths,
Boston, MA.
17. Handbook of Toxic and Hazardous Chemicals. Sittig, Marshal, Noyes
Publications.
18. Hazardous Materials Handbook. Meidl, J.H., Glencoe Press.
19. Hygienic Guides. American Industrial Hygiene Association,
Akron, OH.
20. The Merck Index. Merck and Co., Inc., Rahway, NJ.
21. Toxic and Hazardous Industrial Chemicals Safety Manual. The International
Technical Information Institute, Tokyo, Japan.
11/95 23 Appendix I
-------
C. EPA Methods Manuals for Sampling and Analysis
1. Biological Field and Laboratory Methods for Measuring the Quality of
Surface Water and Effluents. EPA-670/4-73-001.
2. (Draft) Emergency Drum Handling at Abandoned Dump SiteSj EPA Contract
No. 68-03-3113.
3. EPA Solid Waste Manual. Test Methods for Evaluating Solid WasteJ
Physical/Chemical Methods. SW-846 (May 1980).
4. Handbook for Analytical Quality Control in Water and Waste-water
Laboratories. EPA-600/4-79-019 (March 1979).
5. Methods of Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes. EPA-600/479020
(March 1979).
6. Microbiological Methods for Monitoring the Environment. Water and Wastes.
EPA-600/8-78-017 (December 1978).
7. Procedures Manual for Groundwater Monitoring at Solid Wastes Disposal
Facilities. EPA-530/SW-611 (August 1977).
D. Safety and Personnel Protection
1. Best's Safety Directory. A.M. Best Co., Oldwick, NJ.
2. CRC Handbook of Laboratory Safety. Norman V. Steere, CRC Press, Boca
Raton, FL.
3. Fire Protection Handbook. National Fire Protection Association, Quincy,
MA.
4. Flammable Hazardous Substances Emergency Response Handbook: Control
and Safety Procedures. EPA Contract No. 68-03-3014.
5. FM Approval List, Factory Mutual, Norwood, MA.
*6. Guidelines for the Selection of Chemical Protective Clothing. Vol. 1: Field
Guide. A.D. Schwope, P.P. Costas, J.O. Jackson, D.J. Weitzman, Arthur
D. Little, Inc., Cambridge, MA (March 1983).
7. Guidelines for the Selection of Chemical Protective Clothing. Volume 2:
Technical and Reference Manual. A.D. Schwope, P.P. Costas, J.O. Jackson,
D.J. Weitzman, Arthur D. Little, Inc., Cambridge, MA (March 1983).
8. Handling Radiation Emergencies. Purington and Patterson, NFPA.
Appendix I 24 11195
-------
9. fterffr'n Materials Injuries. A Handbook for Pre-Hosoital Care. Douglas
R. Stutz, Robert C. Ricks, Michael F. Olsen, Bradford Communications
Corp., Greenbelt, MD.
10. National Safety Tnuncil Safety Sheets. National Safety Council, Chicago, IL.
11. NTQSH Certified Equipment List. U.S. Dept. of Health and Human Services.
12. Personal Protective Equipment for Hazardous Materials Incidents: A Selection
Guide. NIOSH, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.
13. Protecting Health and Safety at Hazardous Waste Sites: An Overview. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency.
14. Radiation Protection - A Guide for Scientists and Physicians. Shapiro, Jacob,
Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA.
15. Radiological Health Handbook. U.S. Dept. of Health, Education and Welfare.
*16. Radiological Health - Preparedness and Response in Radiation Accidents.
U.S. Dept. of Health and Human Services.
17. A Review of the Department of Transportation Regulations for Transportation
of Radioactive Materials. U.S. Department of Transportation.
*18. SCBA-A Fire Service Guide to the Selection. Use. Care, and Maintenance of
Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus. NFPA, Batterymarch Park, Quincy,
MA.
*19. Standard First Aid and Personal Safety. American Red Cross.
20. Underwriters Laboratories Testing for Public Safety. Annual Directory.
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., Northbrook, IL.
E. Planning Guides
1. Chemical Emergency Planning Program. U.S. EPA.
2. Detoxification of Hazardous Wastes. Exner, Jurgen H., Ann Arbor Science.
*3. Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations Pocketbook. (U.S. Dept. of
Transportation) J.J. Keller and Associates, Inc.
4. Handbook for Remedial Action at Waste Disposal Sites. EPA 625/682-006
(June 1982).
5. Hazardous and Toxic Materials: Safe Handling and Disposal. Fawcett, H.H.,
John Wiley and Sons.
11/95 25 . Appendix I
-------
6. HjTiTflW Chemical Spill Cleanup. Noyes Datat Corporation, Ridge Park,
New Jersey.
7. Hazardous Materials Emergency Planning Guide. National Response Team,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M. Street S.WM Washington
DC 20460(1987).
8. Hazardous Materials Spills Handbook. Gary F. Bennett, Frank S. Feates, Ira
Wilder, McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, NY.
9. Hazardous Waste Regulation - An Interpretive Guide, Mallow, Alex, Van
Nostrand Reinhold Company.
10. Occupational Safety and Health Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste Site
Activities. NIOSH/OSHA/USCG/EPA, U.S. Dept. of Health and Human
Services, NIOSH.
11. Standard Operating Safety Guides. Environmental Response Branch, Office
of Emergency and Remedial Response, U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency.
12. State Decision-Makers Guide for Hazardous Waste Management. SW 612,
U.S. EPA (1977).
*13. 1984 Emergency Response Guidebook - Guidebook for Hazardous Materials
Incidents. DOT P 5800.3 USDOT, Materials Transportation Bureau, Attn:
DMT-11, Washington, DC 20590.
Appendix I 26 11/95
-------
III. TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND POTENTIAL RESPONSE/INFORMATION
SOURCES
1. Agency for Toxic Substances Disease Registry
Centers for Disease Control
Shamlee 28 S., Room 9
Atlanta, GA 30333
404/639-6360
2. American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists
6500 Glenway Avenue, Building D-5
Cincinnati, OH 45211
513/742-2020
3. American Industrial Hygiene Association
475 Wolf Ledges Parkway
Akron, OH 44311-1087
' 703/849-8888
4. American Insurance Association (ALA)
(National Board of Fire Underwriters)
Engineering and Safety Service
85 John St.
New York, NY 10038
5. American National Standards Institute, Inc.
1430 Broadway
New York, NY 10018
6. American Petroleum Institute (API)
1220 L Street N.W., 9th Floor
Washington, DC 20005
202/682-8000
7. American Society of Mechanical Engineering (ASME)
United Engineering Center
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017
212/644-7722
8. ARMY ORDINANCE UNIT
77/95 27 Appendix I
-------
9. Ashland Chemical Company
3849 Risher Road
Columbus, OH 43228
614/276-6143
10. Association of American Railroads (AAR)
50 F Street N.W.
Washington, DC 20001
202/639-2100
11. Association of American Railroads (AAR)
59 East Van Buren Street
Chicago, IL 60650
12 BOMB HANDLERS
13. Bureau of Explosives
American Association of Railroads
1920 L Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20036
202/293-4048
14. Center for Disease Control
Atlanta, GA
404/633-5313
15. CHEMICAL INFORMATION
16. CHEMICAL RESPONSE INFORMATION
17. Chemical Manufacturer's Association
2501 M St. N.W.
Washington, DC 20037
18. CHEMISTS
19. Chemtrec
Washington, DC
800/424-9300
20. CIVIL DEFENSE CLEANUP CONTRACTORS
21. The Clorine Institute
342 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10017
Appendix I 28 11/95
-------
22. The Compressed Gas Association, Inc. (CGA)
500 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10036
23. CONSTRUCTION COMPANIES (HEAVY EQUIPMENT)
24. CRC Press, Inc.
2000 Corporate Blvd., N.W.
Boca Raton, FL 33431
25. DEPARTMENTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (STATE, LOCAL)
26. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (STATE)
27. Dow Chemical Company
Midland, MI 48640
517/636-4400
28. DuPont Company
1007 Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19898
302/774-7500
29. Energy Research Development Admin.
Albuquerque Office
Albuquerque, NM 87101
j
30. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
31. EPIDEMIOLOGISTS
32. Factory Mutual Engineering Corp. Lab
1150 Boston-Providence Turnpike
Norwood, MA 02062
617/762-4300
33. The Fertilizer Institute (TFI)
1015 18th St., N.W.
Washington, DC 20036
202/861-4900
34. FIRE DEPARTMENTS
35. GAS COMPANIES
36. GATX RAIL CAR MFGR.
312/621-6200
11/95 29 Appendix I
-------
37. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS EXPERTS
38. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TEAMS
39. HEALTH DEPARTMENT
40. HIGHWAY DEPARTMENT
41. HOSPITALS
42. Institute of Makers of Explosives (IME)
420 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
212/986-6920
43, J. T. Baker, Inc
Phillipsburgh, NY 08856
908/859-2151
44. Kerr-McGee Chemical Corp.
Kerr-McGee Center
Oklahoma City, OK 73125
405/270-1313
45. LAW ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES
46. Mallinckrodf, Inc.
P.O. Box 5439
St. Louis, MO 63147
314/895-0123
47. Manufacturing Chemists Association, Inc.
1825 Connecticut Avenue N.W.
Washington, DC 20009
48. MANUFACTURERS REPRESENTATIVES
49. MOTOR CARRIER SAFETY
50. National Bureau of Standards
U.S. Department of Commerce
Washington, DC 20234
51. National Fire Protection Association
Batterymarch Park
Quincy, MA 02269
Appendix I 30 11/95
-------
52. National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
Division of Technical Services
46765 Columbia Parkway
Cincinnati, OH 45226
513/684-8302
53. National Response Center (USCG and EPA)
800/424-8802
54. National Safety Council
444 North Michigan St.
Chicago, IL 60611
55. National Tank Truck Carriers, Inc.
1616 P St.
Washington, DC 20036
56. National Transportation Safety Board
800 Independence Avenue
Washington, DC 20594
57. NATX Rail Car Mfgr.
58. Occupational Safety and Health Administration
U.S. Department of Labor
Washington, DC
59. Oil and Hazardous Material Technical Assistance Data System
202/245-3045
60. Poison Control Center
Charleston, SC
61. PORT AUTHORITIES
62. PUBLIC INFORMATION MEDIA
63. PUBLIC WORKS
64. RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL HAULERS
65. Radiological Assistance Zone 3
Savannah River Operations Office
Aiken, SC 29801
803/725-6211,x3333
66. RADIO STATIONS
11/95 31 Appendix I
-------
67. RAILROAD DIVISION SUPERINTENDENT
68. RAILROAD MATERIAL HANDLERS
69. RAILROADS
70. REGIONAL RESPONSE TEAMS
71. SANITATION AGENCIES
72. SHERIFF'S OFFICE
73. SHIPPER REPRESENTATIVES
74. STATE FIRE MARSHAL
75. STATE POLICE
76. STEVEDORING COMPANIES
77. STREET DEPARTMENT
78. STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS
79. Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington, DC 20402
202/783-3238
80. TELEVISION STATIONS
81. TOXICOLOGISTS
82. Underwriters' Laboratories
207 East Ohio St.
Chicago, IL 60611
83. Union Carbide Corp.
Linde Div.
51 Cragwood Road
S. Plainfield, NJ 07080
84. U.S. Army Explosive and Ordnance Disposal
85. U.S. COAST GUARD
86. U.S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
Appendix I 32 11/95
-------
87. U.S. Department of Defense
Nuclear Accident Center
88. U.S. Department of Energy
Washington, DC 20545
89. U.S. Department of Transportation
Materials Transportation Bureau
Office of Hazardous Materials Operations
400 7th St. S.W.
Washington, DC 20590
202/366-4555
90. U.S. EPA
Office of Research and Development
Publications - CERI
Cincinnati, OH 45268
513/684-7562
91. U.S. EPA
Office of Solid Waste
(WH-562)
Superfund Hotline
401 M. St. SW
Washington, DC 20460
800/424-9346
92. U.S. Mine Safety and Health Administration
Department of Labor
4015 Wilson Blvd. Room 600
Arlington, VA 22203
703/235-1452
93. U.S. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Hazardous Materials Response Branch
N/OMS 34
7600 Sand Point Way, N.E.
Seattle, WA 98115
206/527-6317
94. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
Washington, DC 20555
301/492-7000
95. UTLX Rail Car Mfgr.
312/431-3111
96. UTILITIES
11/95 33 Appendix I
-------
97. WASTE DISPOSAL COMPANIES
98. WATER COMPANIES
99. WRECKING COMPANIES
Appendix I 34 11/95
-------
APPENDIX II
PROPERTIES AND REFERENCE SOURCES
PROPERTY
VALUE
SOURCE
Solubility
Vapor Density
Specific Gravity
Boiling Point
Melting Point
Flash Point
Useful in determining if the substance will mix
with water.
Determines if the vapor will rise or fall in
relation to air.
Determines if the substance will float on the
surface or sink in water.
Determines if the substance will be found as a
gas or liquid.
Determines if the substance will be found as a
liquid or a solid.
Most important indicator of relative
EAG, NFPA,
CHRIS, CCD
SAX/1, EAG,
CCD, NFPA,
NIOSH
SAX/1, EAG,
CCD, CHRIS,
NFPA
NIOSH, EAG,
CHRIS, CCD,
NFPA, SAX/1
NIOSH, EAG,
CHRIS, CCD,
MERCK
NFPA, CHRIS,
Ignition Temperature
Flammable Limits
LC
.O
TLV
IDLH
flammability. Temperature at which sufficient
vapors are produced to allow for momentary
ignition if an ignition source is present.
The temperature at which a substance will ignite
without the presence of an ignition source.
Important when pyrophoric material are
involved.
Determines the degree of flammability hazard
present. Includes LEL, UEL, and the flammable
range.
Dose in mg/kg required to kill 50% of a test
population.
Concentration in ppm required to kill 50% of a
test population.
The lowest concentration known to produce an
adverse reaction.
Threshold Limit Value
Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health
NIOSH, CCD,
EAG, SAX/1
NFPA, CHRIS,
CCD, EAG
NFPA, EAG,
NIOSH, CCD,
CHRIS
SAX/1
SAX/1
SAX/1
SAX/1, SAX/2
NIOSH
11/95
35
Appendix II
-------
EAG
NIOSH
SAX/1
SAX/2
CCD
MERCK
CHRIS
REFERENCE SOURCES
Emergency Action Guides. Bureau of Explosives
NIOSH Pocket Guide to Chemical Hazards
Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials (N. Irving Sax)
Rapid Guide to Hazardous Chemicals in the Workplace (N. Irving Sax)
Condensed Chemical Dictionary
Merck Index
Chemical Hazard Response Information System. U. S. Coast Guard
11/95
36
Appendix II
-------
IDENTIFICATION OF
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
STUDENT PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
At the conclusion of this unit, students will be able to:
1. Describe the use of preplans in relation to buildings,
property, and transportation routes
2. List six types of specification containers used in
transportation of hazardous materials
3. Explain the use of U.S. Department of Transportation
placards and labels in transportation of hazardous materials
4. Describe the NFPA 704M marking system and its use
5. List various types of shipping documents used in the
transportation of hazardous materials by rail, air, water, and
highway
6. Discuss the use of direct-reading instruments in determining
the presence of hazardous materials
7. Explain the advantages and disadvantages of using the five
senses to determine the presence of hazardous materials
8. List five clues used to determine the presence of hazardous
materials.
NOTE: Unless otherwise stated, the conditions for
performance are using all references and materials
provided in the course, and the standards of
performance are without error.
11/95
-------
-------
What protective clothing and equipment will be required for the responders as well
as equipment operators?
Will the product react with water or materials used for construction of dikes,
retention structures, etc.?
Will vapors accumulate after the product is controlled? Are the vapors corrosive,
toxic, flammable, etc.?
What are the physical limitations of the responders? Is it reasonable to ask five
responders to dike spills of 1,000 gallons or more? Always consider the physical and
psychological strain that they are under.
What are the potential hazards to responders associated with fires or explosives at a
hazardous materials incident?
V. SUMMARY
Controlling a release using confinement and containment measures requires response
personnel to preplan the use of general control measures. Response personnel must be
prepared, on arrival at the incident, to confine materials that have been released into the air,
spilled on the land, into surface waters, and, sometimes, into groundwater. Personnel must
also be prepared to contain materials that have been released by making sure that a variety
of leak control tools and equipment is available on the response vehicle. When response
personnel are prepared to confine and contain materials in an emergency, they are in the best
position to mitigate (prevent or reduce) the incident's impact on public health, property and
the environment.
11/95 21 Confinement and Containment
-------
-------
REGULATORY OVERVIEW
STUDENT PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
At the conclusion of this unit, students will be able to:
1. Identify the major components of SARA Title I, Section 126,
29 CFR 1910.120 Paragraph Q, Emergency Response
2. Identify state and local government and industry
requirements mandated by SARA Title ffi
3. Identify Title HI planning requirements for both state and
local committees and industry
4. Describe the benefits of SARA as they relate to safety in the
field
5. Identify the mandated components of an emergency response
plan
6. Describe the required procedure for handling an emergency
response
7. Describe the necessity of an incident command system to
direct emergency response
NOTE: Unless otherwise stated, the conditions for
performance are using all references and materials
provided in the course, and the standards of
performance are without error.
11/95
-------
STUDENT PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES (cont.)
8. State the mandated duties of the incident commander
9. Describe how skilled support personnel can be used during
an emergency response
10. Describe the duties of specialists during an emergency
response
11. Identify the various mandated levels of training, including
the type of training for each level
12. Identify who must participate in a medical surveillance
program and what an employer must do to maintain
compliance
13. Describe the chemical protective equipment program
mandated by 1910.120 Paragraph Q
14. Describe how the requirements mandated by 1910.120
Paragraph Q impact decisions regarding post-emergency
operations.
NOTE: Unless otherwise stated, the conditions for
performance are using all references and materials
provided in the course, and the standards of
performance are without error.
11/95
-------
NOTES
REGULATORY OVERVIEW
29CFR 1910.120 (Q)
SUPERFUND
AMENDMENTS AND
REAUTHORIZATION ACT
OF 1986
S-2
SUPERFUND AMMENDMENTS AND
REAUTHORIZAHON ACT OF 1986
I. Provisions relating primarily to reponse
and liability
II. Miscellaneous provisions
III. Emergency planning and community right
to know
IV. Radon gas and indoor air quality research
S-3
11/95
Regulatory Overview
-------
NOTES
SARA (cont.)
• Worker Protection Standards
- Title I, Section 126, SARA
- Codified in 29 CFR 1910.120
S-4
SARA (cont.)
Emergency planning and community
right to know, Title III SARA
- State Emergency Response
Commissions (SERC)
- Local Emergency Response
Committees (LEPC)
S-5
SARA (cont.)
Emergency planning and community
right to know, Title III SARA
- Industry reporting of stored
and used hazardous substances
- Develop emergency response
plans
s-a
Regulatory Overview
11/95
-------
NOTES
PARAGRAPH Q 29 CFR 1910.120
Agencies engaged in emergency response
to hazardous substance incidents
regardless of location
Section 303 of SARA
- Comprehensive emergency response
plan
S-7
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN
Develop and implement as a minimum
- Pre-emergency planning
- Personnel roles, lines of authority
training, and communications
- Emergency recognition and prevention
— Safe distances
- Site security
S-8
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN
(cont.)
- Evacuation procedures
- Decontamination procedures
- Emergency medical treatment
- Personal protective equipment
- Critique and response follow-up
S-B
11/95
Regulatory Overview
-------
NOTES
EMERGENCY RESPONSE
PROCEDURES
• Incident command employed
• Incident commander required to:
- Identify chemical and physical
hazards
- Address site analysis
- Use engineering controls
S-IO
EMERGENCY RESPONSE
PROCEDURES (cont)
Incident commander required to:
- Establish maximum exposure limits
- Establish hazardous substance
handling procedures
- Use new technologies
S-11
INCIDENT COMMANDER
Ensure:
- Proper protective equipment used
- When required, positive pressure
breathing apparatus is used
- Response personnel on scene
kept to a minimum
8-12
Regulatory Overview
11/95
-------
NOTES
INCIDENT COMMANDER (cont.)
• Ensure:
- "Buddy system" used on scene
(two or more personnel)
- Back-up personnel on standby
- Advanced first aid personnel
on scene with transportation
S-13
SAFETY OFFICIAL
Incident commander appoints
Safety official must identify and evaluate
hazards
Authority to alter, suspend, or terminate
scene activities
- Inform incident commander
immediately; provide direction
S-14
INCIDENT COMMANDER
• Ensure:
- Jmplement appropriate decontamination
procedures
- Exchange of SCBA air cylinders
3-15
11/95
Regulatory Overview
-------
NOTES
SKILLED SUPPORT PERSONNEL
• Specialized equipment operators
• Temporary support work
• Training requirements
S-16
SKILLED SUPPORT PERSONNEL
(cont.)
• Initial briefing required
- Use of personal protective
clothing
- Chemical hazards
- Duties to be performed
S-17
SPECIALIST EMPLOYEES
Work with specific hazardous substances
Provide technical advice
Demonstrate competency
s-ie
Regulatory Overview
11/95
-------
NOTES
TRAINING
Based on duties and functions
Personnel hired after March 6, 1990
S-1B
FIRST RESPONDER AWARENESS
LEVEL
• Discover or witness incident
• Notify proper authorities
S-20
FIRST RESPONDER AWARENESS
LEVEL (cont.)
• Sufficient training and experience to
objectively demonstrate:
- Understanding of hazardous materials
and risks during response
- Potential outcomes of response
S-21
11/95
Regulatory Overview
-------
NOTES
FIRST RESPONDER AWARENESS
LEVEL (cont.)
- Recognize presence of hazardous
materials
- Ability to Identify hazardous
materials
- Understanding of responder's role
- Recognize need for additional
resources
S-22
FIRST RESPONDER OPERATIONS
LEVEL
• Protection of nearby persons, property, or
the environment
• Defensive response
• Confinement of release from safe distance
S.J:3
FIRST RESPONDER OPERATIONS
LEVEL (cont.)
• At least 8 hours of training
• Sufficient experience to objectively
demonstrate compentency of Awareness
Level training
S-24
Regulatory Overview
11/95
-------
NOTES
FIRST RESPONDER OPERATIONS
LEVEL (cont.)
• Agency to certify:
- Knowledge of basic hazard and
risk assessment
- Selection and use of PPE
- Basic hazardous materials
terminology
9-86
FIRST RESPONDER OPERATIONS
LEVEL (cont.)
• Perform basic control techniques
• Implement basic decontamination
procedures
• Relevant standard operating procedures,
and termination procedures
S-2fl
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
TECHNICIAN
• Respond to stop a release
• Perform advance control techniques
• Received at least 24 hours of training equal
to Operations Level
3-27
11/95
Regulatory Overview
-------
NOTES
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
TECHNICIAN (cont.)
Agency shall certify that the technician has
the ability to:
- Implement the agencies' emergency
response plan
- Use field instruments to classify,
identify, or verify known or unknown
materials present
- Function within an assigned role
in the agencies1 ICS
s-zei
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
TECHNICIAN (cont.)
Agency shall certify that the technician has
the ability to:
- Select and use proper specialized
personal protective equipment
- Understand hazard and risk
assessment techniques
- Perform advance control,
containment, or confinement
techniques
S-2«
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
TECHNICIAN (cont.)
- Understand and implement
decontamination procedures
- Understand termination
procedures
- Understand basic chemical and
toxicological terminology and
behavior
S-30
Regulatory Overview
11/95
-------
NOTES
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
SPECIALIST
Support technicians
Specific knowledge of various substances
Act as liaison with local, state, and federal
government officials
Shall have minimum of 24 hours training
equal to Technician Level
S-31
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
SPECIALIST (cont.)
Agency shall certify the specialist has the
ability to:
- Implement the local emergency
response plan
- Use advanced survey instruments
and equipment to classify, identify,
and verify known and unknown
materials onsite
S-32
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
SPECIALIST (cont.)
Agency shall certify the specialist has the
ability to:
-- Know the state emergency
response plan
- Select and use specialized
chemical personal protective
equipment
- Understand in-depth hazard and
risk assessment techniques
S-33
11/95
Regulatory Overview
-------
NOTES
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
SPECIALIST (cont.)
Agency shall certify the specialist has the
ability to:
- Perform specialized control,
containment, and confinement
operations
- Implement decontamination procedures
- Develop a site safety and control plan
- Understand chemical, radiological, and
toxicological terminology and behavior
S-34
ON-SCENE INCIDENT
COMMANDER
Training for those who control scene
beyond Awareness Level response
Shall receive a minimum 24 hours of
training equal to Operations Level
ON-SCENE INCIDENT
COMMANDER (cont.)
Must have competency in the following
areas:
- Know and implement agencies' ICS
- Implement the agencies' ERP
- Know the risks and hazards of
employees working in chemical
protective clothing
- Implement the local ERP
Regulatory Overview
11/95
-------
NOTES
ON-SCENE INCIDENT
COMMANDER (cont)
Must have competency in the following
areas:
- Knowledge of the state ERP
- Knowledge of the federal regional
response team
- Know and understand the importance
of decontamination procedures
S-37
TRAINERS
Trainers of employees in categories Q-6 of
the standard shall:
- Satisfactorily complete training
course
- Have training or academic credentials
- Possess a good command of subject
matter
S-3B
REFRESHER TRAINING
Training pursuant to Q-6:
- Sufficient content and duration
to maintain competency
- Employee to demonstrate competency
at least yearly
- Agency to make a written statement
of the training or competency
- Record of methodology
S-3S
11/95
Regulatory Overview
-------
NOTES
MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE
Members of organized and designated
hazardous material teams
Hazardous materials specialist
Paragraph (f) of standard
S-40
MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE (cont.)
• Prior to response
• Every 12 months, unless physician
approves longer interval
• Reassignment of duties or termination of
employment
• Agency to provide examinations at no cost
to employees
S-41
MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE (cont.)
• Signs or symptoms of possible
overexposure to a substance or health
hazard
• Injured or exposed above the PEL
• More frequent intervals as determined by
physician
S-42
Regulatory Overview
11/95
-------
NOTES
CHEMICAL PROTECTIVE
CLOTHING
Compliance with Paragraph (g-35) of the
standard
- Selection based on known or
potential hazards
- Positive-pressure SCBA
S-43
CHEMICAL PROTECTIVE
CLOTHING (cont.)
Compliance with Paragraph (g-35) of the
standard
- Level A suits to be used when skin
absorption possible
- Level of protection to vary with
conditions
- Level A suit to protect from
hazards
S-44
CHEMICAL PROTECTIVE
CLOTHING (cont.)
• Personal protective equipment program
- Equipment selection
- Use and limitations of equipment
- Work mission duration
- Maintenance and storage
S-45
11/95
Regulatory Overview
-------
NOTES
CHEMICAL PROTECTIVE
CLOTHING (cont.)
Personal protective equipment program
- Decontamination and disposal
- Training and proper fitting
- Donning and doffing procedures
- Inspection procedures prior to,
during, and after use
S-46
CHEMICAL PROTECTIVE
CLOTHING (cont.)
Personal protective equipment program
- Evaluation of program
- Limitations during temperature
extremes, heat stress, appropriate
medical considerations
S-47
POST-EMERGENCY RESPONSE
• Institute termination procedures
• Cleanup and removal of materials from .
scene; mandatory compliance with
paragraphs (b) through (o) of
standard
• Incident at facility
S-4B
Regulatory Overview
11/95
-------
NOTES
WORKER PROTECTION
STANDARDS
Standard enforced by both OSHA and U.S.
EPA
Professional response
S-49
11/95
Regulatory Overview
-------
-------
REGULATORY OVERVIEW
TITLE HI - EMERGENCY PLANNING AND COMMUNITY RIGHT-TO-KNOW
TOPIC PAGE NO.
I. INTRODUCTION 1
II. SUPERFUND REAUTHORIZATION AND AMENDMENTS ACT 2
III. TITLE III 2
A. EMERGENCY PLANNING (SECTION 301-302) 2
B. EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION (SECTION 304) 3
C. COMMUNITY RIGHT-TO-KNOW REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
(SECTION 311-312) 4
D. TOXIC CHEMICAL RELEASE REPORTING (SECTION 313) 5
IV. THE NATIONAL RESPONSE PLAN 6
V. SUMMARY 7
APX. I 29CFR 1910.120 PARAGRAPH (q) 9
APX. II 29CFR 1910.120 PARAGRAPH (f) 15
APX. Ill MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET AND SAMPLE OF COMPLETED
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET 19
11/95
-------
-------
REGULATORY OVERVIEW
TITLE III - EMERGENCY PLANNING AND
COMMUNITY RIGHT-TO-KNOW
I. INTRODUCTION
Responding to a hazardous material emergency (or incident) requires executing many
different activities in order to control the emergency and prevent or reduce loss of life,
injury, property damage, or adverse environmental effects. The number of responders (and
resources) needed varies considerably. From a few responders for a minor spill to many,
representing local, state, and federal agencies as well as private industry, for a major
incident. Regardless of the number needed, whether they can effectively achieve the goal
of mitigating undesirable effects depends upon a number of factors. To a large degree, one
factor primarily determines the success of a response - having a preestablished hazardous
material emergency response plan.
A comprehensive, well-written plan, periodically reviewed and tested, helps prevent much
of the confusion and chaos inherent in responding to incidents for which no preplanning
exists. A plan allows required activities to commence without unnecessary delays caused by
lack of organization, structure, leadership, resources, assistance, or technical expertise.
In addition to existing state and local laws and regulations concerning hazardous material
emergencies, a relatively new federal environmental law, the Emergency Planning and
Community Right-To-Known Act of 1986, known a Title III, requires the states to develop
and coordinate state and local response organizations and preparedness plans for responding
to hazardous material emergencies.
Four provisions of Title III are especially important to local responders.
• A planning committee comprised of representatives from the local community
must be established to develop plans and organize resources for responding
to chemical accidents.
• Facilities that manufacture, use, store, or otherwise possess quantities of
designated chemicals above minimum levels must identify and give
information concerning the hazardous properties of these substances to the
local emergency planning committee and to the fire department.
• - Facilities must immediately notify local and state authorities of a release of
more than a predetermined amount of designated chemicals.
• Upon request of the fire department, the owner/operator of a facility must
permit access to the facility by the fire department to conduct on-site
inspections of the facility.
11/95 1 Regulatory Overview
-------
II. SUPERFUND REAUTHORIZATION AND AMENDMENTS ACT
In 1986, the Superfund Reauthorization and Amendments Act, (SARA) was passed. SARA
reauthorized and amended the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act (CERCLA) of 1980, the major law establishing the role and responsibilities of
the federal agencies for responses to hazardous materials accidents and clean-up of
abandoned, hazardous waste sites. The reauthorization of CERCLA provided for the
continuation and revision of the federal government's own plan for responding to hazardous
material emergencies - the Oil and Hazardous Substances Contingency Plan. Also included
in SARA were five titles (each a free-standing statutory provision or law). Of these, Title
III has a direct impact on state and local emergency response planning for hazardous material
emergencies.
III. TITLE III - EMERGENCY PLANNING AND COMMUNITY RIGHT-TO-KNOW ACT
OF 1986
Title III mandates that state and local governments establish an organization, prepare
emergency plans, identify resources, and provide training for emergency responders. Its
intent is to improve the local and state capability for planning, preparing, and responding to
chemical emergencies and to provide for a more coordinated local, state, federal approach
to hazardous material emergency response.
Title III has four major sections:
A. Emergency Planning (Section 301-302)
The Governor of each state must designate a State Emergency Response Commission
(SERC) which should have broad based representation from state agencies, the public
as well as the private sector. The SERC is to designate emergency planning districts
and appoint Local Emergency Planning Committees (LEPC). Membership of the
LEPC must include elected State and local officials, police, fire, civil defense, public
health professionals, environmental, hospital, and transportation officials as well as
representatives of facilities subject to the emergency planning requirements,
community groups, and the media.
It is the responsibility of the SERC to coordinate local planning efforts and to insure
that facilities and the local community comply with Title III requirements.
^
The LEPC is responsible for preparing an emergency response plan which must, as
a minimum:
• Identify facilities and extremely hazardous substances transportation
routes.
• Designate a Local Emergency Coordinator and facility
coordmators(s).
Regulatory Overview 2 11/95
-------
• Establish emergency notification procedures.
• Provide emergency response training to local personnel who may be
called upon to mitigate a chemical release.
• Provide methods for determining the occurrence of releases and the
probable area affected area and population.
• Describe the community's and industry's emergency equipment and
facilities and identifying the persons responsible for them.
• Prepare evacuation plans.
• Develop methods and schedules for exercising emergency response
plans.
B. Emergency Notification (Section 3041
Facilities must immediately notify the LEPC and the SERC if there is a release of a
listed hazardous substance that exceeds the reportable quantity for that substance.
Substances subject to this requirement are:
• Substances listed on the list of Extremely Hazardous Substances
(EHS) (See Appendix I).
• Substances subject to the emergency notification requirement Of
CERCLA, Section 303(a).
The initial notification requirement can be by telephone, radio, or in person.
Transportation incidents are reported by dialing the local emergency number (911)
or the local operator.
Emergency notification needs to include:
• The chemical name
• An indication of whether the substance is extremely hazardous
• An estimate of the quantity released into the environment
• The time and duration of the release
• The media into which the release occurred
• Any known or anticipated acute or chronic health risk associated with the
emergency, and where appropriate, advise regarding medical attention
necessary for exposed individuals
11/95 3 Regulatory Overview
-------
• Proper precautions, such as evacuation
• Name and telephone number of contact person
A follow-up written notice is required after the emergency which is to include:
• Updated information included in the initial verbal notification
• Additional information on:
Actual response actions taken
Any known or anticipated data or chronic health risks
associated with the release
Advise regarding medical attention necessary for exposed
individuals
C. Community Right-to-Know Reporting Requirements (Section 311-312^
Facilities required to prepare Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs), by the U.S.
Occupational Health and Safety Administration (OSHA) in their Worker Right-To-
Know regulations, must submit, if they meet the threshold limit quantities, this
information to the SERC, the LEPC, and the local fire department Facilities may
submit a list of the chemicals they have instead of the MSDS. (See Sample
MSDS, Appendix II). If so done, the list must include the chemical or common
name and any hazardous components as provided on the MSDS. If requested by the
LEPC, facilities must submit MSDS for the chemicals on their list to the LEPC.
The chemicals on the list must be organized into health and physical hazards as set
forth by OSHA regulations. OSHA originally used 23 separate categories of health
hazards. EPA has condensed this into five groups. Two health - acute and chronic
toxicity, and three physical hazard groups - pressure release (which can include
anything from compressed gases to explosives), flammable and reactive.
The reporting requirements also include submission of an emergency and hazardous
chemical inventory form to the LEPC, the SERC, and to the local fire department.
EPA has established a two-tier requirement for facilities to report chemical
information to local and state authorities.
• Tier I Information
This is general information about the facility and the identity and an
estimate (in ranges) of the maximum amount of chemicals for each
category present at the facility during the previous calendar year.
Also required is an estimate (a range) of the average daily amount of
chemicals in each category and the general location in the facility
where they are stored.
Regulatory Overview 4 11/95
-------
• Tier II Information
Upon the request of the LEPC, SERC, or fire department, the facility
must provide the following information:
Essentially the same information as required by Tier I, but in
more detail. Additional information includes a brief
description of the manner of storage, the location of the
chemicals in the facility, and an indication of whether the
owner wishes to withhold information on the basis of trade
secrecy.
Tier I information must be made available to the public during
normal working hours by the SERC or LEPC. Tier II
information is to be made available by the SERC provided a
written request substantiates a legitimate need to know.
Of particular importance to emergency responders is the section which gives the
senior fire official or his designated representative access to the facility to conduct
inspections for compliance with these regulations. Local authorities can also
designate additional personnel such as environmental health or health department
inspectors to assist in conducting these facility inspections.
D. Toxic Chemical Release Reporting (Section 313)
Requires EPA to establish an inventory of toxic chemical emissions from certain
facilities. Facilities subject to this reporting requirement are required to complete a
toxic chemical release form for each specific chemical meeting threshold
requirements.
The reporting requirement applies to owners and operators of facilities that have ten
or more full-time employees and that manufacture, process, or otherwise use a listed
toxic chemical in excess of specified threshold quantities. They must report annually
on all releases to air, water, and land.
There are over 300 chemicals and categories of chemicals that are subject to the
reporting requirements. Facilities using listed chemicals in quantities over 10,000
pounds per year are subject to reporting requirements.
Other Title III Provisions
Section 322 addresses the authority for a facility to withhold information based upon
trade secrecy. In general, for the specific identity of a chemical to be withheld from
disclosure four criteria must be met:
1. The information withheld cannot have been divulged to another person.
Essentially if others not directly involved in the processing or operation are
aware of the chemical identity, it cannot be considered a secret any longer.
11/95 5 Regulatory Overview
-------
2. The information is not required to be disclosed by other federal laws.
3. The disclosure of the information would cause a substantial competitive
disadvantage to the firm in the commercial marketplace.
4. The identity of the chemical is not readily discernable through reverse
engineering.
Even for chemicals whose specific identity can be withheld as a trade secret the
generic category the chemical falls in must still be submitted as well as any
significant health and safety hazards it possesses.
In this subtitle, there is an exception to the trade secret provision. Upon written
request by health practitioners, information must be made available for the diagnosis
and treatment of chemical injury. During a medical emergency a written
confidentiality statement by the physician is not needed, but the provider of the
chemical information, under the trade secrecy provision, may subsequently request
a written confidentiality agreement from health professionals. If information is
needed for any reason other than a bonafide emergency, a written confidentiality
agreement must be provided along with a specific statement of need for the
information by the local medical authority.
Section 305(a) Provides up to $5,000,000 annually to states to enhance their training
efforts in the area of planning and responding to chemical incidents.
Section 305(b) requires EPA to review emergency systems for monitoring, detecting,
and preventing releases of extremely hazardous substances at representative facilities
that produce, use, or store these substances.
IV. THE NATIONAL RESPONSE PLAN
The federal government's role and responsibilities for responding to releases or potential
releases of oil or hazardous substances is contained in the National Oil and Hazardous
Substances Contingency Plan (NCP). The NCP establishes a National Response Team
(NRT), comprised of representatives from 14 federal agencies. Each signatory agency is
assigned certain response functions, generally parallel to the agency's legislative
responsibilities, and is required to develop and organize their agencies capabilities for
responding to chemical emergencies.
.-
The National Response Team's primary function is to organize and manage the NCP; to
review it, keep it current, and to make sure that individual agencies discharge their
responsibility. Lead roles in the NCP are assigned to the U.S. EPA and the U.S. Coast
• Guard (USCG).
The NCP also establishes Regional Response Teams (RRT) and requires that they develop
appropriate regional mechanisms for planning and preparedness activities. Regional
Contingency Plans (RCP) are to include provisions for communications, planning,
coordination, training, evaluation, preparedness, and other such matters on a region-wide
Regulatory Overview 6 11/95
-------
basis. The NCP calls for ten Regional Response Teams with jurisdiction corresponding to
the ten standard federal geographical regions. The RRT's are responsible for developing and
preparing Regional Response Plans (RRP).
Regional Response Teams are comprised of regional representatives from each of the 14
federal agencies on the NRT. It also includes a representative from each of the States within
that region. When the Regional Response Plan is activated, due to an incident within the
region, a representative from the locally effected area automatically becomes a voting
member of the committee. The RRP also preestablishes a federal manager - On-Scene-
Coordinator (OSC) - either from the EPA or the USCG for any incident that occurs.
Title III requires Regional Response Teams, when requested, to assist SERCs and LEPCs
in the development and implementation of their emergency preparedness plans. It also
requires the NRT to publish guidance documents concerning the preparation and planning of
emergency response plans.
V. SUMMARY
Responses to hazardous materials incidents are more effective when preplanning has been
done and emergency response plans prepared in advance. Emergency response plans must
be prepared by each level of government - local, state, federal - which has responsibilities
for response activities. Title III and the NCP provide a mechanism for integrated,
coordinated preparedness planning and emergency response.
11/95 7 Regulatory Overview
-------
-------
APPENDIX I
29CFR 1910.120 PARAGRAPH (q) EMERGENCY RESPONSE TO HAZARDOUS
SUBSTANCE RELEASES.
This paragraph covers employers whose
employees are engaged in emergency response
no matter where it occurs except that it does
not cover employees engaged in operations
specified in paragraphs (a)(l)(i) through
(a)(l)(iv) of this section. Those emergency
response organizations who have developed
and implemented programs equivalent to this
paragraph for handling releases of hazardous
substances pursuant to section 303 of the
Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization
Act of 1986 (Emergency Planning and
Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, 42
U.S.C. 11003) shall be deemed to have met
the requirements of this paragraph.
(1) Emergency response plan. An
emergency response plan shall be developed
and implemented to handle anticipated
emergencies prior to the commencement of
emergency response operations. The plan
shall be in writing and available for inspection
and copying by employees, their
representatives and OSHA personnel.
Employers who will evacuate their employees
from the workplace when an emergency
occurs, and who did not permit any of their
employees to assist in handling the emergency
are exempt from the requirements of this
paragraph if they provide an emergency action
plan in accordance with §1910.38(a) of this
part.
(2) Elements of an emergency response
plan. The employer shall develop an
emergency response plan for emergencies
which shall address, as a minimum, the
following to the extent that they are not
addressed elsewhere:
(i) Pre-emergency planning and coordination
with outside parties.
(ii) Personnel roles, lines of authority,
training, and communication.
(iii) Emergency recognition and prevention.
(iv) Safe distances and places of refuse.
(v) Site security and control.
(vi) Evacuation routes and procedures.
(vii) Decontamination.
(viii) Emergency medical treatment and first
aid.
(ix) Emergency alerting and response
procedures.
(x) Critique of response and follow-up.
(xi) PPE and Emergency equipment.
(xii) Emergency response organizations may
use the local emergency response plan or the
state emergency response plan or both, as
part of their emergency response plan to
avoid duplication. Those items of the
emergency response plan that are being
properly addressed by the SARA Title III
plans may be substituted into their
emergency plan or otherwise kept together
for the employer and the employee's use.
(3) Procedures for handling emergency
response.
(i) The senior emergency response official
responding to an emergency shall become the
individual in charge of a site-specific
Incident Command System (ICS). All
emergency responders and their
11/95
Appendix. I
-------
communications shall be coordinated and
controlled through the individual in charge of
the ICS assisted by the senior official present
for each employer.
Note to (q)(3)(i)—The "senior official" at an
emergency response is the most senior
official on the site who has the responsibility
for controlling the operations at the site.
Initially it is the senior officer on the first-
due piece of responding emergency apparatus
to arrive on the incident scene. As more
senior officers arrive (i.e., battalion chief,
fire chief, state law enforcement official, site
coordinator, etc.) the position is passed up
the line of authority which has been
previously established.
(ii) The individual in charge of the ICS shall
identify, to the extent possible, all hazardous
substances or conditions present and shall
address as appropriate site analysis, use of
engineering controls, maximum exposure
limits, hazardous substance handling
procedures, and use of any new
technologies.
(iii) Based on the hazardous substances
and/or conditions present, the individual in
charge of the ICS shall implement
appropriate emergency operations, and
assure that the personal protective equipment
worn is appropriate for the hazards to be
encountered. However, personal protective
equipment shall meet, at a minimum, the
criteria contained in 29 CFR 1910.156(e)
when worn while performing fire fighting
operations beyond the incipient stage for any
incident or site.
^
(iv) Employees engaged in emergency
response and exposed to hazardous
substances presenting an inhalation hazard or
potential inhalation hazard shall wear
positive pressure self-contained breathing
apparatus while engaged in emergency
response, until such time that the individual
in charge of the ICS determines through the
use of air monitoring that a decreased level
of respiratory protection will not result in
hazardous exposures to employees.
(v) The individual in charge of the ICS shall
limit the number of emergency response
personnel at the emergency site, in those
areas of potential or actual exposure to
incident or site hazards, to those who are
actively performing emergency operations.
However, operations in hazardous areas shall
be performed using the buddy system in
groups of two or more.
(vi) Back-up personnel shall stand by with
equipment ready to provide assistance or
rescue. Advance first aid support personnel,
as a minimum, shall also stand by with
medical equipment and transportation
capability.
(vii) The individual in charge of the ICS
shall designate a safety official, who is
knowledgeable in the operations being
implemented at the emergency response site,
with specific responsibility to identify and
evaluate hazards and to provide direction
with respect to the safety of operations for
the emergency at hand.
(viii) When activities are judged by the
safety official to be an IDLH condition
and/or to involve an imminent danger
condition, the safety official shall have the
authority to alter, suspend, or terminate
those activities. The safety official shall
immediately inform the individual in charge
of the ICS of any actions needed to be taken
to correct these hazards at an emergency
scene.
(ix) After emergency operations have
terminated, the individual in charge of the
ICS shall implement appropriate
decontamination procedures.
(x) When deemed necessary for meeting the
tasks at hand, approved self-contained
Appendix I
10
11/95
-------
compressed air breathing apparatus may be
used with approved cylinders from other
approved self-contained compressed air
breathing apparatus provided that such
cylinders are of the same capacity and
pressure rating. All compressed air
cylinders used with self-contained breathing
apparatus shall meet U.S. Department of
Transportation and National Institute for
Occupational Safety and Health criteria.
(4) Skilled support personnel. Personnel,
not necessarily an employer's own employees,
who are skilled in the operation of certain
equipment, such as mechanized earth moving
or digging equipment or crane and hoisting
equipment, and who are needed temporarily to
.perform immediate emergency support work
that cannot reasonably be performed in a
timely fashion by an employer's own
employees, and who will be or may be
exposed to the hazards at an emergency
response scene, are not required to meet the
training required in this paragraph for the
employer's regular employees. However,
these personnel shall be given an initial
briefing at the site prior to their participation
in any emergency response. The initial
briefing shall include instruction in the
wearing of appropriate personal protective
equipment, what chemical hazards are
involved, and what duties are to be performed.
All other appropriate safety and health
precautions provided to the employer's own
employees shall be used to assure the safety
and health of these personnel.
(5) Specialist employees. Employees who, in
the course of their regular job duties, work
with and are trained in the hazards of specific
hazardous substances, and who will be called
upon to provide technical advice or assistance
at a hazardous substance release incident to
the individual in charge, shall receive training
or demonstrate competency in the area of their
specialization annually.
(6) Training. Training shall be based on the
duties and function to be performed by each
responder of an emergency response
organization. The skill and knowledge levels
required for all new responders, those hired
after the effective date of this standard, shall
be conveyed to them through training before
they are permitted to take part in actual
emergency operations on an incident.
Employees who participate, or are expected to
participate, in emergency response, shall be
given training in accordance with the
following paragraphs:
(i) First responder awareness level. First
responders at the awareness level are
individuals who are likely to witness or
discover a hazardous substance release and
who have been trained to initiate an
emergency response sequence by notifying
the proper authorities of the release. They
would take no further action beyond
notifying the authorities of the release. First
responders at the awareness level shall have
sufficient training to have had sufficient
experience to objectively demonstrate
competency in the following areas.
(a) An understanding of what hazardous
materials are, and the risks associated with
them in an incident.
(b) An understanding of the potential
outcomes associated with an emergency
created when hazardous materials are
present.
(c) The ability of recognize the presence
of hazardous materials in an emergency.'
(d) The ability to identify the hazardous
materials, if possible.
(e) An understanding of the role of the
first responder awareness individual in the
employer's emergency response plan
including the site security and control and
the U.S. Department of Transportation's
Emergency Response Guidebook.
11/95
11
Appendix I
-------
(f) the ability to realize the need for
additional resources, and to make
appropriate notifications to the
communication center.
(ii) First res ponder operations level. First
responders at the operations level are
individuals who respond to releases or
potential releases of hazardous substances as
part of the initial response to the site for the
purpose of protecting nearby persons,
property, or the environment from the effects
of the release. They are trained to respond
in a defensive fashion without actually trying
to stop the release. Their function is to
contain the release from a safe distance, keep
it from spreading, and prevent exposures.
First responders at the operational level shall
have received at least eight hours of training
or have had sufficient experience to
objectively demonstrate competency in the
following areas in addition to those listed for
the awareness level and the employer shall
so certify:
(a) Knowledge of the basic hazard and
risk assessment techniques.
(b) Know how to select and use proper
personal protective equipment provided to
the first responder operational level.
(c) An understanding of basic hazardous.
materials terms.
(d) Know how to perform basic control,
containment and/or confinement operations
within the capabilities of the resources and
personal protective equipment available
with their unit.
(e) Know how to implement basic
decontamination procedures.
(f) An understanding of the revellent
standard operating procedures and
termination procedures.
(iii) Hazardous materials technician.
Hazardous materials technicians are
individuals who respond to releases or
potential releases for the purpose of stopping
the release. They assume a more aggressive
role than a first responder at the operations
level in that they will approach the point of
release in order to plug, patch or otherwise
stop the release of a hazardous substance.
Hazardous materials technicians shall have
received at least 24 hours of training equal to
the first responder operations level and in
addition have competency in the following
areas and the employer shall so certify:
(a) Know how to implement the
employer's emergency response plan.
(b) Know the classification, identification
and verification of known and unknown
materials by using field survey instruments
and equipment.
(c) Be able to function within an assigned
role in the Incident Command System.
(d) Know how to select and use proper
specialized chemical personal protective
equipment provided to the hazardous
materials technical.
(e) Understand hazard and risk assessment
techniques.
(f) Be able to perform advance control,
containment, and/or confinement
operations within the capabilities of the
resources and personal protective
equipment available with the unit.
(g) Understand and implement
decontamination procedures.
(h) Understand termination procedures.
(i) Understand basic chemical and
lexicological terminology and behavior.
Appendix I
12
11/95
-------
(iv) Hazardous materials specialist.
Hazardous materials specialists are
individuals who respond with and provide
support to hazardous materials technicians.
Their duties parallel those of the hazardous
materials technician, however, those duties
require a more directed or specific
knowledge of the various substances they
may be called upon to contain. The
hazardous materials specialist would also act
as the site liaison with Federal, state, local
and other government authorities in regards
to site activities. Hazardous materials
specialists shall have received at least 24
hours of training equal to the technical level
and in addition have competency in the
following areas and the employer shall so
certify:
(a) Know how to implement the local
emergency response plan.
(b) Understand classification, identification
and verification of known and unknown
materials by using advanced1 survey
instruments and equipment.
(c) Know of the state emergency response
plan.
(d) Be able to select and use proper
specialized chemical personal protective
equipment provided to the hazardous
materials specialist.
(e) Understand in-depth'hazard and risk
techniques.
(f) Be able to perform specialized control,
containment, and/or confinement
operations within the capabilities of the
resources and personal protective
equipment available.
(g) Be able to determine and implement
decontamination procedures.
(h) Have the ability to develop a site
safety and control plan.
(i) Understand chemical, radiological and
lexicological terminology and behavior.
(v) On scene incident commander.
Incident commanders, who will assume
control of the incident scene beyond the first
responder awareness level, shall receive at
least 24 hours of training equal to the first
responder operations level and in addition
have competency in the following areas and
the employer shall so certify:
(a) Know and be able to implement the
employer's incident command system.
(b) Know how to implement the
employer's emergency response plan.
(c) Know and understand the hazards and
risks associated with employees working
in chemical protective clothing.
(d) Know how to implement the local
emergency response plan.
(e) Know of the state emergency response
plan and of the Federal Regional Response
Team.
(f) Know and understand the importance
of decontamination procedures.
(7) Trainers. Trainers who teach any of the
above training subjects shall have satisfactorily
completed a training course for teaching the
subjects they are expected to teach, such as
the courses offered by the U.S. Fire
Academy, or they shall have the training
and/or academic credentials and instructional
experience necessary to demonstrate competent
instructional skills and a good command of the
subject matter of the courses they are to teach.
(8) Refresher training.
(i) Those employees who are trained in
77/95
13
Appendix I
-------
accordance with paragraph (q)(6) of this
section shall receive annual refresher training
of sufficient content and duration to maintain
their competencies, or shall demonstrate
competency in those areas at least yearly.
(ii) A statement shall be made of the training
or competency, and if a statement of
competency is made, the employer shall keep
a record of the methodology used to
demonstrate competency.
(9) Medical surveillance and consultation.
(i) Members of an organized and designated
HAZMAT team and hazardous materials
specialists shall receive a baseline physical
examination and be provided with medical
surveillance as required in paragraph (f) of
this section.
(ii) Any emergency response employee who
exhibits signs or symptoms which may have
resulted from exposure to hazardous
substances during the course of an
emergency incident, either immediately or
subsequently, shall be provided with medical
consultation as required in paragraph
(f)(3)(ii) of this section.
(10) Chemical protective clothing. Chemical
protective clothing and equipment to be used
by organized and designated HAZMAT team
members, or to be used by hazardous
materials specialists, shall meet the
requirements of paragraphs (g)(3) through (5)
of this section.
(11) ^Post-emergency response operations.
Upon completion of the emergency response,
if it is determined that it is necessary to
remove hazardous substances, health hazards,
and materials contaminated with them (such as
contaminated soil or other elements of the
natural environment) from the site of the
incident, the employer conducting the clean-up
shall comply with one of the following:
(i) Meet all of the requirements of
paragraphs (b) through (o) of this section;
or
(ii) Where the clean-up is done on plant.
property using plant or workplace
employees, such employees shall have
completed the training requirements of die
following: 29CFR 1910.38(a); 1910.134;
1910.1200, and other appropriate safety
and health training made necessary by the
tasks that they are expected to be
performed such as personal protective
equipment and decontamination
procedures. All equipment to be used in
the performance of the clean-up work shall
be in serviceable condition and shall have
been inspected prior to use.
Appendix I
14
11/95
-------
APPENDIX II
29CFR 1910.120 PARAGRAPH (f) MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE
(1) General. Employers engaged in operations
specified in paragraphs (a)(l)(i) through
(a)(l)(iv) of this section and not covered by
(a)(2)(iii) exceptions' and employers of
employees specified in paragraph (q)(9) shall
institute a medical surveillance program in
accordance with this paragraph.
(2) Employees covered. The medical
surveillance program shall be instituted by the
employer for the following employees:
(i) All employees who are or may be
exposed to hazardous substances or health
hazards at or above the permissible exposure
limits or, if there is no permissible exposure
limit, above the published exposure levels
for these substances, without regard to the
use of respirators, for 30 days or more a
year;
(ii) AH employees who wear a respirator for
30 days or more a year or as required by
§ 1910.134;
(in) All employees who are injured due to
overexposure from an emergency incident
involving hazardous substances or health
hazards; or
(iv) Members of HAZMAT teams.
(3) Frequency of medical examinations and
consultations.
Medical examinations and consultations shall be
made available by the employer to each
employee covered under paragraph (f)(2) of this
section on the following schedules:
(i) For employees covered under paragraphs
(f)(2)(i), (f)(2)(ii), and (f)(2)(iv):
(a) Prior to assignment;
(b) At least once every twelve months for
each employee covered unless the attending
physician believes a longer interval (not
greater than biennially) is appropriate;
(c) At termination of employment or
reassignment to an area where the employee
would not be covered if the employee has
not had an examination within the last six
months;
(d) As soon as possible upon notification by
an employee that the employee has
developed signs or symptoms indicating
possible overexposure to hazardous
substances or health hazards, or that the
employee has been injured or exposed above
the permissible exposure limits or published
exposure levels in an emergency situation;
(e) At more frequent times, if the examining
physician determines that an increased
frequency of examination is medically
necessary.
(ii) For employees covered under paragraph
(f)(2)(iii) and for all employees including those
of employers covered by paragraph (a)(l)(v)
who may have been injured, received a health
impairment, developed signs or symptoms
which may have resulted from exposure to
hazardous substances resulting from an
emergency incident, or exposed during an
emergency incident to hazardous substances at
concentrations above the permissible exposure
limits or the published exposure levels without
the necessary personal protective equipment
being used:
(a) As soon as possible following the
emergency incident or development of signs
or symptoms;
(b) At additional times, if the examining
physician determines that follow-up
11/95
15
Appendix II
-------
examinations or consultations are medically
necessary.
(4) Content of medical examinations and
consultations.
(i) Medical examinations required by paragraph
(f)(3) of this section shall include a medical
and work history (or updated history if one is
in the employees file) with special emphasis on
symptoms related to the handling of hazardous
substances and health hazards, and to fitness
for duty including the ability to wear any
required PPE under conditions (i.e.,
temperature extremes) that may be expected at
the work site.
(ii) The content of medical examinations or
consultations made available to employees
pursuant to paragraph (f) shall be determined
by the attending physician. The guidelines in
the Occupational Safety and Health Guidance
Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Activities
(see Appendix D, Reference # 10) should be
consulted.
(5) Examination by a physician and costs. All
medical examinations and procedures shall be
performed by or under the supervision of a
licensed physician, preferably one
knowledgeable in occupational medicine, and
shall be provided without cost to the employee,
without loss of pay, and at a reasonable time and
place.
(6) Information provided to the physician. The
employer shall provide one copy of this standard
and its appendices to the attending physician,
and in addition the following for each employee:
(i) A description of the employee's duties as
they relate to the employee's exposures.
(ii) The employee's exposure levels or
anticipated exposure levels.
(iii) A description of any personal protective
equipment used or to be used.
(iv) Information from previous medical
examinations of the employee which is not
readily available to the examining physician.
(v) Information required by §1910.134
(7) Physician's written opinion.
0) The employer shall obtain and furnish the
employee with a copy of a written opinion
from the attending physician containing the
following:
(a) The physician's opinion as to whether
the employee has any detected medical
conditions which would place the employee
at increased risk of material impairment of
the employee's health from work in
hazardous waste operations or emergency
response, or from respirator use.
(b) The physician's recommended limitations
upon the employee's assigned work.
(c) The results of the medical examination
and tests if requested by the employee.
(d) A statement that the employee has been
informed by the physician of the results of
the medical examination and any medical
conditions which require further examination
or treatment.
(ii) The written opinion obtained by the
employer shall not reveal specific findings or
diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposures.
(8) Recordkeeping.
(i) An accurate record of the medical
surveillance required by paragraph (f) of this
section shall be retained. This record shall be
retained for the period specified and meet the
criteria of 29 CFR 1919.20
(ii) The record required in paragraph (f)(8)(i)
of this section shall include at least the
following information:
(a) The name and social security number of
the employee;
Appendix II
16
11/95
-------
(b) Physician's written opinions,
recommended limitations, and results of
examinations and tests;
(c) Any employee medical complaints
related to exposure to hazardous substances;
(d) A copy of the information provided to
the examining physician by the .employer,
with the exception of the standard and its
appendices.
11/95 17 Appendix II
-------
-------
APPENDIX III
MaterlaJ SatBty Data Sheet
U*y b« u**d to oompf/ with
OSHA'i Hwart CommurOcKton Standard'.
19 CF3 1910.1200. St»nd»ra mu« b*
(or
U.S. Department of Lxbor
Oacuprdofvil S«f»TY ind HtUm AdminiitritJon
(Non-WirKiiuxY FormI
Form A<>prov«d
OMB No. 121&-OOTO
on Uf^ ma
Horn: Star* jpoox tn nor ptrmtma. f *v fern * not «rp*-*^r. -
S^rtioo I
Mvxnourwi Nun*
AflTMH f?jLmo«r. Sr»«t Oy. S»». «rx( Z!P Coo»J
E/T*ra>ncy Tctaphonv t^mo*t
T^ioran* NurrtMr tor li'fcni^m
Otu Prapna
SOTEKUTt Of Pl*V*K fcAMJW)
Section II — Hixmkxa Irvgrsdlefrts/kiaiTttTy Irrtonnrtion
. Ccrrwcn
C3-U. PEL
TLV
Umrtl
Bo*rtg Pom
Viocr PniM ir» (mm Hg.)
Vvpcr Orwry ^AJR - 1)
Sp*c£c Gn«Y (KjO - 1)
l,l»c-r) Parx
Ercxnccn Rev
(B
-------
APPENDIX III
Section V - RMctfvtty Oati
Suanry
UnooM
SfeCM
IncomwuioilltY (HiltntU to A
3«ctioo VI — H»*ftn H*x»rd
Booe«(t) w Entry:
Kuana fAdat «na CTronc,!
SWn?
Ing»«oon7
OSHA
S-jnm im Sympcam a
&/
S*ction VII — Pr»ciLrton» for S*f« Huxillng »nd Ui
SUM o &< TiJun m Cu« MJOTUI U Pi IMU or
Wan CXxxnxi
to B« T&>»n m Kanang xrc
S*ctkKi VIII — Centre* U«uunrt
PlUU»C3Jil
VxmLmon
Appendix III
20
-------
APPENDIX III
SAMPLE OF COMPLETED MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
Manufacturer's Name & Address
XYZ Chemical, Inc.
4400 Carin Alley
Elizabeth, NJ 07231
Prepared BY
Susan S. Smith
2/18/87
Date Prepared
Emergency Contact
JohnH. Doe (615/211-2233)
Information Contact
SusanS. Smith (615/211-2234)
Chemical Identity
Vinyl chloride monomer
CAS #75-01-4
CH2 = CHC1
Synonyms. Trade and Common Names
VCM; Vinyl chloride, inhibited;
Chloroethylene; Chlorethene;
Monochloroethylene; Ethylene monochloride
OSHA PEL
1 ppm (8hr. TWA); 0.5 ppm (8 hr. TWA) action level; 5 ppm ceiling concentration.
ACGIH TLV
5 ppm (8 hr. TWA); Human carcinogen.
Other Limits Recommended
NIOSH - Lowest "detectable (NIOSH Recommended Exposure Level, REL)
Hazardous Components/Ingredients
Vinyl chloride monomer 99.9%
Contaminants may include acetaldehyde, acetylene, iron, hydrogen chloride.
An inhibitor (e.g., approx. 50 ppm phenol) may be added to prevent polymerization during
storage.
11/95
21
Appendix III
-------
APPENDIX III
SAMPLE OF COMPLETED MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET CONT'D
Physical/Chemical Characteristics
Boiling Point:
Specific Gravity
Vapor Pressure:
Solubility in Water:
Appearance and Odor:
= 1):
Vapor Density (Air = 1):
Melting Point:
Evaporation Rate:
(Butyl acetate = 1)
7°F (-14°C)
0.91
230 mm Hg at 20°C
Negligible (0.1% at 25°C)
Colorless, sweet-smelling gas at room tem-
perature.
Readily liquefies below -14°C or at increased
pressures.
2.2
-245°F (-160°C)
Information not available
Fire and Explosion Information
Flash Point (Method Used):
Flammable Limits in Air (% by volume):
Extinguishing Media:
Special Firefighting Recommendations:
Unusual Fire and Explosion Hazards:
108°F/-77°C (COC)
Lower (LEL) 3.6%
Upper (UEL) 33%
Dry chemical or carbon dioxide for small
fires. Heavy water spray, fog or alcohol
foam for larger fires to cool containers and
protect response workers (ineffective extin-
guishing material).
Stop flow of gas if possible; if flow cannot
be stopped, fight fires from a distance or
allow to burn. If possible, remove container
from fire area and/or isolate from other
flammable materials.
Heavier than air - can flow along surfaces to
distant sources of ignition and flashback.
VCM is highly flammable and can form
explosive mixtures in air. If heated or ex-
posed to light, air or catalyst, it can undergo
violent exothermic reaction.
Appendix III
22
11/95
-------
APPENDIX III
SAMPLE OF COMPLETED MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET CONT'D
Reactivity Data
Stability: Inhibited VCM is stable at room temperature.
Heat, sparks, or other sources of ignition can
Conditions to Avoid: result in a flashback fire and/or explosion.
Exposure to heat, light, air, oxidizing agents,
copper, or aluminum can result in vigorous
reaction.
Hazardous Polymerization: X may occur does not occur
Hazard Decomposition Products: Hydrogen chloride, carbon monoxide, phos-
gene.
Health Hazard Data
Main Route(s) of Exposure: Inhalation, Skin, Eye contact
Signs and Symptoms of Overexposure:
Acute: Central Nervous System (CNS) disturbances
(e.g., headache, nausea, drunkenness, drows-
iness, narcolepsy, unconsciousness, respira-
tory paralysis, euphoria, cardiac arrest);
asphyxia, pulmonary damage; liver and
kidney damage; dimmed vision; skin irrita-
tion, redness, frostbite and pain; nonperma-
nent corneal injury with eye contact.
Cancer; CNS and automonic nervous system
effects; peripheral circulation disturbances
Chronic: (Raynaud's phenomenon), skeletal and skin
changes, immunosuppression.
Carcinogenicity: NTP - Yes IARC Human - Yes
OSHA - Yes Animal - Yes
(29 CFR 1910.1017)
Medical Conditions
Aggravated by Exposure: No information available
11/95 23 Appendix. Ill
-------
APPENDIX III
SAMPLE OF COMPLETED MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET CONT'D
Emereencv and First-Aid Procedures
Inhalation:
Skin Contact:
Eye Contact:
Promptly take victim to uncontaminated, well-
ventilated area. Resuscitate if necessary (oxy-
gen may be necessary). GET MEDICAL
ATTENTION IMMEDIATELY.
Promptly remove contaminated shoes and
clothing and thoroughly wash affected areas
with large amounts of warm water. If frost-
bite occurs, warm affected parts by wrapping.
Gently exercise affected parts to restore circula-
tion.
Immediately flush eyes with large amounts of
water with lids lifted, for no less than 15-20
minutes. GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL
ATTENTION.
Precautions for Safe Handling and Use
Storage and Handling Precautions:
Other Precautions:
Spill and Leak Procedures:
Waste Disposal Method:
Store in a cool, well-ventilated area isolated
from ignition sources or oxidizing agents.
Cylinders must be protected from physical
damage.
VCM is a cancer hazard and must be stored in
a designated regulated area with controlled and
limited access. Where workers may be ex-
posed, storage and other areas must be moni-
tored periodically for levels above the 0.5 ppm
action level.
Immediately remove and/or turn off all sources
of ignition. Evacuate and isolate area until leak
has been stopped and area well-ventilated.
Stop leak if possible and spray area with large
amounts of water to suppress vapors and reduce
temperatures. Response personnel must use
appropriate personal protective clothing and
equipment to prevent breathing contaminated
air or coming into contact with liquid VCM.
High temperature incineration in accordance
with EPA guidelines.
Appendix III
24
11/95
-------
APPENDIX III
SAMPLE OF COMPLETED MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET CONT'D
Control Measures
Ventilation:
Local Exhaust, explosion-proof. Process enclo-
sure, if possible.
General ventilation must also be explosion-
proof.
Respiratory Protection (Specific Type):
Protective Gloves:
Eye Protection:
Up to 10 ppm: 1) Combination Type C supplied air respirator
(SAR), demand-type with half-mask
facepiece and auxiliary self-contained air
supply; or
2) Type C SAR, demand type with half-mask
facepiece; or
3) Any chemical cartridge respirator with an
organic vapor cartridge that has at least a
one-hour service life in concentrations of
vinyl chloride up to 10 ppm.
(See 29 CFR 1910.1017(g)(4) for the required
selection of respirators at higher concentra-
tions.)
Neoprene or other VCM-impermeable material.
Chemical-protective goggles or faceshield, as
needed. Eyewash station must be in working
order and readily accessible for emergency use.
Other, Protective Clothing/Equipment:
Work/Hygienic Practices:
Chemical-protective clothing and boot covers.
Safety showers and eyewash stations must be in
working order and readily accessible in the
work areas.
11/95
25
Appendix. Ill
------- OCR error (C:\Conversion\JobRoot\000004VY\tiff\2000GJ47.tif): Saving image to "C:\Conversion\JobRoot\000004VY\tiff\2000GJ47.T$F.T$F" failed.
-------
DIRECT-READING INSTRUMENTS
AND
RADIATION SURVEY INSTRUMENTS
STUDENT PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
At the conclusion of this unit, students will be able to:
1. List two reasons why air monitoring with direct-reading
instruments is important at an incident involving hazardous
materials
2. Identify three limitations of each of the following:
Combustible gas indicators
Oxygen indicators
Colorimetric tubes
3. Identify four desirable characteristics in a field monitoring
instrument
4. Recognize the inherent safety classifications
5. Identify three instrument rating definitions
6. Explain the following terms:
Perimeter monitoring
Plume modeling
Internal sensor/external sensor
Automatic pump/manual pump
7. Explain the two values colorimetric tubes are read in
NOTE: Unless otherwise stated, the conditions for
performance are using all references and materials
provided in the course, and the standards of
performance are without error.
11/95
-------
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES (Continued)
8. Describe the Wheatstone Bridge Circuit
9. Define "operating temperature range" in relation to
instruments and colorimetric tubes
10. Identify the characteristics associated with the following
types of radiation:
Alpha
Beta
Gamma
11. Explain the difference between Geiger-Mueller tubes and
scintillation media detectors
12. Identify the action level for ionizing radiation
13. Describe the relationships between microroentgen,
milliroentgen, and roentgen
14. Identify the maximum radiation level allowed in a rescue
situation
15. Identify at least three common sources of radiation in the
community
16. Describe background radiation.
NOTE: Unless otherwise stated, the conditions for
performance are using all references and materials
provided in the course, and the standards of
performance are without error.
11/95
-------
NOTES
DIRECT-READING INSTRUMENTS
S-1
AIR MONITORING INSTRUMENTS
• Collection of "real time" data
to aid in decisions concerning:
- Hazards and risks to personnel
and public
- Personal protective equipment
- Mitigative actions
S-2
FIELD INSTRUMENT CHARACTERISTICS
• Portability
• Ease of operation
• Reliable and useful results
• Inherent safety
S-3
11/95
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments
-------
NOTES
INHERENT SAFETY
Instrument testing and certification
- Factory Mutual (FM)
- Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
- Approval markings
S-4
INHERENT SAFETY APPROVAL
• National Fire Protection Association
(NFPA)
- National Fire Codes
• National Electrical Code (NEC)
- Chapter 5. Special Occupancies
Article 500: Hazardous Locations
S-5
INHERENT SAFETY APPROVAL (cont.)
• Equipment approved for:
- Class of location
- Explosive, combustible, or
ignitable properties of the specific
gas, vapor, dust, fiber, or flyings
present
s-e
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments
11/95
-------
NOTES
HAZARD LOCATION
• Class
- I - Flammable gases or vapors
- II - Combustible dusts
- Ill - Ignitable fibers or flyings
8-7
HAZARD LOCATIONS (cont.)
Division 1 -
Hazardous concentrations exist
continuously, intermittently, or
periodically under normal working
conditions
s-e
HAZARD LOCATIONS (cont)
Division 2 -
Locations in which hazardous
concentrations do not normally exist
under normal working conditions
S-B
11/95
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments
-------
NOTES
HAZARD LOCATIONS (cont.)
Groups
- Groups A, B, C, and D
Gases or vapors found in Class I
atmospheres
- Groups E, F, and G
Dusts found in Class II atmospheres
S-10
INSTRUMENT PROTECTION CRITERIA
• Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, and D
- Intrinsically safe
- Explosion proof
- Purged system
S-11
INSTRUMENT PROTECTION CRITERIA (cont.)
• Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, and D
- Nonincendive
• Class II, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups E, F,
and G
- Dust-ignition proof
S-12
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments
11/95
-------
NOTES
1
OXYGEN MONITORING
S-13
OXYGEN MONITORING
• Monitor to determine:
- Respiratory protection
- Increased flam inability risk
- CGI operation
- Presence of contaminants
8-14
OXYGEN INDICATORS
• Exterior sensor
• Interior sensor
- Manual pump
- Automatic pump
• Combination units
3-19
11/95
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments
-------
NOTES
THEORY OF OPERATION
• Oxygen diffusion into detector cell
• Chemical reaction establishes current
proportional to oxygen concentration
Oxygen
1
S-18
INTERPRETATION OF DATA
• Instantaneous results
• Specific, quantitative results
- 0-25%
- 0-100%
• Calibrate to ambient air
S-17
LIMITATIONS AND PRECAUTIONS
• Atmospheric pressure (altitude)
• Interfering gases
• Ambient temperature
S-18
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments
11/95
-------
NOTES
Altitude
-1000
-500
Sea level
500
1000
3000
4000
5000
oz
21.6%
21.2%
20.8%
20.4%
20.1%
18.6%
18.0%
17.3%
Altitude
6000
7000
8000
9000
10,000
02
16.7%
16.1%
15.4%
14.9%
14.3%
Calibrate
Calibrate
S-1B
2
FLAMMABLE ATMOSPHERE
MONITORING
S-20
FLAMMABLE ATMOSPHERE
MONITORING
• Monitor to determine:
- Risk of explosion or fire
- Work zones
S-21
11/95
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments
-------
NOTES
COMBUSTIBLE GAS INDICATOR
• External sensor
• Internal sensor
- Manual pump
- Automatic pump
• Supersensitive unit
• Combination units
S-22
THEORY OF OPERATION
Wheatstone Bridge
- Heated catalytic filament
- Increase in operating temperature
- Increase in electrial resistance
- Imbalance in Wheatstone Bridge
- Needle deflection
S-23
DATA INTERPRETATION
• Rapid response of instrument
• Nonselective quantitative results
• Needle deflection indicates
0 -100% lower explosive limit
S-24
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments
11/95
-------
NOTES
DATA INTERPRETATION
%LEL 100%
UEL
S-25
INSTRUMENT LIMITATIONS
Oxygen requirements
Filament damage or destruction
Temperature
Relative response
Accuracy
S-28
MSA 260 Methane
80
70
60
50
Meter .«
40
CA
30
20
m
0
/
>
/
'
i
I
f
10
1
j
./
t
/
s\
/
1
/
^
/
/
,-
f>
•*
ff
20 30 40 50
ff
•^
»
•r
Xylene
Actual Percent LEL
S-27
11/95
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments
-------
NOTES
3
TOXIC ATMOSPHERE
MONITORING
S-2B
TOXIC ATMOSPHERE MONITORING
• Used to determine:
- Health risks to personnel and public
- Appropriate levels of protection
- Work zones
S-26
TOXIC ATMOSPHERE MONITORS
• Detector tube systems
• Specific toxic agent monitors
• Total vapor analyzers
• Gas chromatographs
S-30
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments
11/95
-------
NOTES
DETECTOR TUBE SYSTEMS
Bellows pump
Piston pump
S-31
TUBE SELECTION
Specific chemicals
Classes of chemicals
Concentration ranges
S-32
THEORY OF OPERATION
Specific volume of air
Length of tube stain
• Concentration of contaminant
5.33
11/95
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments
-------
NOTES
DATA INTERPRETATION
• Sometimes tedious and slow
• Know suspect chemical
- Polytest
« Specific quantitative results
- ppm or % by volume
S-34
LIMITATIONS/PRECAUTIONS
• Chemical group
• Tube lot number
• Expiration date
• Pump strokes
• Color change
S-3S
LIMITATIONS / PRECAUTIONS (cont.)
• Temperature
• Humidity
• Atmospheric pressure
• Reusable
• Accuracy
S-36
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments
11/95
-------
NOTES
RADIATION MONITORING
S-37
MONITORING FOR RADIATION
Ionizing radiation
Gamma radiation
S-M
USE OF RADIATION INSTRUMENTS
Principles of operation
- lonization in detection media
- Ions produced counted electronically
- Relationship established between
ionizing events and the quantity
of radiation present
S-38
11/95
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments
-------
NOTES
TYPES OF RADIATION
Radiation Distance Shielding
Alpha
Beta
Gamma
<1 inch
Inches
Hundreds of feet
Sheet
of
Paper
1/16 inch
aluminum
foil
2 feet
aluminum
s-40
PROTECTION FACTORS
• Time
• Distance
• Shielding
RADIATION INSTRUMENTS
Activity meters
Exposure meters
S-41
S-42
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments
11/95
-------
NOTES
EXPOSURE METERS
• Geiger-Mueller detection tube
• Scintillation detection media
- Roentgens per hour
- Milliroentgens per hour
- Microroentgens per hour
LUDLUM
MODEL-19
MICRO R METER*
Measurements, Inc.
Sweetwater, Texas
on F
O O
en e
iudlo
sooo
o
light
SOO
Rn
RADIATION SURVEY
• Check instrument calibration
• Check instrument battery
• Obtain background reading
S-«3
S-«4
"Reprinted from Ludlum Measurements instruction manual, May 1982,with permission of Ludlum Measure
11/95
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments
-------
NOTES
PRELIMINARY SURVEY
Select "fast" setting for needle
response switch
Select lowest setting on range
selector switch
Carry detector waist high
Compare readings with
background
S-48
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments
11/95
-------
DIRECT-READING INSTRUMENTS AND
RADIATION SURVEY INSTRUMENTS
TOPIC PAGE NO.
I. INTRODUCTION 1
II. CHARACTERISTICS OF AIR MONITORING INSTRUMENTS 1
A. PORTABILITY 1
B. EASE OF OPERATION 2
C. INHERENT SAFETY 2
1. HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERES 2
a. CLASS AND GROUP 3
b. DIVISION 3
2. USING THIS SYSTEM 5
3. CONTROLS 5
4. CERTIFICATION 6
D. RELIABLE AND USEFUL RESULTS 8
III. CALIBRATION AND RELATIVE RESPONSE 9
IV. , TYPES OF DIRECT-READING INSTRUMENTS 10
A. INTRODUCTION 10
B. OXYGEN INDICATORS 10
1. PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION 11
2. LIMITATIONS AND CONSIDERATIONS 11
11/95
-------
DIRECT-READING INSTRUMENTS AND
RADIATION SURVEY INSTRUMENTS
C. COMBUSTIBLE ATMOSPHERE INDICATORS 13
1. PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION 13
2. LIMITATIONS AND CONSIDERATIONS 14
D. TOXIC ATMOSPHERE MONITORS 15
1. COLORIMETRIC INDICATOR
TUBES (DETECTOR TUBES) 15
a. PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION 15
b. LIMITATIONS AND CONSIDERATIONS 17
2. SPECIFIC CHEMICAL MONITORS 18
V. RADIATION 18
APX. I DIRECT-READING INSTRUMENTS USED FOR EVALUATION 25
11/95
-------
DIRECT-READING INSTRUMENTS AND
RADIATION SURVEY INSTRUMENTS
I, INTRODUCTION
Airborne contaminants can present a significant threat to human health. Identifying and
quantifying these contaminants by air monitoring is an essential component of a health and
safety program at a hazardous waste site. Air monitoring data is useful to:
Assess the health risks to the public and response workers.
Select personal protective equipment.
Delineate areas where protection is needed.
Determine actual or potential effects on the environment.
Select actions to mitigate the hazards safely and effectively.
Direct-reading instruments were developed as early warning devices for use in industrial
settings, where leaks or an accident could release a high concentration of a known chemical.
Today, some direct reading instruments can detect low concentrations of contaminants as
little as one part contaminant per million parts of air (ppm). Direct-reading instruments
provide information at the time of sampling and do not require sending samples to a
laboratory for subsequent analysis. This characteristic of direct-reading instruments enables
rapid decision-making.
Many of the common types of monitoring equipment discussed in this part are listed in
tabular form in APPENDIX I.
II. CHARACTERISTICS OF AIR MONITORING INSTRUMENTS
To be useful air monitoring instruments must be:
• Portable and rugged.
• Easy to operate.
• Inherently safe.
• Able to generate reliable and useful results.
•f
A. Portability
A prime consideration for field instruments is portability. Transportation shock
resulting from the movement from one place to another, together with unintentional
abuse, shortens the usable life of an instrument. To reduce the effects of this trauma,
instruments should be selected that have reinforced shells or frames, shock-mounted
electronic packages, or padded containers for shipment.
Direct-Reading Instruments and
21/95 1 Radiation Survey Instruments
-------
Exposure to the elements and to the test atmosphere itself is of concern for those
instruments repeatedly used in adverse conditions or as long-term monitors.
Anodized or coated finishes, weather resistant packaging and remote sensors are
effective in reducing downtime and increasing portability.
An internal power supply is important for portability. Some instruments use
replaceable or rechargeable batteries and some do not require a power supply.
An instrument should not be so heavy or bulky that it is difficult for a response
worker to carry.
B. Ease Of Operation
Because many of these instruments were designed for industrial use, allowances may
not have been made for using the instrument while wearing protective equipment.
One must consider how easy it is to use the instrument while wearing gloves or how
difficult it is to read the meter while wearing a respirator. Also, how quickly a
worker can learn to operate the instrument correctly should be considered.
Preparation time for use of the instrument should be short. Rapid warm-up, easy
attachment of accessories, and quick instrument checks shorten preparation time.
C. Inherent Safety
The portable instrumentation used to characterize hazardous material spills or waste
sites must be safe to use. Electrical devices, including instruments, must be
constructed in such a fashion as to prevent the ignition of a combustible atmosphere.
The sources of this ignition could be: an arc generated by the power source itself or
the associated electronics, or a flame or heat source necessary for function of the
instrument. Several engineering, insurance, and safety organizations have
standardized test methods, established inclusive definitions, and developed codes for
testing electrical devices used in hazardous locations. The National Fire Protection
Association (NFPA) has created minimum standards in its National Electrical Code
(NEC) published every 3 years.. This code spells out types of areas in which
hazardous atmospheres can be generated and the types of materials that generate these
atmospheres, and design safeguards acceptable for use in hazardous atmospheres.
1. Hazardous Atmospheres
Depending upon the response worker's background, the term "hazardous
atmosphere" conjures up situations ranging from toxic air contaminants to
flammable atmospheres. For NEC purposes, an atmosphere is hazardous if
it meets the following criteria:
• It is a mixture of any flammable material in air whose concentration
is within the material's flammable range (i.e. between the material's
lower flammable limit and its upper flammable limit).
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments 2 11/95
-------
• There is the potential for an ignition source to be present.
• The resulting exothermic reaction could propagate beyond where it
started.
To adequately describe hazardous atmospheres, the NEC categories them
according to their Class, Group, and Division.
a. Class and Group
Class is a category describing the type of flammable material that
produces the hazardous atmosphere:
• Class I is flammable vapors and gases, such as gasoline and
hydrogen. Class I is further divided into groups A, B, C, and
D on the basis of similar flammability characteristics
(Table 1).
• Class II consists of combustible dusts like coal or grain and
is divided into groups E, F, and G (Table 2).
• Class HI is ignitable fibers such as produced by cotton
milling.
b. Division
Division is the term describing the "location" of generation and
release of the flammable material.
• Division 1 is a location where the generation and release are
continuous, intermittent, or periodic into an open, unconfined
area under normal conditions.
• Division 2 is a location where the generation and release are
only from ruptures, leaks or other failures from closed
systems or containers.
Direct-Reading Instruments and
11/95 . 3 Radiation Survey Instruments
-------
TABLE 1
SELECTED CLASS I CHEMICALS BY GROUPS
Group A Atmospheres acetylene
Group B Atmospheres (not sealed in conduit 1/2 inch of larger)
1,3-Butadiene
Ethylene oxide
Formaldehyde (gas)
Hydrogen
Manufactured gas (containing greater than 30% H2 by volume)
Propylene oxide
Propyl nitrate
Allyl glycidyl ether
N-Butyl glycidyl ether
Group C Atmospheres (selected chemicals)
Acetaldehyde Epichlorohydrin j Tetrahydrofuran
Carbon monoxide Ethylene Triethylamine
Crotonaldehyde Ethyl mercaptan Ethylene glycol
Dicyclopentadiene Hydrogen cyanide Monoethyl ether
Diethyl ether Hydrogen selenide Hydrazine
Di-isobutyl amine Hydrogen sulfide Chloroaldehyde
Methylacetylene Morpholine Tetraethyl lead
Ethylene glycol Monoethyl (39 others)
Ether acetate Nitropropane
Group D Atmospheres (selected chemicals)
Acetone Methane Acetonitrile
Methanol Acrylonitrile Methyl ethyl ketone
Ammonia Naphtha Benzene
Propane Butane Styrene
Chlorobenzene Vinyl chloride
Source: Classification of Gases. Vapors and Dusts for Electrical Equipment in
Hazardous (classified) Locations. 1991 National Fire Protection Association
ANSI/NFPA 497M.
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments 4 11/95
-------
TABLE 2
SELECTED CLASS II DUSTS BY GROUPS
Group E Selected metalic dusts (Conductive)
Atmospheres containing metal dusts, including aluminum, magnesium, and their
commercial alloys, and other metals of similarly hazardous characteristics.
Group F Selected Carbonaceous dusts (Semi-Volatile)
Atmospheres containing carbon black, coal or coke dust with more than 8% volatile
material.
Group G Selected other dusts
Atmospheres containing flour, starch, grain, carbonaceous, chemical thermoplastic,
thermosetting and molding compounds.
NOTE: Mixtures of dusts in any of the groups is considered to be a hybrid dust.
Source: Classification of Gases. Vapors and Dusts for Electrical Equipment in
Hazardous (classified) Locations. 1986 National Fire Protection Association ANSI, NFPA
497M, (Sec 5, Article 500, National Electrical Code)
2. Using this system
A hazardous atmosphere can be routinely and adequately defined. As an
example, an abandoned waste site containing intact closed drums of methyl
ethyl ketone, toluene and xylene would be considered a Class I, Division 2,
Group D environment. However, when transferring of the flammable liquids
takes place at the site, or if releases of flammable gases/vapors is considered
normal, the areas would be considered Class I, Division 1.
3. Controls
The following three methods of construction exist to prevent a potential
source from igniting a flammable atmosphere:
• Explosion-proof: Explosion-proof instruments allow the flammable
atmosphere to enter. If an arc is generated, the ensuing explosion is
contained within the specially built enclosure. Within it, any flames
or hot gases are cooled prior to exiting into the ambient flammable
atmosphere so that the explosion does not spread into the
environment.
Direct-Reading Instruments and
11/95 5 Radiation Survey Instruments
-------
Intrinsically Safe: The potential for arcing among components is
reduced by encasing them in a solid insulating material. Also,
reducing the instrument's operational current and voltage below the
energy level necessary for ignition of the flammable atmosphere
provides protection. An "intrinsically safe" device, as defined by the
National Electrical Code, is incapable "of releasing sufficient
electrical or thermal energy under normal or abnormal conditions to
cause ignition of a specific hazardous atmospheric mixture in its most
easily ignited concentration. Abnormal conditions shall include
accidental damage to any wiring, failure of electrical components;,
application of over-voltage, adjustment and maintenance operations
and other similar conditions".
Purged: The arcing or flame-producing device is metallic from the
flammable atmosphere with an inert gas. In a pressurized or
"purged" system, a steady stream of, nitrogen or helium is passed by
the potential arcing device, keeping the flammable atmosphere from
the ignition source. This type of control, however, does not
satisfactorily control analytical devices that use flame or heat for
analysis, such as a combustible gas indicator (CGI). It also requires
a source of gas which would reduce instrument portability.
4. Certification
If a device is certified as explosion-proof,intrinsically safe, or purged for a
given class, division, and group, and is used, maintained, and serviced
according to the manufacturer's instructions, it will not contribute to ignition.
The device is not, however, certified for use in atmospheres other than those
indicated. All certified devices must be marked to show class, division, and
group (Figure 1). Any manufacturer wishing to have an electrical device?
certified must submit a prototype to a laboratory for testing. If the unit
passes, it is certified as submitted. However, the manufacturer agrees to
allow the testing laboratory to randomly check the manufacturing plant at any
time, as well as any marketed units. Furthermore, any change in the unit
requires the manufacturer to notify the test laboratory, which can continue the
certification or withdraw it until the modified unit can be retested. NFPA
does not do certification testing. Testing is done by such organizations as
Underwriters' Laboratory Inc. (UL) or Factory Mutual Research Corp. (FM),,
Currently, these are the only two testing labs recognized by OSHA.
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments 6 11/95
-------
[j^lrrr^
Combustible Gas and 02 Alarm
•^"^"^ modal 260 pan no. 449900
\-^ olibntid Jor Pentane
Inl'iniic illr Silc tor UH In hitirdoi/l »Ortt C'Jll 1. 0"»tlon !
B. C. ind 0 -hm uird -i^ MSA B«n«rj. rin MO. 'S7JJ9.
MUST BE OPERATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH INSTRUCTIONS
N^iPD. B V
MINE SAFETY APPLIANCES COMPANY
PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANIA. US*. 1S20B
"1M >:v i uj rii. ID. Mil. lii riniKo n CJ-»xo4 mi nnu
FIGURE 1
CERTIFICATION LABEL FROM MSA MODEL 260
COMBUSTIBLE GAS AND O2 INDICATOR
To ensure personnel safety, it is recommended that only approved instruments be
used on-site and only in atmospheres for which they have been certified. When
investigating incidents involving unknown hazards, the monitoring instruments should
be rated for use in the most hazardous locations. The following points will assist in
selection of equipment that will not contribute to ignition of a hazardous atmosphere:
• The mention of a certifying group in the manufacturer's equipment literature
does not guarantee certification.
• Some organizations test and certify instruments for locations different from
the NEC classification. The Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA)
tests instruments only for use in methane-air atmospheres and in atmospheres
containing coal dust.
• In an area designated Division 1, there is a greater probability of generating
a hazardous atmosphere than in Division 2. Therefore, the test protocols for
Division 1 certification are more stringent than those for Division 2. Thus
a device approved for Division 1 is also permitted for use in Division 2, but
not vice versa. For most response work this means that devices approved for
Class I (vapors, gases), Division 1 (areas of ignitable concentrations), Groups
A, B, C, D should be chosen whenever possible. At a minimum, an
instrument should be approved for use in Division 2 locations.
11/95
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments
-------
• There are so many groups, classes, and divisions that it is impossible to
certify an all-inclusive instrument. Therefore, select a certified device based
on the chemicals and conditions most likely to be encountered. For example,
a device certified for a Class II, Division 1, Group E (combustible metal
dust) would offer little protection around a flammable vapor or gas.
D. Reliable and Useful Results
The response time, sensitivity, selectivity, accuracy and precision of an instrument
are important in evaluating the reliability and usefulness of the data the instrument
generates.
Response time, the interval between an instrument "sensing" a contaminant and
generating data, is important to producing reliable and useful results in the field.
Response time depends on: test(s) to be performed, dead time between sample
periods (the time for analysis, data generation, and data display), and the sensitivity
of the instrument. Response times for direct-reading instruments may range from a
few seconds to several minutes.
Sensitivity is important when slight concentration changes can be dangerous.
Sensitivity is defined as the ability of an instrument to accurately measure changes
in concentration. Sensitive instruments can detect small changes in concentration.
The lower detection limit is the lowest concentration to which instrument will respond
to. The operating range is the lower and upper use limits of the instrument. It is
defined by the lower detection limit at one end and the saturation concentration at the
other end. It is important to use an instrument with an operating range that will
accurately measure the concentration in the range of concern.
Amplification, a term often used synonymously (and incorrectly) with sensitivity, is
the instrument's ability to increase very small electronic signals emanating from the
detector to the readout. Changing the amplification of the detector does not change
its sensitivity. However, it may be useful in calibration. Instruments with amplifier
circuits can be effected by radio frequency from pulsed DC or AC power lines,
transformers, generators, and radio wave transmitters.
Accuracy is defined as the relationship between a true value and the instrument
reading. Precision is the indication of the reproduceability. These factors can be
indicated by the error factor. For example, some detector tubes may have an error
factor of ±35% of the true value; meaning the actual concentration of the chemical
being measured is within a range of 35% higher or lower than the tube reading.
Selectivity is the ability of an instrument to detect and measure a specific chemical
or group of similar chemicals. Additionally, selectivity is dependent upon interfering
compounds which may produce a similar response. Selectivity and sensitivity must
be reviewed and interpreted together. Interferences can affect the accuracy of the
instrument reading.
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments 8 11/95
-------
Another consideration is that the instrument must give results that are immediately
useful. Instruments should be direct reading, with little or no need to interpolate,
integrate, or compile large amounts of data.
When selecting an instrument, compare the desired sensitivity, range, accuracy,
selectivity, and ability to vary amplification of detector signals with the available
instrument characteristics.
CALIBRATION AND RELATIVE RESPONSE
For an instrument to function properly in the field, it should be calibrated prior to use.
Calibration is the process of adjusting the instrument readout so that it corresponds to the
actual concentration. Calibration involves checking the instrument results with a known
concentration of a gas or vapor to see that the instrument gives the proper response. For
example, if a combustible gas meter is calibrated with a gas that is 20% of the lower
explosive limit (LEL), then the instrument should read 20% of the LEL. If it does not read
accurately, it is out of calibration and should be adjusted until accurate readings are obtained.
Although an instrument is calibrated to give a one-to-one response for a specific chemical
(the calibration gas), its response to other chemicals may be different. This variability is
called relative response. A combustible gas indicator calibrated to pentane will give a higher
instrument reading for Methane than the actual concentration (Table 3). The relative
response of an instrument to different chemicals can be calculated by dividing the instrument
reading by the actual concentration and is expressed as a ratio or a percent. Note that for
the calibration standard the relative response should be 1.00 or 100%.
If the instrument is being used for a chemical that is not the calibration standard, then it may
be possible to look at the manufacturer's information to get the relative response of that
instrument for the chemical. Then the actual concentration can be calculated. For example,
if the instrument's relative response for Xylene is .27 (27%) and the reading is 100 ppm
(parts per million), then the actual concentration is 370 ppm (.27 x actual concentration =
100 ppm, then actual concentration = 100/.27 = 370 ppm). If there is no relative response
data for the chemical in question, it may be possible to recalibrate the instrument. If the
instrument has adjustable settings and a known concentration is available, the instrument may
be adjusted to read directly for the chemical. As recalibration takes time, this is usually done
only if the instrument is going to be used for many measurements of the special chemical.
Direct-Reading Instruments and
22/95 9 Radiation Survey Instruments
-------
TABLE 3
RELATIVE RESPONSE FOR A COMBUSTIBLE GAS
INDICATOR CALIBRATED TO PENTANE
Chemical
Methane
; Acetylene
| Pentane
1,4-Dioxane
Xylene
Concentration
(% LEL)
50
50
50
50
50
Meter Response
(96 LEL)
85
60
53
37
27
Relative
Response
170%
120%
106%
74%
54%
Source: Portable Gas Indicator. Model 250 & 260. Response Curves. Mine Safety Appliances
Company, Pittsburgh, PA.
IV. TYPES OF DIRECT-READING INSTRUMENTS
A. Introduction
Many hazards may be present when responding to hazardous materials spills or
uncontrolled waste sites. There are several types of instrumentation for detecting
hazardous atmospheres. This section will discuss Oxygen indicators, combustible gas
indicators, and toxic atmosphere monitors.
B. Oxygen Indicators
Oxygen indicators are used to evaluate an atmosphere for the following:
• Oxygen content for respiratory purposes. Normal air is 20.9% Oxygen.
Generally, if the Oxygen content decreases below 19.5% it is considered
Oxygen deficient and special respiratory protection is needed.
• Increased risk of combustion. Generally, concentrations above 25% are
considered Oxygen-enriched and increase the risk of combustion.
• Use of other instruments. Some instruments require sufficient oxygen for
operation. For example, some combustible gas indicators do not give reliable
results at oxygen concentrations below 10%. Also, the inherent safety
approvals for instruments are for normal atmospheres and not for Oxygen
enriched ones.
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments
10
11/95
-------
• Presence of contaminants. A decrease in oxygen content can be due to the
consumption (by combustion or a reaction such as rusting) of oxygen or the
displacement of air by a chemical. If it is due to consumption then the
concern is the lack of oxygen. If it is due to displacement then there is
something present that could be flammable or toxic.
Oxygen deficient atmospheres may occur in unventilated areas or may by due to
terrain variations in cases where heavier than air vapors may collect^ Most indicators
have meters which display the oxygen concentration from 0-25%. There are also
oxygen indicators available which measure concentrations from 0-5% and 0-100%.
The most useful range for response is the 0-25% oxygen content readout since
decisions involving air-supplying respirators and the use of combustible gas indicators
fall into this range.
Many instrument manufacturers make oxygen meters. They can be small hand-held
units with or without pumps to draw the sample across the detector cell. Some
pumps are single aspirating (hand-squeeze) bulbs, others are battery powered
diaphragm pumps. Units that combine O2 meters and combustible gas indicators into
one instrument are available from a number of manufacturers. Also, flashing and
audible alarms can be found on many instruments. These alarms go off at a pre-set
oxygen concentration to alert the users even if they are not watching the meter.
Manufacturers of oxygen indicators are found at the end of this manual section.
1. Principle of Operation
Oxygen indicators have two principle components for operation. These are
the oxygen sensor and the meter readout. In some units air is drawn into the
oxygen detector with an aspirator bulb or pump; in other units, the ambient
air is allowed to diffuse to the sensor. The oxygen detector uses an
electrochemical sensor to determine the oxygen concentration in air. A
typical sensor consists of: two electrodes; a housing containing a basic
electrolytic solution; and a semipermeable Teflon membrane (Figure 2).
Oxygen molecules (Oj) diffuse through the membrane into the solution.
Reactions between the oxygen, the solution and the electrodes produce a
minute electric current proportional to the oxygen content. The current
passes through the electronic circuit. The resulting signal is shown as a
needle deflection on a meter or digital reading.
2. Limitations and Considerations
The operation of oxygen meters depends on the absolute atmospheric
pressure. The concentration of natural oxygen (to differentiate it from
manufactured or generated oxygen) is a function of the atmospheric pressure
at a given altitude. While the actual percentage of oxygen does not change
with altitude, at sea level the weight of the atmosphere above is greater, and
more O2 molecules (and the other components of air) are compressed into a
Direct-Reading Instruments and
11/95 11 Radiation Survey Instruments
-------
given volume than at higher elevations. As elevation increases, this
compression decreases, resulting in fewer air molecules being "squeezed" into
a given volume. Consequently, an 02 indicator calibrated at sea level and
operated at an altitude of several thousand feet will falsely indicate an oxygen
deficient atmosphere because less oxygen is being "pushed" into the sensor.
Therefore, it is necessary to calibrate at the altitude the instrument is used.
thermistor
o, o, o, 02 02
Protective Disk
. Telfon Membrane
Au Electrode
KOH
Pb Electrode
FIGURE 2
SCHEMATIC OF OXYGEN SENSOR
Selection from Product Literature. Rexnard Electronic Products Division,
Biomarine Oxygen Sensor, by Rexnard, Inc., reprinted with permission of
publisher.
High concentrations of carbon dioxide (COz) shorten the useful life of the
oxygen sensor. As a general rule, the unit can be used in atmospheres
greater than 0.5% C02 only with frequent replacing or rejuvenating of the
sensor. Lifetime in a normal atmosphere (0.04% CO^ can be from one week
to one year depending on the manufacturer's design.
Temperature can affect the response of oxygen indicators. The normal
operating range for them is between 32°F and 120°F. Between 0°F and 32°F
the response of the unit is slower. Below 0°F the sensor may be damaged by
the solution freezing. The instrument should be calibrated at the temperature
at which it will be used.
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments
12
11/95
-------
Strong oxidizing chemicals, like ozone and chlorine, and bromine can cause
increased readings and indicate high or normal O2 content when the actual
content is normal or even low.
C. Combustible Atmosphere Indicators
Combustible gas indicators (CGIs) measure the concentration of a flammable vapor
or gas in air, indicating the results as a percentage of the lower explosive limit (LEL)
of the calibration gas.
The LEL (or LFL - lower flammable limit) of a combustible gas or vapor is the
minimum concentration of the material in air which will propagate flame on contact
with an ignition source. The upper explosive limit (UEL) is the maximum
concentration. Above the UEL, the mixture is too "rich" to support combustion so
ignition is not possible. Below the LEL there is insufficient fuel to support
combustion.
CGI's are available in many styles and configurations. All units have some type of
pump to draw the air sample into the detector. The pumps are either hand operated
square bulbs or automatic (battery-powered) diaphragm types. Many units are
"combination meters". This means they have an O2 meter and CGI (and sometimes
one or two specific gas indicators) combined in the same instrument. Flashing and
audible alarms are options on many units. The alarms go off at a pre-set
concentration to warn the instrument operator of potentially hazardous concentrations.
Other options such as larger sampling lines, moisture taps, all dust filters are also
available. Manufacturers of CGIs are listed at the end of this manual section.
I
Concentrations between the LEL and the UEL are considered flammable.
1. Principle of Operation
Combustible gas indicators use a combustion chamber containing a catalytic
filament or bead that combusts the flammable gas. To facilitate combustion
the filament is heated or is coated with a catalyst (like Platinum or
Palladium), or both. The filament is part of a balanced resistor circuit called
a Wheatstone Bridge. The hot filament combusts the gas on the immediate
surface of the element, thus raising the temperature of the filament. As the
temperature of the filament increases so does its resistance. This change in
resistance causes an imbalance in the Wheatstone Bridge.
This is measured as the ratio of combustible vapor present compared to the
total required to reach the LEL. For example, if the meter reads 0.5 (or
50%, depending upon the readout), this means that 50% of the concentration
of combustible gas needed to reach a flammable or combustible situation is
present. If the LEL for the gas is 5% then the meter indicates that a 2.5%
Direct-Reading Instruments and
11/95 13 Radiation Survey Instruments
-------
concentration is present. Thus, the typical meter readout indicates
concentration up to the LEL of the gas (Figure 3).
If a concentration greater than LEL and lower than the UEL is present, then
the meter needle will stay beyond the 1.0 (100%) level on the meter (Figure
3). This indicates that the ambient atmosphere is readily combustible. When
the atmosphere has a gas concentration above the UEL the meter needle will
usually rise above the 1.0 (100%) mark and then return to zero (Figure 3).
This occurs because the gas mixture in the combustion cell is too rich to
burn. This permits the filament to conduct a current just as if the atmosphere
contained no combustibles at all. Some instruments have a lock mechanism
that prevents the needle from returning to zero when it has reached 100% and
must be reset in an atmosphere below the LEL.
2. Metal Oxide Semiconductor
This solid state sensor is used for both combustible gas and toxic gas
detection. The solid state of the MOS unit is still a connection through the
wheatstone bridge circuit for detection of imbalance in the circuit. The major
difference is that the MOS works on decreased resistance and the filament or
bead works on increased resistance.
Principle of Operation:
A small ceramic stone is coated with a metal oxide, usually zinc or tin. The
ceramic is heated to a preset temperature and gives off a certain number of
O2 Ions. The material that is being drawn through the ceramic stone strips
these ions in relation to its own valence shell.
As the ions are stripped they result in a cooling of the stone and the
imbalance is recorded through the circuitry to the meter face. The sensor
cannot discriminate between a variety of materials, particularly hydrocarbons.
It cannot identify a particular material which elicits a meter response unless
it is the only material which is present. Another drawback of this type of
sensor is that it may not purge all gases immediately, thus causing false
positives. This purge can sometimes take as long as 2-6 hours for complete
clearing.
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments 14 11/95
-------
% LEL
Lower than
the LEL
% LEL
Between the
LEL and UEL
% LEL
Above the
UEL
Needle Moves
Up and Back
FIGURES
COMPARISON OF METER READINGS TO
COMBUSTIBLE GAS CONCENTRATIONS
3. Limitations and Considerations
The response of the instrument is temperature dependent. If the temperature
at which the instrument is zeroed differs from the ambient temperature, the
accuracy of the reading is affected. Hotter temperatures raise the temperature
of the filament and produce a higher than actual reading. Cooler
temperatures will reduce the reading. This works exactly opposite in the MOS
instrument. It works best to calibrate and zero the instrument at,the ambient
temperature.
The instruments are intended for use only in normal oxygen atmospheres.
Oxygen-deficient atmospheres will produce lowered readings. Also the safety
guards that prevent the combustion source from igniting a flammable
atmosphere are not designed to operate in an oxygen-enriched atmosphere.
Organic lead vapors (e.g. gasoline vapors), sulfur compounds, and Silicone
compounds will foul the filament. Acid gases (e.g. hydrogen chloride and
hydrogen fluoride) can corrode the filament. Most units have an optional
filter that protects the sensor from leaded vapors.
There is no differentiation between petroleum vapors and combustible gases.
If the flammability of the combined vapors and gases in an atmosphere is the
concern this is not a problem. However, if the instrument is being used to
11/95
15
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments
-------
detect the presence of a released flammable liquid - like gasoline - in a sewer
system where methane may be present, the operator can't tell if the reading
is the contaminant or the methane. A pre-filter can be used to remove the
vapors but will not remove the methane. Thus, if readings are made with and
without the filter, the user can compare the readings and can conclude that
differences in the values indicate that a petroleum vapor (i.e. the contaminant)
is present.
D. Toxic Atmosphere Monitors
Along with oxygen concentration and flammable gases or vapors, there is a concern
about chemicals present at toxic concentrations.
This usually involves measurements at concentrations lower than would be indicated
by oxygen indicators or combustible gas indicators. There is a need to determine if
toxic chemicals are present and identify them so the environmental concentration can
be compared to exposure guidelines. Toxic atmosphere monitoring is done to:
• identify airborne concentrations that could pose a toxic risk to response
workers and the public.
• evaluate the need for and type of personal protective equipment.
• set up work zones or areas where contaminants are or are not present.
There are several different groups of instruments that can be used for these functions.
1. Colorimetric Indicator Tubes (Detector Tubes)
a. Principle of Operation
Colorimetric indicator rubes consist of a glass tube impregnated with
an indicating chemical (Figure 4). The tube is connected to a piston-
or bellows- type pump. A known volume of contaminated air is
pulled at a predetermined rate through the tube by the pump. The
contaminant reacts with the indicator chemical in the tube, producing
a change in color whose length is proportional to the contaminant
concentration.
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments 16 11/95
-------
Plug
Glass Tube
i i i i
0 10 . 20 30
Pre-filter
Plug
Indicating Chemical
FIGURE 4
DIRECT-READING COLORIMETRIC
INDICATOR TUBE
b.
Detector tubes are normally chemical specific. There are different
tubes for different gases; for example, chlorine detector tube for
chlorine gas, acrylonitrile tube for acrylonitrile gas, etc. Some
manufacturers do produce tubes for groups of gases, e.g. Aromatic
hydrocarbons, alcohols. Concentration ranges on the tubes may be
in the ppm or percent range. A preconditioning filter may precede
the indicating chemical to:
• remove contaminants (other than the one in question) that may
interfere with the measurement. Many have a prefilter for
removing humidity.
• react with a contaminant to change it into a compound that
reacts with the indicating chemical.
"Haz-mat kits are available from at least two manufacturers. These
kits identify or classify the contaminants as a member of a chemical
group such as acid gas, halogenated hydrocarbon, etc. This is done
by sampling with certain combinations of tubes at the same time by
using a special multiple tube holder or by using tubes in a specific
sampling sequence. Detector tube manufacturers are listed at the end
of this manual section.
Limitations and Considerations
11/95
17
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments
-------
Detector tubes have the disadvantage of poor accuracy and precision.
In the past, the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
(NIOSH) tested and certified detector tubes that were submitted to
them. For the tubes they tested they certified the accuracy to be
+.35% at concentrations at 1/2 the OSHA Permissible Exposure Limit
(PEL) and ±25% at 1 to 5 times the PEL. NIOSH has discontinued
testing and certification. Special studies have reported error factors
of 50% and higher for some tubes.
The chemical reactions involved in the use of the tubes are affected
by temperature. Cold weather slows the reactions and thus the
response time. To reduce this problem it is recommended that the
tubes be kept warm (for example, inside a coat pocket) until they are
used if the measurement is done in cold weather. Hot temperatures
increase the reaction and can cause a problem by discoloring the
indicator when a contaminant is not present. This can happen even
in unopened tubes. Therefore, the tubes should be stored at a
moderate temperature or even refrigerated during storage.
Some tubes do not have a prefilter to remove humidity and may be
affected by high humidity. The manufacturer's instructions usually
indicate if humidity is a problem and list any correction factors to use
if the tube is affected by humidity.
The chemical used in the tubes deteriorates over time. Thus the tubes
are assigned a shelf life. This varies from 1 to 3 years. Shelf life
can be extended by refrigeration but the tube should equilibrate to
ambient temperature before use.
An advantage that detector tubes have over some other instruments is
that it is possible to select a tube that is specific to a chemical.
However, some tubes will respond to interfering compounds.
Fortunately, the manufacturers provide information with the tubes on
interfering gases and vapors.
Interpretation of results can be a problem. Since the tube's length of
color change indicates the contaminant concentration, the user must
be able to see the end of the stain. Some stains are diffused and are
not clear cut; others may have an uneven endpoint. When in doubt
use the highest value that would be obtained from reading the
different aspects of the tube.
The total volume to be drawn through the tube varies with the tubes.
The volume needed is given as the number of pump strokes needed,
i.e. the number of times the piston or bellows is manipulated. Also,
the air does not instantaneously go through the tube. It may take 1
to 2 minutes for each volume (stroke) to be completely drawn.
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments 18 11/95
-------
Therefore, sampling times can vary from 1 to 30 minutes per tube.
This can make the use of detector tubes time consuming.
Due to these many considerations, it is very important to read the
instructions that are provided with and are specific to a set of tubes.
The information includes the number of pump strokes needed, time
for each pump stroke, interfering gases and vapors, effects of
humidity and temperature, shelf life, proper color change and whether
the tube is reusable.
While there are many limitations and considerations for using detector
tubes, detector tubes allow the versatility of being able to measure a
wide range of chemicals with a single pump. Also, there are some
chemicals for which detector tubes are the only direct-reading
indicators.
2. Specific Chemical Monitors
There are several gas monitors which utilize electrochemical cells or metal
oxide semi-conductors (MOS) for detecting specific chemicals. MOS
detectors change conductivity when exposed to certain gases or vapors. They
can be designed to respond to a large group of chemicals or to a specific
chemical. The most common monitors are used to detect carbon monoxide
or hydrogen sulfide but there are also monitors available for hydrogen
cyanide, ammonia and chlorine. They are more accurate than detector tubes
but there are only about a dozen different chemicals they can monitor.
V. RADIATION
There are three primary categories of radiation that might be encountered in a field survey:
(1) alpha, (2) beta, and (3) gamma. Each of these has unique characteristics that must be
considered in selecting an instrument for use. Alpha radiation is paniculate and is simply
the nucleus of an helium ion (2 protons, 2 neutrons, and no electrons). Because of their
large size (mass or 4), and high charge (double positive), they readily interact with any thing
they come into contact with and will not penetrate through much matter. Alpha particles only
travel about an inch in air, and can normally be stopped by a sheet of paper. Beta radiation
is also paniculate, but is relatively small in size (mass of .00055) as compared to alpha
radiation. Beta particles can have a positive or negative charge (depending on the decay
scheme), and are more penetrating than alpha particles. They can travel up to about a meter
in air, and can normally be stopped by a few millimeters of material such as plastic or
aluminum. Gamma radiation is not paniculate and is simply high energy light (photons).
It is the most penetrating of the radiation types. Very high energy gamma radiation can
penetrate through several centimeters of most materials, so thick, dense, heavy materials such
as lead and iron are needed to stop gamma radiation.
There are hazards associated with exposure of humans to radiation, but if the exposure is
limited to low levels, that hazard is not very serious. In fact, humans are exposed to natural
Direct-Reading Instruments and
11/95 19 Radiation Survey Instruments
-------
background radiation every day. Naturally occurring radioactive materials can be found in
the soil, building materials, certain foods, and even the human body. The unit used to
quantify the radiation dose received by an individual is the roentgen equivalent man (rem).
The average dose, due to natural background radiation and natural radioactive materials in
the environment, to an individual in the United States is about 0.2 rem/year.
The actual health risk from low-levels of radiation is quite small. There is no direct evidence
that low doses of radiation can injure the health of humans. All of the estimates of the health
risks associated with radiation have been extrapolated from studies of people who have
received doses equivalent to hundreds of rem. It has been assumed that very low levels of
radiation would affect the body in the same way as these very high doses, only with
proportionately less damage. As radiation passes through matter, it may interact and lose
energy. The damage done by radiation as it interacts with the body results from the way it
affects molecules essential to the normal functioning of human cells. One of four things may
happen when radiation strikes a cell: (1) the radiation may pass through the cell without
doing any damage, (2) the cell may be damaged but repairs itself, (3) the cell may be
damaged so that it not only fails to repair itself, but reproduces in damaged form over a
period of years, or (4) the cell may be killed. The death of a single cell may not be harmful
because the body can readily replace most cells, but problems will occur if so many cells are
killed that the body cannot properly function. Incompletely or imperfectly repaired cells can
lead to delayed health effects such as cancer, genetic mutations, or birth defects. Again, it
is important to recognize that the risks from radiation are small. For example, the statistical
risk of a cancer death from 7 millirem of radiation is equivalent to that associated with
smoking a single cigarette.
Radiation cannot be detected by any of the human senses. We cannot taste, smell, feel, see
or hear it. Because of this, we must rely upon instruments that respond to an interaction,
between the radiation and the instrument itself. Radiation is nothing more than energetic
particles or photons.
As the radiation passes through matter, it interacts with the material's electrons to lose some
of the energy. This energy results in either excitation or ionization of atoms. Depending
upon the type of detector, either the excitation or the ionization is sensed, quantified, and the
instrument produces a response that is proportional to the total amount of radiation that is
present in the area being monitored or surveyed.
Portable survey instruments are calibrated to read out in either counts per minute (CPM), in
-direct units or radiation intensity, such as milli-Roentgen/hour (mR/hr) or micrcj-
Roentgen/hour OiR/hr). Instruments reading out in mR/hr and jtR/hr are used to measure
" extended radiation fields such as that experienced in the vicinity of radioactive materials'
storage or disposal sites. Instruments that read out in CPM are usually used to monitor for
low-level surface contamination, particularly on hard, nonporous surfaces.
One of the difficulties in measuring radiation is that there is always some background level
of radiation present. This background will vary with location; some regions of the country
will have higher background than others, brick buildings will have higher backgrounds than
wooden buildings, etc. Because of this variation, when any survey instrument is used, a
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments 20 11/95
-------
determination of local background must be made in an area that is not believed to contain any
radioactive materials. Any reading significantly above the background (two to three times
background) is indicative of the presence of radioactive materials. Background levels
throughout the United States will typically range between 5 and 100 /iR/hr. The United
States Environmental Protection Agency limits the radiation exposure to workers to 1 mR/hr
above background. This action level is specified in the EPA's Standard (Derating Safety
Guides.
The detectors used in most portable survey instruments are gas-filled or scintillation devices.
The gas-filled detectors measure the amount of ionization in the gas that is caused by
radiation entering the detectors. This is accomplished by establishing a voltage potential
across a volume of gas. When the gas is ionized, the current that flows between the
electrodes producing the potential can be measured. The amount of current is directly
proportional to the amount of radiation mat enters the detector. Scintillation detectors depend
upon light that is produced in a crystal plastic, of certain compounds, when the material's
atoms are excited by interactions with radiation. The amount of light produced is measured
and converted to an easily monitored electrical signal by a photomultiplier tube. There are
gas-filled and scintillation detectors designed to detect all three of the radiation types of
interest in field surveys.
The most obvious difference in detectors used for different radiation types is the manner in
which radiation can enter the sensitive volume of the detector. Many gamma survey
instruments will not appear to have a detector, but only an electronics box. This is because
the gamma can easily penetrate the metal electronics enclosure and the detector is placed
inside where it is protected from damage. The Ludlum Model 19 Micro R meter is an
example of such a detector. Alpha and beta detectors must have thin entrance windows so
that these particles can enter the sensitive volume. Some gas filled detectors are designed
with a thick metal shield so they can discriminate between beta and gamma; with the shield
open, the detector is sensitive to both beta and gamma; with it closed, it will detect only
gamma, since the shield absorbs the beta before they can interact with the detector.
A good survey meter should be portable, rugged, sensitive, simple in construction, and
reliable. Portability implies lightness and compactness with a suitable handle or strap for
carrying. Ruggedness requires that an instrument be capable of withstanding mild shock
without damage. Sensitivity demands an instrument which will respond to the type of energy
level of the radiation being measured. Rarely does one find an instrument capable of
measuring all types and energies of radiation that are encountered in practice. Simplicity in
'construction necessitates convenient arrangement of components and simple circuitry
comprised of parts which may be replaced easily. Reliability is that attribute which implies
ability to duplicate response under similar circumstances.
Ludlum Model 19 Micro R Meter
The Ludlum Model 19 Micro R Meter is designed to monitor low-level gamma radiation.
The instrument utilizes an internally mounted Sodium iodide scintillator crystal. The meter
face has two scales, one in black representing 0-50 /iR/hr and one in red representing 0-25
Direct-Reading Instruments and
11/95 21 Radiation Survey Instruments
-------
/iR/hr. The meter range is controlled with a six position switch: OFF, 5000, 500, 250, 50
and 25. The full scale reading of the meter is equal to the switch setting; the red scale
corresponds to the 25 and 250 position and the black scale to the other three positions. As
an example, if the switch is in the 500 position and the meter pointer is aligned with the
"30" scale marking, the radiation field is 300 /iR/hr.
The Ludlum Model 19 is equipped with five additional switches or buttons. One button,
labeled L, lights the meter face while depressed. This allows accurate readings in poor
lighting conditions. The BAT button tests the battery condition. If the batteries are good,
the meter pointer will deflect to the "batt OK" portion of the scale. The audio switch
controls the audible signal; in the ON position, a "beeping" signal accompanies each radiation
event that is detected. The switch marked with the F and S controls the meter response; the
S (slow) position is used for most applications, although in conditions where the radiation
level is changing rapidly, the F (fast) position will provide a better representation of the
radiation level. The remaining button resets the detector operating high voltage should a
transient pulse cause it to be disabled.
Detector Probes
Detector probes will fall into two major categories: gas-filled detectors and scintillation
detectors. These have been briefly discussed in the introduction section. This section will
describe a few of the most commonly used probes.
The Geiger-Mueller (GM) pancake probe is very common and is most valuable for
monitoring for surface activity on equipment, benchtops, soil surface and personnel. The
probe may be used to monitor alpha, beta or gamma radiation. The sensitive volume of the
detector is covered with a thin mica window of about 1.75 inch diameter. This window
allows detection of alpha and low energy beta. The fragile window is protected by a metal
screen, and care must be taken to avoid puncturing it.
End-window GM probes may also be used for alpha, beta, and gamma monitoring. These
tubes are generally cylindrical, about 6-8 inches long and have mica entrance windows about
1 inch in diameter. The window often does not have a protective screen and is easily
punctured. Because of its configuration, this tube is not as convenient as a pancake probe
for surface monitoring. Also, because of the smaller entrance window, it is less efficient for
detecting alpha and beta.
Thin-walled GM probes are used for beta and gamma detection. The tube is constructed
within steel walls through which beta rays can pass. The tube is housed in a protective cage
fitted with a movable steel shield. With the shield in place, beta are absorbed and only
gamma can be detected. When the shield is moved away from the cage opening, the detector
is sensitive to both beta and gamma.
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments 22 11/95
-------
Scintillation probes are available for alpha, beta, and gamma. They differ in the type of
scintillator used and the detector housing. Alpha detectors are made of thin activated Zinc
sulfide crystals. The beta detectors generally use thin scintillation plastic crystals. Gamma
probes use thick crystals of activated Sodium iodide. Beta and alpha probes have entrance
windows of thin aluminized mylar. This window protects the detector from light which
would be sensed by the photomultiplier as if it were a high radiation field. Care must be
taken not to puncture the window.
The alpha probes often have large surface areas (50-100 cm2) to allow efficient detection of
low levels of alpha contamination. The gamma detectors are usually housed in an Aluminum
shell. This shell is not easy to puncture and is quite rugged, although dropping or banging
it against a hard object may break the crystal or the photomultiplier.
PersonneLPosimeters
The amount of radiation dose received by an individual working in a radiation field is
measured by the use of personnel dosimeters. Two types that are frequently used are the
direct-reading dosimeter and the thermoluminescent dosimeter (TLD).
The direct-reading dosimeter provides an immediate indication of the gamma radiation dose
the wearer has received. By checking his dosimeter periodically, the wearer can get an up-
to-the-minute estimate of the total gamma dose he/she has received. Only gamma radiation
is measured. There is no way that beta radiation can penetrate the walls of the dosimeter to
cause ionization.
Inside the detection chamber of the dosimeter is a stationary metal electrode with a movable
quartz fiber attached to it. The dosimeter is charged so that both the electrode and the fiber
are positively charged. Because both are positively charged, they repel each other, and the
movable fiber moves as far away from the electrode as it can. When gamma radiation causes
ionization in the detection chamber, the negative ions move to the positively charged
electrode or fiber. This action reduces the positive charge and allows the fiber to move a
little closer to the stationary electrode. The movement of the fiber, then, is a measure of the
amount of gamma radiation absorbed by the detector.
In direct-reading pocket dosimeters, a scale is placed so that the hairline on the scale is the
movable fiber. As the fiber moves, the scale indicates the total amount of gamma radiation
absorbed by the dosimeter. A magnifying glass inside the dosimeter enables the scale to be
read. This provides an immediate estimate of an individual's total gamma exposure.
Anyone who is instructed to wear a direct-reading dosimeter should make sure that it is
properly charged. When a dosimeter is properly charged, there is sufficient potential
between the electrode and the fiber that the fiber is significantly displaced and the hairline
on the scale reads near zero. In general, a dosimeter is considered adequately charged if it
reads below 10 mR.
Direct-Reading Instruments and
22/95 23 Radiation Survey Instruments
-------
If a dosimeter is not properly charged, a charger must be used to charge it before it can be
worn. The dosimeter is pushed into the charger, and the charger control is turned until the
dosimeter is zeroed. The dosimeter must be checked again after it is taken out of the
charger. Sometimes the hairline shifts when the dosimeter is removed from the charger, and
the dosimeter will have to be readjusted so that the hairline will end up at or near zero.
Because the direct-reading dosimeter measures the whole-body gamma radiation dose, it
should be worn on the trunk of the body. When using a dosimeter, care must be taken not
to bang or drop it. Rough treatment may cause the electrode to discharge completely,
sending the hairline all the way upscale.
Thermoluminescent dosimeters (TLDs) are often used for beta and gamma whole-body
measurements. Inside the TLD is a very small quantity of crystalline material called a
detector chip that is used to measure beta and gamma exposure. A typical detector chip is
approximately 1/8 inch across and 1/32 inch thick.
To understand how a detector chip measures radiation, we first need to go through a short
review of electron energy levels. As we know, electrons in a solid material prefer to be in
their ground energy state. This is especially true for a crystalline material. If radiation
imparts enough energy to one of these electrons, the electron will jump up to a higher,
instable energy level. However, since the electron prefers to be in the ground state, it will
drop to the ground state and emit the extra energy in the form of heat, x-rays, or light.
In TLD material, there is an in-between state called a metastable state, which acts as an
electron trap. When radiation strikes the ground state electron, the electron jumps up and
is trapped in the metastable state, It remains there until it gets enough energy to move it up
to the unstable state. This energy is supplied when the TLD chip is heated to a high enough
temperature. Then the electron will drop back down to the ground state and, because the
TLD chip is a luminescent material, it will release its extra energy in the form of light. The
total quantity of light emitted by electrons returning to the ground state is proportional to the
number of electrons that were trapped in the metastable state. The number of electrons
trapped in the metastable state is proportional to the amount of beta and gamma radiation that
interacts with the material. This means the amount of light emitted when the TLD is heated
is proportional to the total amount of beta and gamma radiation interacting with the material.
In the photomultiplier tube, electrons are produced in the photocathode, multiplied across the
dynodes, and finally collected on the anode. This then produces a pulse in the circuit that
is proportional to the total amount of beta and gamma radiation absorbed by the TLD
material.
There are several reasons for using TLDs instead of film badges. One reason is size - TLD
chips are so small that they can be taped to the fingers to measure exposure to the extremities
without interfering with work. A second reason is sensitivity. The TLD is generally more
sensitive than a film badge, more accurate in the low mR range, and able to provide a better
overall indication of the total beta/gamma dose received. A third reason is that the TLD chip
can be reused after it is read.
Direct-Reading Instruments and
Radiation Survey Instruments 24 11/95
-------
As with the direct-reading dosimeter, TLD is normally worn on the trunk of the body to give
the best indication of whole-body dose. There are times, however, when these devices might
be worn on other parts of the body. For example, a TLD might be moved to an arm or a
leg if these portions of the body might receive more radiation than the trunk area. An
additional device such as a finger ring might also be used to measure an extremity dose. A
finger ring contains a TLD chip to measure absorbed dose from beta and gamma radiation.
Direct-Reading Instruments and
11/95 25 Radiation Survey Instruments
-------
APPENDIX I
-
a
DIRECT-READING INSTRUMENTS USED FOR EVALUATION
Hazard Monitored
Instrument
I I
I o
g.
Combustible
Gas/Vapor
Combustible Gas Indicator
Measures the concentration of a
combustible gas or vapor.
A filament is heated by burning
Ihe combustible gas/vapor. The
increase in heat is measured.
Calibrated before use.
Oxygen Deficiency
Oxygen Meter
Measures the percentage of
oxygen in air.
Uses an electrochemical sensor to
measure the partial pressure of
oxygen in air.
Calibrated before each use in
normal air.
Ionizing radiation
Geiger-Muller (G-M) counter
Scinlillator tube
to
ON
Environmental radiation
monitor. Some monitors can
distinguish among the types of
ionizing radiation.
G-M: ionizing radiation reacts
with inert gas producing electric
current radiation.
Scintillator: ionizing radiation
produces photons of light within a
crystal. Crystals are specific to
types of radiation e.g., Sodium
iodide crystal for gamma
radiation.
Must be calibrated annually at
a specialized facility.
Organics
1)
Colorimetric tubes
Measure concentration of
specific gases and vapors.
The substance reacts with the
indicator chemical producing a
stain whose length in the tube is
proportional to the concentration
of the substance.
Leak test before use. Check
flow rate and volume
periodically. Check shelf life
of tubes before use.
2) Flame ionizing
Detector (FID) with
Gas Chromatograph
(GC) Option.
Measure total concentration or
organics in survey mode;
identifies and measure specific
compounds in GC mode.
Case* and vapon are ionized in a
flame. A current is produced in
proportion to the number of
carbon atoms present.
Requires experience to
operate. Fuel source is
Hydrogen.
-------
APPENDIX I
DIRECT-READING INSTRUMENTS USED FOR EVALUATION •
Hazard Monitor^)
Instrument
Appltafoa
Detection Method j
Not<*
Organics cont'd
Inorganics (Volatile)
3) Pholoionizing
Detectors
4) Portable infrared
Spectrophotometer
5) Catalytic Combustion
Meters (Super
Sensitive Combustible
Gas Indicators)
1) Colorimetric tubes
2) Photo ionizing
Detectors
3) Portable Infrared
Spectrophotometer
Measures total concentrations
of substance(s). Some
identification of compounds is
possible if more than one probe
is used.
Designed to quantify
component mixtures.
Measures substances capable of
being combusted.
Measure concentration of
specific inorganic gases and
vapors.
Measure total concentration of
some inorganics.
Designed to quantify one or
two component mixtures. Will
detect oxides of Nitrogen,
Ammonia, Hydrogen cyanide,
Hydrogen fluoride and Sulfur
dioxide.
Ultraviolet radiation ionizes
molecules, produces ions
proportional to concentration.
Infrared radiation (IR) is passed
through a sample; each compound
will absorb IR at a specific
frequency. Amount of absorption
is proportional to concentration.
Oxidation takes place on the
surface of a heated catalytic bead
element. Oxidation is
proportional to concentration.
See previous description.
See previous description.
See previous description.
Does not detect methane.
Compounds have different
ionizatipn potentials.
Requires knowledge of IR
frequencies for chemical.
Short battery life. Needs to be
operated at a stable location
(table top).
Similar to CGI, but used for
ppm measurements.
See previous note.
See previous note.
See previous note.
to
-------
APPENDIX I
a c%
c?^
3 I'
&?
[DIRECT-READING INSTRUMENTS USED FOR EVALUATION
H«zard Monitored
totm*
Application
Detection Method
'-...'.- ' Not* :;:. ;;M~< '''•
Inorganics (Volatile)
cont'd
Aerosols/'Particulates
4) Specific Chemical
Monitor*
Direct-Reading Instruments for
Analyzing Airborne
Particulatcs.
Measure concentration of
specific gases and vapors.
Measures and sizes the
concentration of aerosols in air.
Electrochemical sensor or metal
oxide semiconductor UV light
absorption for Mercury vapor
detection.
Operates on one of four basic
techniques:
1) Optical
2) Electrical
3) Piezoelectric
Limited number of chemical
can be detected. Even through
specific, there can be
interferences.
Individual instruments have
specific notes. Instruments are
available to measure fibers.
*Thcsc direct-reading instruments will readout total or respirable aerosol matter not the composition of the aerosols. The content, e.g., Lead, pesticides, of a dust,
fume, misC, fog, spray or smoke must be separately.
S
N>
00
-------
RESPONSE ORGANIZATION
STUDENT PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
At the conclusion of this unit, students will be able to:
1. Establish a command structure, communication levels, and
lines of authority for response to a hazardous materials
incident
2. Given parameters diagram an incident command structure
3. Establish lines of communication and authority within that
structure
4. Identify the major areas of concern for given levels of the
structure
5. As a member of a team, establish goals and objectives
6. Function in the assigned position for a given scenario
7. Recognize the need for a Scene Safety Plan and be able to
implement one
8. As a member of a team, identify resources needed for a
given scenario
9. As a member of a team, identify areas of concern related to
safety.
NOTE: Unless otherwise stated, the conditions for
performance are using all references and materials
'• provided in the course, and the standards of
performance are without error.
11/95
------- OCR error (C:\Conversion\JobRoot\000004VY\tiff\2000GJ5L.tif): Saving image to "C:\Conversion\JobRoot\000004VY\tiff\2000GJ5L.T$F.T$F" failed.
-------
RESPONSE ORGANIZATION
TOPIC PAGE NO.
I. INTRODUCTION 1
II. CONTINGENCY PLANS FOR EMERGENCY RESPONSE 1
III. ORGANIZING THE RESPONSE EFFORT 2
IV. TABLE OF ORGANIZATION 2
V. INCIDENT COMMAND SYSTEM (ICS) 3
VI. KEY PERSONNEL AND THEIR FUNCTIONS 3
VII. IMPLEMENTING RESPONSE OPERATIONS 4
VIII. SUMMARY 6
APX. I INCIDENT COMMANDER'S GUIDANCE DOCUMENT 7
I. COMMAND STRUCTURE 7
II. RESPONSE TEAM STAFFING 7
A. PERSONNEL 7
B. ORGANIZATIONAL FUNCTION STATEMENT 9
C. RESPONSE TEAM ACTIVITIES WORK SHEETS 9
III. PERSONAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT 10
A. SELECTION CRITERIA 10
B. REPRESENTATIVE EQUIPMENT 11
IV. RESPONSE TEAM EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 11
V. FIELD REFERENCE SOURCES 12
VI. DECONTAMINATION EQUIPMENT AND LAYOUT 12
11/95
-------
RESPONSE ORGANIZATION
VII. ATMOSPHERIC HAZARD GUIDELINES 12
VIII. PERSONAL EXPOSURE AND MEDICAL EVALUATION 12
IX. HEALTH AND SAFETY PRACTICES 13
X. INITIAL SCENE SURVEY 13
XI. RECONNAISSANCE 14
XII. DEMOBILIZATION 15
11/95
-------
RESPONSE ORGANIZATION
Introduction
The number of personnel needed to respond to a hazardous materials incident can vary
greatly. Regardless if a few or many responders are involved they must be organized.
Without a coordinated, organized effort, the primary reason for responding, to protect the
public's health, the environment and property, may be ineffective.
Every hazardous material incident is unique. The materials involved, their effects as well
as the operations required to prevent or reduce the effects of their release, are incident
specific. Common, however, to all incidents is the need for planning, organizing, locating
resources, and implementing response operations.
II. Contingency Plans for Emergency Response
When an incident involving hazardous materials, or any other kind of man-caused or natural
disaster occurs, people in the effected area may attempt to control and alleviate the situation.
Some sort of organization, will naturally take place.
Without a community emergency contingency plan, the ability to effectively manage any
incident is diminished. Time is wasted defining the problem, organizing personnel, locating
resources and taking action. These obstacles effect response activities creating additional
problems that might have been avoided if prompt actions were taken.
A more effective response to any kind of man made or natural disaster, including hazardous
materials accidents, occurs when a contingency plan exists. Contingency plans anticipate the
myriad of problems faced by responders and through the planning process develop, in
advance, guidelines to follow and complete in an effective way. A functional response
organization is developed and resources are identified. Notification systems are determined
and arrangements made to obtain technical, as well as, other necessary resources.
When the plan is activated, the organization can begin to function, rapidly. Control
activities are initiated with less confusion and fewer delays than are encountered in
implementing operations in a "no-plan" response. A pre-existing plan also reduces the risk
to both the responders and the public by establishing, in advance, procedures for protecting
their health and safety.
A contingency plan can lessen many of the problems encountered in a response to hazardous
materials. However, even a good, tested plan can not anticipate and address all the
circumstances created by a release of chemicals. A well-written plan acknowledges that
incident-specific adaptations are necessary and is written to provide flexibility.
11/95 1 Response Organization
-------
Hazardous Materials Contingency Plans to be effective must be:
Well-written Flexible
Continuously reviewed and modified Frequently Tested
Agreed upon by all involved Current
111. Organizing The Response Effort
The number of people responding to an incident may vary greatly, and represent a variety.
of personnel from government as well as private industry. Some incidents are readily
managed by trained responders from local jurisdictions. Others may require additional
responders from state and federal agencies and from private industries. These groups, each
with diverse functions and responsibilities, must be organized into a cohesive response team
unit capable of conducting the required tactical activities.
Hazardous Materials Emergency Response Plans exist at each level of government. Each
local, state, and federal agency defines how that level of government will respond, establishes
the response organization, and provides operational procedures. The federal response plan
recognizes the role of local and state responders in a federal response effort. It contains
provisions for mechanisms for coordinating response efforts at all levels of government.
Likewise, state plans contain their role, responsibilities and relationship with local
government response activities.
In general, federal, state and local response plans vary considerably in detail and scope.
Local plans are usually more specific, state and national plans are not as definitive
Typically however, whichever plan is in effect, the organization plan involved is adapted and
modified to meet the needs of the incident.
To function efficiently, the organization established must:
1. Provide a leader
2. Establish authority
3. Develop policy and procedures
4. Determine objectives
5. Assign responsibilities
6. Manage resources ( money, equipment, and personnel)
7. Plan and direct operations
8. Establish internal communications
9. Establish communications with outside organizations
IV. Table of Organization
In any organization involving more than a few responders, it is necessary to define its
structure. This structure of organization defines the relationship between the various
components (division, branches, or sections). It delineates a chain of command and
establishes internal communication channels.
Response Organization 2 . 11/95
-------
Organization tables are complemented by functional statements which describe the authority,
responsibilities and duties of the components. To a large degree, the form and complexity
of the organizational chart and the functional statements, depend on the magnitude of the
incident, the operations needed and the number of people or agencies involved. The key
requirements of an organizational chart are:
1. Delineating a chain-of-command
2. Assigning responsibilities and functions
3. Specifying personnel requirements
4. Establishing internal communications
Incident Command System (ICS)
A major incident requires a large response force with individuals performing many
specialized functions. The Incident Command System is designed to be flexible enough to
permit the Incident Commander to adapt it to any situation and still maintain management
control over responding personnel. The size and complexity of the organization needed is
dictated by the magnitude of the particular incident.
The ICS establishes a chain-of command, and lists key personnel and their functions (see
Section 4 of you student manual for the ICS we are using, also see the Incident Command
Package, and Section V of this section).
VI. Key Personnel and Their Functions
Key personnel and their assignments are normally specified in the response plan. As
operations commence adaptations may be needed in the preplanned structure of the
organization. During the incident unanticipated operations may be required, requiring
functional additions to the organization.
Major incidents require many people with a diversity of expertise and skills. Key personnel
and the functions they execute should be tailored to meet the needs of a particular hazardous
materials incident.
Key personnel and functions that may be needed are:
INCIDENT COMMANDER: Responsible for incident activities including the development
and implementation of strategic decisions and for approving the ordering and releasing of
resources.
RECORDER: Responsible for the collection and organization of incident situation and
status information.
SAFETY OFFICER: Responsible for monitoring and assessing hazardous, unsafe conditions
and developing measures for assuring personnel safety of the overall incident. Also may
terminate, alter, and suspend activities.
21/95 3 Response Organization
-------
OPERATIONS OFFICER: Responsible for the management of all operations directly
applicable to the primary mission.
SCIENCE OFFICER: Responsible for management of the identification team and reporting
on progress of identification of unknown or known substance.
RESOURCE OFFICER: Responsible for procuring personnel, equipment, and supplies.
Also responsible for receiving and staging all supplies for the incident, maintaining an
inventory of supplies and expendable and nonexpendable supplies and equipment.
ENTRY TEAM: Responsible for completing the goals and objective set forth by the
Operations Officer.
BACKUP TEAM: Responsible for knowing the goals and objective of the Entry Team set
forth by the Operation Officer and to stay in the ready position as long as the Entry Team
is in the "HOT ZONE", for the immediate rescue of the Entry Team or any other assistance
that may be needed.
DECONTAMINATION TEAM: Responsible for appropriate decontamination procedures
and installation of decon equipment as assigned to by the Operations or Decon Officer within
the Contamination Reduction Corridor (CRC) (Warm Zone).
* PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER: Responsible for the formulation and release of
incident information to the news media and other appropriate agencies and organizations.
* SECURITY OFFICER: Responsible for evacuation procedures, (on and off site), and
providing overall incident control, (traffic and incident).
* ASSISTANT SECURITY OFFICER: Responsible for assisting the Security Officer in
evacuation, incident control and traffic control.
* ASSISTANT SAFETY: Responsible for assisting the Safety Officer in coordinating
safety activities directly related to the hazardous materials operation.
* DECONTAMINATION OFFICER: Responsible for supervising and control of all phases
of the contamination reduction zone (CRZ) (Warm Zone).
THESE ICS POSITIONS ARE ONLY FOR THE TRANSPORTATION INCIDENT ON
FRIDAY.
VII. Implementing Response Operations
"The release or potential release of a hazardous material requires operations that will
eventually restore the situation to as near as possible to pre-incident conditions. Although
each incident establishes its own operational requirements, there is a general sequence of
response operations common to all responses.
Response Organization 4 11/95
-------
Planning and implementing a response, as a minimum, requires the responders to:
Organize: Establish an organization, select key personnel, assign responsibilities and
make modifications as operations proceed.
Evaluate the Situation: Based on available information make preliminary hazard
evaluation. Determine impact of incident with or without intervention.
Develop a Plan of Action: Develop preliminary operations plan for collecting
information, implementing immediate countermeasures and rescue operations and
instituting emergency actions. Continually reevaluate the situation as supplemental
information becomes available.
Make Preliminary Off-Scene Surveys: Collect additional data to evaluate situation
(use direct-reading instruments, collect sample(s), make visual observations).
Institute emergency actions to protect public health and the environment. Identify
requirements for on-scene reconnaissance. Determine levels of protection, if
necessary, for off-scene personnel. Establish boundaries for contaminated area(s).
Make Initial On-Scene Reconnaissances: Collect data (use direct-reading instruments,
collect samples, make visual observations) to determine or verify hazardous
conditions and make an overall assessment of the incident. Modify initial entry safety
procedures as more data is obtained. Determine levels of protection for initial entry
team(s) and subsequent operations. Plan and implement scene control and
decontamination procedures.
Modify Original Plan of Action: Modify or adapt original plan basetfon additional
information obtained during initial entry(s). Revise immediate emergency measures.
Plan long term actions including:
1. Additional monitoring and sampling
2. Containment / confinement options
3. Cleanup and restoration measures
4. Resource requirements
5. Site safety plan
6. Legal implications and litigation
7. Site activity documentation
Of paramount importance in any response is the safety and health of the responders. Their
risk increases as they get closer to the hazardous materials. Operations on-scene, must be
carefully planned and executed. Before entering the immediate area of a release or potential
release, as much information as possible should be collected. For example, shipping papers,
transportation placards, existing records, container labels and other visual observations (in
the time available) concerning the types and degree of hazard and risks which may exist, are
useful.
11/95 5 Response Organization
-------
Available information is used to determine:
1. Whether off-site measurements are needed
2. The need to go on-site
3. The types of equipment available
4. What data is needed to evaluate hazards
Organic vapors/gases
Inorganic vapors/gases
Paniculate
Oxygen concentration
Radiation
Samples needed for laboratory analysis
5. Levels of protection for entry team(s) needed
6. What equipment is needed
7. The number and size of entry team(s)
8. Frequency of briefings for the response team
9. The need for site control procedures including:
Designation of work zones
Access control
Physical barriers
10. What decontamination procedure are required
11. The need for having backup medical resources
12. Taking emergency actions/countermeasures
13. The priority for collecting data and samples
All the above information is layout in the Scene Safety Plan that has to be developed and
implemented for each incident (the Scene Safety Plan is in the student workbook as well as,
in the Safety Officer's book and forms). The Instructor will assist in filling out this form.
VIII. Summary
To effectively prevent or reduce the impact of a hazardous materials incident on people,
environment or property the personnel responding must be organized into a structured
response organization. For the response organization to be effective it must be developed
in advance, be tested and be an integral part of a Hazardous Materials Contingency Plan.
To a large degree, the success of the response is dependent upon how well the response
personnel are organized. When an organization (specified in a contingency plan) is
developed, it must be flexible enough to adapt to the ever changing conditions created as the
incident progresses, whether large or small.
Response Organization 6 11/95
-------
APPENDIX I: INCIDENT COMMANDER'S GUIDANCE
DOCUMENT
I. Command Structure
A. Fill in command chart as personnel are assigned and hand out incident command
clipboards.
B. Vest and equipment will not be available until the day of the incident.
Response Team Staffing
A. PERSONNEL
The following positions and functions represent possible operational requirements of a major
response effort;
1. INCIDENT COMMANDER:
Responsible for incident activities including the development and
implementation of strategic decisions and for approving the ordering and
releasing of resources.
2. RECORDER:
Responsible for the collection and organization of incident status and situation
information.
3. SAFETY OFFICER:
Responsible for monitoring and assessing hazardous, unsafe conditions and
developing measures for assuring personnel safety of the overall incident.
4. OPERATIONS OFFICER:
Responsible for the management of all operations directly applicable to the
primary mission.
5. SCIENCE OFFICER:
Responsible for management of the identification team and reporting on
progress of identification of unknown or known substance.
11/95 7 Appendix I
-------
6. RESOURCE OFFICER:
Responsible for procuring personnel, equipment, and supplies, receiving and
staging all supplies for the incident, maintain an inventory of supplies and
servicing nonexpendable supplies and equipment.
7. ENTRY TEAM:
Responsible for completing the goals and objectives set forth by the
Operations Officer.
8. BACK-UP TEAM:
Responsible for knowing the goals and objectives of the Entry Team set forth
by the Operation Officer and to stay in the ready position as long as the Entry
Team is in the "HOT ZONE", for the prepare of rescue or any other
assistance that may be needed.
9. DECONTAMINATION TEAM:
Responsible for the appropriate decontamination procedures and installation
of decon equipment as assigned to them by the Decon Officer within the
Contamination Reduction Corridor (CRC).
*10. PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER:
Responsible for the formulation and release of incident information to the
news media and other appropriate agencies and organizations.
*11. SECURITY OFFICER:
Responsible for evacuation procedures, (on and off site), and providing
overall incident control, (traffic and incident).
*12. DEPUTY SECURITY OFFICER:
Responsible for assisting the Security Officer in evacuation, incident control
and traffic control.
*13. ASSISTANT SAFETY:
Responsible for assisting the Safety Officer in coordinating safety related
activities directly related to the hazardous materials operation.
*14. DECONTAMINATION OFFICER:
Responsible for supervising and control of all phases of the contamination
reduction zone (CRZ).
* These ICS positions are only for the Transportation Incident on Friday.
Appendix I 8 11/95
-------
B. ORGANIZATIONAL FUNCTION STATEMENT
An organizational function statement and chart should be developed at the earliest
possible time to determine the necessary operations and communication channels that
are to be established for incident activities. Consideration should be given to the
following:
1. Chain of command.
2. Delegation of authority.
3. Clearly defined functions and communication.
4. Work relationships and activities coordination.
5. Internal channels of communication.
6. Limit on responsibility.
7. Sequence of activities and order of initiation.
8. Contingency planning.
C. RESPONSE TEAM ACTIVITIES WORK SHEETS
The following work sheets shall be given to the appropriate personnel and should be
used to help assist in providing a safer operation.
1. INCIDENT COMMANDER:
a. Command Structures
b. Defining Hazardous Materials Problems
c. The Chemtox Hot Line
d. Hazardous Materials Information Sources
e. Hazardous Materials Tactical Command Sheet
f. Scene Overview
2. RECORDER:
a. Unit log, 4 pages
b. Hazardous Material Incident Report-Fixer Facility
3. SAFETY OFFICER:
a. Safety Officer worksheet
b. Scene Safety Plan, 12 pages
c. HazMat Incident Medical Evaluation Chart
d. Personnel Protection and Exposure Chart
4. OPERATIONS:
a. Operation Officer worksheet
b. Pre-entry checklist
c. Briefing and Debriefing forms, 3 pages
11195 9 Appendix I
-------
5. SCIENCE OFFICER:
a. Hazardous Substance Data Sheet, 3 pages
b. Hazardous Materials Response form, 2 pages
6. RESOURCE OFFICER:
a. Hazardous Materials Incident Cost Recovery Form, 3 pages
b. Resource list for warehouse exercise
c. Local recourse list
7. DECONTAMINATION TEAM:
a. Decontamination checklist
b. Team needs to write out and develop there own decontamination plan
and chart.
III. Personal Protection Equipment
A. SELECTION CRITERIA
Equipment to protect the body against contact with known or anticipated chemical
hazard severity, manner of exposure, and route(s) of entry. Select from the four
categories of protective equipment which were developed according to the degree of
protection afforded. Those categories and their respective use are as follows:
LEVEL A:
Should be worn when the highest level of respiratory, skin and eye protection is
needed.
LEVEL B:
Should be worn when the highest level of respiratory protection is needed, but a
lesser level of skin protection. Level B is the minimum level recommended on initial
incident entries until the hazards have been further defined by on-scene surveys and
appropriate personnel protection is used.
LEVEL C:
Should be worn when the type(s) of airborne substances is known, the
concentration(s) is measured, and the criteria for using air purifying respirators are
met.
Appendix I 10 11/95
-------
LEVEL D:
Should not be worn on any incident with respiratory or skin hazard. It is primarily
a work uniform providing minimum protection.
B. REPRESENTATIVE EQUIPMENT
The following represents personal protection equipment identified for each level of
protection and should be worn by designated individuals. Science Officer needs to
do the research to determine the appropriate level of protection and selection of suit
material.
1. LEVEL A
Use equipment as worn in Level A exercise with 2-way radio inside suit
attached to SCBA.
"PLEASE DO NOT USE ANY TAPE ON LEVEL A SUITS"
2. LEVELS
Use equipment as worn in Level B exercises with 2-way radios attached to
the SCBA. Tape can be used on level suits.
3. LEVEL C
There are no air purifying respirators available, if the criteria of APR's are
met, then these can be simulated.
4. LEVEL D
Whatever clothing personnel are wearing, will comply with this level.
IV. Response Team Equipment and Materials
A. Use the resource list provided. If additional equipment is required, submit a request
to an instructor. You cannot simulate any item without instructor approval.
B. Use local resources list for supplies and agencies to support the incident. You may
write-in any local resource available in your area.
C. The Hazardous Materials Incident Cost Recovery Form must be completed at the end
of the incident.
11/95 11 Appendix I
-------
V. Field Reference Sources
A. All references shown in the information resource section is available to use. If you
require other references, ask an instructor.
B. Fill out the Hazardous Substance Data Sheet and Hazardous Response Form.
C. Science Officer needs to research to determine:
1. Physical/chemical properties
2. Level of protection
3. Compatible suit material
4. Decontamination solution needed for decon.
VI. Decontamination Equipment and Layout
A. Your decon equipment is listed on the resource list and will be together in one area
for your use at the incident location. If you need more equipment, mark the location
in the decon line with a piece of tape and write on it the type of equipment needed.
B. The layout of the decontamination line must to be completed using the information
received in the decon section. You must have a written diagram.
C. The Science Officer needs to do the research to determine the proper solution to use.
VII. Atmospheric Hazard Guidelines
A. Determine the type of data needed.
B. Using the proper instrument and good operating technique, the instructor may give
you readings. Indications of emissions from the incident such a continuous CGI
reading of 25% or greater, less than 19.5% oxygen, or ImR/hr of Ionizing radiation
are present, EPA action levels, if any or all of these condition exists, reevaluate the
situation.
C. See Scene Safety Plan for more define details.
D. Use the Atmospheric Hazard Guidelines as a reference.
VIII. Personal Exposure and Medical Evaluation
A. PERSONAL EXPOSURE
The Personnel Protection and Exposure Chart must be filled out every time a worker
goes into any work zone after the work zones have be established.
Appendix I 12 11/95
-------
B. PERSONAL MEDICAL EVALUATION
The HazMat Incident Medical Evaluation Chart must be filled out before and after
any worker gets into any level of protection.
IX. Health and Safety Practices
A. Health and safety requirements for incident operations must be designed not only to
protect personnel against the hazards associated with chemical substance, but also to
minimize injury or harm due to other types of hazards such as electrical, heavy
equipment operations, falling objects, tripping, etc..
B. Personal precautions, such as controls that have been established in the Scene Safety
Plans, must be followed.
C. A Scene Safety Plan must be developed encompassing all phases of the incident
operations and made available to all personnel. This plan is the responsibility of the
Safety Officer and is 12 pages long. Assistance in preparing the Scene Safety Plan
can be obtained from the instructors.
X. Initial Scene Survey
A. An incident generally involves the escape of normally controlled substances into the
environment via air, water, or land surfaces. Response activities involve control
actions to minimize and prevent or reduce the transfer of contaminants from going
from one zone to another or off-scene via the workers and/or equipment that may be
contaminated. Initial Scene Survey must be done to help control the incident, as well
as help establish incident goals and objectives.
B. To reduce the possibility of transfer of contaminants from zone to zone or transferred
off-scene, controlling of contaminants is essential. This can be accomplished by
establishing work zones. Issues which need to be addressed when establishing zones:
1. Physical barriers to exclude unnecessary personnel
2. Check points with limited access to the zones, or areas within the zones
3. Minimizing personnel and equipment in a zone
4. Establishment of containment zones
5. Decontamination procedures
6. Conducting operations in a manner to reduce the possibility of contamination
C. One method of reducing the potential for transfer of contamination off-scene is to
delineate zones or work areas based upon expected contamination. Within the zones
prescribed operations would occur utilizing appropriate personnel protection
equipment. Movement between areas would be controlled at checkpoints. Three
contiguous zones are recommended.
11/95 13 Appendix I
-------
1. Exclusion or Hot Zone (contaminated area)
2. Contamination Reduction or Warm Zone (Contamination Reduction Corridor
CRC)
3. Support or Cold Zone (Non-Contaminated area)
D. The use of a three-zone system of area designation, access control points and exacting
decontamination procedures provides a reasonable assurance against the translocation
of contaminating substance. This control system is based on a "worst case" situation
and requires a larger number of personnel and an abundance of equipment and
material to operate. Less stringent scene control and decontamination procedures or
adaption of the procedures described may be utilized based upon more accurate;
information on the types of contaminants involved and the contaminating hazards they
present. This information can be obtained through air monitoring, instrument survey,
wipe tests for possible personnel or equipment contamination and technical data
concerning the characteristics and behavior of material present. Predicated upon
having more reliable data about encountered conditions, scene control requirement
should be modified for the specific situation.
E. When locating a field command post, and other support necessities in the support or
Cold Zone are dependent on a number of factors including:
1. Wind direction - Preferably the Command Post should be located upwind oi"
the incident exclusion zone. However, wind directions shift and other
conditions may be such that the ideal location based on wind direction does
not exist.
2. Accessibility - The terrain, woods, topography and space, may limit
availability of Command Post location.
3. Roads - Adequate roads or unavailability thereof.
4. Proximity to incident - Relatively easy access to the incident is needed.
5. The instructors will establish the following:
a. Command post location
b. Exclusion or Hot Zone and line
c. Wind direction will always be in your favor
6. Establishment of zone dimensions takes considerable planning to assure safe
working distances for each zone which are balanced against practical work
considerations. Physical and topographical barriers may constrain ideal.
locations.
XI. Reconnaissance
A. After establishing Hot Zone, than the initial on-scene reconnaissance must be
considered. This can be accomplished by some or/all of the following;
1. Determine the reason for going on-scene
2. Determine data needs
a. Rescue
b. Combustible gases
Appendix I 14 11/95
-------
c. Oxygen deficiency
d. Organic or inorganic vapors
e. Radiation
3. Instruments available
4. Level of protection needed - entry team
5. Number of personal in entry team
6. Number of personal in backup team
7. Medical evaluation completed on entry and backup teams
8. Establish the Warm and Cold zones.
9. Decontamination procedures must be setup before entry team can go in.
10. Emergency actions/countermeasures been established
11. Any additional equipment needed
12. Emergency actions to protect public and the environment
13. Brief entry and backup team before entry and debrief after entry
XII. Demobilization
A. Talk with responsible party to establish a cleanup contractor to take care of cleanup
an disposal of all contaminated items.
B. Ensure incident has been mitigated and you have communicated with the cleanup
contractor and they can handle the incident from mitigation to restoring property as
close to normal as possible per EPA requirements.
C. Ensure that an orderly, safe, and cost effective removal of personnel and equipment
is accomplished at the completion of the incident.
11/95 15 Appendix I
-------
-------
DECONTAMINATION
STUDENT PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
At the conclusion of this unit, participants will be able to:
1. Describe the components that make up a decontamination
plan
2. List four of the eight basic ways to prevent contamination on
personnel and equipment
3. Describe four of the eight ways a decon member can stop
cross contamination
4. Name five areas on protective clothing that get contaminated
the easiest
5. State the basic decon solution
6. Describe two testing methods to show effective decon
7. State the basic differences between level A and level B decon
8. Recommend the minimum level of protection for:
a. Setting up the decon line
b. Working on the decon line
NOTE: Unless otherwise stated, the conditions for
performance are using all references and materials
provided in the course, and the standards of
performance are without error.
11/95
-------
STUDENT PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES (cont.)
9. Explain the disposal methods for decon
10. Identify who decontaminates the decon members
11. Demonstrate how to do medical decon.
NOTE: Unless otherwise stated, the conditions for
performance are using all references and materials
provided in the course, and the standards of
performance are without error.
11/95
-------
DECONTAMINATION
8-1
OBJECTIVES
Regulations requiring decon
Decontamination plan
Preventing or reducing contamination
Various types of decon
S-2
OBJECTIVES (cont.)
• Factors that influence decon
• PPE used for decon
• Disposal methods
• Medical emergencies
S-3
NOTES
11/95
Decontamination
-------
NOTES
REGULATION
OSHA1910.120(q)
Employer shall develop plans
• Operations level = basic implementation
• Technician = understand and implement
• Specialist = determine and implement
• 1C = understand importance
S-l
DEFINITION
The process of removing or
neutralizing contaminants that have
accumulated on personnel, property,
and equipment
3-5
PLAN
Development
Part of scene safety plan
Person responsible
s-e
Decontamination
11/95
-------
NOTES
PLAN
Reasons
• Number and layout of decon stations
• Equipment needs
• Appropriate decon methods
• Contamination of clean areas
• Contaminant contact minimized
• Disposal of clothing and equipment
8-7
PLAN
Revision
REVISE THE PLAN WHENEVER:
• Level of PPE changes
• Ambient or other conditions change
• Hazards are reassessed
TRAIN ALL PERSONNEL ON THE PLAN
S-8
CONTAMINATION
Prevention
SAFE WORK PRACTICES
DO NOT:
Walk, sit, or stand, get splashed by, or come in
contact with airborne or liquid materials unless
it cannot be helped
KEEP:
Equipment and instruments out of
contaminants whenever possible
s-e
11/95
Decontamination
-------
NOTES
CONTAMINATION
Prevention (cont.)
Wear disposable garments
Use disposable equipment when possible
Cover equipment and tools when possible
Use proper donning and doffing
procedures
Use remote sampling and handling
equipment
CONTAMINATION
Prevention (cont.)
PPE INSPECTION
• Ensure there are no cuts or punctures
• Close all flaps, zippers, buttons, and ties
• Tape openings of gloves, boots, and
jackets
• Do not use tape on level A
S-11
CONTAMINATION
Location
• Surface only or permeated into PPE
• Sometimes easy to detect and remove on
the surface
• Permeated material may be difficult or
impossible to detect and remove
• Without removal, permeation continues
until breakthrough occurs 8.12
Decontamination
11/95
-------
NOTES
FIVE MAJOR FACTORS OF
PERMEATION
• Contact time
• Chemical concentration
• Temperature
- Ambient
- Chemical
• Size of chemical molecules
• Physical state (solid, liquid, or gas)
3-13
fr
THREE DECON
REMOVAL METHODS
1 . Physical removal
- Dislodging/displacement
- Washing/rinsing
- Wiping/brushing
- Evaporation
- High pressure (air or water)
- Disposal
- Vacuum (dry decon)
S.I 4
THREE DECON
REMOVAL METHODS (cont.)
2. Chemical removal
- Done only if recommended by a chemist,
industrial hygienist, or qualified
professional
3. Inactivate/inert
- Chemical detoxification
- Disinfection
- Sterilization
3-15
11/95
Decontamination
-------
NOTES
CLEANING SOLUTIONS
EPA RECOMMENDS ONLY SOAP AND
WATER FOR ALL WET DECON
Before using any other solution, contact
the chemical manufacturer and check
chemical compatibility and suit material
compatibility
S-18
TESTING DECON
EFFECTIVENESS
Visual observation
- Discoloration or stains
- Visible contaminant
- Material degradation and breakdown
Ultraviolet light
- Hydrocarbons become visible
S-17
TESTING DECON
EFFECTIVENESS (cont.)
Wipe sampling
- Dry or wet cloth swab; send to lab
- Sample inner and outer surfaces
Cleaning solution analysis
- Sample final rinse
Permeation testing
- Send sample pieces from suit to lab
S-18
De contamination
11/95
-------
HEALTH AND
SAFETY HAZARDS
Compatibility of decon solution with PPE and
hazardous substances
Effective decon methods
Personnel in control zones before decon is
established (i.e., hot zone)
S-19
DECON DESIGN
Located in the CRZ between the Hot and Cold
Zones
The level and type of decon are dependent on
the material(s) found
Should include emergency contingencies
S-20
NOTES
11/95 Decontamination
-------
CONTAMINATION
REDUCTION ZONE
Equipment
Decontamination
Auxiliary
access
control path
Hot Zone
- - »Hot Line
t I CRZ
Wind
Warm
Zone
wash O Exit
and Q
Rinse _
Tank
change
i
« >Cold Line
Cold Zone
Enter
Path
Redress
r
25
c:
o
O
o
c:
0
O)
0
E
LLi
S-21
NOTES
Decontamination
11/95
-------
DECON
PROCEDURES
• Place chemically impervious ground cover in
decon area
• Follow a series of specific tasks
• Perform work at several stations
• Separate work stations to prevent cross
contamination
• Perform work in order of decreasing
contamination (dirty to clean)
S-22
DECON
PROCEDURES (cont.)
Set up in a straight line when possible
Size depends on:
- Number of work stations
- Scene layout and topography
- Usually 75' x 15' is adequate
S-23
NOTES
11/95
Decontamination
-------
Boot cover
P t Tape and
; 1 removal glove wash
^ equi
Outer glove * 5 4 32 6 a
t :
y' "
Tank 10
change 1 1
12
13
14
15
16
17
Field 18B
wash |
BC and G rinse
Suit and boot wash
Suit and boot rinse
Safety boot removal
FES removal'
SCBA backpack removal
Inner glove wash
Inner glove rinse
Face piece removal
Inner glove removal
Decon Layout
Level A Protection
*9maeen? Exclusion /
•OP Hot Zone
Hot Line
Contamination
Reduction or
Warm Zone
Inner clothing removal |~~ Contamination Reduction Corridor ]
19 I
Redress •
Cold Line
Support or
Cold Zone
S-24
j
NOTES
Decontamination
11/95
-------
Exclusion or Hot Zone
DECON LAYOUT LEVEL
Hot Line
t 1 '
2
•
4
Tank
change 3
5
6
Contain i
7 I
Segregated equipment drop
A and B PROTE<
Outer boot, glove, FES wash and rinse
Outer boot and glove removal
Boot, glove, and FES removal
SCBA removal
nation Reduction Corri<
Contamination
Reduction or
Warm Zone
dor
Field wash
Support or Cold Zone
Cold Line
S-25
NOTES
11/95
Decontamination
-------
2o» wind direction F.S.O.R No. 7 Minimum A and B Deco
*\- ^-
20°
Equipment
drop ~~*
Plastic
sheet
Exclusion
Zone
\
V
> k
Decon outer .s'
garments ^^
s^ Remove . . — i
s' boot covers *
^and outer gloves ^
' Tank
1 ( ) changeo
1 ^ point
03 1
5 Can
*- (10 gallon)
Q
I
i i —
Contamination
Reduction
1 Zone
L Decon solution
Water
Remove
boots/gloves
. and outer
"* garments
(For disposal
ver and off site
decontamination)
Can
ni
§
O
CL
Q.
3
03
•^
Remove SCBA
i
S-26
j
NOTES
Decontamination
11195
-------
NOTES
PERSONAL PROTECTION
• Decon workers can set up the
decontamination reduction corridor
in level D protection
• Once the warm zone has been activated,
the minimum level of protection is one
level less or the same as the entry team
• The first position in decon may require
a greater level than the rest
• Decon workers must clean up their area,
restock, and decon themselves
S-27
DISPOSAL METHODS
All equipment used must be disposed of or
decontaminated properly
All spent solutions must be collected and
disposed of properly
Clothing and solid materials must be placed
in plastic bags pending further testing,
decon, and/or disposal according to local,
state, or federal standards
S-2B
EMERGENCY
DECONTAMINATION
The primary concern is for response
personnel, then the public
- Prevent loss of life
- Prevent severe injury
Plan for medical emergencies
- Decon victim(s)
- Protect medical personnel
- Dispose of contaminated PPE
3-28
11/95
Decontamination
-------
NOTES
EMERGENCY
DECONTAMINATION (cont.)
Decision to decon victim is based on
• Type and severity of contamination or injury
• Immediate life-saving and first aid needs
• Aggravation of the injury or delay of life-
saving treatment
S-30
EMERGENCY {
DECONTAMINATION (cont.)
Wash, rinse, and/or cut off PPE or clothing
Alert medical personnel of potential
contamination; protect medic unit
Send chemical information with the victim
Send response personnel familiar with the
incident with victim if possible
S-31
Decontamination
11/95
-------
SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS
TOPIC PAGE NO.
I. INTRODUCTION 1
A. OXYGEN-GENERATING 1
B. HOSE MASK 1
C. AIRLINE RESPIRATOR 1
D. SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS 1
II. MODES OF OPERATION 2
A. NEGATIVE PRESSURE 2
B. PRESSURE-DEMAND 2
III. TYPES OF APPARATUS 3
A. CLOSED-CIRCUIT 3
B. OPEN-CIRCUIT 4
IV. COMPONENTS OF A TYPICAL OPEN-CIRCUIT PRESSURE
DEMAND SCBA 4
A. CYLINDER 4
B. HIGH-PRESSURE HOSE 5
C. ALARM 5
D. REGULATOR ASSEMBLY 5
E. BREATHING HOSE AND FACEPIECE 5
F. BACKPACK AND HARNESS 6
V. INSPECTION AND CHECKOUT 6
VI. INFORMATION ON CYLINDER LABEL 7
11/95
-------
SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS
VII. NFPA 1981 "OPEN CIRCUIT SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING
APPARATUS FOR FIREFIGHTERS" 1987 EDITION 7
A. BASIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 8
B. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 8
C. PERFORMANCE TESTS 8
1. AIRFLOW 8
2. THERMAL RESISTANCE TEST 8
3. VIBRATION AND SHOCK 9
4. FABRIC COMPONENTS TEST 9
5. ACCELERATED CORROSION RESISTANCE TEST 9
6. PARTICULATE RESISTANCE TEST 9
7. FACEPIECE LENS ABRASION RESISTANCE TEST 9
8. COMMUNICATIONS TEST 9
APP. I SCBA CHECKOUT-MSA MODEL 401 ULTRALITE II 10
11/95
-------
SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS
I. INTRODUCTION
Respiratory apparatus must frequently be used during response to hazardous materials
incidents. If the contaminant is unknown or the requirements for using air-purifying
respirators cannot be met, then an atmosphere supplying respirator is required. Several types
of atmosphere supplying devices are available:
A. Oxygen-generating
One of the oldest respirators is the oxygen-generating respirator, which utilizes a
canister of potassium superoxide. The chemical reacts with water vapor to produce
oxygen which replenishes the wearer's exhaled breath. Exhaled CO2 is removed by
a scrubber device containing lithium hydroxide. This reoxygenated air is then
returned to the wearer. Oxygen-generating respirators have been used by the military
and for escape purposes in mines. It generally is not used for hazardous material
applications because of the chemical reaction taking place within the respirator itself.
B. Hose mask
This type of respirator consists of a facepiece attached to a large diameter hose which
transports clean air from a remote area. In units where the wearer breathes the air
in, the hose lines can go up to 75 feet. With powered units the hose length can vary
from 50 to 250 feet.
C. Air line respirator
The air line respirator is similar to the hose mask, except that breathing grade air is
delivered to the wearer under pressure; either from a compressor or a bank of
compressed air cylinders. The air may flow continuously, or it may be delivered as
the wearer breathes (demands it). The air source must not be depletable, and no
more than 300 feet of air line is allowed. An escape device is required for entry into
an IDLH atmosphere.
D. Self-contained breathing apparatus
The self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) consists of a facepiece and regulator
mechanism connected to a cylinder of compressed air or oxygen carried by the
wearer.
The self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) is generally used because it allows the wearer
to work without being confined by a hose or air line. The wearer of the SCBA depends on
it to supply clean breathing air.
If the wearer is not properly trained to wear the SCBA or it is not properly cared for, then
it may fail to provide the protection expected.
11/95 1 Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus
-------
The user should be completely familiar with the SCBA being worn. Checkout procedures
have been developed for inspecting an SCBA prior to use, allowing the user to recognize
potential problems. An individual who checks out the unit is more comfortable and confident
wearing it.
There are two types of apparatus: closed-circuit, which use compressed oxygen, and open-
circuit, which use compressed air. SCBA's may operate in one of two modes, demand or
pressure-demand (positive-pressure). The length of time an SCBA operates is based on the
air supply. The units available operate from 5 minutes to over 4 hours.
Pressure demand or positive pressure is the only approved type of open circuit SCBA for use
in Hazardous Environments by the U.S. EPA and NFPA.
Both open- and closed-circuit SCBA's will be discussed and the modes of operation
explained. The bulk of the discussion deals with open circuit pressure-demand SCBA's
which are most widely used because they offer more protection.
II. MODES OF OPERATION
A. Negative Pressure
In the demand mode, a negative pressure is created inside the facepiece and breathing
tubes when the wearer inhales (Table 1). This negative pressure draws down a
diaphragm in the regulator in an SCBA. The diaphragm depresses and opens the
admission valve, allowing air to be inhaled. As long as the negative pressure
remains, air flows to the facepiece.
The problem with demand operation is that the wearer can inhale contaminated air
through any gaps in the facepiece-to-face sealing surface. Hence, a demand
apparatus with a full facepiece is assigned a Protection Factor of only 100, the same
as for a full face air-purifying respirator.
B. Pressure-Demand
An SCBA operating in the pressure-demand mode maintains a positive pressure inside
the facepiece at all times. The system is designed so that the admission valve
remains open until enough pressure is built up to close it. The pressure builds up
because air is prevented from leaving the system until the wearer exhales. Less
pressure is required to close the admission valve than is required to open the spring-
loaded exhalation valve.
At all times, the pressure in the facepiece is greater than the ambient pressure outside
the facepiece. If any leakage occurs, it is outward from the facepiece. Because of
this, the pressure-demand or positive pressure SCBA has been assigned a Protection
Factor of 10,000.
Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus 2 11/95
-------
TABLE 1
RELATIVE PRESSURE INSIDE AND OUTSIDE SCBA FACEPIECE
Demand
Pressure demand
(positive pressure)
Inhalation
Exhalation
Static (between breaths)
+
same
111.
TYPES OF APPARATUS
A. Closed-Circuit
The closed-circuit SCBA (Figure 1), commonly called the rebreather, was developed
especially for oxygen-deficient situations. Because it recycles exhaled breath and
carries only a small oxygen supply, the service time can be considerably greater than
an open-circuit device, which must carry all of the user's breathing air.
Saliva Trap
Main Valve.
Granular Solid Adsorber: for
Carbon Dioxi'
Compressed ;
Oxygen Tank j
Relief Valve
ack rak Protective Cover
Bypass Line
Bypass Valve
FIGURE 1
CLOSED-CIRCUIT SCBA
The air for breathing is mixed in a flexible breathing bag. This air is inhaled,
deflating the breathing bag. The deflation depresses the admission valve, allowing
the oxygen to enter the bag. There it mixes with exhaled breath, from which carbon
dioxide has just been removed by passage through a CO2 scrubber.
11/95
Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus
-------
Most rebreathers operate in the demand mode. Several rebreathers are designed to
provide a positive pressure in the facepiece. The approval schedule 13F under 30
CFR Part II for closed-circuit SCBA makes no provisions for testing "demand" or
"pressure-demand" rebreathers. The approval schedule was set up to certify only
rebreathers that happen to operate in the demand mode. Thus, rebreathers designed
to operate in the positive pressure mode can be approved strictly as closed-circuit
apparatus. Since regulations make no distinction, and selection is based on approval
criteria, rebreathers designed to maintain a positive pressure can only be considered
as a demand-type apparatus. Rebreathers use either compressed oxygen or liquid
oxygen. To assure the quality of the air to be breathed, the oxygen must be at least
medical grade breathing oxygen which meets the requirements set by the "U.S.
Pharmacopeia".
B. Open-Circuit
The open-circuit SCBA requires a supply of compressed breathing air. The user
simply inhales and exhales. The exhaled air is exhausted from the system. Because
the air is not recycled, the wearer must carry the full air supply, which limits a unit
to the amount of air that the wearer can easily carry. Available SCBA's can last
from 5 to 60 minutes. Units which have 5-to-15 minute air supplies are only
applicable to escape situations.
The air used in open-circuit apparatus must meet the requirements in the Compressed
Gas Association's Pamphlet G-7.1, which calls for at least "Grade D". Grade D air
must contain 19.5 to 23.5% Oxygen with the balance being predominantly nitrogen.
condensed hydrocarbons are limited to 5 mg/m3, carbon monoxide to 20 parts per
million (ppm) and carbon dioxide to 1,000 ppm. An undesirable odor is also
prohibited. Air quality can be checked using an Oxygen meter, Carbon monoxide
meter and detector tubes.
IV. COMPONENTS OF A TYPICAL OPEN-CIRCUIT PRESSURE DEMAND SCBA
A. Cylinder
Compressed air is considered a hazardous material. For this reason, any cylinder
used with a SCBA must meet the Department of Transportation's (DOT) "General
Requirements for Shipments and Packaging" (49 CFR Part 173) and "Shipping
Container Specifications" (49 CFR Part 178).
A hydrostatic test must be performed on a cylinder at regular intervals: Steel and
aluminum cylinders, every five years; composite cylinders such as glass fiber or
aluminum, every three years. Composite cylinders designed with fiberglass are
relatively new, and have a DOT exemption because there are no set construction
requirements at this time. Overall, difference is in weight. The construction
technology reduces the weight of the cylinder, and thereby, the overall weight of the
SCBA.
Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus 4 11/95
-------
Air volume of 45 cubic feet of Grade D air at a pressure of 2,216 pounds per square
inch (psi) is needed for a 30-minute supply. Cylinders are filled using a compressor
or a cascade system of several large cylinders of breathing air. If the cylinder is
overfilled, a rupture disc releases the pressure. The rupture disc is located at the
cylinder valve, along with a cylinder pressure gauge to be accurate within + 5%.
Because the gauge is exposed and subject to abuse, it should be used only for judging
if the cylinder is full, and not for monitoring air supply to the wearer.
B. High-Pressure Hose
The high-pressure hose connects the cylinder and the regulator. The hose should be
connected to the cylinder only by hand and never with a wrench. An 0-ring inside
the connector assures a good seal.
C. Alarm
A low-pressure warning alarm is located near the connection to the cylinder. This
alarm sounds to alert the wearer that only 20-25% of the full cylinder air supply is
available for retreat, usually 5 to 8 minutes.
D. Regulator Assembly
Air travels from the cylinder through the high-pressure hose to the regulator (Figure
2). From there, it can travel one of two paths. If the by-pass valve is opened, air
travels directly through the breathing hose into the facepiece. If the mainline valve
is opened, air passes through the regulator and is controlled by that mechanism. At
the regulator, before air enters one of the valves, is another pressure gauge which
also must be accurate to + 5%. Because it is visible and well protected, this gauge
should be used to monitor the air supply.
Under normal conditions, the bypass valve is closed and the mainline valve opened
so air can center the regular. Once in the regulator, the air pressure is reduced from
the actual cylinder pressure to approximately 50-100 psi by reducing mechanism. A
pressure relief valve is located after the pressure reducer for safety should the
pressure reducer malfunction. The airflow rate to meet NIOSH standards must meet
or exceed 40 liters/minute. NFPA 1981 states the airflow rate must meet or exceed
100 liters/minute.
i
E. Breathing Hose and Facepiece
The breathing hose connects the regulator to the facepiece. Rubber gaskets at both
ends provide tight seals. The hose is usually constructed of neoprene and is
corrugated to allow stretching.
Above the point in the mask where the hose is connected, is a one way check valve.
This valve allows air to be drawn from the hose when the wearer inhales but prevents
11/95 . 5 Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus
-------
exhaled air from entering the breathing hose. If the check valve is not in place, the
exhaled air may not be completely exhausted from the facepieces.
spring
exhalation
valve cover
low-pressure
relief valve
spring
FIGURE 2
REGULATOR ASSEMBLY
"Reprinted from MSA Data Sheet 01-00-11: Pressure Demand Air Mask and Air Clubn
by Mine Safety Appliances Co.
The facepiece is normally constructed of Neoprene, but sometimes of silicone rubber.
Five- or six-point suspension is used to hold the mask to the face. The visor lens is
made of polycarbonate or other clear, shatter proof, and chemically resistant material.
At the bottom of the facepiece is an exhalation value.
Some masks include an air-tight speaking diaphragm, which facilitates
communications while preventing contaminated air from entering.
F. • Backpack and Harness
A back pack and harness support the cylinder and regulator, allowing the user to
move freely. Weight should be supported on the hips not the shoulders.
V. INSPECTION AND CHECKOUT
The SCBA must be inspected according to manufacturers as well as 29 CFR
recommendations. In addition, the SCBA should be checked out immediately prior to use.
Checkout and inspection procedures should be followed closely to assure safe operation of
the unit.
Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus
11/95
-------
A. A cylinder on a SCBA typically carries the following information (Figure 3, page
7).
1. DOT exemption for composite cylinder
2. DOT rated pressure and air volume
3. Cylinder number
4. Manufacturer's name, symbol and part number
5. Original hydrostatic test date, month/year
VI. INFORMATION ON CYLINDER LABEL
DOT E- 7277-221 6
ALT 59-32150
ELASTIC EXPANSION: 96-106 ml
© SCI
^^^^
8-88
CONTENTS: AIR; 45 SCF AT 2216 PSIG
MINE SAFETY APPLIANCES CO.
PART NO. 460320
FIGURE 3
INFORMATION ON TYPICAL SCBA CYLINDER LABEL
•Reprinted from MSA Data Sheet 01 -00-11: Pressure Demand Air Mask and Air Club1" by Mine Safety
Appliances Co.
VII. NFPA 1981 "OPEN CIRCUIT SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS FOR
FIREFIGHTERS" 1987 Edition
The National Fire Protection (NFPA) has developed a standard for performance requirements
and appropriate testing procedures designed to simulate various environmental conditions that
11/95
Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus
-------
fire fighter's SCBA can be exposed to during use and storage. These requirements are in
addition to the basic NIOSH/MSHA certification requirements. This Standard, NFPA 1981,
now applies only to open circuit SCBA.
A. Basic Design Requirements
The basic design requirements for SCBA units under 1981 are that:
L The units be NIOSH/MSMA certified positive-pressure.
2. The maximum weight shall not exceed 35 pounds, in accordance with
NIOSH/MSMA certification.
3. The rated service time shall be 30 minutes or more.
4. No positive-pressure unit that can be switched to demand mode.
5. The unit shall not be approved under the Bureau of Mines Schedule
6. The manufacturer shall provide with each SCBA instructions on maintenance,
storage, disinfecting, inspection, use, operations, limitations and training
materials.
B. General Requirements
Additionally, SCBA units must meet certain general requirements which include:
1. Labeling showing that the unit meets the requirements.
2. Initial, annual and fifth year testing of the SCBA.
3. Retesting of unit after any modifications.
4. Test series to include three categories, with one SCBA used per category.
C. Performance Tests
1. Airflow
if
This test increases the current NIOSH breathing machine requirements of 40
liters per minute to 100 liters per minute. The 100 liters per minute volume
was derived from a review of several studies indicating that a ventilation rate
of 100 standard liters per minute encompasses the 98th percentile of all fire
fighters studies.
NOTE: An airflow test is then performed after each of the following tests,
with the exception of the fabric component test, to ensure breathing apparatus
performance.
Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus 8 11/95
-------
2. Thermal Resistance Test
This series of tests expose the breathing apparatus to various temperature
extremes and temperature cycles that breathing apparatus might be exposed
to during actual firefighting operations.
3. Vibration and Shock
This test is designed to provide a reasonable level of assurance that when the
breathing apparatus is exposed to vibration, such as being carried on a rig
that often travels over rough road surfaces, the apparatus will perform and
function properly.
4. Fabric Components Test
Flame, heat and thread tests are added to provide a reasonable level of
assurance that the fabric components of a harness assembly used to hold the
backplate to the wearer's body will remain intact during firefighting
operations.
5. Accelerated Corrosion Resistance Test
This test is to provide a reasonable level of assurance that the breathing
apparatus is designed to resist corrosion that may form and interfere with the
apparatus performance and function.
6. Paniculate Resistance Test
This test exposes the breathing apparatus to a specified concentration of
participates to provide a reasonable level of assurance that the apparatus is
designed to properly function when exposed to dust conditions commonly
present during firefighting operations.
7. Facepiece Lens Abrasion Resistance Test
This test is designed to provide a reasonable level of assurance that the
facepiece lens of the breathing apparatus is not easily scratched during
firefighting operations that could result in reduced visibility for the fire
fighter.
8. Communications Test
This test is designed to assure that the facepiece of the breathing apparatus
does not significantly reduce a fire fighter's normal voice communications.
11/95 9 Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus
-------
APPENDIX I
SCBA CHECKOUT - MSA MODEL 401 ULTRALITE II
1. MONTHLY INSPECTION
a. Check cylinder label for current hydrostatic test date.
b. Inspect cylinder for large dents or gouges in metal or fiberglass.
c. Inspect cylinder gauge for damage.
d. Complete full checkout procedure (Steps 3 thru 8).
e. Fill out appropriate records with results and recommendations.
2. REGULAR INSPECTION
a. Immediate prior to donning.
b. Prior to storing after cleaning and sanitization.
3. BEFORE PROCEEDING, CHECK THAT:
a. High-pressure-hose connector is tight on cylinder fitting.
b. By-pass valve is closed.
c. Mainline valve is closed.
d. Regulator outlet is not covered or obstructed.
4. BACKPACK AND HARNESS ASSEMBLY
' a. Visually inspect straps for wear, damage, completeness, etc.
b. Check wear function of buckle.
c. Check backplate for damage and attachment to cylinder.
Appendix I 10 11/95
-------
5. CYLINDER AND HIGH-PRESSURE-HOSE ASSEMBLY
a. Check cylinder to assure that it is firmly fastened to backplate.
b. Open cylinder valve; listen or feel for leakage around packing and hose connection.
c. Check high-pressure-hose for damage or leaks.
6. REGULATOR
a. Cover regulator outlet with palm of hand or rubber dust cover.
b. Open mainline valve.
c. Note stoppage of air flow after positive pressure builds.
d. Close mainline valve.
e. REMOVE HAND OR DUST COVER FROM REGULATOR OUTLET.
f. Open by-pass valve slowly to assure proper function.
g. Close by-pass valve.
h. Cover regulator outlet again with palm of hand or dust cover.
i. Open mainline valve.
j. Note pressure reading on regulator gauge.
k. Close cylinder valve while keeping hand or dust cover over regulator outlet.
1. Slowly remove hand or dust cover from outlet and allow air to flow.
m. Note pressure when low-pressure warning alarm sounds; it should be between 550-
650 psi.
- n. Remove hand from regulator.
o. Close mainline valve.
11/95 11 Appendix I
-------
7. FACEPIECE AND CORRUGATED BREATHING TUBE
a. Inspect head harness and facepiece for damage, serrations, and deteriorated rubber.
b. Inspect lens for damage and proper seal in facepiece.
c. Inspect facepiece for presence of diaphragm and wagon wheel.
d. Stretch breathing tube and carefully inspect for holes and deterioration.
e. Inspect connector for damage and presence of washer.
f. Perform negative pressure test with facepiece donned.
8. STORAGE
a. Close cylinder valve.
b. Bleed pressure from high-pressure-hose by opening mainline valve.
c. Refill cylinder to 2216 psi.
d. Tightly connect high-pressure-hose to cylinder.
e. Close by-pass valve.
f. Fully extend all straps.
g. Store facepiece in a clean plastic bag for protection.
Appendix I 12 11/95
-------
GLOSSARY
Accident - An> unexpected event generally resulting in injury, loss of property, or disruption
of service.
Action Level - A quantitative limit of a chemical, biological, or radiological agent at which
actions are taken to prevent or reduce exposure or contact.
Acute Exposure - A dose that is delivered to a receptor in a single event or in a short period
of time.
Air Surveillance - Use of air monitoring and air sampling during a response to identify and
quantify airborne contaminants on and off-site, and monitor changes in air contaminants that
occur over the lifetime of the incidents.
Aquifer - A water bearing formation of permeable rock, sand, or gravel capable of yielding
water to a well or spring.
Boiling Point - The temperature at which a liquid changes to a vapor.
Chronic Exposure - Low doses repeatedly delivered to a receptor over a long period of time.
Combustibility - The ability of a material to act as a fuel.
Condensation Point - The temperature at which a vapor changes to a liquid.
Confinement - Control methods used to limit the physical area or size of a released material.
Examples:dams, dikes, and absorption processes.
Containment - Control methods used keep the material in its container.Examples:plugging
and patching.
Contaminant/Contamination - An unwanted and non-beneficial substance.
Control - Chemical or physical methods used to prevent or reduce the hazards associated with
a material. Example: Neutralizing an acid spill.
Decontamination - The process of physically removing contaminants from individuals and
equipment or changing their chemical nature to innocuous substances
Degree of Hazard - A relative measure of how much harm a substance can do.
Density - The density of a substance is its mass per unit volume, commonly expressed in
grams per cubic centimeter (g/cc). The density of water is 1 g/cc since 1 cc has a mass of
1 gram.
11/95 1 Glossary
-------
Direct-Reading Instruments - A portable device that rapidly measures and displays the
concentration of a contaminant in the environment.
Emergency - A sudden and unexpected event calling for immediate action.
Emergency Removal - Action or actions undertaken, in a time-critical situation, to prevent,,
minimize, or mitigate a release that poses an immediate and/or significant threat(s) to human
health or welfare or to the environment. (See also Removal Action)
Environmental Assessment - The measurement or prediction of the concentration, transport,,
dispersion, and final fate of a released hazardous substance in the environment.
Environmental Emergencies - Incidents involving the release (or potential release) of
hazardous materials into the environment which require immediate action.
Environmental Hazard - A condition capable of posing an unreasonable risk to air, water,
or soil quality, and to plants or wildlife.
Environmental Sample - Samples that are considered to contain no contaminants or low
concentrations of contaminants as compared to hazardous samples.
Episode - Incident.
First Responder - The first personnel to arrive on the scene of a hazardous materials incident.
Usually officials from local emergency services, fire fighters, and police.
Flammability - The ability of a liquid or gas to generate a sufficient concentration of
combustible vapors under normal conditions to be ignited and produce a flame.
Flashpoint - The minimum temperature at which a substance produces sufficient flammable
vapors to ignite.
Freezing Point - The temperature at which a liquid changes to a solid.
Groundwater - Water found in the saturated portions of geologic formations beneath the
surface of land or water.
Hazard - A circumstance or condition that can do harm. Hazards are categorized into foar
. groups: biological, chemical, radiation, and physical.
Hazard Classes - A series of nine descriptive terms that have been established by the UN
Committee of Experts to categorize the hazardous nature of chemical, physical, and
, biological materials. These categories are:
1. Explosives,
2. Non-flammable and flammable gases,
3. Flammable liquids,
4. Flammable solids,
Glossary 2 12/95
-------
5. Oxidizing materials,
6. Poisons, irritants, and disease causing materials,
7. Radioactive materials,
8. Corrosive materials, and
9. Dangerous materials.
Hazard Evaluation - The impact or risk the hazardous substance poses to public health and
the environment.
HAZARDLINE - A data information/retrieval system containing regulatory and precautionary
data on about 5,000 hazardous chemicals, as well as OSHA, EPA, NIOSH, and ANSI
standards and criteria documents relative to court decisions, standards, and guidelines.
Hazardous - Capable of posing an unreasonable risk to health and safety (Department of
Transportation). Capable of doing harm.
Hazardous Material - A substance or material which has been determined by the Secretary
of Transportation to be capable of posing an unreasonable risk to health, safety, and property
when transported in commerce, and which has been so designated. (Department of
Transportation)
Hazardous Sample - Samples that are considered to contain high concentrations of
contaminants.
Hazardous Substance - 1) A material and its mixtures or solutions that are listed in the
Appendix to the Hazardous Materials Table, 49 CFR 172.101, when offered for
transportation in one package, or in one transport vehicle if not packaged, and when the
quantity of the material therein equals or exceeds the reportable quantity. 2) Any substance
designated pursuant to Section 311(b)(2) (A) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, (B)
any element, compound, mixture solution, or substance designated pursuant to Section 102
of this Act, (C) any hazardous waste having the characteristics identified under or listed
pursuant to Section 3001 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (but not including any waste of the
regulation of which under the Solid Waste Disposal Act has been suspended by Act of
Congress), (D) any toxic pollutant listed under Section 307(a) of the Federal Water Pollution
Control Act, (E) any hazardous air pollutant listed under Section 112 of the Clean Air Act,
and (F) any imminently hazardous chemical substance or mixture with respect to which the
Administrator has taken action pursuant to Section 7 of the Toxic Substances Control Act.
The term does not include petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is not
otherwise specifically listed or designated as a hazardous substance under subparagraphs (A)
through (F) of this paragraph, and the term does not include natural gas, natural gas liquids,
liquified natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel (of mixtures of natural gas and such
synthetic gas).
Hazardous Waste - Any material that is subject to the hazardous waste manifest requirements
of the Environmental Protection Agency specified in 40 CFR, Part 262 or would be subject
to these requirements in the absence of an interim audiorization to a State under 40 CFR Part
123, Subpart F.
11/95 3 Glossary
-------
Incident - The release or potential release of a hazardous substance or material into the
environment.
Incident Characterization - The process of identifying the substance(s) involved in an
incident, determining exposure pathways and projecting the effect it will have on people,
property, wildlife and plants, and the disruption of services.
Incident Evaluation - The process of assessing the impact released or potentially released
substances pose to public health and the environment.
Information - Knowledge acquired concerning the conditions or circumstances particular to
an incident.
Inspection - Same as investigation.
Intelligence - Information obtained from existing records or documentation, placards, labels,
signs, special configuration of containers, visual observations, technical records, eye
witnesses, and others.
Investigation - On-scene and off-scene survey(s) conducted to provide a qualitative and
quantitative assessment of hazards associated with a scene site.
Limited Quantity - With the exception of Poison B materials, the maximum amount of a
hazardous material for which there is a specific labeling and packaging exception.
Melting Point - The temperature at which a solid changes to a liquid.
Mitigation - Actions taken to prevent or reduce the severity of threats to human health and
the environment.
Monitoring - The process of sampling and measuring certain environmental parameters on
a real-time basis for spatial and time variations. For example, air monitoring may be
conducted with direct-reading instruments to indicate relative changes in air contaminant:
concentrations at various times.
National Contingency Plan - Policies and procedures that the Federal Government follows.
in implementing responses to hazardous substances.
Off-Scene - Presence outside of the work site .
On-Scene - Presence within the boundaries of the work site.
Pathways of Dispersion - The environmental medium (water, groundwater, soil, and air)
through which a chemical is transported.
Persistent Chemicals - A substance which resists biodegradation and/or chemical
transformation when released into the environment and tends to accumulate on land, in air,
in water, or in organic matter.
Glossary 4 11/95
-------
Planned Removal (Non-Time-Critical Removal) - The removal of released hazardous
substances that pose a threat or potential threat to human health or welfare or to the
environment from a site within a non-immediate time period. Under CERCLA: Actions
intended to minimize increases in exposure such that time and cost commitments are limited
to 12 months and/or two million dollars. (See also Emergency Removal)
Pollutant - A substance or mixture which after release into the environment and upon
exposure to any organism will or may reasonably be anticipated to cause adverse effects in
such organisms or their offspring.
Pollutant Transport - An array of mechanisms by which a substance may migrate outside the
immediate location of the release or discharge of the substance. For example, pollution of
groundwater by hazardous waste leachate migrating from a landfill.
Published Exposure Level - The exposure limits published by NIOSH Recommendations for
Occupational Health Standards (1986).
Qualified Individual - A person who through education, experience, or professional
accreditation is competent to make judgements concerning a particular subject matter. A
Certified Industrial Hygienist may be a qualified individual for preparing a site safety plan.
Regulated Material - A substance or material that is subject to regulations set forth by the
Environmental Protection Agency, the Department of Transportation, or any other federal
agency.
Release - Any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging,
injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, or disposing of hazardous substances into the
environment.
Remedial Actions - As in the National Contingency Plan, responses to releases on a National
Priority List that are consistent with treatment-oriented remedy that is protective of human
health and the environment and that permanently and significantly reduces toxicity, mobility,
or volume of hazardous substances.
Removal Actions - Any appropriate actions(s) taken to abate, minimize, stabilize, mitigate,
or eliminate the release or threat of release that poses a threat to human health or welfare or
to the environment. As set forth in the National Contingency Plan, these actions shall be
terminated after $2 million has been obligated or 12 months have elapsed from the date of
initial response.
Reportable Quantity - As set forth in the Clean Water Act, the minimum amount (pounds or
kilograms) of a hazardous substance that may be discharged in a 24 hour period that requires
notification of the appropriate government agency.
Response Actions - Actions taken to recognize, evaluate, and control an incident.
Response Operations - Same as Response Actions.
11/95 5 Glossary
-------
Risk - The probability that harm will occur.
Risk Assessment - The use of factual base to define the health effects of exposure of
individuals or populations to hazardous materials and situations.
Risk Management - The process of weighing policy alternatives and selecting the most
appropriate regulatory action integrating the results of risk assessment with engineering data
and with social and economic concerns to reach a decision.
Routes of Exposure - The manner in which a contaminant enters the body through inhalation,
ingestion, skin absorption, and injection.
Safety - Freedom from man, equipment, material, and environmental interactions that result
in injury or illness.
Sampling - The collection of representative portion of the universe. Example: the collection
of a water sample from a contaminated stream.
Severe - A relative term used to describe the degree to which hazardous material releases can
cause adverse effects to human health and the environment.
Site - Location.
Site Safety Plan - Written, site-specific safety criteria that establishes requirements for
protecting the health and safety of responders during all activities conducted at an incident.
Solubility - The tendency to dissolve in water.
Specific Gravity (SpGI - The ratio of the density of a substance, at a given temperature, to
the density of water at the temperature of its maximum density of 4°C.
Toxicity - The ability of a substance to produce injury once it reaches a susceptible site in
or on the body.
Toxicology - The study of the interactions between chemical agents and biological
systems,
Vapor Pressure - The pressure exerted by a vapor against the sides of a closed container.-
Work Plan - Written directives that specifically describe all work activities that are to take
place at a work site.
Glossary 6 . 11/95
-------
WORKBOOK
EMERGENCY RESPONSE TO HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INCIDENTS
(165.15)
EXERCISES TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE#
Information Resources 1
Chemical Protective Clothing 5
Level B Dressout 61
Direct-Reading Instruments 63
Level A Dressout 67
Decontamination 71
Field Use of Air Monitoring Instruments 81
APPENDIX I: Hazardous Materials Response Forms 83
11/95
-------
-------
INFORMATION RESOURCES EXERCISE
I. STUDENT PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES (SPOs)
A. Given a chemical name, list at least five references available for use a hazardous
materials incident.
B. Given a hazardous materials data sheet complete the information needed for a safe
entry into a given effected area.
C. Describe the limited use computer databases have in emergency response.
D. List five reference books that could be included in a basic reference library.
II. PROCEDURE
A. Read the scenario to determine the chemical involved, and other information provided
in this incident.
B. Given reference materials listed below, each student select a reference book and
complete the data table and supplementary questions with that reference, then as a
group assist each other and complete the questions.
C. Complete the data table and supplementary questions.
D. The references that are to be used are:
1. Department of Transportation Emergency Response Guidebook (DOT).
2. National Fire Protection Association Guide to Hazardous Material (NFPA).
3. Emergency Handling of Hazardous Materials in Surface Transportation
(AAR).
4. National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Pocket Guide (NIOSH
{P})-
5. Emergency Care for Hazardous Materials Exposure (ECHME).
6. Hawley's Condensed Chemical Dictionary (CCD).
7. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) Dictionary.
8. International Society of Fire Service Instructors (ISFSI) HazMat Incident
Guide.
11/95 1 Information Resource Exercise
-------
111. SCENARIO
A train wreck has occurred and a trailer on flat car (TOFC) has derailed. The place of the
derailment is a light industrial area with some private dwellings, approximately twenty, 55
gallon drums have spilled from the trailer and are releasing a clear liquid.
A fire has started about 300 yards from the spill. The placard with a UN/NA number of
1093 is on the trailer.
IV. TIME LIMIT
The students have 20 minutes to work on the exercise and then the instructor will go over
the results.
Information Resource Exercise 2 11/95
-------
Using the sources provided, fill out the data table and fact sheet.
Product ID: NAME
UN#
CAS#
Red
FLAMMABIUTY
Blue
HEALTH
Yellow
REACTIVITY
White
SPECIAL
INFORMATION
Chemical and Physical Properties
SOURCE G#26
DATA
Phvs. State
Boiling Pt.
Melting Pt.
Spev. Grav.
Solubility
Vapor Density
/
Vapor Press ((3>,
tempi
LEL/UEL
Flash Pt.
Auto Ipu't.
Page
NFPA
AAR
NIOSH (P)
ECHME
CCD
11/95
Information Resource Exercise
-------
QUESTIONS
1. The commercial uses for this chemical are:
2. This chemical is labeled as "inhibited". What does this mean?
3. T or F. This chemical, in liquid form, is always easily identified by it's odor.
4. What level of protection is recommended for responding to this chemical?
5. What liquid or liquid mixtures are recommended for decontamination of personnel
and equipment exposed to this chemical?
6. What evacuation distances should be used in incidents involving this chemical?
7. The CHEMTREC telephone number is 1-800/
The National Response Center telephone number is 1-800/
8. In the International Classification System there are _ major classes. This chemical
would fall under what class or classes?
9. What are the synonyms for this chemical?
10. If we had a land spill of this liquid, what should we do to absorb it?
Information Resource Exercise 4 11/95
-------
CHEMICAL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING EXERCISE
I. OBJECTIVE
A. List three references used to select levels of protection.
B. Relate how A.D. Little qualitative ratings are referenced in this Field Guide for the
Selection of Chemical Protective Clothing.
C. Given a scenario and the above reference material, select the proper level of
protection and the composition for that ensemble.
D. Emphasize the need to determine the basic chemical problem and in relation to the
protective equipment.
E. Describe the problems when a fire is involved in relation to chemical protective
clothing.
II. PROCEDURE
A. Evaluate the seven situations and consider the following:
1. Chemical(s) hazards
2. Physical Hazards
3. Work functions
B. Using the information provided on pages 9-35, select the minimum level of
protection.
C. Using the information provided on pages 36-59, recommend the type of material to
be used for the level of protection chosen.
ill. SCENARIO
Read the seven scenarios on pages 6-8 using just the information that is given in the scenario;
do not read anything into the scenario. Use common sense in determining strategy and
tactics.
IV. AVAILABLE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
4 Fully encapsulating suits of each fabric rated as per A.D. Little, pages 38-45.
4 Butyl/Viton Suits - fully encapsulating suits
4 PVC Suits - fully encapsulating suits
4 Aluminized Flash Suits
8 Tyvek Suits - disposable
42 PVC Splash or Chemical Suits
6 Each Pair Bunker Pants and Coats (Nomex)
' 6 Pair Fire Boots (Neoprene)
6 Fire Fighters Helmets
6 Hard Hats
12 SCBA Paks
Assorted gloves - Leather, Butyl-Rubber, Latex, PVC, and Viton
Assorted boots - Butyl-Rubber, PVC, and Neoprene
V. TIME LIMIT
Approximately one hour of homework
H/95 5 Chemical Protective Clothing
-------
1. Truck Incident: Liquid nitrogen is escaping from an insulated refrigerator truck. Your Haz
Mat team is called to investigate, locate and stop the leak. What minimum level of
protection is required and what material should be used for the personnel protective clothing?
2. After a garbage company dumped a truck load of garbage in one of the parking areas, smoke
started coming from the load. The truck driver sprayed the load with water from a fire
extinguisher. Vapors formed around several small containers marked "Aluminum
Phosphide". The truck driver complained of nose and throat irritation. Enroute to the
hospital he developed respiratory distress and lapsed into an unconscious state. Your team
has been requested to identify the vapor he was exposed to and to overpack the reacting
containers. What minimum level of protection is required and what material should be used
for the personnel protective clothing?
3. A truck carrying several 55 gallon drums of Benzene is involved in an accident. The drums
have ruptured, and their contents has spilled on the ground. It is in danger of making its
way into nearby sewers. Your Haz Mat team has been called to contain the spill, prevent
the substance from entering the sewer, and mitigate the incident until the cleanup contractor
arrives. What minimum level of protection is required and what material should be used for
the personnel protective clothing?
Chemical Protective Clothing 6 11/95
-------
4. An anhydrous ammonia vapor cloud forms after a tank truck accident. Response personnel
must enter the cloud and plug the leak. The ammonia concentration outside the cloud is 400
ppm. What minimum level of protective clothing is required? The only available protective
clothing consists of turnout gear and leather gloves. Is the Nomex turnout gear compatible
with ammonia and can it be worn in this response?
5. At an industrial facility the night watchman discovers a leak in the 1,000 gallon tank labeled
PHENOL. A pool of liquid about 8 ft. by 10 ft. covers the ground. Because there is a
possibility of phenol migrating offsite and coming into contact with other substances at a
nearby facility, response personnel must stop the leak. What minimum level of protection
is required and what material should be used for the personnel protective clothing?
6. Doctors and nurses in the surgical operating room have been forced to leave due to the
presence of a very strong odor, which has left many of the staff with symptoms of nausea
and dizziness. The hospital has been evacuated and venting of the operating room has
occurred. The Haz Mat team has been requested to enter to determine the problem. What
minimum level of protection is required and what material should be used for the personnel
protective clothing?
11/95 ' 1 Chemical Protective Clothing
-------
7. A tractor trailer carrying 10 drums of toluene - 2,4,-diisocyanate (TDI) waste, 10 drums of
parathion, 8 drums of phosphorous trichloride, 5 drums of benzene, and 2 lab pack drum!;
containing glass containers of hydrocyanic acid is parked at a truck stop. An explosion
occurs in the trailer causing one drum to be blown through the roof. Upon opening the rear1
doors of the trailer, a large quantity of liquid was noted on the tops of some of the drums
and on the trailer floor. The trailer must be entered to evaluate the situation. What is the
minimum level of protection required and what material should be used for the personnel
protective clothing?
CHEMICAL INFORMATION SOURCES
1) Merck Index, 10th Edition
2) Hawley's Condensed Chemical Dictionary, llth Edition
3) Dangerous Properties of Hazardous Materials, 6th Edition
By: N. Irving Sax
Chemical Protective Clothing 8 11/95
-------
363. Aluminum Phosphide. Celphos; Delia; Phostoxin.
A1P; mol wt 57.96. Al 46.55%, P 53.44%. Prepd from red
phosphorus and aluminum powder: White, Bushey, J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 66, 1666 (1944); Inorg. Syn. 4, 23 (1953);
Montignie, Bull. Soc. Chim. France 1946, 276; from Al and
Zn,P3: Wang et al, J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem, 25, 326 (1963).
Use as insecticidal fumigant: W. Freyberg/ W. Haupt, U.S.
pat. 2,117,158 (1938 to Freyberg).
Dark gray or dark yellow crystals. . Cubic zinc blende
structure. Must be protected from moist air since it reacts
readily to produce phosphine which is highly toxic, d}5 2.85
(Montignie); d 2.40 (Wang et al). Does not melt or decom-
pose thermally at temps up to 1000°. Treatment with water
and acid produces phosphine in quantitative yields.
USE: Source of phosphine; in semiconductor research; as
fumigant.
The Merck Index
"Reprinted from Merck Index, 11th edition, 1989 by Susan Budavari, ed. with
permission of Merck & Company. Inc."
aluminum phosphide AlP.
Properties: Dark gray or dark yellow crystals; sp. gr.
2.85. Evolves phosphine.
Hazard: Toxic; flammable, dangerous fire risk.
Uses: Insecticide; fumigant.
Shipping regulations: (Rail, Air) Flammable Solid
label and Dangerous When Wet label. Not accept-
able passenger.
Condensed Chemical Dictionary
"Reprinted from Condensed Chemical Dictionary, 10th edition, 1981 by
Gessner G. Hawley with permission of Van Nostrand Reinhold.'
11/95 9 Chemical Protective Clothing
-------
AHE750 CAS:20859-73-8 HR: 3
AL UMINUM PHOSPHIDE
DOT: UN 1397
mf: A1P mw: 57.95
PROP: Dark gray or dark yellow crystals. D: 2.85 @
25°/4°. Mp: >1000°.
SYNS: AIPOAL-PHOSO ALUMINUM FOSFIDE (DUTCH)O ALUMI-
NUM MONOPHOSPH1DE O CELPHIDE O CELPHOS O DEL1C1A
O DET1A GAS EX-B O FOSFURI di ALLUMIN10 (ITALIAN)
O FUM1TOX1N O PHOSPHURES d1 ALUMIUM (FRENCH) O RCRA
WASTE NUMBER P006
TOXICITY DATA with REFERENCE
orl-hmn LD50:20 mg/kg SSARAE 3,38,76
ihl-mam LCLo:l ppm PCOC-*-,25,66
CONSENSUS REPORTS: EPA Extremely Hazardous
Substances List. Reported in EPA TSCA Inventory.
ACGIH TLV: TWA'2 mg(Al)/m3
DOT Classification: Label: Flammable Solid and Dan-
gerous When Wet; IMO: Flammable Solid; Label: Dan-
gerous When Wet and Poison.
SAFETY PROFILE: A human poison by inhalation and
ingestion. Dangerous; in contact with water, steam, or
alkali it slowly yields PH3, which is spontaneously flam-
mable in air. Explosive reaction on contact with mineral
acids produces phosphine. When heated to decomposi-
tion it yields toxic POr. See also ALUMINUM COM-
POUNDS, PHOSPHIDES, and PHOSPHINE.
Dangerous Properties of Hazardous Materials
by: N. Irving Sax
"Reprinted from Sax's Dangerous Prop'"ties of Industrial Materials, 11th
edition, 1992 by Richard J. Lewis, Sr. with permission of Van Nostrand
Reinhold."
Chemical Protective Clothing 10 11/95
-------
510. Ammonia. H3N; mol wt 17.03. N 8225%. H
17.757». NHj. Manufactured from water gas (obtained b\
blowing steam through incandescent coke) as si'Uici: of h> •
drogen, and from producer gas (obtained from steam and air
through incandescent coke), as source of nitiogcn by the
Haber-Bosch process. Manuf from natural gas: Faith.
Keyes & Clark's Industrial Chemicals, F. A. Lou-cnlicim.
M. K. Moran, Eds. (Wiley-Interscience, New York. 4th cd.,
1975) pp 83-92. Historical monograph: A. Mittasch,
Geschichie der Arnmoniaksynihese (Verlag Chcmie, 1951).
Reviews of prepn, properties and chemistry: Several authors
in Melhr's Vol. VIII, supplement I, Nitrogen part 1 (1964)
pp 240-369; Jones in Comprehensive Inorganic Chemistry
Vol. 2, J. C. Bailar, Jr. el a]., Eds. (Pergamon Press, Oxford,
1973) pp 199-227; J. R. LeBlanc ct al.. in Kirk-Othmer
Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology vol. 2 (Wiley-Intersci-
ence, New York, 3rd ed., 1978) pp 470-516.
Colorless gas; very pungent odor (characteristic of drying
urine). Lower limit of human perception: 0.04 g/cubic
meter or 53 ppm. One liter of the gas weighs 0.7714 g. d
0.5967 (air = 1). nip -77.T. bp,40 —33.35'. Densities of
liq NHj (temp; press.): 0.6818 (-33.35'; 1 aim); 06585
(-15'; 2.332 aim); 0.6386 (0'; 4.238 atm); 0.6175 (15'; 7.188
aim); 0.5875 (35'; 13.321 atm). Critical temp 132.4'; critical
press. 111.5 atm. Heat capacity (25") 8.38 cal/mole/deg.
Mixtures of ammonia and air \vill explode when ignited
under favorable conditions: Angcw. Chem. 43, 302 (1930),
but ammonia is generally regarded as nonflammable. Cor-
rosive, alkaline gas. pH of \.QN aq soln 11.6; of OAN aq
soln I 1.1; of 0.0]N aq soln 10.6. Water at 0' holds 47%, at
15* 38%. at 20' 347o, at 25' 31%, at 30* 28%, at 50' 18%. d>°
(aq solus): 0.9939 (17.); 0.9811 (4%); 0.9651 (8%); 0.9362
(16%); 0.9229 (20%); 0.9101 (24%); 0.8980 (287=). fp (aq
solns): -2.9' (47o); —8.1' (8%); -23.1' (16%); -34.9*
(20%); -44.5' (24%); -69.2' (287o). Solution of NHj in
water is exothermic. 95% alcohol at 20" holds 157o, at 30'
11%. Abs ethanol at 0' 207o, at 25" 107°. Methanol at 25"
16%. It is also sol in chloroform and ether. Liquid ammo-
nia produces low temps by its own evaporation. Heat of
vaporization: 5.581 kcal/mole. It is a good solvent for
many elements and compds. Usually marketed in liquefied
form in steel cylinders or as ammonia water (aqua ammonia,
ammonium hydroxide) in drums and bottles.
Caution: Inhalation of coned vapor causes edema of res-
piratory tract, spasm of the glottis, asphyxia. Treatment
must be prompt to prevent death, cf. Patty's Industrial
Hygiene and Toxicology vol. 213, G. D. Clayton, F. E. Clay-
ton, Eds. (Wiley-Intersciencc, New York, 3rd ed., 1981) pp
3045-3052.
USE: Manuf nitric acid, explosives, synthetic fibers, fertil-
izers. In refrigeration. In the chemical industry.
The Merck Index
"Reprinted from Merck Index, 11th edition, 1989 by Susan Budavari, ed. with
permission of Merck & Company, Inc."
11/95
11 Chemical Protective Clothing
-------
ammonia, anhydrous. NH3. CAS: 7664-41-7
Third highest-volume chemical produced in US
(1985).
Properties: Colorless gas (or liquid); sharp, in-
tensely irritating odor; lighter than air; easily
liquefied by pressure; bp —33.5C; fp —77C; vap
press of liquid 8.5 atm (20C); sp vol 22.7 cu
ft/lb (70C); d (liquid) 0.77 at OC and 0.6819 at
bp; very soluble in water, alcohol, ether; volume
22.7 cu ft/lb (70C); d of liquid 0.77 at OC; 0.6819
at bp; very soluble in water, alcohol, and ether.
Autoign temperature 1204F (650C). Combusti-
ble. Note: Ammonia is the first complex molecule
to be identified in interstellar space, it has been
observed in galactic dust clouds in the Milky
Way and is believed to constitute the rings of
the planet Saturn.
Derivation: From synthesis gas, a mixture of car-
bon monoxide, hydrogen, carbon dioxide, and
nitrogen (from air) obtained by steam reforming
or by partial combustion of natural gas (US),
or from the action of steam on hot coke (Haber-
Bosch process). The latter method is used in
South Africa. After removal of the carbon oxides,
the gas composition is adjusted to a ratio of 3
parts H2 to 1 part N2 and passed to the synthesis
unit over a catalyst at pressures of about 300
atm and temperature of approximately 500C.
The catalyst most widely used is produced by
fusion of iron oxide (Fe3O<) containing alumi-
num oxide and potassium oxide as promoters,
followed by reduction of the oxide. Chemisorp-
tion of the nitrogen on the catalyst surface is
the rate-controlling step.
Other methods include use of refinery off-
gases, coke-oven gas, electrolytic hydrogen, and
calcium cyanimide. Ammonia has been made ex-
perimentally using solar energy to activate the
reaction
N, + 3H20
>2NH3
Ammonia is formed as an end product of animal
metabolism by decomposition of uric acid.
Grade: Commercial 99.5%, refrigerant 99.97%.
Hazard: Inhalation of concentrated fumes may
be fatal. TLV: 25 ppm in air. Moderate fire risk,
explosive limits in air 16 to 25%. Forms explo-
sive compounds in contact with silver or mer-
cury.
Use: Fertilizers, either as such or in form of com-
pounds, e.g., ammonium nitrate, manufacture of
nitric acid, hydrazine hydrate, hydrogen cyanide,
urethane, acrylonitrile, and sodium carbonate
(by Solvay process); refrigerant, nitriding of steel,
condensation catalyst, synthetic fibers, dyeing,
neutralizing agent in petroleum industry, latex
preservative, explosives, nitrocellulose, urea-
formaldehyde, nitroparaffms, melamine, ethyl-
enediamine, sulfite cooking liquors, fuel cells,
rocket fuel, yeast nutrient, developing diazo
films.
See also ammonium hydroxide; Haber, Fritz; syn-
thesis gas.
Condensed Chemical Dictionary
"Reprinted from Condensed Chemical Dictionary, 10th edition, 1981 by
Gessner G. Hawley with permission of Van Nostrand Reinhold.'
Chemical Protective Clothing
12
11/95
-------
AMY500 CAS:7664-41-7 HR: 3
AMMONIA
DOT: UN 1005/UN 2073/UN 2672
mf: HjN mw: 17.04
PROP: Colorless gas, extremely pungent odor, liquefied
by compression. Mp: -77.7°, op: -33.35°, lei: 16%,
uel: 25%, d: 0.771 g/liter @ 0°, 0.817 g/liter @ -79°,
autoigntemp: 1204°F, vappress: lOatm @25.7°, vapd:
0.6. Very sol in water; moderately sol in ale.
SYNS : AMMONIAC (FRENCH) O AMMONIACA (ITALIAN) O AM-
MONIA GAS O AMMON1AK (GERMAN) O AMONIAK (POLISH) O AN-
HYDROUS AMMONIA O SPIRIT of HARTSHORN
TOXICITY DATA with REFERENCE
mmo-esc 1500 ppm/3H AMNTA4 gs.iw.si
cyt-rat-ihl 19800 /xg/mVl6W BZARAZ 27,102,74
ihl-hmn LCLo:30000 ppm/5M TJSGAS 45,438,6?
ihl-hmn TCLo:20 ppm:IRR AGGHAR 13,528,55
unk-man LDLo: 132 mg/kg SSDCAI 2,73,70
orl-rat LD50:350 mg/kg PHIT--
lihl-rat LCLo:2000 ppm/4H JIHTAB 31,343,49
Ihl-mus LD50:4837 ppm/lH NTIS-- PB214-270
ihl-cat LCLo:7000 ppm/lH JIHTAB 26,29,44
ihl-cat TCLo: 1000 ppm/lOM AEHLAU 35,6,80
ihl-rbt LCLo:7000 ppm/lH JIHTAB 26.29,44
ihl-mam LCLo:5000 ppm/5M- AEPPAE 138,65.28
CONSENSUS REPORTS: EPA Extremely Hazardous
Substances List. Community Right-To-Know List. Re-
ported in EPATSCA Inventory.
OSHA PEL: TWA 35 ppm
ACGIH TLV: TWA 25 ppm; STEL 35 ppm
DFG MAK: 50 ppm (35 mg/m3'
NIOSH REL: CL 50 ppm
DOT Classification: Nonflammable Gas; Label: NON-
FLAM. Gas (UN 1005, UN2073); Poison A; Label: Poi-
son Gas (UN1005).
SAFETY PROFILE: A human poison by an unspecified
route. Poison experimentally by inhalation, ingestion,
and possibly other routes. An eye, mucous membrane,
and systemic irritant by inhalation. Mutation data re-
ported. A common air contaminant. Difficult to ignite.
Explosion hazard when exposed to flame or in a fire.
NH3 -f air in a fire can detonate. Potentially violent or
explosive reactions on contact with interhalogens (e.g.,
bromine pentafluoride, chlorine trifluoride), 1,2-
dichloroethane (with liquid NH3), boron halides,
chloroformamidniurn nitrate, ethylene oxide (polymer-
ization reaction), magnesium perchlorate, nitrogen tri-
chloride, oxygen + platinum, or strong oxidants (e.g.,
potassium chlorate, nitryl chloride, chromyl chloride,
dichlorine oxide, chromium trioxide, trioxygen difluor-
ide, nitric acid, hydrogen peroxide, tetramethylammon-
ium amide, thiocarbonyl azide thiocyanate, sulfinyl
chloride, thiotriazyl chloride, ammonium peroxodisulf-
ate, fluorine, nitrogen oxide, dinitrogen tetraoxide, and
liquid oxygen). Forms sensitive explosive mixtures with
air + hydrocarbons, l-chloro-2,4-dinitrobenzene, 2-,or
4-chloronitrobenzene (above 160°C/30 bar), ethanol +
silver nitrate, germanium derivatives, stibine, and chlo-
rine. Reaction with silver chloride, silver nitrate, silver
azide, and silver oxide form the explosive silver nitride.
Reactions with chlorine azide, bromine, iodine, iodine
+ potassium, heavy metals and their compounds (e.g.
gold(III) chloride, mercury, and potassium thallium
amide ammoniate), tellurium halides (e.g., tellurium
tetrabromide, and tellurium tetrachloride)and pentabo-
rane(9) give explosive products. Incompatible in contact
with Ag, acetaldehyde", acrolein, B, BI,, halogens,
HClOj, CIO, chiorites, chlorosilane, (ethylene dichlo-
ride + liquid ammonia), Au, hexachloromelamine, (hy-
drazine + alkali metals), HBr, HOCI, Mg(CIO<)2, NjO<,
NC13I NFj, OF2l PjO5, P2Oj, Pic"C acid, (K 4- AsH3), (K
+ PH3), (K + NaNO2), potassium ferricyanide, potass-
ium mercuric cyanide, (Na + CO), Sb, S, SCI2, tellurium
hydropentachloride, trichloromelamine, NO2CI, SbH;,
tetramethylammonium amide, SOC12, and '.hiotri-
thiazylchloride. Incandescent reaction when heated with
calcium. Emits toxic fumes of NH3 and NOr when ex-
posed to heat. To fight fire stop flow of gas.
Dangerous Properties of Hazardous Materials
by: N. Irving Sax
•Reprinted from Sax's Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials, 11th
edition, 1992 by Richard J. Lewis, Sr. with permission of Van Nostrand
Reinhold."
7 7
n
Protective Clothinc
-------
1074. Benzene. Benzol; cyclohexatriene. C4HS, mol wt
78 11. C 92.25%, H 7.75%. Discovered by Faraday in com-
pressed oil gas in 1825. Obtained in the coking of coal and
in the production of illuminating ga$ from coal, Purification
by washing with water- Brit, pat 863,711 (1961 to Schlo-
ven-Chcmie and H. Koppcrs GmbH), C.A. 55, 1697H
(1961) Lab prepn from aniline: Gattermann-Wieland,
Praxis des organischen Chemikers (de Gruyter, Berlin, 40th
ed., 1961) p 247. Production of pure benzene: French, Ind.
Chemist 39, 9-12 (1963) Manuf. Faith, Keyes & Clark's
Industrial Chemicals. F. A. Lowenheim, M. K. Moran. Eds.
(Wiley-Interscience, New York, 4th ed.. 1975) pp 126-137.
Physical properties: Thorne el al., Ind. Eng. Chem. Anal
Ed. 17, 481 (1945). Solubility studies: F. P. Schwarz, Anal.
Cliem. 52, 10 (1980). Toxicily daia Kimura et al, Toxicol
Appl. Pliarmacol 19,699(1971) Review of lexicology E
Browning, Toxicny and Metabolism of Industrial Sohenis
(Elsevier. New York. 1965) pp 3-65; R Snyder el al Rev
Biochem. Toxicol. 3, 123-154 (1981). Review; W. P Purcell
in Kirk-Oihmer Encyclopedia of Chkmical Technology vol 3
(Wiley-lnierscience, New York. 3rd ed . 1978) pp 744.771
N
Clear, colorless, highly flammable liquid; characteristic
odor, dj5 08787. bp 80 1' rnp +5 5V n» 1.50108 Flash
pi. closed cup: 12'F (-II'C) Soly in water ai 23 5'C
(w/w): 0.188%. Miscible with alcohol, chloroform, ether,
carbon disulfide. carbon teirachloride, glacial acetic acid,
acetone, oils. Keep in well-closed containers in a cool place
and away from fire. LDJO orally in .young adult rats- 3 8
ml/kg (Kimura)
Sodium denv, C4HjNa, phenyl sodium. Prepn: Schlosser,
Angew. Chem. 76, 267 (1964). Solid mass, dec by water,
acids, alkalies. Sol in liquid ammonia, tetrahydrofuran.
Human Toxicny: Acute (from ingestion or inhalation):
Iirritation of mucous membranes, restlessness, convulsions,
excitement, depression Death may follow from respiratory
failure. Chronic. Bone marrow depression and aplasia; rare-
ly, leukemia. Harmful amis may be absorbed through skin
Benzene has been listed as a known carcinogen. Fourth
Annual Report on Carcinogens (NTP 85-002. 1985) p 34
USE. Manuf of medicinal chemicals, dyes and many other
organic compounds, artificial leather, linoleum, oil cloth,
airplane dopes, varnishes, lacquers, as solvent for waxes res-
ins, oils, etc
THERAP CAT (VET): Destroys screwwonm larvae in wounds
The Merck Index
"Reprinted from Merck Index. 11th edition, 1989 by Susan Budavari, ed. with
permission of Merck & Company. Inc."
7 7 /CK
-------
benzene. CAS: 71-43-2. C6H6. 16ih
highest-volume chemical produced in US (1985).
CH
HC ^CH
I I!
HC CH
4
111 'V
Structure: I. Complete ring showing all elements.
II. Standard ring showing double bonds only.
Ill Simple ring without double bonds, with nu-
merals indicating position of carbon atoms to
which substituent atoms or groups may be at-
tached (2 = ortho, 3 = meta, 4 = para). IV.
Generalized structure with enclosed circle sug-
gesting the resonance of this compound. This
structure is now in general use. These structures
are also referred to as the benzene nucleus.
Properties: Colorless to light-yellow, mobile, non-
polar liquid of highly refractive nature; aromatic
odor; vapors burn with bvnoky flame; bp 80.1C;
fp 5.5C, d 0.8790 (20/4Q; wt/gal 7.32 Ib; 'refr
index 1.50110 at 20C, flash p 12F (-11C) (CC),
surface tension 29 dynes/cm:'Autoign tempera-
ture 1044F (562C). Miscible with alcohol, ether,
acetone, carbon tetrachloride; .carbon disulfide,
acetic acid; slightly soluble in water.
Derivation: (a) Hydrodealkylatlon'of toluene or
pyrolysis of gasoline; (b) transalkylation of
toluene by disproportionation reaction; (c) cata-
lytic reforming of petroleum; (d) fractional distil-
lation of coal tar.
Grade: Crude, straw color; motor; industrial pure
(2C); nitration (1C); thiophene-free; 99 mole %;
99.94 mole %; nanograde.
Hazard: A carcinogen. Highly toxic. Flammable;
dangerous fire risk. Explosive limits in air 1.5
to 8% by volume. TLV: 10 ppm in air.
Use: Manufacturing of ethylbenzene (for styrene
monomer); dodecylbenzene (for detergents); cy-
clohexane (for nylon); phenol; nitrobenzene (for
aniline); maleic anhydride; chlorobenzene; di-
phenyl; -.enzene hexachloride; benzene sulfonic
acid; as a solvent.
See also aromatic.
Condensed Chemical Dictionary
"Reprinted from Hawley's Condensed Chemical
Dictionary, 11th edition, 1987 by N. Irving Sax and
Richard J. Lewis, Sr. with permission of Van Nostrand
Reinhold."
15 Chemical Protective Clothing
-------
BBL250 CAS:71-43-2 HR:1
BENZENE
DOT: UN 1114
mf:C,H, mw.-78.J2
PROP: Clear, colorless liquid. Mp: 5.51°, bp: 80.093-
80.094°, nash p: 12°F (CC), d: 0.8794 @ 20°, autoign
Ump: 1044°F, lei: 1.4%, uel: 8.0%, vap press: 100 mra
@26.J°, vapd:2.77, ULC: 95-100.
SYNS: (S)ANNULENEO BENZEEN (DUTCH) O BENZ£N (POLISH)
OBENZIN(OBS.)O BENZINE (OBS.)O BENZOL (DOT)O BENZOLE -
O BENZOLENE O BENZOLO (ITALIAN) O BICARBURET of HYDRO-
GEN O CAR DON OIL O COAL NAPHTHA O CYCLOH EX ATR I ENE
O FENZEN (CZECH) O MINERAL NAPHTHA O MOTOR BENZOL
O NCI.CJSI76 O NITRATION BENZENE O PHENE O PHENYL HY-
DRIDE O PVROBENZOL O PYROBENZOLE O RCRA WASTE NUMBER
UOI9
TOX1CITY DATA with REFERENCE
skn-rbi 15 mg/24H open MLD AIHAAP 23.95.62
skn-rbi 20 mg/24H MOD UICAS... ii.it
cye-rbl 88 mg MOD AMIHAB i4,3»7,56
eye-rbt2mg/24H SEV JUPAK ..23.72
oms-hmn:lym 5 pmol/L CNREAI 45,2471.15
mma-mus:cmb 2500 mg/L PMRSD; 3.439.11
orl-mus TDLo:6500 mg/kg (female 8-1 2D post):REP
TCMUDI6.J6I.I6
ih)-musTCLo:5 ppm (female 6-1 5D
..
ihl-man TCLo:200 mg/mV78W-l:CAR,BLD EJCAAH
1.13.71
ihl-hmnTCLo:10ppm/8H/IOY-I:CAR.BLD TRBMAV
)', 151.1"
or|.rai TDLo:52 g/kg/52W-l:CAR MELAAO 70.3:2.79
li,|.raiTCLo:12QQppm/6H/10W-l:ETA PAACAJ
U7S.»'
orl-mus TDLo: 18250 mg/kg/2Y-C:CAR NTPTR- NTP-
..
skn.musTDLo:l200g/kg/49W.l:NEO BJCAAI 16.213.42
ih|.hmnTC:150ppm/15M/8Y-I:CAR.BLD BLOOAW
...
ihl_manTC:600mg/mV4Y-]:CAR.BLD NEJMAC
3ii.n:.6J
jhl-man TC. 150 ppm/1 1 Y-I.CAR.BLD BLUTA? 28.293.74
ihl-hmn TC:8 ppb/4W-l:CAR,BLD NEJMAC 3i6.iou.87
jh].hmnTC:10mg/m!/nY-I:CAR.BLD BJIMAC
«.|3<.!'
ihl-hrnn LCLo:2 pph/5M TABIA: 3.231.))
orl-man LDLo:50 mg/kg YAXUDJ zz.ssj.so
ihl-hmn LCLo:20000ppm/5M MZUAI ..-.»
ihl-man TCLo:l 50 ppm/IY-l:BLD BLUTA9 21.793.7^
ihl-hmn TCLo: 100 ppm INMEAF n.i99.<«
ihl-hmn LCL6:65 mg/mV5Y:BLD ARCEAR .«.i
-------
A dangerous fire hazard when exposed to heal or
flame. Explodes on contact with diborane, bromine pen-
lafluoridc, permanganic acid, peroxomonosulfuricacid,
and peroxodisulfuric acid. Forms sensitive, explosive
mixtures with iodine pentafluoride, silver perchlorate,
nitryl perchlorate, nitric acid, liquid oxygen, ozone, ar-
senic peniafluoride + potassium methoxide (explodes
above 30"C). Ignites on contact with sodium peroxide +
water, dioxygenyi teirafluoroborate, iodine heptafluor-
ide, and dioxygen difluoride. Vigorous or incandescent
reaction with hydrogen + Raney nickel (above 210°C),
uranium hcxafluoride, and bromine trifluoride. Can
react vigorously with oxidizing materials, such as Cl,,
CrO,, Olt NC10,, Oj, perchiorates, (AIC1, + FCIO,),
(H,SO, + permanganates), K,O,. (AgC104 + acetic
acid), Na,0,. Moderate explosion hazard when exposed
to heat or flame. Use with adequate ventilation. To fight
fire, use foam, CO,, dry chemical.1
Poisoning occurs most commonly via inhalation of the
yapor, although benzene can penetrate the skin and
cause poisoning. Locally, benzene has a comparatively
strong irritating effect, producing erythema and burn-
ing, and, in more severe cases, edema and even blister-
ing. Exposure to high concentrations of the vapor (3000
ppm or higher) may result from failure of equipment or
spillage. Such exposure, while rare in industry, may
cause acute poisoning, characterized by the narcotic ac-
tion of benzene on the central nervous system: The anes-
thetic action of benzene is similar to that of other anes-
thetic gases, consisting of a preliminary stage of
excita'.ion followed by depression and, if exposure is
continued, death through respiratory failure. The
chronic, rather than the acute form, of benzene poison-
ing is imporiam in industry. It is a recognized leukemo-
gcn. There is no specific blood picture occurring in cases
of chronic benzol poisoning. The bone marrow may be
hypoplasiic, normal, or hypcrplastic, the changes re-
nected in the peripheral blood. Anemia, leucopcnia.
macrocyiosis, reiiculocytosis, ihrombocytopenia, high
color index, and prolonged bleeding lime may be pres-
ent. Cases of myeloid leukemia have been reported. For
the worker, repeated blood examinations are necessary,
including hemoglobin determinations, white and red cell
counts, and differentia! smears. Where a worker shows a
progressive drop in either red or white cells, or where the
white counl remains low, 5,000/mm, or the red count
<4.0million/mmj, on two successive monthly examina-
tions, the worker should be immediately removed from
benzene exposure. Elimination is chiefly through the
lungs, when fresh air is breathed. The portion that is ab-
sorbed is oxidized, and the oxidation products arc com-
bined with sulfuric and glycuronic acids and eliminated'
in the urine. This may be used as a diagnostic sign. Ben-
zene has a definite cumulative action, and exposure to a
relatively high concentration is not serious from the
point of view of causing damage to the blood-forming
system, provided the exposure is not repeated. In acute
poisoning, the worker becomes confused and dizzy,
complains of tightening of the leg muscles and of pres-
sure over the forehead, then passes into a stage of excite-
ment. If allowed to remain exposed, he quickly becomes
stupefied and lapses into coma. In non-fatal cases, re-
covery is usually complete with no permanent disability.
In chronic poisoning the onset is slow, with the symp-
toms vague, fatigue, headache, dizziness, nausea and
loss of appetite, loss of weight and weakness are com-
mon complaints in early cases. Later, pallor, nosebleeds,
bleeding gums, menorrhagia, petechiae and purpura
may develop. There is great individual variation in the
signs and symptoms of chronic benzene poisoning.
Dangerous Properties of Hazardous Materials
by: N. Irving Sax
"Reprinted from Sax's Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials, 11th
edition, 1992 by Richard J. Lewis, Sr. with permission of Van Nostrand
Reinhold."
11/95
17
Chemical Protective Clothing
-------
4722. Hydrogen Cyanide. Hydrocyanic acid; Blaus'aure
(German); prussic acid. CHN; mol wt 27.03. C 44.44%. H
3.73%, N 51.83%. HCN. Prepd on a large scale by the
catalytic oxidation of ammonia-methane mixtures (Aiidrus-
sow Process): see Andrussow, Angew. Chem. 48, 593 (1935);
Maffezzoni, Chim. Ind. (Milan) 34, 460 (1952); Faith, Keyes
&. Clark's Industrial Chemicals, F. A. Lowenheim, M. K.
Moran, Ed. (Wiley-Inlerscience, New York, 4th ed., 1975)
pp 482-486 May also be prepd by the catalytic decompn of
fonmamide. Conveniently prepd in the laboratory by acid-
ifying NaCN or K<[Fe(CN)J: Glemser in Handbook of
Preparative Inorganic Chemistry vol. 1, G. Brauer, Ed. (Aca-
demic Press, New York, 2nd ed., 1963) pp 658-660.
Colorless gas or liquid; characteristic odor; very weakly
acid (does not redden Ktmus); burns in air with a blue flame;
intensely poisonous even when mixed with air. d(gas) 0.941
(air = 1); d(liq) 0.687. mp-13.4'. bp 25.6'. Miscible with
water, ale; slightly sol in ether. LCM in rats, mice, dogs:
544 ppm (5 min), 169 ppm (30 min), 300 ppm (3 min), K. C.
Back e( a I., Reclassificaiion of Materials Listed as Transporta-
tion Health Hazards (TSA-20-72-3; PB214-270).
Human Toxicily: High concn produces tachypnea (caus-
ing increased intake of cyanide); then dyspnea, paralysis,
unconsciousness, convulsions and respiratory arrest. Head-
ache, vertigo, nausea and vomiting may occur with lesser
concns. Chronic exposure over long periods may cause fa-
tigue, weakness. Exposure to 150 ppm for Vi to 1 hr may
endanger life. Death may result from a few min exposure to
300 ppm. Average fatal dose: 50 to 60 mg. Antidote: Sodi-
um nitrite and sodium ihiosulfate, cf. Patty's Industrial
Hygiene and Toxicology vol. 2C, G. D. Clayton, F. E. Clay-
ton, Eds. (Wiley-Interscience, New York, 3rd ed., 1982) pp
4850-4853.
USE: The compressed gas is used for exterminating rodents
and insects m ships and for killing insects on trees, etc.
Must be handled by specially trained experts.
The Merck Index
"Reprinted from Merck Index, 11th edition, 1989 by Susan Budavari, ed. with
permission of Merck & Company, Inc."
Chemical Protective Clothing 18 21/95
-------
hydrocyanic acid (prussic acid; hydrogen cyanide;
formonitrile) HCN.
Properties: Water-white liquid at temperatures below
26.5°C; faint odor of bitter almond iisual commer-
cial material i* 96-99.5% pure; SD. gr: (liquid) 0 688
(20/4°C); density (gas) 0.938 g/1, b.p. 25.6°C;
freezing point-13.3°C; flashpoint n°F(-17.7°C);
soluble in water. The solution-is weakly acidic-
sensitive to light. When not absolutely pure or
stabilized, hydrogen cyanide polymerizes sponta-
neously with explosive violence. Miscible in all
proportions with water, alcohol; soluble in ether.
Autoignition temp. 1000°F (537°C).
Derivation: (a) By catalytically reacting ammonia
and air with methane or natural gas. (b) By recovery
from coke oven gases, (c) From bituminous coal and
ammonia at 1250°C. HCN occurs naturally in some
plants (almond, oleander).
Grades: Technical (96-98%); 2, 5 and 10% solutions.
All grades usually contain a stabilizer, usually 0.05%
phosphoric acid.
Containers: Bottles; steel cylinders; tank cars.
Hazard: Highly toxic by ingestion, inhalation, and
skin absorption. Flammable, dangerous fire risk.
Explosive limits in air, 6 to 41%. Tolerance, 10 ppm
in air; absorbed by skin.
Uses: Manufacture of acrylonitriJe, acrylates, adipo-
nitrile, cyanide salts, dyes; chelates; rodenticide;
pesticide.
Shipping regulations: (Liquefied) (Rail) Flammable
Gas and Poison Gas labels; Not acceptable pas-
senger. (Air) Not acceptable. (Solution over 5%)
(Rail) Flammable Gas and Poison Gas labels. Not
acceptable passenger. (Air) Not acceptable. (Un-
stabilized) (Rail, Air) Not acceptable. (Less than 5%
solution) (Rail, Air) Poison label. Not acceptable
passenger.
Condensed Chemical Dictionary
"Reprinted from Condensed Chemical Dictionary, 10th edition, 1981 by
Gessner G. Hawley with permission of Van Nostrand Reinhold."
11/95 19 Chemical Protective Clothing
-------
HHSOOO CAS:74-90-8 HP- 3
HYDROCYANIC ACID
DOT: NA 1051/UN 16I3/UN 1614
mf: CHN mw: 27.03
PROP: Odor of bitter almonds. Mp: - 13.2°. bp: 25.7°,
lei: 5.6%, uel: 40%, flash p: 0°F (CC). d: 0.6876 @
20°/4I>, autoign temp: !000°F, vap press: 400 mm @
9.8°, vap d: 0.932. Misc in water, ale, and eiher.
SYNS: AClDECYANHYDRIQUE (FRENCH) O ACIDOCIANIDRICO
(ITALIAN) O AERO liquid HCN O BLAUSAEURE (GERMAN) O BLAU.
WZUUR (DUTCH) O CYAANWATERSTOF (DUTCH) O CYAMWAS-
SERSTOFF (OERMAN)O CYCLON O CYCLONE B O CYJANOWODOR
(POLISH) O HCN O HYDROCYANIC ACID, liquefifl! (DOT) O HYDRO-
CYANIC ACID (PRUSSIC). unuibilntd (DOT) O HYDROGEN CYANIDE
(OSHA. ACCIHJO HYDROGEN CYANIDE, wihydroui, uib.lurt (DOT)
O PRUSSIC ACID (DOT) O PRUSSIC ACID. ui»iibiln«l O RCRA WASTE
NUMBER POM O ZACLON DISCOIDS
TOXl'ClTY DATA with REFERENCE
orl-hmn LDLo:570 /jg/kg pcoc" -.596.64
ihl-hmn LCLo:200 ppm/5M TABIAZ 3.2.11.3]
ihl-hmn LCLo:120mg/mVlH JIHTAB KUS.O
ihl-hmn LCLo:200 mg/mVlOM WHOTAC -.10.70
ihl-man LCLo:400 mg/mV2M »SGMAT -.Ti.ii
scu-hmn LDLo:l mg/kg SCJUAD 4.33,6?
ivn-hmn LD50:1 mg/kg SCJUAD 4, 33.67
ivn-man TDLo:55 >»g/kg:PUL NTIS- PBIJS-SOS
unr-man LDLo: 1471 jig/kg JSDCAI 2.11.10
ihl-rat LC50-.484 ppm/5M TXAPA9 42,411.17
ivn-rat LD50:810 ^g/kg NTIS-- AD-AOZB-JOI
orl-mus LD50:3700 yg/kg APFRAD i9.:«.si
ihl-mus LC50-.323 ppm/5rv$ TXAVAS 4j.4n,T)
ipr-mus LD50:2990 pg/kg BJPCAL ZS.OJ.M
scu-mus LDLo:3 mg/kg HBAMAK 4.1340.35
ivn-mus LD50:990 /ig/kg NTIS-- AD-AOJS-SOI
ims-mus LD50:2700 »ig/kg BJPCAL 23.«5}.64
orl-dog LDLo:4 mg/kg HBAMAK 4.1340.3;
ihl-dog LC50:616 mg/mVlM NTIS- AD-A028-»i
scu-dog LDLo: 1700 pg/kg HBAMAK 4.1340.33
ivn-dog LD50:1340 n&/kg NTIS- AD-AOJI-MI
ihl-mky LC50:1616 mg/mVlM NTIS-- AD-AOM-JOI
CONSENSUS REPORTS: EPA Extremely Hazardous
Substances List. Community Right-To-Know List. Re-
ported in EPA TSCA Inventory.
OSHA PEL,: (Transitional: TWA 10 ppm (skin)); STEL
4.7 ppm (skin)
ACGIH TLV: CL 10 ppm (skin)
DFG MAK: 10 ppm (1 1 mg/m5)
NIOSH REL: (Cyanide) CL 5 mg(CN)/mVlOM
DOT Classification: Poison A; Label: Poison Gas and
Flammable Gas; IMO: Poison B; Label: Poison (UN
1614); IMO: Poison B; Label: Flammable Liquid and
Poison; Forbidden, Unstabilized.
d"dly human a
l routes. Hydrocyanic acid and thVcyanides
are crue protop^mic poisons, combining in «he tissue"
?hev h T^ twocl«ed Wit^ cellular oxidation.
They thereby render the oxygen unavailable to the tissues
and cause death through asphyxia. The suspension of tis-
sue oxidation lasts only while the cyanide is present;
upon its removal, normal function is restored provided
death has not already occurred. HCN does not combine
easily with hemoglobin, but it does combine readily with
methcmoglobin to formcyanmcthemoglobin. This prop-
erly is utilized in the treatment of cyanide poisoning
when an attempt is made to induce methemoglobin for-
mation. The presence of cherry-red venous blood in
cases of cyanide poisoning is due to the inability of the
tissues to remove the oxygen from the blood. Exposure
to concentrations of 100-200 ppm for periods of 30-60
minutes can cause death. In cases of acute cyanide poi-
soning death is extremely rapid, although sometimes
breathing may continue for a few minutes. In less acute
cases, there is cyanosis, headache, dizziness, unsteadi-
ness of gait, a feeling of suffocation, and nausea. Where
the patient recovers, there is rarely any disability.
Very dangerous fire hazard when exposed to heat,
flame or oxidizers. Can polymerize explosively at 50-
60C° or in the presence of traces of alkali. Severe explo-
sion hazard when exposed 10 heat or flame or by chemi-
cal reaction with oxidizers. The anhydrous liquid is
stabilized at or below room temperature by the addition
of acid. The gas forms explosive mixtures with air. Re-
acts violently with acetaldehyde. To fight Tire, use C02,
non-alkaline dry chemical, foam. When heated to de-
composition or in reaction with water, steam, acid or
acid fumes it produces highly toxic fumes of CN~. An
insecticide. See also CYANIDE.
Dangerous Properties of Hazardous Materials
by: N. Irving Sax
"Reprinted from Sax's Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials, 11th
edition, 1992 by Richard J. Lewis, Sr. with permission of Van Nostrand
Reinhold."
Chemical Protective Clothing
20
11/95
-------
6522. Nitrogen. N; at. wt 14.0067; at. no. 7; valences 3,
5; elemental state: N:. Two naturally occurring isotopes;
14 (99.635%); 15 (0.3657°). five short-lived, artificial, radio-
active isotopes: 12; 13; 16-18. Discovered in 1772 by Dan-
iel Rutherford and independently by Scheele and Cavendish.
Constitutes about 75.5% by weight or 78.06% by volume of
the atmosphere; found frequently in volcanic or mine gases,
gases from springs and gases occluded in minerals and
rocks; an essential constituent of all living organisms; fixed
or combined nitrogen is present in many mineral deposits.
Prepn from sodium (and alkaline earth) azides by heating
theazide: Tiede, Ber. 46, 4100 (1913); 49, 1745 (1916); Justi,
An,,. Physik [5] 10, 985 (1931). Prepd industrially by frac-
tional distln of liquid air; by removal of oxygen by combus-
tion; by reduction of ammonia. Purification of nitrogen fur-
nished in steel cylinders: Kautsky, Thiele, Z. Anorg. Allgem.
Oie/n. 152, 342 (1926); Kendall, Science 73, 395 (1931);
Schenk in Handbook of Preparative Inorganic Chemistry vol.
1, G. Brauer, Ed. (Academic Press, New York. 2nd ed.,
1963) pp 458-460. Review of nitrogen and nitrogen com-
pounds: Jones in Comprehensive Inorganic Chemistry vol. 2,
J. C. Bailar, Jr. ei ai, Eds. (Pergamon Press. Oxford, 1973)
pp 147-388; R. W. Schroeder in Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia
of Chemical Technology vol. 15 (Wiley-Interscience, New
York, 3rd cd., 1981) pp 932-941. Books: W. L. Jolly, The
Inorganic Chemistry of Nitrogen (Benjamin, New York,
1964) 124 pp; Mellor's Vol. VIII, Supplements 1. II, Nitro-
gen, part 1 (1964) 619 pp; part 2 (1967) 676 pp; M. Siltig,
Nitrogen in Industry (Van Nostrand, Princeton. 1965)
278 pp.
Odorless gas; condenses to a liq. bp - 195.79' (77.36'K);
solidifies to a snow-white mass, mp —210.01' (63.14'K).
d*" (0', I aim) 1.25046 g/K Critical temp: — 147.1'; critical
press: 33.5 aim; critical density: 0.3llg/cm:. Sparingly sol
in water: 100 volumes of water absorbs 2.4 volumes of g«
at 0', 1.6 volumes at 20' Soly in water at 50, 75 and lOff
from 25 to 1000 atmospheres: Wiebe et ai. J. Am. Cttem.
Soc. 55, 947 (1933). Soly in liq ammonia: Wiebe ei ai. ibid.
975. Soly in ale: one volume of alcohol dissolves O.JI24
volume of nitrogen at 20". Liquid oxygen at —195.5'ab-
sorbs 50.7% of its weight of gaseous nitrogen. Heat of dis-
sociation of the nitrogen molecule (N2): 225.1 kcal/moU-
Combines with oxygen and hydrogen on sparking, forming
nitric oxide and ammonia, respectively. Combines directly
with lithium, and at a red heat with calcium, strontium, and
barium to form nitrides. Forms cyanides when heated with
carbon in presence of alkalies or barium oxide.
USE: In manuf of ammonia, nitric acid, nitrates, cyanides,
etc.; in manuf explosives; in filling high-temp thermomcte^'
incandescent bulbs; to form an inert aim for preservation of
materials, for use in dry boxes or glove bags Liquid nilf°*
gen in food-freezing processes; in the laboratory as a cool-
ant. Pharmaceutic aid (air displacement). Caution: In hig"
concns it is a simple asphyxiant.
The Merck Index
"Reprinted from Merck Index, 11 th edition, 1989 by Susan Budavari, ed. with
permission of Merck & Company, Inc'
21 Chemical Protective Clothing
-------
nitrogen. CAS: 7727-37-0. N. Gaseous
element of atomic number 7 of group VA of
the Periodic system, aw 14.0067, valences = 1, 73
2, 3, 4, 5. There are 2 stable and 4 radioactive g
isotopes, the molecular formula is N,. Second "§ ~
highest-volume chemical produced in US (1985). -js ™ o
Properties: Colorless, odorless, tasteless, diatomic .y £ 2
gas constituting approximately four-fifths of the E CO ^
air; colorless liquid, chemically unreactive, d Jc o >
1.251 g/L (OC, 1 atm), d (gas) 0.96737 (air = O -| "g
1.00), (liquid) 0.804, (solid) 1.0265, fp -2IOC, "S - =
bp —195.5C, slightly soluble in water, slightly <2 ^ •§
soluble in alcohol, an asphyxiant gas. Combusti- o> >, .$
ble. c -° §
Derivation: From liquid air by fractional distilla- ° J^ u
tion, by reducing ammonia. «i ? .e"
Grade: USP, prepurified 99.966% min, extra dry '>. - ••=:
99.7% min, water pumped 99.6% min. -50*
Use: Production of ammonia, acrylonitrile, ni- j| 5 ^
(rates, cyanamide, cyanides, nitrides; manufac- i "S -
ture of explosives; inert gas for purging, blanket- £ £ ™
ing, and exerting pressure; electric and electronic 2 ^~ o>
industries; in-transit food refrigeration and freeze )*~ T"l —| m
drying; pressurizing liquid propellants; quick- v £ ~~i' -Q
freezing foods; chilling in aluminum foundries; .£ c "S "o
bright annealing of steel; cryogenic preservation, Q- -B -c "c
food antioxidant; source of pressure in oil wells; ^ .S£ .2 '53
inflating tires; component of fertilizer -mixtures. > O QZ OZ
Condensed Chemical Dictionary
NGP500 CAS:7727-37-9 HR: !
NITROGEN
DOT-UN 1066/UN 1977
mf: N2 mw: 28.02 -i 2
P 5
PROP: Colorless gas, colorless liquid or cubic crystals ai ^_ TO .5
lowiemp.Mp: -210.0°, d' 1.2506g/L @ 0°, d (liquid). ° -g '^
0.808 @ -195.8°. Condenses to a liquid. Silly sol in .<8 ££ -o
water; sol in liquid ammonia, ale. "S ^ ra
SYNS'.NITROCEN.comprtMttHDOTjONITROGEN.icdigcraiKiUauid 2 O) Q
(DOT) O NITROGEN GAS Q. °* "Z.
vi ^ c
CONSENSUS REPORTS: Reported in EPA TSCA In- § g -™
ventory.
c « °
DOT Classification' Nonflammable Gas; Label: Non- m ^ o
flammable Gas. W ^~ $
SAFETY PROFILE; Low toxicity. In high concemra- « j/jT §
tions it is a simple asphyxiant. The release of nitrogen _ -™ o.
from solution in the blood, with formation of small bub- o — £
bles, is the cause of most of the symptoms and changes "~ 5 ^
found in compressed air illness (caisson disease). It is a o "Jg ^
narcotic at high concentration and high pressure. Both , •§ 7= w-
the narcotic effects and the bends are hazards of com- §" D 5
pressed air atmospheres such as found in underwater 01 c ^
diving. Nonflammable Gas. Can react violently with
lithium, neodymium, titanium under the proper condi-
tions. See also ARGON.
Dangerous Properties of Hazardous Materials
by: N. Irving Sax
Chemical Protective Clothing
22 11/95
-------
6983. Parathion. Phospliorothioic acid O.O-diethyl O-(4-
nitroplienyl) ester; O,O-dicthyl O-p-nitrophenyl phosphoro-
thioatc; diethyl-p-nitrophenyl monothiophosphate; DNTP,
S.N.P.; E 605; AC 3422; ENT 15108; Alkron; Aileron;
Aphamite; Etilon; Folidol; Fosfcrno; Niran; Paraphos;
Rhodiatox; Thiophos. C^H^NOsPS; mol wt 291.27. C
41.23%, H 4.84%. N 4 81%, O 27.47%, P 10.647o, S 1 1.01%.
Non -systemic contact and stomach insecticide and acaricide.
Original prepn: Thurston, FIAT Report 949 (1946); Coates,
Topley, BIOS Final Report 1808 (1947). Sec also Fletcher e<
ai. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 70, 3943 (1948). Conversion to toxic
oxygen analogs: See Paraoxon. Review: Hall, Advances in
Chemistry Series 1, 150 (1950). Review of industrial syn-
theses: Chadwick, Watt, "Thiophosphates" in Phosphorus
and its Compounds vol. 2, J. R. Van Wazer, Ed. (Intersci-
cnce, New York, 1961) pp 1257-1262. Review of distribu-
tion, transport and fate in the environment: M. S. Mulla et
a!.. Residue Rev. 81, 1-159 (1981).
Pale yellow liquid. bp,M 375"; bp06 157 - 162". mp 6'. ng
1.5370. dj5 1.26. Vapor press at 20"! 3.78 X 10~5 mm Hg.
Surface tension at 25": 39.2 dynes /cm. Viscosity at 25":
15.30cp. Absorption spectra: Williams, Ind. Eng. Chem.
43, 950 (1951). Freely sol in alcohols, esters, ethers, ketones,
aromatic hydrocarbons. Practically insol in water (20 ppm),
petr ether, kerosene, and the usual spray oils. Incompatible
with substances having a pH higher than 7.5. LDM in fe-
male, male rats: 3.6. 13 mg/kg orally; 6.8, 21 mg/kg der-
mally, T. B. Gaines, Toxicof. Appl. Pharmacol. 14, 515
<1969).
Human Toxicity: Highly toxic. Acute effects include
anorexia, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, excessive salivation,
pupillary constriction, bronchoconsiriction, muscle twitch-
ing, convulsions, coma, respiratory failure. Cholinesterasc
inhibitor effects are cumulative, c/. Clinical Toxicology of
Commercial Products. R. E. Gosselin et at1., Eds. (Williams &.
Wilkins, Baltimore. 4th ed., 1976) Section III, pp 263-271.
Special precautions necessary to prevent inhalation and skin
contamination.
USE: Insecticide; acaricide.
The Merck Index
"Reprinted from Merck Index, 11th edition, 1989 by Susan Budavari, ed. with
permission of Merck & Company, Inc."
7//Q-7 23 Chemical Protective Clothing
-------
parathion. (generic name for O.O-diethyl-O.p-ni-
trophenyl phosphorothioate; ethyl parathion;
0,O-diethyl-p-nitrophenyl thiophosphate;
AATP). CAS: 56-38-2.
(C2H50)2P(S)OC6H4N02.
Properties: Deep brown to yellow liquid, usually
has faint odor, refr index 1.5367 (25C), d 1.26
(25/4C), bp 375C, fp 6C, vap press 0.003 mm
(24C). very slightly soluble in water (20 ppm);
completely soluble in esters, alcohols, ketones,
ethers, aromatic hydrocarbons, animal and vege-
table oils; insoluble in petroleum ether, kerosene,
spray oils; stable in distilled water and in acid
solution; hydrolyzed in the presence of alkaline
materials; slow decomposition in air. Purity:
Technical grade is 95% pure. Also supplied di-
luted with inert carriers of various types, and
in various proportions.
Derivation: From sodium ethylate, thiophospho-
ryl chloride, and sodium p-nitrophenate.
Hazard: Highly toxic by skin contact, inhalation,
or ingestion; cholinesterase inhibitor. Repeated
exposure may, without symptoms, be increas-
ingly hazardous. Fatalities have resulted from
its accidental use; use may be restricted. TLV:
0.1 mg/m3 of air.
" Use: Insecticide and acaricide.
See also methyl parathion.
Condensed Chemical Dictionary
"Reprinted from Condensed Chemical Dictionary, 10th edition, 1981 by
Gessner G. Hawley with permission of Van Nostrand Reinhold."
Chemical Protective Clothing
24 11/95
-------
PARATHION
CAS RN: 56382
mf: C,0H,4NOiPS;
NIOSH #: TF 4550000
mw: 291.28
Pale-yellow liquid, bp: 375°; mp: 6°. Very sol in alcos,
esters, ethers, ketones, aromatic hydrocarbons; insol in
water, petr ether, kerosene.
SYNS:
0,0-DlAETHYL-O-(4-NITRO-
PHENYL)-MONOTHIOPHOSPHAT
(GERMAN)
O.O-DIETHYL-O-(4-NITRO-hENll_)-
MONOTHIOFOSFAAT (DUTCH)
O.O-DIETHYL-O-P-N1TRO-
FENYLESTER KYSELINY
THIOFOSFORECNE (CZECH)
O.O-D1ETHYL-0-4-NITROPHENYL-
PHOSPHOROTHIOATE
DIETHYL-P-NJTROPHENYL
THIOPHOSPHATE
O.O-DIETHYL O-(P-NITRO-
PHENYL) PHOSPHOROTHIOATE
0,O-DIETHYL-O-(4-NITRO-
PHENYL) PHOSPHOROTHIOATE
DIETHYL 4-NITROPHENYL PHOS-
PHOROTHIONATE
0,0-DlETHYL O-P-NITROPHENYL
THIOPHOSPHATE
DIETHYL P-NITROPHENYL
THIONOPHOSPHATE
TOXICITY DATA: 3
dnd-rat-orl 6 ppm
dnd-rat-ipr 3 ug/kg
dnd-mus-orl 6 ppm
dnd-mus-ipr 3 ug/kg
dnd-rat-orl 10 mgAg/28D-I
dnd-rat-orl 20 mg/kg/28D-I
orl-rat TDLo = 360 ugAg (2-22D preg/
15D post)
scu-rat TDLo = 6 mgAg (13-I6D preg)
ih!-rafLC50:84 mg/m3/4H
ipr-rat TDLo:3 mgAg (11D preg)
ipr-rat TDLo:3500>g/kg (!!D preg)
orl-ral TDLo-'I260 mgAg/SOW-
C^ETA
or]-hmn LDLo:240 ugAg
orl-wmn TDLo:5670 ugAg:CNS
unk-man LDLo-1471 ug/kg
orl-rat LD50:2 mg/kg
ihl-rat LCLo: 10 mg/m3/2H
skn-rai LD50:6800 ugAg
ipr-ral LD50:1500 ugAg
ivn-ral LDLo:3 mgAg
ims-rat LD50 = 6 mgAg
orl-mus LD50:6 mgAg
skn-mus LD5Q: 32400 ug/kg
ipr-mus LD50:J600 ugAg
ipr-ral LD50:3550 ug/kg
scu-mus LD50; 11500 ugAg
O,O-DIETHYL-O-(P-NITUO-
PHENYL)THIONOPHOSPHA1 E
O.O-DIETHYL O-4-MITROPHENYL
THIDPHOSPHATt
DIETHYLPARATHION
O,0-DlETIL-O-(4-NITRO-FENlL)-
MONOTiorosMTo (ITALIAN)
O,O-DIETHYL-O-P-NITROFENYL-
TIOFOSFAT (CZECH)
EKT 15,108
NCI-C00226
NITROSTIOMINE
PARATHENE
PARATHION, LIQUID (DOT)
PHOSPHOSTIGMINE
STABILIZED ETHYL PARATHION
THIOPHOSPHATE DC O,O-
DIETHYLE ET DE O-(4-NITKO-
PHENYLE) (FRENCH)
CODEN:
MUREAV 53,175,78
MUREAV 53.175,78
MUREAV 53,175,78
MUREAV 53,175,78
MUREAV 53.175,78
MUREAV 53,175,78
TOLED5 3,11,79
PWPSA8 16,141,73
NTIS" AD-A04I-973
AEHLAU 16.805,68
AEHLAU 16,805,68
NCITR- NC1-CG-TR-
70,79
CMEP" -,1.56
ANYAA9 160,383,69
85DCAI 2,73,70
TXAPA9 11.546.67
AMIHBC 5.44.52
TXAPA9 2,88,60
PSEBAA 114,509.63
GUCHAZ 6.391,73
JCINAO 37,350,58
AMIHAB 11,487,55
ABCHA6 25.605.61
IJBBBQ 15,336,78
BLLIAX 38.151.58
ABCHA6 25,605,61
"Reprinted from Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials, 6th edition, 1984 by N. Irving Sax with
permission of Van Nostrand Reinhold."
11/95
25
Chemical Protective Clothing
-------
]vn TIUS LDSO ,7^00 ug/ kg
ims-mus LD50:7200 ug/kg
orl-dog LD50'3 mg/kg
ivn-dog LD50 12 mg/kg
orl-cii LD50;930 ug/kg
ivn-cai LDSOO mg/kg
orl-rbt LD50MO mg/kg
ihl-rbi LCLo'-50 mg/m3/2H
skn-rbl LD50;40 mg/kg
orl-gpg LD5Q:8 mg/kg
ihl-gpg LCLo: 14 mg/m3/2H
skn-gpg LD50:600 mg/kg
ipr-gpg LD5Q:12 mg/kg
orl-pgn LD5Q:3 mg/kg
orl-qal LD50:6 mg/kg
orl-dck LD50'2340 ug/kg
skn-dck LD50 28 mg/kg
orl-dom LD50'5 mg/kg
unk-mam LD50-6 mg/kg
orl-bwd LD50-"2 mg/kg
skn-bwd LD50' 1800 ug/kg
JHPMAB 19.612,6"
AEPPAE 237.211.59
SPEADM 78-1.33,78
JAMAAP 144.104,50
ABCHA6 23,605.61
JAMAAP I44.ICM.50
SPEADM 78-1.33,78
AMIHBC 5,44,52
AFDOAQ 16.3,52
ARZNAD 5,626,55
AMIHBC 5,44,52
TXAPA9 7,559,65
ARZNAD 5,626,55
TXAPA9 20,57,71
TXAPA9 20,57,71
TXAPA9 22,556,72
TXAPA9 47,451,79
85DPAN -,-,71/76
30ZDA9 -,323,71
TXAPA9 21,318,72
TXAPA9 21,154,73
Aquatic Toxicity Rating- TLm96:under 1 ppm
WQCHM* 4,-,74.
TLV- Air: 0.1 mg/m3 (skin) DTLVS* 4,320,80. Toxicol-
ogy Review: ANAEA3 35,165,75; AQMOAC #73-
19,1973; RREVAH 46,1,73; MZUZA8 (8),90,73;
CNDQA8 10(3),43,75; ECMAAI 14(3),141,73;
DTTIAF 80(20),485,73; RREVAH 63,1,76. EPA:
Farm Worker Field Reentry FEREAC 39,16888,74.
OSHA Standard: Air: TWA 110 ug/m3 (skin)
(SCP-T) FEREAC 39,23540,74. DOT: Poison B, La-
bel: Poison FEREAC 41,57018,76. Occupational Expo-
sure to Parathion recm std: Air: TWA 0.05 mg/m3
NTIS** NCI Carcinogenesis Bioassay Completed; Re-
sults Indefinite: Rat (NCITR* NCI-CG-TR-70,79);
Results Negative: Mouse (NCITR* NCI-CG-TR-
70,79). "NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods" VOL
1 158, VOL 3 S295.
THR: MUT data. An exper ETA. A ± CARC; A hmn
CNS. HIGH ipr, orl, unk, ihl, skn, ivn, ims. A deadly
poison. A cholinesterase inhibitor.
Parathion, like the other organic phosphorus poi-
sons, acts as an irreversible inhibitor of the molecules
of the enzyme cholinesterase and thus allows the accu-
mulation of large amounts of acetylcholine. When a
critical level of cholinesterase depletion is reached,
grave symptoms appear. Whether death is actually
caused entirely by cholinesterase depletion or by the
disturbance of a number of enzymes is not yet known.
Recovery1 is apparently complete if a poisoned animal
or man has time to reform his critical quota of cholin-
esterase. However.'if a second small dose is adminis-
tered before recovery from the first is complete, the
effect is partially additive.
Acute effects: Anorexia, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, ex-
cessive-salivation, pupillary constriction, bronchocon-
stnction, muscle twitching, convulsions, coma, respira-
tory failure. Effects are cumulative. Special precautions
necessary to prevent inhal and skin contamination.
Dangerous chronic dose in man: Exposure to para-
thio-. reduces the cholinesterase level and the organism
exposed remains susceptible to relatively low dosages
of parathion until the cholinesterase level has regener-
ated. Small doses at frequent intervals are. therefore,
more or less additive. There is not, however, at the
present time, any indication that, when recovery from
a given exposure is entirely complete, the exposed or-
ganism is prejudiced in any way. Laboratory findings
are essentially normal except that by special techniques
the cholinesterase level of the blood or serum may be
shown to be greatly reduced. At autopsy, the same
may be demonstrated for the cholinesterase level of
the brain or other tissues provided fresh, unfixed tissue
is employed.
The mean cholinesterase values of normal persons
living without exposure to organic phosphorus insecti-
cides have been found by various workers, using the
Michel method, to range as follows:
Red blood cell 0.67-0.86 pH units/hr
Plasma 0 70-0 97 pH units/hr
It is believed that cholinesterase values of 0.5 or less
for either cells or plasma represent abnormal depres-
sions for most individuals. Nevertheless, people may
experience far greater depressions (to 0.2 or less) with-
out the onset of clinical signs or symptoms; this is
especially true of workers who are exposed daily over
a penod of weeks but whose exposure at any one time
is kept at a minimum.
Treatment for Poisoning: Keep the patient fully atropin-
ized. Give 2-4 mg and repeat until signs of atropiriiza-
tion appear. The intravenous route is most rapid. The
dosage of atropine is greater than that conventionally
employed for other purposes but is within safe limits.
Atropine relieves many of the distressing symptoms,
reduces heart block, and dries secretions of the respi-
ratory tract. Never give morphine, theophylline, or
theophyUme-ethylene-diamine (AMINOPHYLLINE).
2-PAM, alone or with atropine, is also an effective anti-
dote.
If the patient has not yet shown symptoms or they
have been allayed by the first dose of atropine, he must
be completely and quickJy decontaminated. Wearing
rubber gloves, remove the patient's clothing and, with
due regard for his condition at the moment, bathe him
thoroughly with soap and water. If washing soda is
available use it, for parathion is hydrolyzed more rap-
idly in the presence of alkali. Any relatively mild alkali
may be used
If there is any suspicion that parathion has been
ingested, induce vomiting, give some neutral material
such as milk or water and induce vomiting again. Nau-
sea may, of course, be anticipated on the basis of the
systemic action of parathion but if vomiting is not pro-
fuse, gastric lavage may be used.If the pulmonary se-
cretions have accumulated before atropine has become
effective, the patient must be turned upside down or
in some other positions of postural drainage iri order
to drain out mucus. Use suction and a catheter if neces-
sary. If the stomach is distended, empty it with a Le vine
tube. Atropine does not protect against muscular weak-
ness. The mechanism of death appears to Le respiratory
failure. The use of an oxygen tent or even the use of
oxygen under slight positive pressure is advisable and
"Reprinted from Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials, 6th edition, 1984 by N. Irving Sax with
permission of Van Nostrand Reinhold."
Chemical Protective Clothing
26
11/95
-------
should be started early. Waich the patient constantly,
for the need of artificial respiration may appear sud-
denly. Equipment for artificial respiration should be
placed by the patient's bed in readiness as soon as he
is hospitalized. Cyanosis (anoxia) should be prevented
by the most suitable means, since it aggravates the
other signs of poisoning. Complete recovery may occur
even after many hours of artificial respiration have been
necessary. The acute emergency lasts 24-48 hrs, and
the patient must be watched continuously during that
time. Favorable response to one or more doses of atro-
pine does not guarantee against sudden and fatal re-
lapse. Medication mus be continued during the entire
emergency. Following exposure heavy enough to pro-
duce symptoms, further organic phosphorus insecticide
exposure of any sort should be avoided. The patient
remains susceptible to relatively small exposures of
parathion until regeneration of cholinesterase is com-
plete or nearly so. Persons exposed to other organic
phosphorus insecticides before complete recovery from
a previous exposure are made more susceptible and
vice-versa.
Decomp by heat. Violent reaction with endrin.
Disaster Hazard: Highly dangerous; shock can shatter
the container, releasing the contents. When heated to
decomp, emits highly tox fumes of NOXl POX, SO*.
For further information see Vol. 3, No. 3 of DPIM Report.
Dangerous Properties of Hazardous Materials
by: N. Irving Sax
•Reprinted from Sax's Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials, 11th
edition, 1992 by Richard J. Lewis. Sr. with permission of Van Nostrand
Reinhold."
11/95 27 Chemical Protective Clothing
-------
7206. Phenol. Carbolic acid; phenic acid; phenylic acid;
phenyl hydroxide; hydroxybenzene; oxybenzene C,H«O;
mol wt 94.11. C 76.57%. H 6.43%, O 17.00%. Obtained
from coal tar. or made by (using sodium benzenesullonale
with NaOH, or by healing monochlorobenzcne with aq
NaOH under high pressure. The crystalline article of
commerce contains at least 987o phenol. Review of mfg
processes: A. Dienchs. R. Kubicka, Phcnole und Basen.
Vorkommei\ und Cev-'innung (Akademie-Verlag, Berlin,
1958) 472 pp, Faith. Keyes & Clark's industrial Chemicals.
F. A. Lowenheim, M. K. Moran, Eds. (Wiley-Intcrscience,
New York, 4th ed.. 1975) pp 612-623. Use in trealmenl of
spasticity: D. E. Garland el al., Clin Onhop. 165, 217
(1982); eidcm. Arch. Phys. Med. Rehab. 65, 243 (1984).
Review of use in pain relief. K. M. Wood. Pom 5, 205-229
(1978). Review of toxicology: H. Babich, D. L. Davis.
Regul. Toxicol Pharmacol 1, 90-109 (1981). Toxicity: W.
B. Deichmann, S. Wuherup, J. Pharmacol Exp. Ther. 80,
233(1944). Review: C Thurman in Kirk-Othmer Encyclo-
pedia of Chemical Technology vol. 17 (Wiley-Interscience,
New York, 3rd ed., 1982) pp 373-384.
Colorless, acicular crystals or while, crystalline mass;
characteristic odor. Poisonous and caustic/ Prone to redden
on exposure to air and light, hastened by presence of alka-
linity, d 1.071. When free from water and cresols it con-
geals at 41' and melts at 43'. Ultrapure material mp 40.85V
The commercial product contains an impurity which raises
the mp. bp 182'. Flash pt, closed cup: 175'F (79'C). nD'
1.5425. pKa at 25' = 100. pH of aq solns about 6 0. It is
liquefied by mixing with about 8% water. One gram dis-
solves in about 15 ml water. 12 ml benzene; very sol in alco-
hol, chloroform, ether, glycerol. carbon disulfide, petrola-
tum, volatile and fixed oils, aq alkali hydroxides. Almost
insol in pctr ether. LDM orally in rats: 530 mg/kg (Deich-
mann, Witherup). Keep well closed and protected from light.
Do no! handle with bare hands.
Incompat. Phenol coagulates collodion; liquefies or be-
comes semiliquid when triturated with acetanilide, butyl-
chloral hydrate, camphor, monobromaled camphor, chloral
hydrate, diuretin, lead acetate, menthol, naphthalene, naph-
thol, acetophenetidin. pyrogallol, resorcinol, salol. sodium
phosphate, thymol, urethane, chloralamide, terpin hydrate.
Ammonium salt, C6H,NO, ammonium phenale, ammoni-
um carbolate. White to pink cryst masses. Sol in water.
Sodium salt. CfH5NaO, phenolale sodium.
Aqueous solution with phenolate sodium, Chloraseptic.
Human Toxicity Ingestion of even small amounts may
cause nausea, vomiting, circulatory collapse, tachypnea,
[jaralyiis. convulsion! com;\. greenish or smoky-colored
unnc. necrosis of mouih and G.I. iraei. icterus, death frnin
respiratory failure, soiricitrnes from cardiac nrrc.u. Average
lain] dose is 15 g but death from as little as one gram hai
been reported. Faul poisoning may also occur by skin
absorption following application to large areas Chronic
poisoning with renal 2nd hepatic damage mny occur from
industrial contact. Sti C. J. Poison, R. N. Taticrsall, C/mi.
cat Toxicology (Lippincott, Philadelphia, 1969) pp 51-62;
Deichmann, Kcplincer in Patty's Industrial Hygiene and
Toxicology vol. 2A, G D. Clayton. F. E. Clayion. Eds. (W,.
Icy-lnicrscicucc. Ne*- York, 3rd ed.. 1981) pp 2567-2584
USE: As a general disinfectant, either in soln or mixed with
slaked lime, etc., for toilets, stables, cesspools, floors, drains,
etc; (or the manu! ol colorless or light-colored arlidcij]
resins, many medical and industrial organic compds and
dyes; as a reagent n chemical analysis. Pharmaceulic aid
(preservative).
THERAP CAT: Aqueous soln as topical anestliclic, topical
antiseptic; topical zntipruriiic.
THERAP CAT (VET): Antiseptic caustic. Topical anesthetic in
prurilic skin conditions. Has been used internally and ei-
tcrnally as an antiseptic.
X
CD
TJ
C
V
W
•o
co
•a
»
x '3-
-------
K)
I
8
Note : Hi
ing pre
Their bo
the
Us
O N
6-8
o x T3
E-^p-
^•n «
;JL; 5. toc^
bites. 2.5
aa.^8-"^
P T3
si
W 3
5 a
p> vt
o *..'
D- 3 x
•o
|2.g.8s
3 ^T^o
x
«<
y o _
^?n 2.
S-S-g'^'
cr -i o, n
ed
p
ol
be
rectl
se
o
a|:
&
"•• "^ "-1 ^-^
0 o P 0s
to ^ -O f»
O 2 3- 3
P- 5 • 3- S
i R 2,-g.
3-E! f ?
n J2 ,3
3 " H o
>•< -o 3-0
>*^ tr ^ o i-'
wo p;' c „
p, "• OQ 3-
5 o B-3""1
<
n a. o
3 3w
3 S £»
oo •<: 2.
o
gr
E
p e O
3 I 3
Condensed Chemical Dictionary
n
o
§:
2'
"Reprinted from Condensed Chemical Dictionary, 10th edition, 1981 by
Gessner G. Hawley with permission of Van Nostrand Reinhold."
-------
PHENOL
CAS RN: 108952
mf: CAO; mw:94.I2
NIOSH #: SJ 3325000
White, crystalline mass which turns pink or red if not
perfectly pure, burning taste, distinctive odor, mp: 40.6°,
bp: 181-9°, flash p: I75°F (CC), d: 1.072, autoign temp.:
1319°F, vap. press: I mm @ 40.1°, vap. d: 3 24. Sol in
water; misc in ale, ether.
SYNS:
AC1D6 CA*BOL1QUE (FRENCH)
BAKER'S T AND 5 LIQUID AND
O1NTME.ST
CARBOLIC ACID
CAKBOLSAURE (GERMAN)
FENOL (DUTCH, POLISH)
FENOLO (ITALIAN)
HYDROXYBENZENE
MONOHYDROXYBENZENE
TOXICITY DATA 3
skn-rbl 500 mg/24H SEV
slcn-rbt 535 mg open SEV
cye-rbl 5 mg SEV
mmo-sat 400 uL/plale --^
sce-hmn'lyro 200 umol/L
dnd-manvlym 250 mmol/L
orl-rai TDU-14 kgAg/2Y-C:ETA
orl.musTDLo.27 kgAg/2Y-C ETA
skn-mus TDLo> 16 gmAg/
40W-I:CARC
sVn-mus TD-4000 mgAg/
24W.PNEO
orl-hmn LDLo' 140 mgAg
orl-nl LD50-414 mgAg
!kn-rat LD5Q:669 mgAg
ipr-ral LDS0.250 mgAg
scu-ral LDLo:650 mgAg
orl-mus LD50'3CO mgAg.
ipr-mus LD50:360 mgAg
scu-mus LD50-344 mgAg
ivn-mus LD50-112 mgAg
orl-dog LDLo: 500 mgAg
par-dog LDLo: 2000 mgAg
orl-cat LDLo'80 mgAg
scu-cat LDLo:80 mgAg
par-cat LDLo: 500 mgAg
orl-rbl LDLo'420 mgAg
skn-rbl LD50:850 mgAg
ipr-rbl LDLo:620 mgAg
seu-rbi LDLo:620 mgAg
ivn-rbl LDLo: 180 mgAg
par-rbl LDU>:300 mfAg
ipr-gpg LDLo:300 mgAg
scu-gpg LDLo'450 mgAg
scu-frg LDLo:75 mgAg
pir-frg LDLo:290 mgAg
scu-frg LDLo:290 mgAg
NCI-C50I24
OXYBENZENE
PHENIC ACID
PHENOLE (GERMAN)
PHENYL HYDRATE
PHENYL HYDROXIDE
PHENYLIC ACID
PHENYLIC ALCOHOL
CODEN-
BIOFX- 27-4/73
UCDS" 1/6/66
UCDS" 1/6/66
BECTA6 24.590,80
CNREA8 40,1189.80
PNASA6 48,686,62
NCITR' NCl-CG-TR-
203,80
NCITR' NCI-CG-TR-
203.80
CNREA8 19,413.59
CNREA8 19,413,59
29ZWAE -,329.68
BIOFX* 27-4/73
BJIMAG 27.155.70
BJPCAL 13.20.58
HBAMAK 4.1319,35
JPETAB 88,400,46
AFREAW 3.197.51
INHEAO 5.143.67
QJPPAL 12,212.39
HBAMAK 4,1319,35
RMSRA6 15,561,1895
HBAMAK 4,1319.35
JPETAB 80,233.44
RMSRA6 15,561,1895
JPETAB 80,233.44
AIKAAP 37(10).596,76
JPETAB 80,233.44
JPETAB 80,233.44
JPETAB 80,233,44
RMSRA6 15,561.1895
HBTXAC 1.228,56
HBTXAC 1,228.56
HBAMAK 4.1319,35
AEPPAE 166,437.32
HBTXAC 1.228.56
Aquatic Toxicity Rating: TLm96:100-10 ppm WQCHM*
4,-,74.
TLV: Air: 5 ppm (skin) DTLVS* 4,328,80. Toxicology
Review: CMTVA.S 10(3).49,73; JIHTAB 31 14649-
MUREAV 47(2),75,78; FNSCA6 2,67,73; ZK.KOBVV
78,99,72. OSHA Standard: Air: TWA 5 ppm (skin)
(SCP-L) FEREAC 39,23540,74 DOT: Poison B, La-
bel: Poison FEREAC 41,57018,76. Occupational Expo-
sure to Phenol recm std: Air: TWA 20 mg/m3; CL
60 mg/m3/!5M NTIS". Carcmogenesis Bioassay
Completed; Results Negative (NCITR* NCI-CG-TR-
203.80). "NIOSH Manual of Analytical Metho
-------
7333. Phosphorus Trichloride. Phosphorous chloride.
CljP; mol wt 137.35. Cl 77.457o, P 22.55%. PCJ3. Prcpd
from red phosphorus and dry chlonne in the presence of re-
fluxing PC13: Forbes el at., Inorg. Syn. 2, 145 (1946).
Manuf: Faith, Keyes & Clark's Industrial Chemicals, F. A.
Lowenhelm, M. K. Moran, Eds. (Wiley-Interscience, New
York, 4lh ed., 1975) pp 654-657. .Review: Payne, "Chemis-
try of Phosphorus Halides" in Topics in Phosphorus Chemis-
try, vol. 4, M. Grayson, E. J. Griffith, Eds. (Interscience
Hew York, 1967) pp 85-155.
Colorless, clear, fuming liquid, dj1 1.574 mp — 112'. bp
76'.'Vapor pressure: 100 mm (2T). Decomposed by water
or ale. Sol in benzene, chloroform, ether, carbon disulfide.
feep in tightly closed containers and handle with caution.
USE: As of phosphorus o.\>chloride; manuf POCIj, PCI
producing iridescent metallic deposits. Caution: Highly
irritating and corrosive to skin, mucous membranes.
The Merck Index
•Reprinted from Merck Index, 11th edition, 1989 by Susan Budavari, ed. with
permission of Merck & Company,, Inc.'
pnosphorus trichloride, (phosphorus chloride).
CAS: 7719-12-2. PC13.
Properties: Clear, colorless, fuming liquid; decom-
poses rapidly in moist air; soluble in ether, ben-
zene, carbon disulfide, and carbon tetrachloride;
d 1.574; fp-lll.&C; bp 76C.
Derivation: By passing a current of dry chlorine
over gently heated phosphorus, which ignites.
The trichloride admixed with some pentachlo-
ride distills over. A small amount of phosphorus
is added and the whole distilled.
Grade: Technical, 99.9%.
Hazard: Corrosive to skin and tissue, reacts with
water to form hydrochloric acid, store in tightly
closed containers. TLV: 0.2 ppm in air.
Use: Making phosphorus oxychloride, intermedi-
ate for organophosphorus pesticides, surfactants,
phosphites (reaction with alcohols and phenols),
gasoline additives, plasticizers, dyestuffs, chlori-
nating agent, catalyst, preparing rubber surfaces
for electrodeposmon of metal, ingredient of tex-
tile finishing agents
Condensed Chemical Dictionary
"Reprinted from Hawley's Condensed Chemicar
Dictionary, 11th edition, 198V by N. Irving Sax and
Richard J. Lewis, Sr. with permission of Van Nostrand
Reinhold.'
31 Chemical Protective Clothing
-------
PHOSPHORUS CHLORIDE
'CAS RN: 7719122 N1OSH #-. TH 3675000
mf: C13P; mw: 137.32
Clear, colorless, fuming liquid, mp: -111.8°, bp: 76°,
d: 1.574 @ 21°, vap. press: 100 mm @ 21°, vap. d:
4.75. Decomp by H20, ale, sol in benzene, chloroform,
ether.
SYNS:
CHLORIDE OF PHOSPHORUS PHOSPHORTRICHLORID (CER-
FOSFORO(TRICLORURO DI) (ITAL- MAN)
IAN) PHOSPHORUS TRICHLORIDE
KOSFOR1HICHLORIDE (DUTCH) TROICHLOKEK FOSFORU (POLISH)
PHOSPHOKF.(TRICHLORURE DE)
(FRENCH)
TOXICITY DATA: 3-2 CODEN:
orl-ral LD50'550 mgAg TNICS' 13.104,73
ihl-Mi LCSOMCW ppm/4H AIHAAP 25.470.64
ihl-8pg LC50 50 ppm/4H AIHAAP 25.470.64
Aquatic Toxiciiy Rating: TLm96:100-10 ppm WQCHM*
4,-,74.
TLV. Air: 0.5 ppm DTLVS* 4,340,80. OSHA Standard:
Air: TWA 0.5 ppm (SCP-R) FEREAC 39,23540,74.
DOT: Corrosive Material, Label: Corrosive and Poison
FEREAC 41,57018,76. "NIOSH Manual of Analytical
Methods" Vol 5 305£. Reported in EPA TSCA Inven-
tory, 1980.
THR: HIGH irr to skin, eyes @ 2 ppm and mu mem
and via inhal routes. MOD orl.
fire and Explosion Hazard' Violent reactions with acetic
acid, Al, Cr(OCl)j. (diallyl phosphite + allyl alcohol),
Fj, dimethyl sulfoxide, hydroxylamine, IC1, PbOj,
HNOj. HNOj, organic matter, K, Na, water.
Disaster Hazard. Dangerous; when heated to decomp it
emiis highly to.x fumes of chlorides and PO,; will react
with water, steam or acids to produce heat and toxic
and corrosive fumes; can react with oxidizing materials
To fight Fire: CO2, dry chemical.
Dangerous Properties of Hazardous Materials
by: N. Irving Sax
'Reprinted from Sax's Dangerous Properties of
Industrial Materials, 11th edition, 1992 by Richard J.
Lewis, Sr. with permission of Van Nostrand Reinhold.1
Chemical Protective Clothing 32 11/95
-------
9456. Toluene 2,4-Diisrxyanatc. 2.« -Uiisocyanaioiolu -
cnc; 2.4-tolylcnc dirsocyanaie; TDI; Nacconaie ioO. C.H,-
NjO^ mol wi 174.1J. C 62.07%. H 3.477.. K 16.09%. O
18.37%. Usually prcpd from ioluene-2.4 -diamine and phos-
gene. Review: Aslle. Industrial Organic tfitrogen Compounds
(New York. I960 pp 2S4-313: Faith. Keyes i Clark's
Industrial Chemicals. F. A Lowciihcini. M. K. Moran, Eds
(Wiley-Imersciencc. Nov. York. 4ih ed.. 1975) pp S3l'-835.
xco
SCO
11/95
Liquid ai room lempe.-auirc. Sharp, pungent odor inn
I9.S-2I.5-. djoiiq 1.2244. bp,M 25 1': bp,, 126'. Darkens on
exposure 10 sunlight. Reacts \s'ilh water with evolution of
carbon dioxide. Plash pi. open cup: 132' (2TOIF). Misc
with alcohol (decompn). diglycul monomcihvl e:her. eihcr,
acetone, carbon tctraehlondc, benzene. chloroheiuene. kero-
sene. olne oil. Coned alkaline compds such 3> NaOH or
(erf-amines m:iy cause run-awny pol.Mncriintion
Camion: Vapor is irritating in eyes, skin and respiratory
(race Clinical Toxicologv of Commercial Products R r.
Cosselin ei ai. Eds. (Wilhams & W,lkins. Baltimore. 5ili ed"
I9S4) Section II, p 414. This substance may reasonably be
anticipaied to be a carcinogen: Fourth Annuc'. Report on
Corci/iogf/ii (NTP S5-002. 1985) p 190.
USE. In the manuf of polyxireihane foams and oihcr elas-
tomers.
The Merck Index
"Reprinted from Merck Index, 11th edition, 1989 by Susan Budavan, ed. with
permission of Merck & Company, Inc."
toluene-2,4-diisocyanatE. (2,4-tolylene diisocya-
nate; m-tolylene diisocyanate; TDI).
CAS: 584-84-9. CH3C6H3(NCO)J.
N=C=0
N=C=0
Properties: Water-white to pale yellow liquid,
sharp pungent odor, bp 251C, 120C (10 mm),
flash p 270F (132C), mp 19.4-21. 5C (pure
isomer), d 1:22 (25/1 5. 5C), vap press 0.01 mm
at 20C. Reacts with water producing carbon di-
oxide; reacts with compounds containing active
hydrogen (may be violent); soluble in ether, act-
tone, and other organic solvents. Combustible.
Derivation: Reaction of 2,4-diaminotoluene with
phosgene.
Method of purification: Distillation to remove hy-
drogen chloride
Grade: 100% 2,4-isomcr; 80% and 65%
2,4-isomer both mixed with 2,6-isomer.
Hazard: Toxic by ingestion and inhalation, strong
irritant to skin and tissue, especially to eyes
TLV: 0.005 ppm in air.
Use. Polyurethane foams, elastomers and coatings
__ crosslmking agent for nylon 6.
Condensed Chemical Dictionary
"Reprinted from Condensed Chemical Dictionary, 10th edition, 1981 by
Gessner G. Hawley with permission of Van Nostrand Reinhold."
33 Chemical Protective Clothing
-------
POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE
CAS RN: 1310583 NIOSH #: TT 2100000
mf: HKO; mw: 56.11
White, deliques pieces, lumps or sticks having crystalline
fracture, mp: 360° ± 7°; bp: 1320°; d- 2.044. Violent,
exothermic reaction with water.
SYNS.
CAUSTIC POTASH POTASSA
HYDROXYDE DE POTASSIUM POTASSE CAUSTIQUE (FRENCH)
(FRENCH) POTASSIO (IDROSSIDO DI) (ITAL-
KALIUMHYDROXID (GERMAN) IAN)
KALIUMHYDROXYDE (DUTCH) POTASSIUM HYDRATE
LYE
TOXICITY DATA: 3 CODEN:
hma-rat/ast 1BOO mgAg GANN'A 254,155,63
skn-hmn 50 mg/24H SEV TXAPA9 31,481,75
skn-rbt 50 mg/24H SEV TXAI'A.9 31,481,75
skn-gpg 50 mg/24H SEV TXAPA9 31,481.75
•orl-ral LD5Q:365 mgAg TXAPA9 32,239.75
Aquatic Toxicity Rating: TLm96:100-10 ppm WQCHM*
4,-,74.
TLV: Air: 2 mg/m3 DTLVS* 4,345,80. Toxicology Re-
view: ARTODN 39,299,78. DOT: Corrosive Material,
Label: Corrosive FEREAC 41,57018,76. Reported in
EPA TSCA Inventory, 1980.
THR: HIGH orl. Hmn skn irr. An exper skn irr. A
poison. Very corr and irr to skn, eyes and mu mem.
A general-purpose food additive. See also sodium hy-
droxide. Ingestion may cause violent pain in throat
and epigastrium, hemaiemesis, collapse. Stricture of
esophagus may result if not immediately fatal
Incomp- Acids; ammonium hexachloroplaunate (2-),
chlorine dioxide; germanium; hyponitrous acid; maleic
anhydride, nitroalkanes; nitrobenzene; nitrogen trichlo-
ride, potassium peroxodisulphate, 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoro-
propanol, tetrahydrofuran; thorium dicarbide, 2,4,6-
tnmtrotoluene.
Dangerous Properties of Hazardous Materials
by: N. Irving Sax
"Reprinted from Sax's Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials, 11th
edition, 1992 by Richard J. Lewis, Sr. with permission of Van Nostrand
Reinhold.'
Chemical Protective Clothing 34 11/95
-------
PHOSPHINE
CAS RN: 7803512 NIOSH #: SY 7525000
mf: H3P; mw: 34.00
Colorless gas, foul odor, mp: -132.5°, bp -87.5°. d:
1.529 g/L @ 0°, autoign. temp.: 212°F, lei: 1%. Slightly
sol in water.
SYNS:
FOSFOROWODOR (POLISH) PHOSPHORUS TRIHYDRIDE
HYDROGEN PHOSPHIDE PHOSPHORWASSERSTOFF (GER-
MAN)
TOXICITY DATA: 3-2 CODEN:
ihl-hmn LCLoMOOO ppm GUCHAZ 6,412.73
ihl-ral LCSOMI ppm/4H AIHAAP 36,452,75
ihl-rbt LCU>:2500 ppm/ZOM AEXPBL 27,314,1890
ihl-mam LCLo:lOOO ppm/5M AEPPAE 138,65,28
TLV: Air: 0.3 ppm DTLVS* 4,337,80. Toxicology Review:
AQMOAC #73-19,1973; NTIS** AD-778,725;
27ZTAP 3,114,69. OSHA Standard: Air: TWA 400
ug/m3 (SCP-0) FEREAC 39,23540,74. DOT: Poison
' A, Label: Flammable Gas and Poison Gas FEREAC
41,57018,76. "NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods"
VOL 5 S332#. Reported in EPA TSCA Inventory,
1980. EPA TSCA 8(a) Preliminary Assessment Infor-
mation Proposed Rule FERREAC 45,13646,80.
THR: HIGH via inhal route. Phosphine is a very tox
gas, but its action on the body has not been fully worked
out. It appears to cause, chiefly, a depression of the
CNS and irr of the lungs; autopsy findings in human
cases may be entirely negative, or there may be pulmo-
nary edema, dilation of the heart and hyperemia of
the visceral organs. Inhal of phosphine causes restless-
ness, followed by tremors, fatigue, slight drowsiness,
nausea, vomiting and, frequently, severe gastric pain
and diarrhea. There is often headache, thirst, dizziness,
oppression in the chest and burning substernal pain;
later the patient may become dyspneic and develop
cough and sputum Coma or convulsions may precede
death. Most cases recover without aftereffects Chronic
poisoning, characterized by anemia, bronchitis, gastro-
intestinal disturbances and visual, speech and motor
disturbances, may result from continued exposure to
very low cone
Fire Hazard: Very dangerous, by spont chemical reaction.
Explosion Hazard: Mod, when exposed to flame. Reacts
violently with air, BCIS, Br2, C15, CUO, Hg(N03)2,
HNO3, NO, NC13, NO3. N20, HN02) 02, (K + NH3),
Explosive Range: Not known
Disaster hazard: Dangerous; when heated to decomp it
emits highly tox fumes of P0r; can react vigorously
with oxidizing materials
To Fighi Fire: C02, dry chemical or water spray
Dangerous Properties of Hazardous Materials
by: N. Irving Sax
"Reprinted from Sax's Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials, 11th
edition, 1992 by Richard J. Lewis, Sr. with permission of Van Nostrand
Reinhold."
11/95 oc
•" Chemical Protective Clothing
-------
GUIDELINES FOR THE SELECTION OF
CHEMICAL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
2nd Edition
By: A.D. Little
This document contains comprehensive tables of recommendations to aid and facilitate the selection
of chemical protective clothing (CPC). The recommendations are based on an extensive compilation
and analysis of CPC vendors literature and experimental test data published in technical journals and
reports.
This document presents clothing recommendations for fourteen major clothing materials and covers
approximately 465 chemicals or aqueous solutions, along with more technical information.
HOW TO READ THE CHART
Single and double, upper and lower case Vs" and "n's" are used to convey the recommendations.
Briefly, RR, R, rr, and r indicate various degrees of good resistance and NN, N, and n indicate
various degrees of poor chemical resistance. Double characters indicate that there are test data to
support the recommendations and single characters indicate that only qualitative information was
available. Upper case characters indicate consensus and a relatively large amount of information,
whereas lower case indicates a relatively small amount of information or inconsistencies.
A final comment pertains to the completeness of CPC product and vendor listings presented in the
Appendices. The objective was to include at least one source for any given item of CPC. The
listings, therefore, are extensive but are probably not all-inclusive; it is unlikely that all distributors
or all brands/lines of CPC are mentioned. The listings are designed such that they can be readily
expanded to cover additional manufacturers or distributors as they become known to EPA.
Furthermore, the recommendations can also be modified as additional performance information
becomes available to the EPA.
Chemical Protective Clothing 36 11/95
-------
QUALITATIVE DESCRIPTION OF RECOMMENDATIONS
Qualitative Ratings
Quantity/
Resistance
Many/
Excellent
Volume I: Field Guide
Text
Data
Many/
Excellent
Few/Excellent
or
Few/Poor
Many/Fair
or
Few/Poor
Many/Poor
RR
NN
Guidelines for the
Selection of Chemical
Protective Clothing
2nd Edition
A.D. Schwope, Arthur D. Little, Inc.
P.P. Costas, Anhur D. Lilllc, Inc.
J.O. Jackson. Los Alamos National Laboratory
D.J. Weitzman, U.S Environmental Protection Agency
March 1985
None
No
Recommend-
ation
* Recommendations obtained by computer algorithm. Sec Appendix F of Volume II for
rationale.
"" Recommendations for these combinations were dcicrminco on basis of technical
judgement rather than computer algorithm.
11/95
37
Chemical Protective Clothing
-------
r i- c
z — L.
L OUI Q
Z ZZ
—^^-—z
a C£ UJ ^x
= CDZUJ —
—-LX V) < b. Z CUJUJUJ uj
z +~ z >- — c —
Z t— U/ (- Z — V- < — c. —
< ZUIUJX — < i-i/JO 10
ZZZuJC^uJZZLJCUj C
ZO+C3OZ -^ U u,' Z uj
• 1 c. o- >- y. < _e. <> -^ >
-
c <-
— < < X
ZZZ u)
O - ^ Z
_J c. c. <
u. o o c:
UJ UJ LJ <
t— z z t/i
O O CC UJ UJ
-i r> to z z
u — c: m < LJ
— L. j. — Q;
Z U (_ UJK^ CL
W1 — < ZLU —C
K Z Z UJ C C UJ
uj o * c; 3 z
> _) D. CL. >. ^_\
-J u, O O -J e: C
— u uj LJ O o o
<" »- Z Z a. 1/1 i/-.
**/,
C C
c
ti v.
te >-
cc
K
z z
z z
u
L.
c.
< 1!
C .-:
C u.
£/>V
:'-v
ec
c:
r
c
a:
EC
C
C
u
o
c
o
o
— u
o c
— o
c _
O J
« c
O -3
C
o c:
u. E
e E
O
O -x
O t\l
c
O (J
a
i- u
m "o
o 5
o o
o
c
u
O
t_
a
- X
o c.
>, I
D
o
O
L.
o
a
c
c
N
C
o
Q
X
£
o
C
o
N
c
o
a
^
>,
a
e
a
o
o
c
a
N
C
O
CO
-
c
o
c
o
N
C
o
Q
_
C
O
e
v\
— O O JJ u ._
o E E o — > >'
u = >,— — ._ u
U O U O O O LJ
C. "-' -
c c "
— Q
« C.
U X L.
CJ CJ 3
^3 £
e <- u
n o i-
Z u. <
O
z
Chemical Protective Clothing
38
11/95
-------
70%
Picric Ac i d
Note: Numbers in parentheses are chemical class codes -- see Table 81 .nd Appendix B.
For explanation of recommendation codes (e.g. RR,R,NN, etc.) see
Source: Arthur D. Little, Inc.
r
r
r
n
r
POLYURETHAHE( n)
SBR( R)
SBR/NEOPRENEI r)
SBR( r)
TEFLON!rr)
NEOP+NAT RUB(nn)
NEOP/NAT RUB(rr)
SARANEX(rr)
TEFLON!rr)
NEOP+NAT RUB(rr)
NAT+NEOP+NBR( r)
POLYURETHANE) r)
SBR( n)
NEOP/NAT RUB(rr)
SBR/NEOPRENE( r)
-------
Ijj UJ
5 *
I a:
h- O.
uj —o
01 U UJ
ID Z
_i aTcc
O CD m
a. in in
m — <-
o z —
a: O o
O — ' >->
-J U.
o »- o
!/-l
z z
Z X
•o •
c •->
41 •
a oo
a
< 4)
« t-
- «
• 41
S3 H
V
*«-o
>k>/9
V*o,
l-
c
O
•^
x^
(^
e
g ^
•* ^o
•
C 0>
— I. I. o O O
e a o t- i. i.
O — 3 ^ T3 'a
1- £ — >,>>>>
cc u i- r r r
c c
u u u
^~
1-1- C
c
o
•c
0 —
- 13 X
> 0
C XI-
o c o -J
J3 T3 — O
I. - 0 •-
a X
(J O C C
0 O
— o o> en
o - o o
J£ U I. l_
C *J 4J *J
-_ — — —
z z z z
4) .
4) Z
*/i z
,
i cc
cc
HI CC
0)
T3 •
O C7*
O •
4)
V)
n i/)
— 4)
O T3
O
— O
a
o c
— o
a —
4) u
C. a
0 X3
C
4) 4)
<- £
O
t/i u •
4) 0) O
vt L. c
4> —
*> O -
C 4!
4> C —
t. o *J
Q. tJ •-
C C
— ra -
— Q
1- X i-
4) 4) 3
J3 H
E I- *J
301-
ZU. <
e
o
o "-
*J 3
0 0
Z VI
Chemical Protective Clothing
40
11/95
-------
< UJ
x ce
t— a.
uj—o
ce i- uj
-I CC CC
o CD m
O. (/) (/)
L. l_
UJ UJ
EC
a.
a:
cc
cc —
OCX
— VI
zee
O UJ
o m CD
0. (/)
u .
a 03
a.
< ID
•o a
C a
• o
oo a
i- a:
a <_>
re u
x -
0) Z
M Z
i ce"
i «
cc
V) CC
CD
O •
O Ol
o •
cc
cc
rs w
a -o
o
— o
w
o c
•- o
X
O
C
"O
c u
•J «!
,'*
u\ u
"c
o
o
o
•o
E
O
l_
U
c
•I
o>
^
o
c
c.
u
o
a.
Q>
tJ
C
a
>,
U
o
a.
C.
CJ
c.
o
o
a
>•
o
T3
- (0 -
- _ _ ,
O
O
.C n
O T3
c
O A)
<- 6
O
Ui o •
© V O
« t- C
4) —
.C U-
4J Q. .
C U
QJ C —
<- e e e e
« 3 3 3 3
> _ _ _ _
— O O O O
W (/) tO (/),
O
O
o
>, a
sz 3
n -J
c
to •
— Q
a.
x <-
U 3
JT
1- u
O I-
u. <
11/95
41
Chemical Protective Clothing
-------
z z
< UJ
z ct
a: c uj
3 z
> • — v
-ix a:
a o a
a. 10 irt
< uj
x c
>- a.
UJ—O
K a: uj
3 Z
> -X
-'SS.Oi
O 03 O
a. w
^
C V.
c
'•
c a:
co
x
•a •
c "i
a. co
a
< «j
C ™
cj —
.a o
t- w
«J «
o z
•o •
O (71
0 •
3
2
5
a
X
'O
8
v. w ui
2
o
r
o •o
o
— o
re
o c
•- o
O u
o •a
c
1- E
re E
O
VI O •
c; o o
n (- c
j; <_
iJ O «
C D
CJ C —
l- O "
re — *~J
a -> -
c c
- re, .
—XQ
«i a
i- x t.
O C 3
J3 J=
e i- *j
3 O 1-
zu. <
Chemical Protective Clothing
42
11/95
-------
f
£
**•?
-
8
9
S;
S'
Inorganic Acids (cont.)
Inorganic Acids (cont.)(370)
Phosphoric Acid, <30%
Phosphoric Acid, 30-70%
Phosphoric Acid, >70%
Phosphorus Oxychlorlde
Phosphorus Trichloride
Sulfur Ic Acid
nn
r
r
RR rr rr rr rr
NN nn
n RR rr N rr nn n rr
Sulfurlc Acid, <30%
Sulfuric Acid, 30-70%
Sulfuric Acid, >70%
Sulfur Monochloride
r R rr R RR
r rr
rr rr
rr rr
r r
r
rr r
NN nn
NN
rr rr
rr r
rr r
n n nn N RR n NN rr
NEOP-t-NAT RUB( rr)
NEOP/NAT RUB(rr)
NONWOVEN PE(NN)
SARANEX(nn)
PV ACETATE(NN)
CHLOROBUTYL(rr)
TErtON(nn)
NEOP+NAT RUB(rr)
NEOPRENE+SBRI n)
NAT+NEOP+NBR( n)
POLYURETHANEJ n)
NONWOVEN PE(NN)
SARANEX(RR)
SBR( n)
VIT/CLORBOTL( rr)
SILVERSHIELD(rr)
NEOPRENE+PVC(rr)
SBR/NEOPRENE( n)
NEOP+NAT RUB( r)
NAT+NEOP+NBRl r)
NONWOVEN PE(nn)
SARANEX(rr)
SBR( r)
NEOP+NAT RUB(rr)
NONWOVEN PE(NN)
SARANEX(rr)
NEOP/NAT RUB(rr)
TEFLON(rr)
NONWOVEN PE(NN)
SARANEXf rr)
SBR( r)
NEOP/NAT RUB(rr)
Note: Numbers in parentheses •ro chanlcal class codes -- see Table S.I and Appendix B.
For explanation of recommenda11 on codes (e.g. RR,R,NN, etc.) see Table 8.3.
Snnrrn- Arthur D I ittlo, Inc.
-------
*°^/
^1
'OA
'°^
<\J
c • o
O *a 3
O C U.
~» Q
O 4J
a -— ffi
O O
t) t O-
00-5
c c <- c
c
CD CC UJ UJ
3 CD Z Z
06 V) < UJ
+ I ec
1- UJH- 0.
< Z UJ -~O
zujcc cui
+ CC 3 Z
0. Q. > . ,
O O — i cc ce
UJ UJ O CO CO
z zo. w (/)
c
1_
c
c
u
i.
Q»
c
^
1.
1.
z
c
c
1_
c
0)<
c
03
u>
o
L.
o
C 1- C <- 1- C
*• *-
CD CC UJ _l OUJ
o co z )- —i z
— »CC (/) ^ 2 UJ UJ
I- +1 CD — CC
U 1-UJh- CC 10.
— < ZUJ— O WO
z zuicc c _J ceuj
O •*• cc =j cjuiz
-JO_a->- — v,> v,
UILUUJOCO— — CO
• 1- Z ZO-trt t/1
c c
cc
cc
z
u cc
L. CC
t_ z
L. Z
c
!_ Z
L. Z
z
z
L. L.
sc
cc
<~ X
L.
^
o
b.
—
C7
_J
0
* c
CON
o c
C - 0
O U JS
g t. Q
— 3 U
-J JJ **
i a —
•o z z
L.
c
~
— k-
— C 3
<- C CO
1 .Of
— X O
z uj -J
o zu
u. cet-
UJ< -
i- w >
c
u
z
z
1_
l_
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
l_
c_
L.
c
0
c
o
L.
^
JJ
in
C 1- U z 1- c
I- Z 1-
ffl IjU —1 C O UJ
D Z — t- Z> -< Z
— CC «C Z 3 CCUJUJ
I. X Z CO - CC
!-(->— — CCI-ID.
— < UJ X —O < w O
ZZCCUJZ-IZCCUJ
O + 3 Z U ^vUJ Z
u-o_iccec»-o— ice
UJUJO
CD
t—
1
zr o
c
fl Q)
« 3-
o
r- t—
CD
X
•a •
C fn
CJ .
O.OD
a
< 0)
•C J3
C (B
a 1—
• o
00 VI
o —
Q O
CQ 4-1
>- «1
Ctf .
V Z
vl z
1 CC*
J k
cc
o
•c •
O en
o •
c
V) _r
U)
a 1/1
— c
U "D
o
o c
— o
E —
0 U
C. IB
o •o
c
eg
a E
o
VI 0 •
co o cj
Ifl I- C
£ fc.
4J 0 -
C Oi
« c -
u o ^
« '- 4J
re _J
c c •
- « •
— Q
in a
1- X <-
0) 0 3
J2 J=
E i- u
301-
ZU- <
1 1
m
0
a <-
*> 3
C 0
Chemical Protective Clothing 44
-------
SUMMARY OF PERFORMAKCf DETAIL TESTS
PERMEATION TEST
CHEMICAL NAME/ RESISTANT
CASNO MATERIAL
000750580 BUTYL
BUTYL/WEOPRENE
CPE
NATURAL RUBBER
NEOPRENE
NITRILE
P£
PV ALCOHOL
PVC
SARANEX
SILVER SHIELD
TEFLON
VITON
V1TON/CHLOR08UTYL
VITON/NEOPRENE
PRODUCT
VENDOR
DESC CODE
064
110
060
001
018
093
125
138
139
019
076
102
007
0X9
061
122
069
145
112
111
117
117
113
103
506
100
117
103
117
117
103
117
100
103
117
117
118
510
117
113
117
BREAKTHROUGH TIME
HOURS
> 8.00
> 8.00
> 8.00
1.33 • 1.42
< .01
1.27
< .18
.58
.63
< .01
> 8.00'
.05
> 8.00
> 8.00
> 4.50
> 8.00
1.50 • 1.75
.75
PERMEATION RATE TEMP THICKNESS
UG/CH--2/MIN DEC C
23.
23.
23.
25.
150.30 23.
117.23 23.
10.82 23.
23.
72.14 23.
23.
23.
66.13 23.
23.
23.
66.13 23.
23.
23.
23.
< .02 25.
23.
25.
23.
CM1
.01
.02
.02
.07
.01
.06
.02
.03
.01
.02
.04
.01
.01
.01
.05
.01
.04
.02
Acetophenone
000988620
TEFLON
069
510
92.00
.02 25.
Acetyl Chloride
000753650
Acrolein
001070280
Acrylic Acid
000791070
Acryloni tri le
001071310
.,
AUyl Alcohol
001071860
SARANEX
TEFLON
BUTYL
CPE
NITRILE
PV ALCOHOL
VITON
VITON/CHLOROBUTYL
TEFLON
CPE
PE
SARANEX
TEFLON
BUTYL
061
069
014
060
019
102
009
112
069
070
076
061
069
014
064
127
510
118
UNK
100
100
118
UNK
510
UNIT
127
127
510
UNC
117
.62
3.10
15.00
.13
.92
.07
.25
.01
3.00
3.00
.28
.08
.38
.90
8.17
8.00
8.00
8.00'
1.10 23.
.02 23.
23.
23.
23.
966.13 23.
3.01 23.
432.86 23.
23.
.02 23.
.02
.02
.08
23.
23.
23.
23.
25.
23.
23.
23.
.05
.06
.04
.03
.02
.05
.05
.02
.01
.02
11/95
45
Chemical Protective Clothing
-------
SUMMARY OF PERFORMANCE DETAIL TESTS
PERMEATION TEST
CHEMICAL HAKE/
CAS NO
001071860
Allyla/nine
001071190
AUyl Chloride
001070510
RESISTANT
MATERIAL
BUm/NEOPRENE
CPE
NEOPRENE
PE
PV ALCOHOL
PVC
SARANEX
TEFLON
VI TON
VITON/NEOPRENE
BUTYL
NATURAL RUBBER
PV ALCOH01
PVC
CPE
TEFLON
PRODUCT
DESC CODE
110
070
002
093
1M
139
076
004
049
077
061
069
145
111
OU
001
102
007
070
069
VENDOR
117
LINK
UN 1C
117
117
117
117
UNC
117
117
117
510
117
117
118
250
100
100
UN*
510
BREAKTHROUGH TIME
TOURS
> 8.00
2.00
2.35
1.58
6.08
3.42
1.67
.24
1.75
< .M
> 8.00
> 3.10
> 8.00
> 8.00
3.92
< .02
.20
< .02
1.25
1.70.
2.76
PERMEATION RATE TEMP
UC/CM**2/MIN DEC C
23.
23.
1.44 25.
23.
23.
23.
23.
33.07 25.
23.
23.
23.
< .02 23.
23.
23.
70.14 20.
6,633.24 20.
12,114.18 23.
9,829.62 20.
23.
< .02 23.
< .02 23.
THICKNESS KEF
CM HUH
.02 213
. 05 004
287
.02 ;;i3
.03 ;;i3
.02 213
.01 ;:i3
;i87
.01 ;ii3
.01 213
.01 213
.05 303
.01 Z13
.02 213
.06 323
.01 323
.07 323
.02 523
.05 004
.05 303
.05 303
Ammonium Fluoride, 30-70X
121250182
NATURAL RUBBER
NEOPfENE
NITRRE
PVC ,
017
002
018
019
007
100
100
100
100
100
> 6.00
> 6.00
> 6.00
> 6.00
> 6.00
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
.05 107
107
.04 107
.06 107
107
Ammoniun Hydroxide
0133*2160
NATURAL RUBBER
NEOP+NAT RUBBER
NEOPRENE
NITRILE
NITRILE+PVC
PE '
PVC
001
026
002
005
057
058
076
007
077
210
121
210
210
210
100
100
210
100
2.00
.45
6.00
6.001
3.00
.18
.07
.75
> 6.00
.30
23.
18.04 23.
< .02 23.
< .02 23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
080
.05 237
080
080
080
107
107
080
. 107
107
Ammonium Hydroxide, <30X
013362161
NATURAL RUBBER
NEOPRENE
MtTBILE
001
017
002
018
019
UMK
100
100
100
UNK
100
> 1.00
1.75
> 6.00
> 6.00
> 1.00
> 1.00
> 6.00
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
052
.05 107
107
.04 107
.06 052
.09 052
.06 107
Chemical Protective Clothing
46
11/95
-------
OF PERFORMANCE DETAIL TESTS
PERMEATION TEST
CHEMICAL NAME/
CASNO
013362161
RESISTANT
MATERIAL
N1TR1LE
PVC
VI TON
PRODUCT
DESC CODE
019
003
007
009
VENDOR
UMK
UNK
100
UNK
BREAKTHROUGH TIME
HOURS
> 1.00
.02
4.00
> 1.00
PERMEATION RATE TEMP
UG/CM**2/MIN DEC C
23.
23.
23.
23.
THICKNESS
O
.05
.02
.03
REF
HUH
052
05 J
107
052
Annonlm Hydroxide, 30-70X
013362162 PE
076
127
.02
10.32 23.
Anyl Acetate (Pentyl Acetate)
006286370 NATURAL RUBBER
NEOPRENE
NITRILE
NITRILE+PVC
PE
PV ALCOHOL
PVC
Aryl Alcohol (Pentanol)
000714100 BUTYL
NATURAL RUBBER
NEOPREUE
NITRILE
VI TON
Aniline (Benzanlrw)
000625330 BUTYL
001
002
005
019
057
076
004
007
014
017
002
018
019
009
012
210
210
210
100
210
100
100
210
118
100
100
100
100
NITRILE+PVC
P€
PV ALCOHOL
PVC
058
076
004
007
077
100
100
100
100
100
118
UMK
BUTYL/MEOPRENE
014 118
064 117
110 117
.17
.20
.25
.67
1.00 9.02 -
.83
.05 9.02 •
6.00 <
.50
8.00 <
.12 .90 •
6.00 <
6.00 <
5.35
.50 <
8.00 <
.08 .90 •
.20 <
3.50 <
.20 <
.54
.17 <
8.00 <
6.50
6.50
22.00 <
22.00 <
7.00 <
7.00 <
23.00 <
23.00 <
7.00
7.00 <
8.00 <
8.00 <
8.00
8.00
8.00
8.00
8.00
8.00
60.12
66.13
30.06
90.18
42.08
90.18
.90
48.10
.02
9.02
.90
.90
.20
.90
.02
9.02
.90
.90
.90
9.02
.90
.02
1.99
1.99
.02
.02
.02
.02
.02
.02
1 20
.02
.02
.02
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
.06
.07
.05
.04
.05
.06
.04
.05
.04
.04
.06
.06
.04
.04
.06
.06
.04
.04
.06
.06
.03
.04
.02
.01
.02
.02
080
080
080
107
080
107
107
080
323
107
107
107
323
107
323
107
107
107
107
107
107
323
273
273
273
273
273
273
273
273
273
273
273
273
323
227
213
213
213
213
11/95
47
Chemical Protective Clothing
-------
SUMMARY OF PERFORMANCE DETAIL TESTS
PERMEATION TEST
CHEMICAL MA**/ RESISTANT
CASNO MATERIAL
000625330 PVC
SARANEX
SILVER SHIELD
TEFLON
VI TON
VITCM/NEOPRENE
BeniBldehyde
001005270 BUTYL
NATURAL RUBBER
NEOPREME
NITRILE
P£
PV ALCOHOL
VI TON
PRODUCT
VENDOR
DESC CODE
049
077
061
122
069
009
145
111
014
017
018
019
076
004
102
009
117
100
117
118
510'
118
UN 1C
117
117
118
100
100
100
100
100
100
118
BREAKTHROUGH TIME PERMEATION RATE TEMP THICKNESS
HOURS
1.
.
> 8.
> 8.
> 3.
.
.
> 1.
.
> a.
> 9.
.
.
.
.
> 6.
> 16.
9.
UG/CM**2/HIN
25
33 .90 •
50 .90 •
00
00
30 <
10
17
00
83
00
00
23 9.02 •
65
40
17 9.02 •
00 <
00'
93
9
9
112
112
DEC C
.02
.02
.02
.42
.42
90.18
24
25
90
.05
.85
.18
.90
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
2J.
24.05 :3.
CM
.01
.01
.01
.05
.03
.02
.03
.01
.02
.07
.05
.05
.03
.03
.03
REF
NLM
213
107
107
213
22?
303
323
227
274
213
213
323
107
323
323
107
107
323
323
Benzene
000714320
BUTYL
OK
118
BUTYL/HEOPRENE
CPE
EVA
NATURAL RUBBER
'•
NEQP+MAT RUBBER
NEOP/MAT RUBBER
NEOPRENE
UNK
034 UN*
064 117
507
UK
110 117
070 UN*
074 UNC
001 210
017 100
120
502
504
508
UNK
026 102
121
008 114
002 100
120
210
UNK
.52
.33
1.47
.08
.08
.67
1.00
.13
8.00
.43
.01
.18
.04
.03
.05
.06
.12
.03
.01
.02
.05
.05
.09
.05
.25
.02
.40
.25
.29
194.19
1^.19
130.26
90.18
396.79
3,206.40
5,611.20
2,605.20
2,204.40
1,603.20
501.00
2,805.60
2,254.50
2,004.00
400.80
80.16
951.90
300.60
559.12
517.03
•53 _
23.
23.
22.
23.
23.
23.
22.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
22.
23.
23.
25.
23.
25.
22.
22.
25.
25.
23.
22.
.04
.;X
.•2Z
.18
.02
.01
.02
.06
.04
_ .02
.05
.02
.03
.02
.05
.05
.06
.03
.05.
.02
.04
.05
.05
.05
.07
.08
.07
.11
3231
V
227
327
078-
213
213
213
078
327
213
004
327
080
222
222
222
222
222
078
327
327
222
237
222
078
078
222
22i
08F
333
Chemical Protective Clothing
48
11/95
-------
SUMMARY OF PERFORMANCE DETAIL TESTS
PERMEATION TEST
tHEHICAL MAME/ RESISTANT PRODUCT
VENDOR
CASNO KATERIAL DESC CODE
000714320 NEOWIENE 002
010
018
031
093
1M
139
NITRILE 005
|
W 019
033
XITRILE+fVC 057
05*
MOMUOVEN PE 071
PE 006
042
076
•*
POirURETHAME 050
PV ALCOHOL 004
'
fe 035
P 102
PVC 003
UHK
120
100
120
UNK
INK
117
117
117
210
503
100
181
503
UNK
uw
210
100
UNC
100
209
505
UHK
100
117
UNK
178
100
UNK
UNK
100
100
BREAKTHROUGH TIME PERMEATION RATE TEMP THICKNESS
HOURS UC/CM"2/HIN DEG C
.14
.11
.28
.10
.19
.27
.27
.08
.12
.10
.19
.33
3.10
1.00
.41
.27
.67
.40
.11
< .oa
< .08
> 8.00
.33
.10
.32
1.05
.77
.32
.15
.07
.17
.23
.32
.08 '
.75
.03 901.80 •
.01
< .or
< .02
.07
< .03
.03 90.18 •
.08
.01
.02
.03
.12 <
.17
> 33.33
.33
.05
.82 <
< .01
1,167.33
521.04
165.93
300.60
1,002.00
1.102.20
801.60
1,803.60
1,893.78
50.10
80.16
230.46
330.66
190.38
230.46
501.00
901.80
501.00
.03
400.80
511.02
851.70
1,102.20
1,302.60
670.74
939.88
501.00
180.36
9,018.00
250.50
350.70
50.10
901.80'
220.44
110.22
.90
8.02
39.08
.02
1,182.56
22.
22.
23.
22.
25.
25.
25.
25.
22.
22.
22.
23.
22.
22.
22.
37.
7.
22.
22.
23.
23.
23.
23.
22.
23.
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
23.
22.
22.
22.
23.
23.
23.
25.
22.
25.
23.
23.
23.
23.
22.
22.
23.
22.
22.
23.
22.
23.
23.
CM
.08
.04
.05
.04
.05
.07
.05
.03
.04
.05
.05
.06
.24
.16
.08
.08
.08
.08
.04
.02
.03
.02
.02
.04
.04
.06
.05
.03
.03
.04
.04
.04
.04
.01
.01
.01
.01
.01
.01
.01
.01
.02
.02
.09
.02
.01
.03
.02
REF
NUM
333
078
323
078
222
222
222
222
333
333
333
327
078
078
078
078
078
078
078
213
213
213
080
078
323
222
222
222
222
222
327
333
333
078
060
107
327
222
078
222
327
107
213
327
078
078
107
078
333
327
078
323
323
11/95
49
Chemical Protective Clothing
-------
SUMMARY OF PERFORMANCE DETAIL TESTS
PERMEATION TEST
CHEMICAL NAME/ RESISTANT
CASNO
0007 H 320
MATERIAL
PVC
SARAKEX
SILVER SHIELD
TEFLON
VI TOW
V1TON/NEOPRENE
PRODUCT
VENDOR
DESC CODE
003
007
049
077
061
122
036
069
009
032
1«5
111
120
500
501
UNK
210
UWK
117
117
168
117
UHK
118
UNK
510
118
LINK
UN 1C
117
117
BREAKTHROUGH TIKE
HOURS
.01
.01
.04
.04
< .01
.01
< .01
.02
.50
.30
.17
.31
.10
< .16
.10
.25
.17
> 8.00
.17
> 3.20
> 3.00
5.93
6.00
'.50
15.00
> 8.00
3.50
PERMEATION RATE TEMP THICKNESS
UG/CH**2/HIN DEC C
3,507.00
4,108.20
1,503.00
1,603.20
4,709.40
3,607.20
4,909.80
240.48
481.96
599.20
421.84
150.30
< .02
< .02
.07
.07
.50
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
23.
23.
22.
22.
22.
23.
23.
22.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
25.
23.
23.
23.
22.
23.
23.
CM
.0'
.01
.03
.0?.
.01
.01
.0;:
.01
.10
.11
.11
.01
.01
.04
.0'
.O'i
.01
.01
.05
.05
.02
.02
.02
.16
.01
. .02
REF
NUN
222
222
222
222
222
222
222
327
080
333
333
333
213
213
078
213
327
227
327
303
303
323
227
327
076
213
213
Benzenesul fonic Acid
000984790
BeniethoniuTi
001215400
Benioni tri le
001004700
NEOPRENE
NITRILE
Chloride
8UTTL
NATURAL RUBBER
NEOPRENE
PVC
\
BUTYL
NATURAL RU88ER
PV ALCOHOL
VITOH
018
020
014
001
018
007
014
001
102
009
100
216
118
250
100
100
118
506
100
118
> 20.00
> A. 00
> 8.00
> B.OO
> 8.00
> 8.00
> 8.00
<• .01
> 8.00
.93
< .02
< .02
< .02
< .02
24.05
24.05
23.
23.
22.
21.
19.
19.
23.
23.
23.
23.
.OS
.04
.06
.0,?
.05
.02
.06'
.01
.03
.0.5
123
123
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
Benzoyl Chloride
000983640
BUTYL
HYPALOM
NEOPRENE
PV ALCOHOL
PVC
VI TON'
014
108
018
102
003
009
118
210
100
100
100
118
6.28
.33
.25
> 8.00
< .01
> 8.00
.75
99.80
596.39
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
.0.5
.0.6
.05
.05
.02
.02
.05
323
123
123
323
323
323
123
Chemical Protective Clothing
50
11/95
-------
SUMURY OF PERFORMANCE DETAIL TESTS
PERMEATION TEST
CHEMICAL NAME/
CASNO
003020122
RESISTANT
MATERIAL
NITRILE+PVC
PE
PVC
SILVER SHIELD
PRODUCT
DESC CODE
058
076
007
077
122
VENDOR
100
100
100
100
118
BREAKTHROUGH TIME
HOURS
> 6.00
> 6.00
> 6.00
> 6.00
> 6.00
2.10-
PERMEATION RATE TEMP
UG/CH"2/HIN DEC C
23.
23.
< .90 23.
23.
23.
6.01 23.
THICKNESS REF
CM HUM
107
107
107
107
107
.01 227
Hydrochloric Acid
076470100 BUTYL
NEOP+HAT RUBBER
NEOP/NAT RUBBER
NEOPRENE
NITRILE
NITRILE+PVC
PE
PVC
064
026
008
002
018
019
056
076
007
077
117
BUTYL/NEOPRENE
CPE
NATURAL. RUBBER
NEOP+NAT RUBBER
NEOPRENE
NEOPRENE+PVC
NITRILE
NITRILE+PVC
PVC
SARANEX
VITOH
V1TOH/NEOPRENE
Hydrochloric Acid, <30X
076470101 NATURAL RUBBER
110
070
001
026
002
093
1M
127
005
057
058
007
049
053
077
144
061
145
111
017
117
UNK
210
121
210
117
117
117
210
210
117
210
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
100
102
102
102
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
8.00
8.00
8.00
8.00
3.00
6.00
4.42
6.00
8.00
8.00
8.00
6.00
6.00
1.75
6.00
8.00
8.00
5.17
5.00
2.92
4.33
5.00
8.00
8.00
6.00
8.00
8.00
8.00
8.00
8.00
8.00
8.00
8.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
PERMEATION RATE
UG/CH"2/HIN
< .90
6.01
< .02
12.02
< .02
< .02
< .02
< .02
TEKP
DEC C
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
.01
.02
.01'
.02
.02
.05
.05
.02
.03
.02
.01
.01
.01
.02
.01
.01
.02
.01
.02
.02
.05
.05
.05
.05
.05
.06
.04
.05
.04
.06
107
107
107
107
107
227
213
213
213
213
004
ceo
237
080-
213
213
213
080
oeo
213
080
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
107
026
026
026
026
026
026
026
026
107
107
107
107
107
107
107
107
Hydrochloric Acid, 30-70X
11/95
51
Chemical Protective Clothing
-------
SUMMARY OF PERFORMANCE DETAIL TESTS
PERMEATION TEST
CHEH1CAL NAME/ RESISTANT
CASMO
076470102
Hydrochloric
076470103
MATERIAL
NATURAL RUBBER
NEOP+NAT RUBBER
NEOP/NAT RUBBER
NEOPRENE
M1TRILE
P€
PVC
SAKANEX
SILVER SHIELD
VITON
Acid, >7tK
NATURAL RUBBER
NEOP+NAT RUBBER
MEOP/MAT RUBBER
PRODUCT
DESC CODE
001
015
017
026
ooa
002
018
019
076
003
007
061
122
009
017
026
008
VENDOR
UNK
UNK
100
102
102
102
UNK
' 100
100
UNK
100
UNK
127
UKK
100
UNK
127
118
UNK
102
102
102
BREAKTHROUGH TIME
HOURS
> 1.00
> 1.00
> 5.00
> 8.00
5.50
> 8.00
> 8.00
> 2.50
> 8.00
> 8.00
> 8.00
> 1.00
> 6.00
> 6.00
> 1.00
> 6.00
> 1.00
.58
.40
> 5.00
> 1.00
> 46.67
> 6.00
> 1.00
> 6.00
5.50
> 6.00
5.50
> 2.50
5.50
> 6.00
> 6.00
PERMEATION RATE TEMP
UG/CM**2/MIN. DEC C
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
< .02 23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
THICKNESS REF
CM MUM
052
• W 052
.05 107
.05 026
.05 026
.05 026
.05 026
.06 026
.04 026
.05 026
026
052
107
.04 107
.06 052
.06 107
.05 052
104
.02 052
107
052
104
.01 227
.03 052
.05 026
.05 026
.05 026
..05 026
.06 026
.04 026
.05 026
026
Hydrocyanic Acid
000749080
Hydrofluoric
0766*3930
BUTTL
W
PVC
034
076
049
UNK
UVK
UK
1.00
1.00
.50
< .02 •••*•
.12 •••**
.28 ••••*
.04 148
.02 148
.08 148
Acid (Hydrogen Fluoride)
BUTYL
BUTTL/NEOPRENE
HEOPfiENE
NEOPRENE+PVC
N1TRIIE+PVC
PE
PVC
064
110
093
138
139
127
058
076
049
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
> 8.00
> 8.00
7.08
> 8.00
> 8.00
4.25
> 8.00
3.50
1.08
1.50
> 8.00
2.17
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23:
.02 213
.01 213
.02 213
.02 213
.02 213
.03 213
.02 213
.02 213
.01 213
.01 213
.01 213
.01 213
Chemical Protective Clothing
52
11/95
-------
CF PERfCSKANCE DE1A!L
PERMEATION TEST
"S'S
CHEMICAL NAME/
CASNO
07722W12
RESISTANT
HATER I AL
NITRILE
PVC
PRODUCT
DESC COOE
019
007
VENDOR
100
100
BREAKTHROUGH TIME
HOURS
> 6.00
> 6.00
PERMEATION RATE
UG/CM**2/H1N
TEHP Ti
DEC C
23.
23.
CM
.06
REf
>TJH
107
107
Hydrogen Phosphide (Phosphine)
078035120
Hydroquinooe
001233190
Hydroquiriooe, <3
'001233191
NATURAL RUBBER
NEOPRENE
PE
PVC
NITRILE+PVC
PE
PVC
OX
NATURAL RUBBER
NEOPRENE
NITRILE
PVC
087
031
093
091
054
058
076
077
017
002
018
019
007
UNK
UNK
UNK
UMK
UNK
100
100:
100
100
100
100
100
100
.50
.42
.17
.33
.42
1.67
.67
> 6.00'
> 6.00
> 6.00
> 6.00
> 6.00
> 6.00'
> 6.00
> 6.00
> 6.00
< .02
< .02
.02
< .02
< .02
< .02
< .02
< .90
< .90
< .90
< .90
< .90
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
.05
.05
.03
.04
.04
.02
.02
.05
.04
.06
in
!73
in
in
173
in
in
107
107
107
107
107
107
107
107
107
Iminobi spropy I ami ne
000561880
b- lonone
149010760
Isosmyl Acetate
001239220
BUTYL
NATURAL RUBBER
NEOPRENE
VITC*
BUTYL
PV ALCOHOL
BUTYL
HYPALC*
NATURAL RUBBER
NEOP+NAT RUBBER
NEOP/NAT RUBBER
NEOPRENE
NITRILE
C14
001
018
009
014
102
107
108
017
026
000
002
018
019
118
250
100
118
118
100
118
120
120
100
502
504
102
114
100
120
118
120
100
> 8.00
.10
> 8.00
> 8.00
> 9.00
> 14.00
> 8.00
> 8.00
.03
.50
.09
.16
.17
.32
.16
.20
.20
.09
> 1.00
.50
.27
> 1.00
> 1.00
84.17
1,903.80
350.70
1,102.20
791.58
661.32
470.94
761.52
731.46
140.28
120.24
310.62
541.08
28.
26.
27.
27.
23.
23.
23.
23.
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
25. .
25.
25.
25.
25.
.09
.02
.05
.04
.06
.04
.03
.03
.02
.05
.03
.05
.05
.06
.05
.05
.08
.07
.08
.05
.03
.04
.06
323
323
3Z3
323
323
323
323
323
222
222
222
222
222
222
222
222
222
222
222
222
222
222
222
11/95
53
Chemical Protective Clothing
-------
SUMMARY OF PERFORMANCE DETAIL TESTS
PERMEATION TEST
CHEMICAL HAKE/
CASNO
001096600
Perchloric Acid
076019030
Perchloric Acid,
076019032
Phenol (Carbolic
001089WO
RESISTANT
MATERIAL
NEOPRENE
HITRILE
NITR1LE+PVC
PE
PV ALCOHOL
PVC
SILVER SHIELD
VITON
NATURAL RUBBER
NEOPftENE
NITRILE
NITR1LE+PVC
PE
PVC
30-TOt
NATURAL RUBBER
NEOPHENE
NITRILE
PVC
Acid)
CPE
NATURAL RUBBER
PRODUCT
DESC CODE
018
005
019
057
058
006
076
004
102
003
007
122
009
001
002
005
057
058
076
007
077
017
002
018
019
007
060
001
017
VENDOR
120
210
100
503
210
100
100
505
100
100
100
120
500
501
210
118
118
210
210
210
210
100
100
210
100
100
100
100
100
100
113
210
100
120
BREAKTHROUGH TIME
HOURS
.63
.33
6.00
.03
> 1.00
> 6.00
> 1.00
> 1.00
.09
1.25
.18
. -01
.05
.08
> 6.00
.25
.01
.01
.15
.04
.01
.01
.02
.33
> 6.00
> 8.00
> 8.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
> 6.00
> 6.00
6.00
> 6.00
> 6.00
> 6.00
> 6.00
> 6.00
> 6.00
> 6.00
3.40
2.92
.58
> 1.00
1.00
.27
PERMEATION RATE TEMP THICKNESS
UG/CM**2/HIN DEC C
16.03
21.04
< .02
< .02
< 2.00
< .90'
< 2.00
< 2.00
10.02
90.18
9.02 - 90.18
400.80
70.14
90.18 • 901.80
< .90
< .02
1,102.20
811.62
100.20
250.50
721.44
1,603.20
1,603.20
210.42
< .02
< .02
< .02
< .02
< .02
60.12
< 3.01
9.02 90.18
15.03
25.
25.
23.
23.
25.
23.
25.
25.
25.
23.
23.
25.
25.
23.
23.
23.
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
25.
23.
25.
CM
.05
.03
.04
.04
.06
.06
.04
.03
.01
.01
.03
.01
.01
.03
.02
.01
.01
.02
.01
.02
.02
.05
.04
.06
.05
.05
.03
.05
.02
REF
NLJM
222
222
080
323
222
107
222
222
222
080
107
222
222
107
107
323.
222
22J!
22!!
22!!
22!!
22;?
22;;
080
227
32!5
227
oao
080
080
080
107
107
o&o
107
107
107
107
107
107
107
204
204
oao
222
1C7
222
Chemical Protective Clothing
54
11/95
-------
SUtWARY OF PERFORMANCE DETAIL TESTS
PERMEATION TEST
CHEMICAL MAKE/ RESISTANT
CASNO MATERIAL
001089520 NATURAL RUBBER
NEOP+NAT RUBBER
NEOP/NAT RUBBER
NEOPRENE
NITRILE
NITRIIE+PVC
PE
PV ALCOHOL
PVC
TEFLON
Phenol, >70X
001089523 BUTYL
NEOPRENE
NITRILE
NITRILE+PVC
PE
PVC
i
VI TOM
Pheoolphthalein
000770980 NATURAL RUBBER
NEOPRENE
PRODUCT
VENDOR
DESC CODE
017
026
008
002
018
005
019
057
006
004
003
007
069
OK
018
125
019
058
076
007
077
009
017
018
502
504
102
114
100
210
100
118
120
210
100
503
210
100
505
100
120
500
501
100
210
510
118
100
'103
103
118
100
100
103
100
118
506
100
BREAKTHROUGH TIME
HOURS
> 1.67
> 1.00
> 1.00
> 1.00
> 1.00
> 6.50
> 1.65
.67
3.00
> 1.00
> 1.00
> 1.00
> 1.00
> 1.00
.67
.93
> 1.00
.53
.60
2.00
> 1.00
1.00
.50
.05
.13
.53
.25
.10
.10
.06
1.25
1.33
> 3.00
> 20.00
> 20.00
> 10.67
.58
.65
.83
6.00
.50
1.50
> 15.00
> 15.00
> 8.00
> 8.00
PERMEATION RATE TEMP THICKNESS
UG/CM**2/H1N DEC C
< 3.01
< 3.01
< 3.01
< 3.01
< 3.01
< .90
< 3.01
9.02 • 90.18
< 3.01
< 3.01
< 3.01
< 3.01
< 3.01
300.60
< 3.01
300.60
> 250.50
< 3.01
3.01
9.02 - 90.18
190.38
120.24
77.15
100.20
130.26
120.24
120.24
.90 - 9.02
< .02
< .02
18. 04
1,274.54
> 9,018.00
.90 • 9.02
< .90
18.04
.90 - 9.02
.90 • 9.02
< .02
'
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
23.
25.
23.
23.
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
23.
25.
25.
25.
25.
23.
25.
25.
-
25.
2i.
25.
25.
25.
25.
25.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
CM
.05
.05
.06
.05
.05
.08
.04
.08
.05
.07
.05
.03
.04
.06
.04
.03
.01
.01
.01
.01
.03
.02
.01
.01
.01
.05
.06
.04
.05
.03
.04
.03
.02
.02
.04
REF
MO
222
222
222
222
222
107
222
080
107
222
222
222
222
222
08
-------
SUMMARY OF PERFORMANCE DETAIL TESTS
PERMEATION TEST
CHEMICAL NAME/ RESISTANT
CASNO
013363630
Potass ion
013105832
MATERIAL
NEOPRENE
PE
PV ALCOHOL
SARANEX
TEFLON
VITOH
Hydroxide, 30 -70S
NATURAL RUBBER
NECP+NAT RUBBER
NEOPRENE
MITRILE
NITRILE+PVC
PE
PVC
PRODUCT
DESC CODE
010
018
006
076
102
061
036
009
001
017
026
002
018
005
019
057
058
076
007
077
VENDOR
UNK
100
100
127
100
127
UNK
118
210
100
121
100
210
100
210
100
210
100
100
100
210
100
BREAKTHROUGH TIME
HOURS
> 24.00
> 24.00
> 24.00
> 24.00
> 24.00
24.00
24.00
1.00
1.00
< 1.00
> 24.00
> 24.00.
1.00 - 2.00
6.00
7.00
7.00
> 24.00
> 24.00
> 24.00
> 24.00
> 24.00
> 24.00
1.33
> 6.00
> 8.00
> 6.00
3.00
> 6.00
6.00
> 6.00
6.00
> 6.00
> 6.00
> 6.00
6.00
> 6.00
> 6.00
PERMEATION RATE TEMP
UG/CH"2/HIN DEC C
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
< . .02 23.
23.
23.
< .02 23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
< .02 23.
23.
23.
23.
< .02 23.
23.
< .02 23.
23.
23.
23.
< .02 23.
23.
23.
THICKNESS
CM
.03
.03
.03
.04
.04
.04
.04
.01
.01
.05
.05
.02
.02
.02
.01
.01
.01
.02
.02
.02
.05
.05
.04
.06
R£F
HUM
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
1M
290
290
1M
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
080
107
237
107
080
107
080
107
080
107
107
107
060
107
107
Promethaif nehydroch tor ide
000583330
'
BUTYL
NEOPRENE
N1TRILE
PVC
014
018
019
007
118
100
100
100
> 8.00
> 8.00
> 8.00
> 8.00
< .02 19.
< .02 19.
< .02 22.
< .02 20.
.06
.02
.02
.05
323
323
323
323
beta-Propiolactooe
000575780
NATURAL RUBBER
PE
POLYURETHANE
017
006
050
508
209
178
.25 • .33
.17 • .50
< .08
4.31 22.
1.20 22.
831 :66 22.
.03
.01
.01
078
078
078
Propiooaldehyde
001233860
BUTYL
014
118
13.00
23.
.06 323
Chemical Protective Clothing
56
11/95
-------
SUMMARY OF PERFORMANCE DETAIL TESTS
PERMEATION TEST
CHEMICAL NAME/
CASNO
001088830
RESISTANT
MATERIAL
PVC
SARANEX
SILVER SHIELD
TERM
VI TOR
VITON/CHLOROBUTYL
VITON/NEOPRENE
PRODUCT
DESC CODE
007
049
061
122
069
009
112
022
VENDOR
UNK
UNK
127
118
510
118
UNK
113
216
BREAKTHROUGH TIME
HOURS
.15.
.15
.09
.08
.38
< .08
> 6.00
> 3.00
> 18.50
> 16.00
.58
> 3.30
> 4.50
> 7.00
> 1.00
> 3.00
1.67
4.20
PERMEATION RATE
UC/CM**2/MIN
y
829.66
859.72
898.79
829.66
20.04
< .02
< .02
< .02
200.40
TEMP
DEC C
25.
25,
25.
25.
23.
23.
23.
23.
25.
23.
37.
34.
22.
22.
23.
25.
37.
22.
THICKNESS
CM
.13
.13
.10
. 11
.03
.01
.05
.05
.02
.02
.03
.03
.03
.03
.04
.06
.06
REF
HUM
088
088
088
088
187
104
227
303
303
227
122
122
122
122
274
302
122
122
Toluene Diisocyanate
264716250
p-Toluenesulfonic
001041540
o-Toluidirw
000955340 -
BUTYL
CPE
NATURAL RUBBER
NITRILE
PE
PV ALCOHOL
SILVER SHIELD
TEFLON
VI TON
Acid
CPE
NEOPRENE
PVC
TEFLON
014
070
017
005
019
076
004
102
122
069
009
070
018
001
069
118
UNK
100
120
118
100
100
100
118
510
118
UNK
100
215
510
> 8.00
> 8.00
> 3.00
.12
> 6.00
3.86
3.70
1.00
> 6.00
> 16.00
> 8.00
> 3.30
> 16.00
> 16.00
> 3.00
> 4.00
> 4.00
> 3.30
9.02 • 90.18
10.82
10.82
.90 • 9.02
< .90
< .02
< .02
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
.04
.04
.05
.05
.06
.03
.04
.03
.01
.05
.03
.02
.05
.05
.05
•%
.05
323
227
004
107
234
323
227
107
107
323
227
303
323
227
004
123
123
303
Triallylamine
001027050 NEOPRENE 018 100
NITRILE 019 100
PVC 007 100
VITON 009 118
Tcichloroacetaldehyde (Chloral)
000758760 BUTYL 014 118
PV ALCOHOL 102 100
PVC 007 100
1.05
8.00
.08
8.00
3.32
8.00
.07
561.12
< .02
621.24
< .02
50.10
< .02
2,845.68
19.
22.
20.
17.
23.
23.
23.
.05
.04
.02
.03
.07
.08
.02
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
11/95
57
Chemical Protective Clothing
-------
SUHHART OF PERFORMANCE DETAIL TESTS
PERMEATION TEST
CHEMICAL NAME/ RESISTANT
CASKO HATER 1AL
PRODUCT VENDOR
DESC CODE
000758760
VITQM
Trichloroacetooi trile
005450620 BUTYL
NEOPRENE
PV ALCOHOL
V1TON
1,2,4•IrichIorobenzene
00120*210 BUTYL
NATURAL RUBBER
NEOPRENE
PV ALCOHOL
SARANEX
TEFLON'
VI TON'
1,1,2-Trichloroethana
000790050 BUTYL
NATURAL RUBBER
NEOPRENE
NITRILE
P£
POCYURETKANE
PV ALCOHOL
PVC
TEFLONi
VI TON
2,2,2-Trichlorotthanol
001152050 SARANEX
Trichloroethylene (Trichloroethene)
000790160 BUTYL
009
OH
018
102
009
OH
017
010
018
006
076
102
061
036
009
OH
064
017
018
019
042
050
102
003
036
044
009
061
014
118
118
100
100
118
UNK
UNIC
UN 1C
UNK
LINK
127
UNK
127
UNK
UNK
UNK
118
UNK
LINK
UNK
UNK
UNK
UNK
UNK
100
UNK
118
UNK
UNK
118
UNK
127
118
BREAKTHROUGH TIKE
HOURS
7.28
1.98
1.12
8.00
1.00
.08
.08'
.08
.08
4.00
5.00
1.00
.17
.17
< .25
1.00
1.00
.25 • 1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
s.oo
.17
.17
5.78
.83
.75
.02
.12
.03
.06
< .02
> 8.00
.25
.03
> 24.00
2.92
> 8.00
> 24.00
.32
.23
.08
.08
PERMEATION RATE TEKP THICKNESS
UG/CH*«2/M!N DEC C ' CM
< .02 23.
316.23 23.
927.65 23.
23.
184.57 23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
5.01 23.
23.
23.
.10 23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
42. OB 23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
1,238.47 23.
23.
23.
23.
23.
13.23 23.
3,308.40 23.
> 826.65 23.
> 826.65 23.
.03
.06
.06
.06
.03
.04
.04
.02
.02
.03
.03
. .04
.01
.01
.05
.05
.02
.02
.01
.01
.02
.02
.09
.06
.04
.02
.06
.02
.01
.01
.07
.04
.02
.01
.01
.05
.03
.06
.04
.04
REF
NUH
323
323
323
323
323
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
104
290
290
104
290
290
290
290
290
290
323
326
326
326
326
326
326
326
323
326
323
326
326
323
326
104
323
291
291
Chemical Protective Clothing
58
11/95
-------
SUMMARY OF PERFORHANCE DETAIL FOR MIXTURE COMPONENTS
MIXTURE: 000400289 REFERENCE: 278
001315220 4X bywol
013107320
Sodium Pentachlorophenate
Sodium Hydroxide
PROD
CODE
NATURAL RUBBER
000400289 001
NEOPRENE
000400289 018
NITRILE
000400289 019
PVC
000400289 003
000400289 007
TEMP BREAKTHROUGH
(C) (HOURS)
23.00 .01
23.00 > 7.50
23.00 > 15.50
23.00 > 5.00
23.00 > 15.50
PERMEATION RATE
(UG/OC2/HIN)
.02
THICK
(CM)
.16
.04
.06
.02
.11
MIXTURE: 000400389 REFERENCE: 104
002980000
000300050
000300060
000300070
077321850
10X by wt
6X by ut
83X by ut
Methyl Parathion
Temeco 500-100
At I ox 3403F
Atlox 3404F
Water
PROD
CCCE
NONWOVEN PE
002980000 071
PE
002980000 076
TEW
(C)
23.00
23.00
BREAKTHROUGH PERMEATION RATE
(HOURS) (UG/C»r2/MlN)
< .08
.50
THICK
(CM)
.75
20.04 • 60.12
.20
MIXTURE: 000400399
002980000
000300050
000300060
000300070
REFERENCE
57X by ut
36S by ut
5X by ut
2X by ut
PS 00
CODE
104
PE
002980000 076
SARANEX
002980000 061
Methyl Parathion
Temeco 500-100
Atlox 3403F
Atlox 3404F
TEMP BREAKTHROUGH PERMEATION RATE
(C) (HOURS) (UG/QTZ/HIN)
THICK
(CM)
23.00 .25
23.00 2.00 - 3.00
.08
.02
11/95
59
Chemical Protective Clothing
-------
-------
LEVEL B DRESSOUT EXERCISE
I. OBJECTIVES
A. Perform a checkout on a MSA IIA Ultralite SCBA.
B. The students given the proper equipment for Level B will identify the proper cleaning
and storage procedures as given by the instructors.
C. Perform a series of station exercises wearing Level B protective equipment.
D. Given the tools and several drums, plug and patch several types of drum leaks.
E. Work in an assigned group to start to recognize team work concepts.
II. PROCEDURE
A. The instructor will demonstrate and discuss SCBA checkout procedures.
B. Students will don Level B protective clothing.
1. SCBA
2. PVC splash suit
3. Latex or vinyl inner gloves
4. Outer gloves
5. Hard hat
6. Boots
11/95 61 Level B Dressout Exercise
-------
-------
DIRECT-READING INSTRUMENTS EXERCISE
I. OBJECTIVE
A. Perform a series of air monitoring exercises while working in a controlled situation.
B. Given several draeger tubes and a pump, sample several different concentrations to
determine the type of material found and the concentration range.
C. Answer several questions about monitoring from the exercise or lecture.
D. While working in small teams, gamer data.
E. Determine the proper method of interpretation of data.
F. As a group with the instructor, discuss the overall findings.
G. Use five different types of air monitoring equipment.
II. PROCEDURE
The exercise has been divided into three stations. Each station will be equipped with air
monitoring instruments and samples. Instructions for the instruments are found at each
station. Read the complete set of instructions for a particular instrument before attempting
to use the device. Remember to do the necessary calibration-check procedures before making
any measurements. Record your data, and answer the questions on the data sheets at the end
of this section.
Station A: Combustible Gas Indicators (CGIs)
Three gas sampling bags contain mixtures of flammable gas/vapors in air, one
each at concentrations:
Below LEL
Between LEL and UEL
Above UEL
Measure each bag using both CGIs. Record concentrations on the answer
sheet at the end of this exercise, page 64.
Station B: Oxygen Indicators
Two gas sampling bags containing different concentrations of oxygen.
Sample each bag with each of the two instruments. Record results on the
answer sheet, page 65.
Station C: Colorimetric Indicator Tubes and Pumps
Two gas sampling bags, one containing CO2, the other containing an
unknown. Use the draeger tubes and pumps to measure the C02
concentration. Also, identify and measure the concentration of the unknown
bag. Record your data on the answer sheet, page 66.
11/95
63
Direct-Reading Instruments Exercise
-------
ANSWER SHEET
STATION At CO
Sample Instrument Name (1) ISC 310
' A %O2 %LEL
B %O2 %LEL
C %O2 %LEL
(2) MSA 2A
%LEL
%LEL
%LEL
1. Which sample has a concentration
less than < LEL?
2. Which sample has a concentration
in the flammable range? LEL-UEL
3. Which sample has a concentration
> UEL?
4. What effect can an oxygen-deficient atmopshere have on readings obtained from a
^combustible gas indicator?
Direct-Reading Instruments Exercise
64
11/95
-------
Sample Instrument Name (1) MSA260/261
Instrument Name (2) MSA 245
%O2
B
%O2
1. List the hazardous locations, Class, Division, Group for each of the instruments used.
2. What effect can the presence of flammable gases or vapors have on the % of oxygen?.
11/95
65
Direct-Reading Instruments Exercise
-------
STATION C: COIXWOMETEIC INDICATORS
1. SAMPLE BAGS
UNKNOWN
CO2
>
CONCENTRATION
% PPM
% PPM
% PPM
CONCENTRATION
% PPM
% PPM
% PPM
1. What are the chemical interferences that could lead
HAZARD
(YES / NO)
(YES / NO)
(YES / NO)
HAZARD
(YES /NO)
(YES / NO)
(YES / NO)
to erroneous results?
3. What additional environmental factors must be considered when using these
detector tubes?
4. What are the contents of the unknown bag?.
Direct-Reading Instruments Exercise
66
11/95
-------
LEVEL A DRESSOUT EXERCISE
I. OBJECTIVE
A. The objective of this exercise is to teach each student systematic donning, doffing,
and wearing procedures for the fully encapsulating suit (FES) and the self contained
breathing apparatus (SCBA) in order to; (1) instill student confidence in this
equipment as protection against toxic environments; (2) reduce risk of exposure; (3)
reduce risk of damage to the FES; and (4) prevent or minimize the transfer of
contaminants from suit to the wearer.
B. At the end of this exercise, the student will be able to:
1. Identify and complete the checkout procedures for the MSA IIA SCBA.
2. Identify and don the proper equipment for Level A protection.
3. Overpack a 55-gallon drum into an 85-gallon overpack, given the above
equipment.
4. Perform minor plug and patch work on a flowing pipe rack.
5. Identify the difficulty in dexterity and vision while wearing Level A
protection.
6. Identify the problems with communications in Level A protection.
7. Recognize user safety concerns wearing Level A protection.
II. PROCEDURE
In responding to episodes involving hazardous substances, it may be necessary for response
personnel to wear self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) and fully encapsulating suits
(FES) to protect against toxic environments. Donning/doffing of both is a relatively simple
task, but a routine must be established and practiced frequently. Not only do correct
„ procedures help instill confidence in the wearer, they reduce the risk of exposure and the
possibility of damage to the suit. It is especially important to remove the equipment
systematically so as to prevent or minimize the transfer of contaminants from suit to wearer.
11/95 67 Level A Dressout Exercise
-------
The following procedures for donning/doffing apply to certain types of suits. They should
be modified if a different suit or extra boots and gloves are worn. These procedures also
assume that:
• The wearer has been trained in the SCBA.
• SCBA has been checked out.
• Appropriate decontamination steps have been taken prior to
removal of the suit or other components.
• Sufficient air is available for routine decontamination and
doffing of suit.
Donning/doffing an encapsulating suit is more difficult if the user has to do it alone because
of the physical effort required. Also the possibility of wearer exposure to contaminants or
damaging the suit greatly increases. Therefore, assistance is needed in donning/doffing the
equipment.
III. DONNING
A. Before donning suit, thoroughly inspect for deficiencies 'that will decrease its
effectiveness as the primary barrier for protecting the body. Do not use any suit with
holes, rips, malfunctioning closures, cracked masks, etc. If suit contains a
hoodpiece, or a hard hat is worn, adjust it to fit user's head. If suit has a back
enclosure for changing air bottles, open it.
B. Use a moderate amount of talcum powder or cornstarch to prevent chafing and
increase comfort. Both also reduce rubber binding.
C. Use antifog on suit and mask facepieces.
D. While sitting (preferably), step into legs, place feet properly, and gather suit around
waist.
E. While sitting (preferably), put on chemical-resistant, steel toe and shank boots over
feet of suit. Properly attach and affix suit leg over top of boot.
1. For one-piece suits with heavy-soled protective feet, wear leather or short
rubber safety boots inside suit.
2. Wear an additional pair of disposable boot protectors if necessary.
F. Put on SCBA air tank and harness assembly. Don facepiece and adjust it securely
yet comfortably. Do not connect breathing hose. Open valve to air tank. (The air
tank and harness assembly could also be put on before stepping into legs of suit).
Level A Dressout Exercise 68 11/95
-------
G. Depending on type of suit:
1. Put on inner gloves.
2. For suits with detachable gloves, secure gloves to sleeves, if this has not been
done prior to entering the suit. (In some cases, extra gloves are worn over
suit gloves.)
H. While standing, put arms into sleeves, and then head into hood of suit. The helper
pulls suit up and over SCBA, resting hood on top of SCBA, adjusting suit around
SCBA backpack and user's shoulders to assure unrestricted motion. To facilitate
entry into the suit, bend at the knees as hood is placed over wearer's head. Avoid
bending at the waist, as this motion tends to use up room in the suit rather than
provide slack. For a tall or stout person, it is easier to put on the hood of the suit
before getting into the sleeves.
I. Begin to secure suit by closing all fasteners until there is only room to connect the
breathing hose. Also, secure all belts and/or adjustable leg, head, and waist bands.
Connect breathing hose while opening main valve.
J. When breathing properly in SCBA, complete closing suit.
K. Helper should observe for a time to assure that wearer is comfortable and equipment
is functioning properly.
IV. DOFFING
Exact procedures must be established and followed to remove the fully encapsulating suit and
SCBA. Adherence to these procedures is necessary to minimize or prevent contamination
(or possible contamination) of the wearer through contacting the outside surface of the unit.
The following procedures assume that before the suit is removed, it has been properly
decontaminated, considering the type and extent of contamination, and that a suitably attired
helper is available.
'A. Remove any extraneous or disposable clothing, boot covers, or gloves.
B. If possible, wearer kicks off oversized chemical-resistant boots unassisted. To
achieve this, oversized boots are often selected. Otherwise, helper loosens and
removes chemical-resistant boots.
' C. Helper opens front of suit to allow access to SCBA regulator. As long as there is
sufficient air pressure, hose is not disconnected.
D. Helper lifts hood of the suit over wearer's head and rests hood on top of SCBA air
tank. For a tall or stout person it is easier to remove the arms from the sleeves of
the suit prior to removing the hood.
11/95 69 Level A Dressout Exercise
-------
E. Remove external gloves.
F. To minimize contact with contaminated clothing, helper touches only the outside of
the suit, and the wearer touches only the inside. Remove arms, one at a time from
suit. Helper lifts suit up and away from SCBA back pack, avoiding any contact
between outside surface of suit and wearer's body. Helper lays suit out flat behind
wearer.
G. While sitting (preferably), remove both legs from suit.
H. After suit is completely removed, roll internal gloves off hands, inside out.
I. Walk to clean area and follow procedure for doffing SCBA.
J. Remove inner clothing, clean body thoroughly.
V. ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
A. If work is at a very dirty site or the potential for contamination is extremely high,
wear disposable Tyvek or PVC coveralls over fully encapsulating suit. Make a slit
in back to fit around bulge of the SCBA back pack.
B. Wear clothing inside the suit appropriate to outside temperatures. Even in hot
weather, wear long cotton underwear, which absorbs perspiration and acts as a wick
for evaporation, thus aiding body cooling. Long underwear also protects skin from
contact with hot surface of suit, reducing the possibility of bums in hot weather.
C. Monitor wearer for heat stress.
D. If a cooling device is used, modify donning/doffing procedure.
E. If low-pressure warning alarm sounds signifying approximately 5 minutes of air
remaining, follow these procedures:
1. Quickly hose off suit and scrub especially around entrance/exit zipper.
(Remove any disposable clothing.)
2. Open zipper sufficiently to allow access to regulator and breathing hose.
3. Disconnect breathing hose from regulator as main valve is closed.
4. Immediately attach canister for vapor, acid gas, dust, mist, or fume to
breathing hose. This provides protection against contaminants still present.
5. Continue doffing suit as in steps A through J of previous section. Take extra
care to avoid contaminating helper and wearer.
Level A Dressout Exercise 70 11/95
-------
DECONTAMINATION EXERCISE
I. OBJECTIVE
A. Given written documentation procedures and a given area, the students will properly
establish a controlled decontamination reduction zone.
B. Given decontamination equipment and a diagram, the students establish either a Level
A or a Level B decontamination line to prevent any contaminates from entering the
support zone.
C. Given personal protective equipment, the students will demonstrate the proper
technique in decontaminating both levels of protection while following effective
decontamination procedures.
D. Demonstrate the proper disposal methods for contaminated equipment and solution
according to local, state, federal regulations.
Note: Unless otherwise stated, the conditions for performance are using all
reference and materials provided in this course, and the standards of
performance are without error.
II. PROCEDURE
A. In the classroom the students review briefly the decon procedures outlined in the
SOSG. The ability to add, combine or eliminate steps is emphasized.
B. The red/blue team is divided into two groups, one to establish Level A decon and the
other to establish Level B decon. Each group is asked for two volunteers-one to don
Level A or B suit and one to supervise the set up of the decon lines.
C. While the volunteers are dressing out, the remaining members of both groups must
construct their decon lines applicable for their level of protection with the assistance
from the instructor. A set of contamination equipment will be made available to each
group in the exercise area.
D. When completed, the decontamination procedures of both groups are critiqued, the
lines disassembled, and the equipment properly stored.
III. SCENARIO
Once the volunteers have dressed out and the decontamination lines have been completely set
up, the members in each group must decontaminate their entry team members from the
exclusion zone (hot zone) to the support zone. The instructor will walk the students through
both Level A and B decon, demonstrating the differences between Level A and B.
IV. TIME LIMIT
Approximately 90 minutes.
11/95 71 Decontamination Exercise
-------
Level A to include:
• 30 minute SCBA with facepiece
• Fully Encapsulating Suit
• Latex inner gloves
• Neoprene outer gloves
• Steel toe/shank neoprene boots
• Hard hat
• Disposable boot covers
• Taped joints at outer gloves and boots
Level B to include:
• 30 minute SCBA with facepiece
• Two-piece PVC splash gear
• Latex inner gloves
• Neoprene outer gloves
• Steel toe/shank PVC boots
• Hard hat
• Disposable boot covers
• Taped joints at outer gloves and boots
Decontamination Exercise 72 11/95
-------
DECON CHECKLIST
1.
2.
Establish Work Zone
Establish Decon Line - choose the appropriate steps (not listed in order)
Field Wash
Redress
SCBA Removal
SCBA Tank Change
Equipment Drop
Outer Boot Wash and Removal
Suit Wash
Boot Removal
DECON LAYOUT
t 1 '
21
•
A II
Tank
change 3 i
5 •
6 •
7 I
Exclusion Zone
i Segregated equipment drop Hot Ll'nG
! Outer boot, glove, FES wash/
rinse . .. . . .
Minimum Level
A Decon Line
i Outer boot & glove removal - --
. Boot, glove, & FES removal Contamination
Reduction
Zone
i SCBA removal
Contamination Control Line
i Field wash
' j
11/95
73
Decontamination Exercise
-------
Appendix D. Sample Decontamination Procedures for
Three Typical Levels of Protection3
F.S.O.P. No, 7
Process: DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES
INTRODUCTION
1.1 The objective of these procedures is to minimize the risk of
exposure to hazardous substances. These procedures were derived
from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of
Emergency and Remedial Response's (OERR), "Interim Standard
Operating. Safety Guides (revised Sep. 82)". This version of the
guides is in a format that is more appropriate for use in the
field. '
1.2 Protective equipment must be worn1 by personnel when response
activities involve known or suspected hazardous substances. The
procedures for decontaminating personnel upon leaving the
contaminated area are addressed for each of the EPA, OERR
designated levels of protection. The procedures.given are for
the maximum and minimum amount of decontamination used for each
level of protection.
1.3 The maximum decontamination procedures for all levels of
protection consist of specific activities at nineteen stations.
Each station emphasizes an important aspect of decontamination.
When establishing a decontamination line, each aspect should be
incorporated separately or combined with other aspects into a
procedure with fewer steps (such as the Minimum Decontamination
Procedures).
1.4 Decontamination lines are site specific since they are' dependent
upon the types of contamination and the type of work activities
on site. A cooling station is sometimes necessary within the
decontamination line during hot weather. It is usually a
location in a shaded area in which the wind can help to cool
personnel. In addition, s-i-te conditions may permit the use of
cooling devices such as cool water hose, ice packs, cool towels,
etc. When the decontamination line is no longer required,
contaminated wash and rinse, solutions and contaminated articles
must be contained and disposed of as hazardous wastes in
compliance with state and federal regulations.
3 Source: Excerpted from Field Standard Operating Procedures for the Decon-
tamination of Response Personnel (FSOP 71. EPA Office o( Emergency
and Remedial Response, Hazardous Response Support Division,
Washington, DC. January 1985,
Decontamination Exercise 74 11/95
-------
Appendix D
D-3
F.S.O.P. No. 7
PROCESS DECON PROCEDURES
MAXIMUM DECONTAMINATION LAYOUT
LEVEL B PROTECTION
Outer Glove
Removal
EXCLUSION
ZONE
Tape
Removal
Boot Cover
&
Glove Wash
Boot Cover
Removal
Boot Cover &
Glove Rinse
Segregated
Equipment
Drop
Tank Change L^H
and Redress • Boot Cover/
Outer Gloves
7 ] Suit/Safety Boot
Wash
Suit/SCBA/Boot/Glove
Rinse
[10]
CONTAMINATION
REDUCTION h2l
ZONE
Safety Boot
Removal
SCBA Backpack
Removal
Splash Suit
Removal
HOTLINE
[13]
Inner Glove
Wash
Inner Glove
Rinse
Face Piece
Removal
Inner Glove
Removal
Inner Clothing
Removal
Field
Wash
H9J Redress
.CONTAMINATION
CONTROL LINE
SUPPORT
ZONE
11/95
15
Decontamination Exercise
-------
Appendix D
D-5
F.S.O.P. No. 7
PROCESS DECON PROCEDURES
MINIMUM DECONTAMINATION LAYOUT
LEVELS A & B PROTECTION
WIND DIRECTION
! Redress: Boot Covers
i and Outer Gloves
01 | Decon
— i Solution
° 1 l Water pk Tar
Ghana
XPoir
.
r • Garments /
Equipment /
Dr°P , / Remove > > (^
s/ Boot Covers
.s and Outer Gloves
b s1. b
Plastic 0 I Can
Sheet I (10 gallon)
^t "^ ^"^
20°-*^^"^
k
••Over
t
u
Remove
Boots/Gloves
and
Outer
Garments
(For Disposal .
and Off Site
Decontamination)
b
Can
(32 gallon)
V
REMOVE
SCBA
Decontamination Exercise
76
-------
Appendix D
u-/
EQUIPMENT NEEDED TO PERFORM KAXIHUH DECONTAMINATION MEASURES FOR LEVELS A, B, AND C
Station 1: a. Various Size Containers
b. Plastic Liners
c. Plastic Drop Cloths
Station 2: i. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Decon Solution or Detergent Water
c. 2-3 Long-Handled, Soft-Bristled
Scrub Brushes
Station 3: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
OR
High-Pressure Spray Unit
b. Hater
c. 2-3 Long-Handled, Soft-Bristled
Scrub Brushes
•Station 4: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Plastic Liners
Station 5: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Plastic Liners
c. Bench or Stool s
Station 6: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Plastic Liners
Station 7: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Decon Solution or Detergent Water
c. 2-3 Long-Handled, Soft-Bristled
Scrub Brushes
Station 8: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
OR
• High-Pressure Spray Unit
b. Water
c. 2-3 Long-Handled, Soft-Bristled
Scrub Brushes
Station 9: a. Air Tanks or Face Masks and
Cartridge Depending on Level
b. Tape
c. Boot Covers
d. Gloves
Station 10: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Plastic Liners
c. Bench or Stool s
d. Boot Jack
Station 11: a. Rack
b. Drop Cloths
c. Bench or Stool s
Station 12: a. Table
Station 13: a. Basin or Bucket
b. Decon Solution.
c. Small Table
Station 14: a. Water
b. Basin or Bucket
c. Small Table
Station 15: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Plastic Liners
Station 16: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Plastic Liners
Station 17: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Plastic Liners
Station 18: a. Water
b. Soap
c. Small Table
d. Basin or Bucket
e. Field Showers
f. Towels
Station 19: a. Dressing Trailer is Heeded in
•Inclement Weather
b. Tables
c. Chairs
d. Lockers
e. Cloths
EQUIPMENT NEEDED. TO PERFORM MINIMUM DECONTAMINATION MEASURES FOR LEVELS A, B, AND C
Station 1 :
Station 2:
Station 3:
a. Various Size Containers
b. Plastic Liners
c. Plastic Drop Cloths
a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Decon Solution
c. Rinse Water
d. 2-3 Long-Handled, Soft-Bristled
Scrub Brushes
a. Containers ( 20-30 .Gallons )
b. Plastic Liners
c. Bench or Stool s
11/95
11
Station 4: a. Air Tanks or Masks and
Cartridges Depending Upon Level
b. Tape
c. Boot Covers
d. Gloves
Staticn 5: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Plastic Liners
c. Be"ch or Stool s
Station 6: a. Plastic Sheets
b. Basin or Bucket
c. Soap and Towel s
d. Bench or Stool s
Station 7: a. Water
b. Soap
c. Tables
d. Wash Basin or Bucket
Decontamination Exercise
-------
FSOP
MAXIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL A DECONTAMINATION
Station 17:. Inner Clothing
Removal
Station 18: Field Wash
Station 19: Redress
17. Remove clothing and place in lined container.
Do not wear inner clothing off-site since there
is a possibility that small amounts of
contaminants might have been transferred in
removing the fully-encapsulating suit.
18, Shower if highly toxic, skin-corrosive or skin-
absorbable materials are known or suspected to
be present. Wash hands and face If shower is
not available,
19. Put on clean clothes.
FSOP 7: MINIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL A DECONTAMINATION
Station 1: Equipment Drop
Station 2: Outer Garment,
Boots, and Gloves
Wash and Rinse
Station 3: Outer Boot and
Glove Removal
Station 4: Tank Change
Station 5: Boot, Gloves
and Outer Garment
Removal
Station 6: SCBA Removal
Station 7: Field Wash
1. Deposit equipment used on-site (tools, sampling
devices and containers, monitoring instruments,
radios, clipboards, etc.) on plastic drop
cloths. Segregation at the drop reduces the
probability of cross contamination. During hot
weather operations, cool down stations maybe set
up within this area.
2. Scrub outer boots, outer gloves and fully-
encapsulating suit with decon solution or
detergent and water. Rinse off using copious
amounts of water.
3. Remove outer boots and gloves. Deposit 1n
container with plastic liner.
4. If worker leaves Exclusion Zone to change air
tank, this is the last step in the
decontamination procedure. Worker's air tank is
exchanged, new outer gloves and boot covers
donned, joints taped, and worker returns to duty.
5. -Boots, fully-encapsulating suit, inner glovas
removed and deposited In. separate containers
1 ined wlth plastic.
6. SCBA backpack and faceplece is removed (avoid
toucning face with fingers). SCBA deposited
on plastic sheets.
7. Hands and face are thoroughly washed.
soon as possible.
Shower as
Decontamination Exercise
78
11/95
-------
D-11
FSOP 7: KAXIHUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL B DECONTAMINATION
Station 17. Inner Clothing
Removal
Station 18, Field Wash
Station 19: Redress
17 Remove inner clothing Place in container with
liner. ()o not wear irner clc:ring off-Slip
since there is a possibility tn>i small amounts
of contaminants might have been transferred in
removing the ful ly-cnc<2psul a t •. ng suit.
16 Shower if highly toxic, skin-corrosive or sVi.n-
absorbable materials are Known or suspeciec to
be present. Wash hands and face If shower is
not available.
19. Put on clean clothes.
FSOP 7: MINIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL B DECONTAMINATION
Station 1: Equi pment-Drop
Station 2: Outer Garment,
Boots, and Gloves
Wash and Rinse
Station 3: Outer Boot and
Glove Removal
Station 4: Tank Change
Station 5: Boot, Gloves
and Outer Garment
Removal
Station 6: SCBA Removal
Station 7: Field Wash
1. Deposit equipment used on-site (tools, sampling
devices end containers, monitoring instruments,
radios, clipboards, etc.) on plastic drop
cloths. Segregation at the drop reduces the
probability of cross contamination. During hot
weather operations, cool down station may be set
up within this area.
2. Scrub outer boots, outer gloves and chemical -
resistant splash suit with decon solution or
detergent water. Rinse off using copious
amounts of water.
3. Remove outer boots and gloves. Deposit in
container with plastic liner.
4. If worker leaves exclusive zone to change air
-tank, this is the last step in the
decontamination procedure. Worker's air tank is
exchanged, new outer gloves and boot covers
donned, joints taped, and worker returns to duty.
5. Boots, chemical-resistant splash suit, inner
gloves removed and deposited in separate
containers lined with plastic.
6. SCBA backpack and facepiece is removed. Avoid
touching face with finger. SCBA deposited
on plastic sheets.
7. Hands and face are thoroughly washed. Shower as
soon as possible.
11/95
79
Decontamination Exercise
-------
-------
FIELD USE OF AIR MONITORING INSTRUMENTS EXERCISE
I. OBJECTIVE
The objective of this exercise is to familiarize students with the operation of radiation survey
instruments. Students then use these instruments, under controlled conditions, to (1)
determine the type of radiation being emitted; (2) interpret instrument readings; and (3) learn
safe radiation survey techniques.
II. INSTRUMENTS
A wide variety of monitoring instruments are available for survey. Although each instrument
is unique in its uses and limitations, many features are common to all instruments.
Therefore, familiarity with the operation of one instrument should transfer to other
instruments.
III. FIELD USE OF AIR MONITORING INSTRUMENTS
A. Instructions
Students in this exercise, while wearing Level B protective clothing, will use a
radiation meter and a series of monitoring instruments in a field setting.
The exercise will be divided into three stations:
STATION 1 Participants will use a radiation meter to determine any sources of
radiation.
STATION 2 Participants using pH paper will take readings of 3 liquids to
determine pH levels.
STATION 3 Participants using combustible gas indicators (CGIs) will take air
samples from bung space of barrels to determine % of LEL.
Additionally, using colorimetric tubes, the participants will determine
the contents of the containers.
Field Use of Air Monitoring
11/95 81 Instruments Exercise
-------
B.
Field Exercise Data Sheet
STATION 1
RADIATION
WHAT IS THE BACKGROUND
READING
u/R
CONTAINER A_
CONTAINER B_
CONTAINER C
_u/R
_u/R
u/R
Is there a hidden radiation source?
Yes No
What is the location of the hidden
source?
What is the reading at:
1-FT.
2-FT
3-FT
_u/R
_u/R
u/R
At Source
u/R
STATION 2
LIQUID #A pH_
LIQUID #B pH_
LIQUID #C pH_
STATION 3
CGI READING AT
DRUM OPENING.
%LEL
%O2
LEL IS IN WHICH RANGE
.< LEL
.= LEL-UEL
> UEL
Colorimetric Tubes: What product or products are in the container?
ACETONE % PPM
ALCOHOL % PPM
TOLUENE % PPM
Field Use of Air Monitoring
Instruments Exercise
82
11/95
-------
APPENDIX I
Hazardous Materials Response Forms
21/95 83 Appendix I
-------
-------
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS RESPONSE FORMS
CONTENTS
INCIDENT COMMANDER 87
a. Command Structures: Warehouse (2 pages) and Transportation (2 pages)
b. Defining Hazardous Materials Problems
c. The Chemtox Hot Line
d. Hazardous Materials Information Sources
e. Hazardous Materials Tactical Command Sheet
f. Scene Overview
RECORDER 97
a. Unit log (4 pages)
b. Hazardous Materials Incident Report: Fixed Facility and Transportation
PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER 105
a. Hazardous Materials Incident Summary Statement for Media
OPERATIONS 107
a. Operation Officer Worksheet
b. Pre-entry Checklist
c. Briefing and Debriefing Forms (3 pages)
SAFETY OFFICER 113
a. Safety Officer Worksheet
b. Scene Safety Plan (12 pages)
c. Atmopheric Hazard Guideline
d. Air Monitoring Instrumentation Daily Report Log
e. HazMat Incident Medical Evaluation Chart
f. Personnel Protection and Exposure Chart
SCIENCE OFFICER 133
a. Hazardous Substance Data Sheet (3 pages)
b. Hazardous Materials Response Form (2 pages)
RESOURCE OFFICER 141
a. Hazardous Materials Incident Cost Recovery Form (2 pages)
' b. Resource List for Warehouse and Transportation Exercises
c. Local resource list (2 pages)
DECONTAMINATION TEAM 149
a. Decontamination Checklist
b. Team needs to write out and develop their own decontamination plan and chart
ENTRY AND BACK-UP TEAM 151
a. Entry and Back-up Team Checklist
11/95 85 Appendix I
-------
-------
Incident Commander
11195 87 Appendix I
-------
INCIDENT
COMMANDER
SAFETY
OFFICER
OPERATIONS
OFFICER
RECORDER
RESOURCE
OFFICER
SCIENCE
OFFICER
ENTRY
TEAM
BACKUP
TEAM
DECON
TEAM
COMMAND STRUCTURE
WAREHOUSE EXERCISE
Appendix I
11/95
-------
COMMAND STRUCTURE
WAREHOUSE EXERCISE
11/95
89
Appendix I
-------
t
INCIDENT
COMMANDER
RECORDER
SAFETY
OFFICER
PIO OFFICER
1
OPERATIONS
OFFICER
ENTRY
TEAMtfl
•
ENTRY
TEAM #2
1
ENTRY
BACKUP
DECON
OFFICER
•
DECON
TEAM
RESOURCES SECURITY SCIENCE
OFFICER OFFICER OFFICER
COMMAND STRUCTURE TRANSPORTATION EXERCISE
-------
I
COMMAND STRUCTURE
TRANSPORTATION EXERCISE
-------
DEFINING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PROBLEMS
Do 1 have an emergency involving
hazardous material*?
Clues:
Occupancy and location
Container shape*
Markings and colon
Placards and labels
Shipping papers
Senses
What is the name of the hazardous
materialist (shipping/chemical
namel?
Shipping papers
Markings and colors
Shipping/consignee contact
CHEMTREC
What are the characteristics and
behavior of the hazardous
material(s)?
Resources:
Printed materials
Verbal resources
How are the containers stressed?
D Thermal
Q Mechanical
What will the stress do?
To the container?
To the contents?
How will the container react to the
How will the container breach?
Q Runaway cracking
O Attachments open up
Q Punctures
How will the contents escape from
the container?
Release events:
O Detonation
Q Violent
D Rapid relief
Q Spill or leak
What will be lumping out at you?
D Energy
D Matter
O Solid*
D Liquids
O Gases
O Liquified gases
Q Organism*
What form will the contents be in?
D Energy
O Infrared rays (thermal)
D Gamma ray*
D Pressure) waves
D Matter
D Dust* or powder*
D Fragments, shrapnel or
chunks
O Organisms
O A or B radiation
Q Pourable liquid*
D Vapor*
Q Case*
D Vaporizing liquids
What will cause the hazardous
material to move?
O Thermal differential
Q Self propelled
D Air entrapment
D Personal transport
D Gravity
D Vapor diffusion
D Gaseous diffusion
D Boiling
What path will be the hazardous
material follow?
O Linear
D Radial
D Random
D Follow contour
D Upward from source
D Outward from source
What dispersion pattern will the
hazardous material likely form?
D Cloud
O Plume
Q Cone
D Stream
Q Irregular deposit
What actual area will the hazardous
materials dispersion cover?
When will the hazardous
material get there?
What exposure will be
impinged upon by the
hazardous materials
(container)?
O People?
D Systems?
D Property?
How long will the impingement
last?
D Short term
(transient)
D Medium term
(lingering)
O Long term
(permanent)
What exposure route of entry
will the hazardous materials
impinge on?
D Respiratory
D Ingestion
D Dermal
What type of harm will the
hazardous material (container)
create?
O Thermal (heat or cold)
Q Radiation
D Asphyxiation
O Toxic
D Corrosive
D Etiologic
! D Mechanical
What will the likely outcome
be?
G Deaths
D Injuries
D Property damage
Q Environmental
damaaa
G System disruption
Appendix I
92
11/95
-------
THE CHEMTOX HOT LINE
ENVIRONMENTAL
EPA Hotline 1-202-382-4770
EPA RCRA Super-fund, Hazardous
Watte Hotline, Office of Solid
Waste and Emergency Reiponee 1-800-424-9346
Chemical Emergency Preparedneii
Hotline, CERCLA (SARA.Trtle III) 1-800-535-0202
EPA Small Business Hotline 1 -800-368-5888
. Safe Drinking Water Hotline 1-BOO-426-4791
Office of Air Quality Planning
and Standards 1-919-541-5517
EPA Regional Offices
. 1 617-565-3715 VI 214-655-6444
II 212-264-2525 VII 913-236-2800
III 251-597-9800 VIII 303-293-1603
IV 404-347-4727 IX 415-974-8071
V 312-353-2000 X 206-442-5810
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY
OSHA 1-202-523-6091
OSHA Laboratory (Cincinnati) 1-513-684-2531
OSHA Analytical Laboratory
(Salt Lake City) 1-801-524-5287
OSHA Regional Offices
I 617-223-6710 VI 214-767-4731
II 212-944-3426 VII 816-374-5861
III 215-596-1201 VIII 303-837-3883
IV 404-881-3573 IX 415-556-0584
V 312-353-2220 X 206-442-5930
NIOSH Headquarters (Rockville. MD) 1-303-443-2140
NIOSH (Cincinnati) 1-513-684-8236
NIOSH Regional Offices
1 617-565-1161 VI 214-767-3301
II 212-264-4600 VII 816-374-2821
III 215-596-6492 VIII 303-887-3373
IV 404-221-2422 IX 415-556-6746
V 312-353-5160 X 206-442-0420
GENERAL CHEMICAL INFORMATION
Public Information Center 1 -800-828-4445
Department of Health and
Human Services ' 1-202-245-6296
National Resources Defense Council,
INFOUNE on Household Chemicals 1-8OO-648-6762
(in New York State) 1-202-687-6862
THE CHEMTOX SYSTEM
Division of Resource Consultants, Inc.
7121 CrosaRoads Boulevard
P.O. Box 1848
Brentwood, Tennessee 37024-1848
1-615-373-5040 in Tennessee
1-606-737-9O09 in New Jersey
EMERGENCY RESPONSE
CHEMTREC (24-hr Emergency Number) 1 -800-424-9300
Department of Transportation
(U.S. DOT) Hotline Information on
CFR 49 Federal Regulations 1-202-366-4488
DOT National Response Center for
Oil and Hazardous Materials Spills 1-800-424-8802
(U.S. Coast Guard) Association of
American Railroad. Bureau of Explosives
(24-hr Emergency Number) 1-202-639-2222
Dupont 1-800-441-9475
EPA Regional Emergency Response Offices
! 1 617-861-6700 VI 214-767-2720
II 201-321-6657 VII 913-236-3888
III 215-597-9492 VIII 303-234-6069
IV 404-881-3931 ' IX 415-974-7511
V 312-353-2102 X 206-442-1263
National Science Foundation 1 -202-632-7970
National Academy of Sciences 1-202-334-2100
OTHER VERY IMPORTANT NUMBERS
TSCA (Toxic Substance Control Act) 1-800-424-9065
TSCA Hotline 1 -202-554-1404
Inspector General's Whiitloblower Hotline 1- 600-424-4000
Fraud, Waste, and Mismanagement
Hotline Federal Emergency
Management Agency (FEMA) 1-800-424-5454
Texas Tech University
Pesticide Hotline 1-800-858-7378
National Animal Poison Control
Center. 24-hr Hotline Operated at
the University of Illinois 1-217-333-361 1
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 1 -202-272-0001
ASSOCIATIONS
Chemical Manufacturer* AssociationlCMA) 1 -202-887-1 1OO
CMA Chemical Referral Center
(Non-Emergency Chemical Information) 1-8OO-CMA-8200
National Safety Council (NSC) 1 -31 2-527-4800
American Society of Safety
Engineers IASSE) 1-312-692-4121
National Fire Protection
Association (NFPA) 1-617-770-3OOO
American Industrial Hygiene
Association (AIHA) 1-216-762-7294
American Conference of Governmental
Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) 1-513-742-2020
American Trucking Association (ATA) 1-800-ATA-LINE
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1991-548-187/2562
11/95
93
Appendix I
-------
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INFORMATION SOURCES
(Selected listings)
AGENCY
I Office of Emergency Preparedness (in your area)
Department of Environmental Control (in your area)
Fire Marshal's Office (in your area)
I CHEMTREC
Bureau of Explosives
National Response Center (NRC)(USCG & EPA)
Department of Defense Nuclear Accident Center
U.S. Army Explosive Ordinance Disposal
Center for Disease Control
National Poison Control Center
ACFX Rail Car Manufacturer
GATZ Rail Car Manufacturer
NATX Rail Car Manufacturer
American Petroleum Institute
Association of American Railroads
Chlorine Institute
Compressed Gas Association
Dow Chemical Company
DuPont Corporation
U.S. Department of Transportation
National Transportation Safety Board
U.S. Railroad Administration
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Services
U.S. Corps of Engineers
Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)
U.S. Department of Agriculture
TELEPHONE
1-800^24-9300
1-202-853-9500
1-800-424-8802
1-505-264-4667
1-301-667-5182
1-404-663-5315
1-402-390-5400
1-314-724-7850
1-312-621-6200
1-312-648-4000
1-202-457-7000
1-202-293-4048
1-212-682-4324
1-212-354-1130
1-517-636-4400
1-302-774-7500
1-202-426-1830 •
1-800-424-0201
1-202-426-4000
1-202-343-5634
1-202-646-4600
1-202-646-4600
1-202-447-2791
Appendix I
94
11/95
-------
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TACTICAL COMMAND SHEET
ADDRESS
TIME OF ALARM
OCCUPANCY
COs
MEN
UNITS
ASSIGNMENT
UNDER CONTROL
COMMAND ASSIGNMENTS
1C
SAFETY
RECORDER
OPERATIONS
DECON
RESOURCES
SECURITY
PIO
SCIENCE
ENTRY
BACKUP
DECON TEAM
"™"'"^"^^*'^g''^^^**^*""'-
PRESENT WEATHER CONDITIONS
MPH
TEMP.
SKY CONDITION
HUMIDITY
WIND SPEED
DIRECTION FROM
WIND SPEED
DIRECTION FROM
MPH
FORECAST WEATHER
TEMP.
SKY CONDITION
HUMIDITY
^_ —
——
NOTES
°F
RAIN D
SNOWD
DRY D
RAIN D
SNOW3
DRY D
11/95
95
Appendix. I
-------
SCENE OVERVIEW
SHOW ISOLATION / COMMAND POST / INDICATE NORTH / WIND DIRECTION
Appendix I 96 11/95
-------
Recorder
11/95 97 Appendix I
-------
UNIT LOG
INCIDENT NAME
DATE
TIME
1C
RECORDER
INCIDENT TIME
PERSONNEL ROSTER ASSIGNED
NAME
ICS POSITION
LOCATION
TIME
ACTIVITY LOG (Continue on next page)
;=as=!
MAJOR EVENTS
Appendix I
98
11/95
-------
UNIT LOG TIME
MAJOR EVENTS
DATE
PREPARED by {name and position)
11/95
99
Appendix I
-------
UNIT LOG TIME
MAJOR EVENTS
DATE
PREPARED by (name and position)
Appendix I
100
11/95
-------
UNIT LOG TIME
MAJOR EVENTS
DATE
PREPARED by (name and position)
77795
101
Appendix I
-------
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INCIDENT REPORT - TRANSPORTATION
DATE: TIME IN: TIME OUT: WIND DIRECTION AND SPEED_
TYPE OF INCIDENT:
LOCATION/ADDRESS:
CARRIER/SHIPPER:
MANUFACTURER:
TYPE OF CONTAINER: CAPACITY:
NUMBER OF CONTAINER(s) LEAKING:
QUANTITY SPILLED:
HOW DAMAGED:
MATERIAL(s) INVOLVED:
GAS LIQUID SOLID
PROPERTIES OF MATERIAL(s):
DID MATERIALS LEAK ON TRUCK OR VEHICLE? _
IF SO, DID MATERIALS COME IN CONTACT WITH:
WOOD METAL COMBINATION _
LOCATION OF CONTAMINATION:
DAMAGE CONTAINED TO: TRUCK TRAILER VEHICLE RAILCAR
OTHER FREIGHT INVOLVED:
PROXIMITY TO POPULATED AREA(s):
STREAM OR SEWER SYSTEM:
LIST COMPANIES RESPONDED:
LIST NAMES OF HAZMAT PERSONNEL ON-SCENE:
WAS ANYONE EXPOSED TO CONTAMINATION: YES NO IF YES, EXPLAlNi.
PREPARED by (name and position) DATE
Appendix I 102 11/95
-------
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INCIDENT REPORT - FIXED FACILITY
DATE: TIME IN: TIME OUT:
NAME OF FACILITY:
LOCATION/ADDRESS:
FACILITY REPRESENTATIVE:
MATERIAL(s) INVOLVED:
GAS LIQUID SOLID
PROPERTIES OF MATERIAL(s):
QUANTITY INVOLVED:
WIND DIRECTION AND SPEED:
PROXIMITY TO POPULATED AREA(s):
STREAM OR SEWER SYSTEM:
LIST COMPANIES RESPONDED:
AMOUNT OF SPILLAGE
LIST NAMES OF HAZMAT PERSONNEL ON-SCENE:
WAS ANYONE EXPOSED TO CONTAMINATION: YES
NO
IF YES, EXPLAIN:
CONDITION AT SCENE AND ACTION TAKEN:
PREPARED by (name and position)
DATE
11/95
103
Appendix. I
-------
Public Information Officer
11/95 105 Appendix I
-------
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INCIDENT SUMMARY
STATEMENT FOR MEDIA
At approximately a.m./p.m. today, a spill/release/fire/other _
of a potentially hazardous substance was reported to our emergency services (911) by a private
citizen/city employee/other . fire units immediately responded and
police units were dispatched to cordon off the area and direct traffic. The material has been
identified/ has not been identified/was later determined to be , which is
a hazardous/harmless chemical/substance/material/gas that, upon contact, may produce symptoms.
of . Precautionary evacuation of the immediate/x-block
area surrounding the spill was requested/required by agency. Approximately
persons were evacuated and relocated to . Clean-up crews
from agency/private vendor were dispatched to the scene, and
normal traffic has resumed/will resume by , at which time residents
will be/were allowed to return to their homes. There were no injuries reported OR
persons, including fire and personnel were treated at area hospitals for
and all OR (number) were released.
Those remaining in the hospitals are in good/fair/critical/other condition. Response
agencies involved were _____
Additional comments:
Appendix I 106 11/95
-------
Operations Officer
11/95 107 Appendix I
-------
OPERATIONS OFFICER WORKSHEET
ENTRY TEAM # ENTRY TEAM MEMBERS: :
BACK-UP TEAM # BACK-UP TEAM MEMBERS:
SPECIFIC TASKS BRIEFED:
EQUIPMENT:
EMERGENCY WITHDRAWAL SIGNAL:.
EMERGENCY EVACUATION ROUTE: _
SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE:
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES FOR PERSONAL EXPOSURE:
MEDICAL EVACUATION COMPLETED:
INITIAL ENTRY SUIT LEVEL: MATERIAL: .
VISUAL SUIT INSPECTION: INSPECTOR:
DECONTAMINATION SET-UP/TYPE:
/
WORKING TIME BRIEFED:
TIME ON AIR: TIME OFF AIR: TOTAL TIME IN SUIT:
ADDITIONAL REMARKS: _
Appendix I 108 11/95
-------
BRIEFING FORM
Briefing shall be accomplished with all Command Staff and Officers present. All personnel that are
present must sign below:
Incident Commander
Operations Officer
Recorder
Resource
Safety Officer
Decon Officer
Science
BRIEFING TOPICS:
1. UNKNOWN HAZARDS:
2. KNOWN HAZARDS:
3. GOALS AND OBJECTIVES:
4. LEVEL OF PROTECTION FOR:
ENTRY TEAM
5. NUMBER OF:
ENTRY TEAM
BACKUP TEAM
BACKUP TEAM
DECON TEAM
DECON TEAM
11/95
109
Appendix. I
-------
BRIEFING FORM (cont.)
6. HOW ARE WORK AND CONTROL ZONES ESTABLISHED:
7. WHAT EQUIPMENT IS NEEDED FOR ESTABLISHING ZONES:
8. WHAT EQUIPMENT IS NEEDED FOR ENTRY TEAM TO ACCOMPLISH THEIR GOALS
AND OBJECTIVES: :
9. WHAT DECON LAYOUT IS NEEDED:
10. WET OR DRY DECON? IF WET, WHAT SOLUTION? . Ensure decon
line is set up and personnel are dressed out before entry is made.
11. SAFETY AND OPS BRIEF ENTRY AND BACKUP TEAM WITH SAME INFORMATION
AS ABOVE.
12. Ensure Backup Team is in ready position, conduct radio check, give instructions as to amount
of time with no communication before you will check on them or send in the Backup Team,
zip up suit, place Entry Team on air (record time), have Safety Officer do final check, send
- Entry Team in, and place Backup Team in Support Zone near entry point in ready position.
Appendix I
110 UI95
-------
DEBRIEFING FORM
After the Entry Team has completed their goals and objectives or enters the decon line for whatever
reason, any information retrieved from the Hot Zone must be decontaminated before it can come
through the Warm Zone (e.g., diagram board, shipping papers).
While Entry Team is going through decon, go over any information retrieved from the Hot Zone and
compare it with the notes that were taken during entry. Write down questions for the Entry Team
to use to conduct the debriefing.
1. If paperwork was retrieved, was the information the same as you already have? YES _ NO _
2. If diagram was made, have Entry Team explain information.
3. If meter readings were recorded, how much and where?
4. Was problem fixed? YES NO If "NO," list Entry and Backup Teams
recommendations:
5. Have briefing with Command Staff and Officers to go over information retrieved from first entry.
6. Were goals and objectives met? YES NO If "NO," what are the next Entry Teams goals
and objectives? _____
7. If new goals and objectives are to be established, go back to briefing form and answer briefing
topics again.
11/95 111 Appendix I
-------
PRE-ENTRY CHECKLIST
1. Ensures entry team briefing is completed.
2. Establish communication frequency.
3. Establish Entry Team members.
4. Establish Backup Team members.
5. Take team's baseline vitals and record them.
6. Take off all personal accessories (e.g., badges, buckles, pins, watches, rings).
7. Assemble and check all clothing and equipment needed.
g. Check on what type of monitoring equipment is needed and make sure it works
properly.
9. Verify location of:
a. Hot, Warm, and Cold Zone.
b. Decon corridor.
c. Emergency access corridor.
d. Equipment corridor.
e. Working radio communication.
10. Don protective clothing to waist.
11. Don self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA).
12. Attach radio to SCBA and conduct radio check.
13. Final safety and escape instructions.
14. Final briefing on assignment.
15. Verify both teams' readiness.
16. Complete donning of protective clothing.
17. Record time zero (from when first on air) and notify 1C.
18. Entry Team on air, Backup Team off air (on air if connected to air line)
19. Backup Team at standby location.
20. i Entry Team makes entry and notifies 1C.
21. Maintain radio and/or visual contact, if possible, with Operations Officer.
22. Record all information.
23. Track and notify Entry Team of elapsed time. >
24. Entry team exit notify 1C.
25. Decon Team follow Entry Team members through decon.
26. Record postentry baseline vitals and hydrate team members.
27. Make sure Entry and Backup Teams do personal decon (field wash) before leaving
site.
28. Debrief Entry and Backup Teams.
29. Complete all documentation on Incident Termination and Demobilization plan.
Appendix I
112 11/95
-------
Safety Officer
11/95 113 Appendix I
-------
SAFETY OFFICER WORKSHEET
ENTRY TEAM MEMBER NAMES:
OPERATIONS CHIEF:
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION:
LEVEL OF PROTECTION:
SUIT COMPATIBLE: (DOUBLE CHECKED*:
AIR MONITORING FOR ZONES ESTABLISHED:
TYPE OF DECON:
HAZARD AND PROCEDURES BRIEF CONDUCTED BY:
MEDICAL EVACUATION COMPLETED BY:
PERSONAL ITEMS (removed, tagged, and secured):
COMMUNICATIONS CHECKED BY:
POSITIVE PRESSURE AIR CHECKED:
BACK-UP AIR SUPPLY CHECKED:
VISUAL CHECK OF SUITS:
ZIPPER SECURED / PROPERLY SEALED:
OVERGLOVED / DOUBLE OF GLOVES / BOOTS:.
DECON PROCEDURES:
DECON LINE READY:
OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE:
WORKING TIME:
FINAL RADIO CHECK:
TWO ESCAPE ROUTES:
Appendix I 114 11/95
-------
SCENE SAFETY PLAN
PLAN PREPARATION:
DATE: TIME: PERSON:
REVIEW:
Incident Safety Officer
APPROVALS:
Incident Commander:
Operations Officer:
Science Officer:
Incident Number: Incident Name:
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES: (Known or suspected, contaminated media, or in storage
container, obvious leaks, spills or obvious breaches,
physical damage.)
11/95 115 Appendix I
-------
SCENE SAFETY PLAN (page 2 of 12)
RESPONDING AGENCIES:
1._ 8..
2 9..
3 10.
4 11.
5 12.
6 13.
7 14.
All contractor and government personnel who are exposed to hazardous levels of chemicals or who
use respirators must be enrolled in a medical monitoring program.
GENERAL SAFETY RULES AND EQUIPMENT:
1. There will be no eating, drinking, or smoking in the exclusion zone (Hot Zone) or the
Contamination Reduction Zone (Warm Zone).
2. All personnel exiting the Exclusion Zone (Hot Zone) must pass through the Contamination
Reduction Corridor (Decon line), to the Contamination Reduction Zone (Warm Zone), before
entering the Support Zone (Cold Zone).
3. At a minimum, any personnel working the Contamination Reduction Zone (Warm Zone) must
be in one level of protection lower than that of the entry teams.
4. All decontamination equipment and systems must be in place before an entry can be made.
5. At the end of each entry, each entry team member will at least do a field wash or take a full body
shower.
6. All breathing air shall be certified as Grade D or better.
7. Where practical, all tools shall be of the nonsparking type.
Appendix I 116 11/95
-------
SCENE SAFETY PLAN (page 3 of 12)
8. If flammable/combustible atmosphere, the fire department will be on scene to establish a safe
area to set up fire suppression line and/or foam capabilities away from the contaminated area.
This is a separate water source than the decontamination line water source.
9. Because incident evacuation may be necessary if an explosion, fire, or other release occurs, an
individual shall be assigned to sound an alert and notify the incident command staff, all
personnel, and public officials, if required. For example, the evacuation signal may be two
long blasts on an air horn every 30 seconds until all personnel are known to be evacuated.
10. An adequately stocked first aid kit shall be on scene at all times. By law, emergency medical
personnel must be on scene with transportation at all times.
11. The nearest emergency medical facility shall be notified of a working hazardous materials
incident.
12. As soon as possible, the emergency medical facility shall receive information on the type of
chemicahand number of personnel or civilians that may be exposed.
GENERAL SAFETY BRIEFING:
Before any incident actions are taken, a briefing from the COMMAND STAFF will be accomplished
with all officers present. Personnel will sign a log sheet, attesting to being present at the pre-incident
briefing. Topics discussed should include 1) known and unknown hazards; 2) the goals and
objectives of the operation; 3) level of protection for entry, backup, and decon teams; 4) number of
entry team personnel; 5) how to establish work and control zones; 6) equipment needed for
establishing zones and 7) equipment needed by entry teams to complete goals and objectives.
Then OPS and Safety brief entry and backup teams using the briefing form.
EMERGENCY ACTION CONDITIONS:
CODE GREEN: All conditions are normal and incident work may continue.
CODE RED: All or specific work activities must cease at once due to the following conditions: '
11/95 117 Appendix I
-------
SCENE SAFETY PLAN (page 4 of 12)
1. If indications of emissions from the incident are present, such as continuous CGI readings of
25% or greater, less than 19.5% oxygen or greater than 23% oxygen, or greater than 1 mR/hr
of ionizing radiation, withdrawal must be considered.
2. Current or projected meteorological data indicate that a probable impact on working conditions
could occur.
3. If background readings obtained during initial site survey worsen, reassessment of the findings
should be confirmed by continuing to monitor perimeters. Actions to lower levels of
contaminant or contingencies for further incident monitoring must take place.
4. If this condition exists, incident personnel will immediately notify all agencies that are affected
and follow the area's contingency plan.
Officials making evacuation/public health decisions will address the need for a public health advisory
to potentially affected areas because incident control methods will not reduce the source of
contamination or the threat to the general public.
If needed, a temporary relocation plan should be considered until levels of contamination are reduced
or contained to levels deemed safe by all Incident Command Staff. Confirmation of safe levels will
be done by generally approved monitoring methods agreed to by Incident Command Staff.
LIST OF AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL (OUTSIDE AGENCIES):
rniviPT v WTTH SFrrrnN _ nv snpB HFATTR
SFPYTPFS AND TTVTffTSTPTAT PFSPONSF TFAMS
SPECIALIZED TASK ASSIGNMENTS:
-V WITH .CTTTTnN OF SQP?; rFPTTFfFTi HF A W FQTTTPMFNT OPFW ATORj
QPFrTAT.T.QT. TAVK" CAP SPF.rTAT.TgT- AMT> PATT.PAP
Appendix I 118 11/95
-------
SCENE SAFETY PLAN (page 5 of 12)
LEVELS OF PROTECTION SELECTED:
Initial Site Survey: (A) (B) (C) (D)
Entry Team: (A) (B) (C) (D)
Backup Team: (A) (B) (C) (D)
DeconTeam: (A) (B) (C) (D)
ATTACH PLOT PLAN TO END OF THIS PLAN!
U/95 119 Appendix I
-------
SCENE SAFETY PLAN (page 6 of 12)
In the event of potential fire or explosion:
COMPLY WITH SECTION OF SOPs. ENTRY TEAM MUST WEAR FLASH
PROTECTION. MONITOR WITH CGI/O, METER. IF METER READINGS ARE AT OR
ABOVE ACTION LEVELS (25%). ENTRY TEAM MUST RETREAT. MUST HAVE A FIRF
SUPPRESSION TEAM WITH HOSE LINE IN PLACE; MAY NEED FOAM CAPABILITIES.
ESTABLISH A SECONDARY EXIT FOR EMERGENCY.
In the event of potential or actual ionizing radiation exposure:
COMPLY WITH SECTION OF SOPs. MONITOR WITH METER MEASURING IN
mR/hr. IF METER READS AT OR ABOVE 1 mR/hr. RETREAT AND CALL A HEALTH
PHYSICIST.
In the event of spread of contamination beyond the boundaries of the incident:
COMPLY WITH SECTION OF SOPs. MONITOR ALL WORK ZONES AT ALL TIME
FOR THE POSSIBLE SPREAD OF CONTAMINANT. USE GOOD WORK PRACTICES TO
HELP KEEP THE CONTAMINANT TO A CONTROLLED AREA. FOLLOW LOCAL.
COUNTY. STATE. AND FEDERAL PLANS TO NOTIFY PROPER AGENCIES IF THE
INCIDENT DOES SPREAD.
EMERGENCY SERVICES:
Emergency Medical Facility: LIST THE NEAREST FACILITY THAT CAN HANDLE
CONTAMINATED VICTIM(S) AND A SECONDARY FACILITY FOR OVERFLOW. IF
NECESSARY.
Ambulance Service: LIST EMS UNIT AVAILABLE.
EMERGENCY MEDICAL PERSONNEL
PERSONNEL. IF ANOTHER UNIT IS NEEDED F(
BY LAW. ONE UNIT WITH
ON SCENE FOR RESPONSE
IBILITY OF CIVILIAN
EXPOSURES. ONE SHOULD BE CALLED. HAVE A SECONDARY AGENCY AVAILABLE
TO NOTIFY IF NECESSARY.
Appendix I
120
11/95
-------
SCENE SAFETY PLAN (page 7 of 12)
Fire Department: LOCAL. PRIVATE. COUNTY. STATE. AND FEDERAL AGENCIES TO
SUPPLY MANPOWER AND EQUIPMENT AS NECESSARY.
Police Department: LOCAL. PRIVATE. COUNTY. STATE. AND FEDERAL AGENCIES TO
SUPPLY MANPOWER TO SECURE THE INCIDENT AND CONDUCT ANY EVACUATION.
IF NECESSARY.
Poison Control Center: CAN BE SAME AS EMERGENCY MEDICAL FACILITY OR AN
AGENCY TO PROVIDE TQXICOLOGICAL DATA. IF DIFFERENT FROM EMERGENCY
MEDICAL FACILITY. IT MUST BE WRITTEN IN.
PERSONNEL POTENTIALLY EXPOSED TO HAZARDOUS MATERIALS:
NAME POSITION DATE & TIME
DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES (Contaminatedpersonnel, surfaces,materials, instruments,
other equipment):
COMPLY WITH SECTION OF SOPs. LAYOUT NUMBER 1 IS MAXIMUM. LAYOUT
NUMBER 2 IS MINIMUM. IF LAYOUT DIFFERS FROM THESE. THE REASON FOR
THE CHANGE MUST BE EXPLAINED IN WRITING AND A DIAGRAM MUST BE
PROVIDED.
11/95 121 Appendix I
-------
SCENE SAFETY PLAN (page 8 of 12)
DECONTAMINATION SOLUTIONS USED:.
Decon was DRY
WET
Justification:
DISPOSAL PROCEDURES (Contaminated equipment, supplies, disposable, wastewater):
DECON TEAM MUST CONTAIN ALL CONTAMINATED ITEMS ON THE DIRTY SIDE
OF THE DECON LINE AS CLOSE TO THE HOT ZONE AS POSSIBLE. DECON OFFICER
MUST PROVIDE A LIST OF ALL CONTAMINATED ITEMS AND AMOUNT OF WASTE
SOLUTION FOR DISPOSAL. ASK CLEANUP CONTRACTOR IF THEY WANT THE
DECON LINE LEFT SET UP OR BROKEN DOWN. RESPONSIBLE PARTY (RP) IS
RESPONSIBLE FOR CALLING A CLEANUP CONTRACTOR. IF NO RP. 1C CAM BUT
YOU MAY HAVE TO PAY IN ADVANCE.
JST OF ALL HA:
REMOVE.
OPERATIONS OFFICER MUST PROVIDE A
CONTRACTOR
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES (In the event of personnel exposure):
COMPLY WITH SECTION OF SQPs. ALL EXPOSED PERSONNEL MUST GO
THROUGH DECON. MINIMUM WASH WITH SOAP AND WATER AND RINSE. REMOVE
ALL CLOTHING IF NECESSARY AND REDRESS. MEDICAL MONITORING MUST BE
COMPLETED AND PERSONNEL MUST BE SENT TO MEDICAL FACILITY
EVALUATION.
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES (In the event of personnel injury):
IF OPEN WOUND. COVER INJURED AREA
:ALS ARE IN WOUND. BLOT UP CHEMICAL
DRESSING. WRAP WITH PLASTIC MATERIAL TO
OF SOPs.
IF CHEM1
COMPLY WITH SECTION
WITH A STERILE DRESSING
AND COVER WITH A STERILE
KEEP OUT WATER. PERSONNEL MUST GO THROUGH DECON. BE STRIPPED OF
ALL CLOTHING (THROW AWAY). REDRESS OR PACKAGE PLACED ON A GURNEY.
SEND TO A EMERGENCY MEDICAL FACILITY FOR TREATMENT. MAKE SURE TO
.SEND INFORMATION ABOUT CHEMICALS. IF KNOWN. IF NOT KNOWN. SEND
INFORMATION AS SOON AS POSSIBLE SO PERSONNEL CAN GET PROPER
TREATMENT.
Appendix I
122
11/95
-------
SCENE SAFETY PLAN (page 9 of 12)
HAZARD ASSESSMENT:
Attach hazardous materials substance data sheet for chemicals involved.
MONITORING PROCEDURES:
Monitoring the incident for identity and concentration of contaminants in
all media. List the instruments to be used and the areas to be monitored.
HOT ZONE
WARM ZONE (CRZ)
COLD ZONE (SUPPORT ZONE)
MEDICAL MONITORING (What procedures are to be used to monitor personnel for evidence of
personal exposure):
COMPLY WITH SECTION OF THE SOPs. ALL PERSONNEL THAT ARE REQUIRED
TO DON A LEVEL OF PROTECTION OF LEVEL "C" OR HIGHER AND WORK IN THE
WARM OR HOT ZONES MUST HAVE AN ON-SCENE MEDICAL MONITORING
COMPLETED BEFORE DONNING AND AFTER DOFFING PPE. PERSONNEL HEALTH
AND WELFARE MUST BE MONITORED AT ALL TIMES THROUGHOUT THE
INCIDENT TO ENSURE PERSONNEL ARE NOT EXPOSED TO ANY HAZARDOUS
SUBSTANCE(S).
11/95
123
Appendix I
-------
SCENE SAFETY PLAN (page 10 of 12)
RESPONSE SAFETY CHECK-OFF SHEET
AFTER RESPONSE:
Response: Dates:
Incident City:
Time: _
State:
TYPE OF RESPONSE:
Highway: LOCAL. COUNTY. STATE
Industrial: EMERGENCY RESPONSE
TEAM
Railway: TRACKS OR OFF SETTINGS Marine: WATERWAYS OR STREAMS
GOING IN TO
Residential: LOCAL. COUNTY. STATE Other: AIRCRAFT. OWN RESPONSE
TEAM
Specify: COMPLY WITH SECTION OF SOPs. IF DIFFERENT AGENCIES ARE
RESPONSIBLE FOR SEPARATE LOCATION(S). THEIR EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN
MUST BE FOLLOWED. IF THE INDUSTRY HAS THEIR OWN HAZ MAT TEAM. THEY
MUST BE LISTED IN YOUR PLAN. IF A RAIL SYSTEM HAS A HAZ MAT PROCEDURE.
IT MUST BE FOLLOWED. IF ANY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE ENTERS A WATERWAY
OR THREATENS A WATERWAY. THE U.S. COAST GUARD MUST BE NOTIFIED.
TYPE OF SAFETY PLAN:
Federal.
Local
State_
Other
Specify:
Appendix I
124
11/95
-------
SCENE SAFETY PLAN (page 11 of 12)
SUSPECTED CHEMICALS INVOLVED:
2 __ 7._
3 __ ___ 8._
4 __ 9._
5. _ 10..
INITIAL LEVEL OF PROTECTION: (Level D must be justified)
(A) (B) '(Q (D)
INITIAL MEDICAL SCREENING COMPLETED: Yes No
If No, justify:
POST RESPONSE:
Levels of protection used: (A) (B) (C) (D)
Justify:
11/95 125 Appendix I
-------
SCENE SAFETY PLAN (page 12 of 12)
EQUIPMENT DECONTAMINATION:
(A)
Protective
Clothing
Disposed:
Cleaned:
No Action:
(B)
Respiratory
Protection
(C)
Monitoring
Equipment
ANY OTHER EQUIPMENT:.
TOTAL APPROXIMATE TIME IN:
HOT ZONE:
WARM ZONE:
DAYS
DAYS
HOURS
HOURS
DATE PREPARED:
Reviewer:
Appendix I
126
11/95
-------
Assistance in preparing the Scene Safety Plan can be obtained from the instructors.
11/95 127 Appendix I
-------
ATMOSPHERIC HAZARD GUIDELINE
Monitoring
Equipment
Hazard
Ambient
Level
Action
Combustible gas
indicator
Explosive
atmosphere
10% LEL
10%-25%
25% LEL
Continue investigation
Continue on-site monitoring
with extreme caution as higher
levels are encountered.
Explosion hazard: withdraw
from area immediately.
Oxygen
concentration
Oxygen
19.5%-25%
25.0%
Monitor wearing SCBA. Note:
Combustible gas reading are
not valid in atmospheres with
19.5% oxygen.
Continue investigation with
caution. SCBA not needed
based on oxygen content only.
Discontinue inspection; fire
hazard potential. Consult
specialist.
Radiation survey
Radiation
mR/hr
> 1 mR/hr
Continue investigation. If
radiation is detected above
background levels, this signifies
the presence of possible
radiation sources; at this level,
more thorough monitoring is
advisable. Consult with a
health physicist.
Potential radiation hazard;
evacuate site. Continue
monitoring only upon the
advice of a health physicist.
Appendix, I
128
11/95
-------
AIR MONITORING INSTRUMENTATION
Daily Report Log
DATE
INCIDENT
LOCATION
HUMIDITY
OPERATOR
INCIDENT NUMBER
TEMP
WIND CONDITIONS
GENERAL WEATHER CONDITIONS
SITE CONDITIONS
, INSTRUMENT:
MODEL NUMBER:
TIME
BACKGROUND
TIME
READING # 1
TIME
READING # 2
TIME
READING # 3
TIME
READING # 4
TIME
READING # 5
MSA/ISC CGI
260/LTX310
MSA/ISC OXY
245 /LTX 310
LUDLUM RAD
19
COMMENTS:
OPERATOR SIGNATURE
DATE
11/95
129
Appendix. I
-------
HAZMAT INCIDENT MEDICAL EVALUATION CHART
INCIDENT
DATE
TIME
INCIDENT COMMANDER
OPERATION OFFICER
SAFETY OFFICER
ENVIRONMENT:
SKY:
TEMP:_
WIND:_
PRECP:
POSITION/NAMES
ENTRY TEAM
BACK-UP TEAM
DECON TEAM
INITIAL BASELINE
A
G
E
T
1
M
E
B/
P
P
U
L
S
E
R
E
S
P
T
E
M
P
COMPLETED
BASELINE
T
1
M
E
B/
P
P
U
L
S
E
R
E
S
P
T
E
M
P
ADDITIONAL NOTES:
Appendix. I
130
11/95
-------
PERSONNEL PROTECTION AND EXPOSURE CHART
NAME
POSITION
LEVEL OF
PROTECTION
ZONE
TIME
IN OUT
CHAIN-OF-COMMAND:
INCIDENT COMMANDER:
SAFETY OFFICER:
OPERATIONS OFFICER:
DECON OFFICER
11/95
131
Appendix I
-------
-------
Science Officer
11/95 133 Appendix I
-------
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE DATA SHEET
NAME OF SUBSTANCE:.
COMMON:
CHEMICAL:
1. PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL PROPERTIES:
NORMAL PHYSICAL STATE: _GAS
MOLECULAR WEIGHT
DENSITY
SPECIFIC GRAVITY
SOLUBILITY:WATER (ppm)
SOLUBILITY:
BOILING POINT
MELTING POINT
VAPOR PRESSURE (mmHg)
VAPOR DENSITY
FLASHPOINT OC/CC
JSL
JSL
JSL
2. HAZARDOUS CHARACTERISTICS
A.
TOXICOLOGICAL HAZARD
SOURCE:
_LIQUID _SOL!D
gm/ml
•F/'C
•F/'C
•F/'C
•F/'C
•F/'C
•F/'C
'F/'C
'F/-C
INHALATION
INGESTION
SKIN/EYE
"ABSORPTION
SKIN/EYE
CONTACT
CARCINOGENIC
TERATOGENIC
MUTAGENIC
AQUATIC
OTHER:
HAZARD
YES NO
YES NO
YES NO
YES NO
YES NO
YES NO
YES NO
YES NO
YES NO
CONCENTRATION
SOURCE
Appendix I
134
11/95
-------
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE DATA SHEET (cont.)
B. FIRE HAZARD
COMBUSTIBILITY YES NO
TOXIC
BY-PRODUCTS YES NO
OTHER: YES NO
FLAMMABLE/
EXPLOSIVE
LFL/LEL
UFL/UEL
YES NO
YES NO
YES NO
C.
REACTIVITY
WATER
OTHER:.
D.
HAZARD
YES NO
YES NO
CONCENTRATION
SOURCE
CORROSIVE HAZARD
HAZARD
pH
SOURCE
ACID YES NO
BASE YES NO
NEUTRALIZING AGENT:
E.
RADIOACTIVE HAZARD
HAZARD
UNIT DOSE RATE
SOURCE
BACKGROUND
ALPHA PARTICLES
BETA PARTICLES
GAMMA RADIATION
3. INCIDENT RELATED:
QUANTITY INVOLVED:
YES NO
YES NO
YES NO
YES NO
RELEASE INFORMATION:
MONITORING/SAMPLING RECOMMENDED:
11/95
135
Appendix I
-------
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE DATA SHEET (com.)
4. RECOMMENDED PROTECTION:
PUBLIC:
ENVIRONMENT:
WORKER:
RECOMMENDED SCENE CONTROL:
EXCLUSION ZONE:
CONTAMINATION REDUCTION ZONE:
SUPPORT ZONE:
Appendix I 136 11/95
-------
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE DATA SHEET (cont.)
6. , DECONTAMINATION SOLUTIONS RECOMMENDATIONS:.
11/95 137 Appendix I
-------
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL RESPONSE FORM
LOCATION: WIND SPEED
DIRECTION: TEMPERATURE HUMIDITY
IDENTIFIED MATERIAL
DOT ID
NUMBER
GUIDE
NUMBER
MISCELLANEOUS
MATERIAL KNOWN - CONTACT CHEMTREC:
1-800-424-9300
LEVEL OF PROTECTION REQUIRED:
1. FULLY ENCAPSULATED SUIT.
2. SCBA/FIRE GEAR
3. FIRE GEAR ONLY
EVACUATION DISTANCE
Spill or leak from small container or tank: Large s
isolate in all directions
WIND DIRECTION:_
FEET:
TRANSPORTATION
ADDRESS-
LICENSE NO:
First, isolate in all direc
FEET:
"B- lln«_- ..J!""- 11 • .
COMPANY:
INITIAL EVACUATION
pill from a container or tank:
:tions Then, evacuate in a
downwind direction
width: mi.
lenath: mi.
TRAILER OR CAR NO:
TELEPHONE NUMBER:
SHIPPER:
ADDRESS:
RECEIVER NAME:
ADDRESS:
TELEPHONE NUMBER: .
SIZE OF CONTAINER: _
QUANTITY RELEASED:
TYPE OF CONTAINER:
MATERIALS UNKNOWN - CONTACT CHEMTREC WITH ABOVE INFORMATION
Appendix I
138
11/95
-------
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS RESPONSE FORM (cont.)
FLASH POINT: BOILING POINT:
ODOR THRESHOLD: FLAMMABLE RANGE: .
WATER SOLUBILITY: TLV:
VAPOR DENSITY: WATER REACTIVE:
IDLH: SPECIFIC GRAVITY: _
NATURAL STATE: COLOR:
FIXED FACILITY
PREPLAN DRAINAGE UTILITIES SHUT OFF
PLANT MANAGER:
CONTROL MEASURES:
NEUTRALIZE: ABSORB:
DIKE: EXTINGUISH:
RESOURCES NEEDED TO CONTROL THE INCIDENT [On-scene or called for; physical {acid
suits, heavy equipment, lime, etc.)]:
OTHER AGENCIES REQUESTED AND ASSIGNED TASK {Police, medical, DNR, etc.):
STAGING AREA:
COMMENTS:
11/95 139 Appendix. I
-------
-------
Resource Officer
11/95 141 Appendix I
-------
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INCIDENT COST RECOVERY FORM
HAZ-MAT UNIT RESPONDED DATE
TYPE OF INCIDENT TIME
LOCATION, INCIDENT #
; DESCRIPTION
! /
-f
J
QUANTITY OF
MATERIALS USED
DECON
YES
NO
Appendix I
PAGE OF
142
11/95
-------
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INCIDENT COST RECOVERY FORM
HAZ-MAT UNIT RESPONDED DATE
TYPE OF INCIDENT TIME
LOCATION INCIDENT #
; DESCRIPTION
.
^
QUANTITY OF
MATERIALS USED
DECON
YES
NO
•
11/95
PAGE OF
143
Appendix I
-------
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INCIDENT COST RECOVERY FORM (cent.)
INVOLVED PARTIES
NAME OF BUSINESS OR CARRIER:
ADDRESS:
CONTACT NAME:
PHONE #
VEHICLE ID #
DRIVER/RESPONSIBLE
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:
NAME OF SUPPLIER:
ADDRESS:
CONTACT NAME:
PHONE tf
VEHICLE ID
DRIVER/RESPONSIBLE
«*«*«*«*»**«*«»*«*»**•*»»«»•«*•*•*•••*•<
THIS FORM IS TO BE COMPLETED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AFTER THE INCIDENT HAS OCCURRED IN ORDER TO
REPLACE USED MATERIALS. THIS FORM IS TO BE COMPLETED AND KEPT IN THE ORDER BOOK TO SHOW WHAT WAS
USED DURING THE INCIDENT. THIS IS A WORKING FORM; IT DOES NOT REPLACE THE EQUIPMENT REQUEST FORM.
*********«**t*»**»**«****************<
OPERATIONS OFFICER
AT THE INCIDENT:
NAME (print)
SIGNATURE
INCIDENT COMMANDEER
NAME (print)
SIGNATURE
Appendix I
144
11/95
-------
RESOURCE LIST FOR TRANSPORTATION EXERCISE
DATE:
INCIDENT NAME:
RESOURCE
20 FES SUITS
10 WHITE BOARDS
2 MEGAPHONES
1 TACTICAL BOARD
1 BOX REFERENCE BOOKS
1 ROLL pH PAPER
10 FLASHLIGHTS
10 RADIOS W/4 FREQ.
1 PAIR BINOCULARS
18 SCBA + CYLINDERS
SIX 2-GALLON SPRAYERS
6 SPONGES
6 DECON BRUSHES
4 STEP STOOLS
20 TRAFFIC CONES
6 DECON POOLS
TWO 20 X 40 TARPS
1 LUDLUM MODEL 19
1 DRAEGER PUMP = TUBES
BY CHEMICAL ONLY
1 ISC 310 /SP402
1 MSA 260 DRI
14 COMMAND VESTS
EQUIPMENT USED AND
SECTOR ALLOCATED TO
EQUIPMENT IN RESERVE
AND LOCATION
11/95
145
Appendix I
-------
RESOURCE LIST FOR WAREHOUSE EXERCISE
DATE:
INCIDENT NAME:
RESOURCE
10 FES SUITS
5 WHITE BOARDS
1 MEGAPHONES
1 TACTICAL BOARD
1 BOX REFERENCE BOOKS
1 ROLL pH PAPER
5 FLASHLIGHTS
5 RADIOS W/ 2 FREQ.
RED 1 & 2 = BLUE 3 & 4
1 PAIR BINOCULARS
9 SCBA + CYLINDERS
THREE 2-GALLON SPRAYERS
3 SPONGES
3 DECON BRUSHES
3 STEP STOOLS
10 TRAFFIC CONES
3 DECON POOLS
ONE 20 X 40 TARP
1 LUDLUM MODEL 19
1 DRAEGER PUMP = TUBES
BY CHEMICAL ONLY
1 ISC 310 /SP402
1 MSA 260 DRI
7 COMMAND VESTS
EQUIPMENT USED AND
SECTOR ALLOCATED TO
EQUIPMENT IN RESERVE
AND LOCATION
Appendix I
146
11/95
-------
LOCAL RESOURCES
MEDICAL SUPPORT
Mass Casualty Units:
Hospital Medical Teams:
Disaster Services:
Aircraft - Helicopter, Fixed Wing:
Civil Defense:
Coroner:
Other:
EVACUATION SUPPORT
Transportation:
Shelters:
UTILITY COMPANIES
Building Department:
Electric:
Gas:
Water/Sewer:
Telephone:
Cable TV:
Other:
PERSONNEL SUPPORT
Rehab Units:
Food and Drink:
Toilets:
Red Cross:
Salvation Army:
Other Canteen Units:
Other:
APPARATUS SUPPORT
Fuel (diesel, gasoline):
Mechanic:
Towing:
Other:
11/95 147 Appendix I
-------
LOCAL RESOURCES (cont.)
FIRE SUPPORT
Mobile Command Posts:
Communications Units:
SCBA/Air Units:
Portable Light Units:
Portable Generators:
Foam Supplies:
Tankers/Portable Tanks:
Aerial Trucks:
Photo Units:
Other:
RESCUE SUPPORT
Urban Heavy Rescue Units:
Shoring/Rigging:
Heavy Equipment (i.e.. Cranes, Bulldozers, etc.):
Trench/Below-Grade Rescue Units:
Confined Space Rescue Units:
Tactical Rope/High Angle Rescue Units:
Water Rescue Units/Boats:
SCUBA and Rescue Teams:
Search and Rescue Units:
Canine Search Teams:
Helicopters:
Other:
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SUPPORT
Hazardous Materials Units:
Decontamination Units:
CHEMTREC: 1-800-424-9300
National Response Center: 1-800-424-8802
Pesticide Information: 1-800-858-7378 ;
Local Agencies:
County Management:
State Management:
Federal Government: EPA OSC: USCG OSC:
Other:
Appendix I 148 11/95
-------
Decon Team
11/95 149 Appendix I
-------
DECONTAMINATION CHECKLIST
1. Obtain briefing from Operation Officer, Safety Officer, and Decon Team Leader.
2. Select Decon Team members.
3. Obtain decontamination information for Safety Officer or Operation Officer.
4. Establish Contamination Reduction Corridor in accordance with procedures.
5. Verify appropriate decon solution with Decon Team Leader and Command Staff.
6. Brief Decon Team on type of decon procedures.
7. Ensure baseline vitals are taken.
8. Select and don appropriate protective doming.
9. Confer with Operations Officer and identify any normal or special needs.
10. Verify that all zones are marked and logistical support needs are in place.
11. Ensure adequate air supply is in reserve.
12. Contact Operations Officer when Contamination Reduction Corridor is operational.
13. Ensure that all contaminated equipment and supplies are decontaminated or package
them for disposal. Make sure Resource Officer gets list of items.
14. Decon Team "MUST DECON THEMSELVES" before leaving Contamination
Reduction Corridor.
15. Ensure all equipment not able to be decontaminated is bagged and marked for
disposal or for offsite decontamination.
16. Assemble an inventory of equipment and clothing used.
17. Debrief Decon Team members.
18. Debrief Operations Officer.
19. Complete all documentation.
Appendix I 150 11/95
-------
Entry and Back-up Team
11/95 151 Appendix I
-------
ENTRY AND BACK-UP TEAM CHECKLIST
1. Obtain briefing from Operations Officer and Safety Officer.
2. Establish radio frequency.
3. Assemble and check all clothing and equipment needed.
4. Attend incident strategy briefing.
5. Determine plan of action with Staff Officers.
6. Implement strategy/tactics plan.
7. Access situation and identify existing/impending hazard(s).
8. Have baseline vitals taken by medical personnel and record them.
9. Take off all personal accessories (e.g., badges, belt buckles, watches, rings, or
anything else that might damage the suit).
10. Don proper level of protection to the ready position.
11. Receive final briefing from OPS and Safety Officers, verifying:
Emergency access corridor
Equipment decon corridor (if established)
Decon procedures
Check radio communication
Establish work durations
Establish work time with no contact
12. Enter Hot Zone/achieve tactical objective(s):
Data collection
Reevaluate as situation dictates
Mitigation
13. Keep OPS informed of any special conditions or activities.
14. Exit Hot Zone via Decon Corridor.
15. At Decon, remember to do the following:
Drop off tools and equipment
Do gross decon yourself or with your partner
Decon worker will decon you through the stations
Check with OPS to see if you are to change tank or come out
If coming out, after final rinse pull out arm from sleeves on suit and show
decon your hands
Remember, do not touch the outside of the suit; assist decon worker by
pushing from the inside
2 You can disconnect your radio and waist strap while still inside the suit
16. Do at least a field wash if a shower is not possible.
17. Put on a fresh set of clothing.
18. _j Replenish body fluids as necessary.
19. Have vitals taken.
20. Have a debriefing with OPS and Safety.
Appendix I 152 , 11/95
-------
•otS>
r-
§>E£
5 0 CD G)
U. 4-» ^
- a —
± 5 c
££i:.2
fc « 3s
0) 0 OS
aJS>c
+> Q.O)n
0£.So
"
-------
U.S. EnrfronmentaJ Protection Agency
Region 5, Library {PL- 12J)
77 West Jackson Boulevard, 12th Floor
Chicago, IL 60604-3590
------- |